UKT: This downloaded file is very extensive and is very difficult to search. To make searching easy I have inserted the following TOC. - 111201

Contents of this page
p000-c1  p000-c1  p000-c1  p000-c1  p574-c1  p575-c1  p576-c1  p577-c1  p578-c1  p579-c1
p580-c1  p581-c1  p582-c1  p583-c1  p584-c1  p585-c1  p586-c1  p587-c1  p588-c1  p589-c1
p590-c1  p591-c1  p592-c1  p593-c1  p594-c1  p595-c1  p596-c1  p597-c1  p598-c1  p599-c1
p600-c1  p601-c1  p602-c1  p603-c1  p604-c1  p605-c1  p606-c1  p607-c1  p608-c1  p609-c1
p610-c1  p611-c1  p612-c1  p613-c1  p614-c1  p615-c1  p616-c1  p617-c1  p618-c1  p619-c1
p620-c1  p621-c1  p622-c1  p623-c1  p624-c1  p625-c1  p626-c1  p627-c1  p628-c1  p629-c1
p630-c1  p631-c1  p632-c1  p633-c1  p634-c1  p635-c1  p636-c1  p637-c1  p638-c1  p639-c1
p640-c1  p641-c1  p642-c1  p643-c1  p644-c1  p645-c1  p646-c1  p647-c1  p648-c1  p649-c1
p650-c1  p651-c1  p652-c1  p653-c1  p654-c1  p655-c1  p656-c1  p657-c1  p658-c1  p659-c1
p660-c1  p661-c1  p662-c1  p663-c1  p664-c1  p665-c1  p666-c1  p667-c1  p668-c1  p669-c1
p670-c1  p671-c1  p672-c1  p673-c1  p674-c1  p675-c1  p676-c1  p677-c1  p678-c1  p679-c1
p680-c1  p681-c1  p682-c1  p683-c1  p684-c1  p685-c1  p686-c1  p687-c1  p688-c1  p689-c1
p690-c1  p691-c1  p692-c1  p693-c1  p694-c1  p695-c1  p696-c1  p697-c1  p698-c1  p699-c1
p700-c1  p701-c1  p702-c1  p703-c1  p704-c1  p705-c1  p706-c1  p707-c1  p708-c1  p709-c1
p710-c1  p711-c1  p712-c1  p713-c1  p714-c1  p715-c1 
UKT notes

 

pa 1

pa the first labial consonant

⋙ pakāra

○kāra m. the letter or sound pa

⋙ pavarga

○varga m. 'the p series', the labial series of consonants

pa 2

pa mf(pā and pī)n. (√1. pā) drinking (cf. aṃhri-, aneka- &c

• also paka in taila-paka)

• m. or (pā) f. the act of drinking L

pa 3

pa mfn. (√3. pā) guarding, protecting, ruling (ifc

• cf. aja-, kula- &c

• also paka in hasti-paka)

• (ā), f. guarding, protecting L

pa 4

pa m. (in music for pañcama) the fifth note of the gamut

pa 5

pa m. (only L.) wind

• a leaf

• = pūta

• (ā), f. = pūta and pūritaka

paṃś

paṃś or paṃs, cl. 1. and 10. P. paṃśati or ○sati, paṃśayati or ○sayati, to destroy Dhātup. xxxii, 73

paṃsaka

paṃsaka ○sana, prob. wṛ. for pāṃsaka, ○sana

pakatha

pakatha wṛ. for paktha

pakkaṭī

pakkaṭī f. Thespesia Populnea L

pakkaṇa

pakkaṇa m. n. the hut of a Cāṇḍāla or any outcast, a village inhabited by savages or barbarians MBh. Kād

paktapauḍa

pakta-pauḍa wṛ. for pakhauḍa

paktavya

paktavya pakti, paktha, pakva &c. See under √2. pac, p. 575

pakvaśa

pakvaśa m. a Cāṇḍāla L. (cf. pakkaṇa, pukkaśa)

pakvāpakvā

pakvāpakvā onomat. (imitative of the cry of birds) MBh

pakṣ

pakṣ cl. 1. and 10. P. (Dhātup. xvii, 14

• xxxii, 17) pakṣati, ○ṣayati, to take, seize (parigrahe, Dhāt.)

• to take a part or side W

≫ pakṣa

pakṣá m. (ifc. f. ā or ī) a wing, pinion (in one passage, n.) RV. &c. &c

• a symbol. N. of the number two Var. Hcat

• a feather, the feathers on both sides of an arrow (cf. gārdhra-p○)

• the fin of a fish (cf. nis-tvak-p○)

• the shoulder

• the flank or side or the half of anything RV. &c. &c

• the side or wing of a building AV. [Page 573, Column 3]

• the wing or flank of an army MBh. Hariv

• the half of a lunar month (the first half from new moon to full moon was called pūrva or apūryamāṇa, later śukla or śuddha

• the other half apara or apa-kṣīyamāṇa, later kṛṣṇa or tāmisra

• each fortnight consists of 15 Tithis or lunar days called prathamā, dvitīyā &c.) Br. GṛŚrS. MBh. Var. &c

• a side, party, faction

• multitude, number, troop, set, class of beings

• partisan, adherent, follower, friend (śatru- 'the enemy's side' or 'a partisan of the enemy'

• mahā-, 'one who has many adherents') MBh. Kāv. &c

• side, i.e. position, place, stead (○kṣe ifc. instead of or by way of) ib

• quantity ( See keśa-)

• one of two cases or one side of an argument, an alternative (○kṣe, 'on the other hand', with atra, 'in this case', pakṣântare, 'in the other case') Pāṇ. Sch

• a point or matter under discussion, a thesis, a particular theory, a position advanced or an argument to be maintained (cf. pūrva-, uttara-)

• an action or lawsuit Yājñ. Sch

• (in logic) the proposition to be proved in a syllogism Tarkas. Bhāshāp

• any supposition or view, motion, idea, opinion (mukhyaḥ pakṣaḥ, 'an excellent idea' Śak. Sch.) MBh. Kāv. &c

• the sun Sāy. on RV. iii, 53, 16

• N. of sev. men VP

• (in alg.) a primary division or the side of an equation in a primary division

• the wall of a house or any wall L

• an army L

• favour L

• contradiction, rejoinder L

• the ash-pit of a fire-place L

• a royal elephant L

• a limb or member of the body L

• the feathers of the tail of a peacock, a tail L

• proximity, neighbourhood L

• a bracelet L

• purity, perfection L

• mfn. = pācaka, bādhaka Sāy. on RV. vi, 47, 19. [Cf. OGerm. fahs ; AnglṢax. feax.]

⋙ pakṣakṛt

○kṛt m. a partisan, follower VāmP

⋙ pakṣakṣaya

○kṣaya m. the end of a half month Var

⋙ pakṣakṣepa

○kṣepa m. the stroke or beat of a wing Bhpr. (v. l. pakṣôtk○)

⋙ pakṣagama

○gama mfn. moving with wing, flying

• m. a bird R

⋙ pakṣagupta

○gupta m. 'wing-protected', a species of bird L

⋙ pakṣagrahaṇa

○grahaṇa n. taking the side of (gen.) Kām

⋙ pakṣagrāha

○grāha (Hariv.),

⋙ pakṣagrāhin

○grāḍhin (R.), mfn. one who takes the side or chooses the party of (gen. or comp.)

⋙ pakṣaghāta

○ghāta See pakṣâgh○

⋙ pakṣaghna

○ghna (with tri-śālaka), n. (a house) wanting (lit. killing) a side i.e. having three halls towards east and south and north (but not one towards the west) Var

⋙ pakṣaṃgama

○ṃ-gama mfn. = ○kṣa-g R

⋙ pakṣacara

○cara m. = -gama m. (cf. jala-pakṣa-c○)

• an elephant strayed from the herd Kād

• the moon L

⋙ pakṣacchid

○cchid m. 'cutter of the wings' (of mountains), N. of Indra Kālid

⋙ pakṣaja

○ja m. 'produced in half a month, 'the moon (also -janman) L

• N. of partic. clouds VP

⋙ pakṣatā

○tā f. partisanship, adherence to a party (○tāṃ-√gam, with gen. 'to take the side of') MBh

• (in phil.) the taking up a side or argument

• maintaining or defending a thesis

• the essential nature of a proposition

• the being the premiss to be proved

• N. of sev. wks

• -kroḍa m. -grantha m. -ṭippanī and -ṭīkā f. -rahasya n. -vāda m. -vādârtha m. -vicāra m. -siddhânta-grantha m. N. of wks

⋙ pakṣatva

○tva n. the being a part of (comp.) Śaṃk

• the being the premiss to be proved Tarkas

• the being a lawsuit Yājñ. Sch

• = -tā L

⋙ pakṣadvaya

○dvaya n. both sides of an argument W

• a month (lit. 2 half months) ib

⋙ pakṣadvāra

○dvāra n. a side or inner or back door, private entrance Mṛicch

⋙ pakṣadhara

○dhara mfn. having wings (cf. m.)

• taking the side of, clinging to (gen. or loc.) MBh

• m. a bird Hariv

• an elephant that has strayed from the herd L

• the moon L. (cf. -cara)

• N. of Jayadeva (author of the Tattva-cintāmaṇy-āloka) Cat

• (ī), f. N. of wk

• -miśra m. N. of an author

• -vyākhyā f. ○rôddhāra f. N. of wks

⋙ pakṣadharmatāvāda

○dharmatā-vāda m. N. of wk

⋙ pakṣanāḍī

○nāḍī f. a quill Suśr

⋙ pakṣanikṣepa

○nikṣepa m. the placing on the side of. counting among (comp.) Sarvad

⋙ pakṣapāta

○pāta m. 'falling of the feathers, the moulting of birds L

• flying, soaring Ratnâv. ii, 7

• adopting a side or argument, siding with, partiality or inclination for (loc., gen., acc. with prati, or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c. (also Ratnâv. ii, 7)

• a partisan, adherent W

• -kṛta-sneha mfn. manifesting party attachment, sympathizing MW

⋙ pakṣapātin

○pātin mfn. flying

• ifc. siding with, favouring Kāv. Pañc

• ○ti-tā f. Rājat. Naish

• ○ti-tva n. MW

⋙ pakṣapāli

○pāli f. a wing, Caṇḍak

• a private or back door L

⋙ pakṣapuccha

○pucchá n. wings and tail ŚBr

• ○cchá-vat mfn. having wings and tails ib

⋙ pakṣapuṭa

○puṭa m. a wing (lit. 'the hollow of the wing') Hariv. Kād

⋙ pakṣapoṣaṇa

○poṣaṇa mfn. favouring a party, factious BhP

⋙ pakṣapradoṣavrata

○pradoṣavrata n. N. of wk

⋙ pakṣapradyota

○pradyota m. N. of a partic. position of the hands in dancing Cat. [Page 574, Column 1] Contents of this page

⋙ pakṣabala

○bala n. strength of wing MW

⋙ pakṣabindu

○bindu m. 'wingspot, a heron L

⋙ pakṣabhāga

○bhāga m. the side or flank, (esp.) the flank of an elephant L

⋙ pakṣabhukti

○bhukti f. the course traversed by the sun in a fortnight BhP

⋙ pakṣabheda

○bheda m. distinction between two sides of an argument

• the difference between the two halves of a lunar month MW

⋙ pakṣamūla

○mūla n. the √or articulation of a wing L

⋙ pakṣayāga

○yāga m. N. of wk

⋙ pakṣaracanā

○racanā f. forming a party or faction

• -naipuṇya n. skill in forming &c. Daś

⋙ pakṣarātri

○rātri f. a kind of play or sport Cat

⋙ pakṣavañcitaka

○vañcitaka n. a partic. position of the hands in dancing ib

⋙ pakṣavat

○vat (○kṣá-), mfn. winged, having wings or flanks ŚBr. MBh. &c

• belonging to a party, having adherents or followers MBh. (Nīlak. 'belonging to a good family, wellborn')

⋙ pakṣavadha

○vadha m. 'side stroke', paralysis of one side Car. Bhpr

⋙ pakṣavāda

○vāda m. expression of opinion, stating a case MBh

⋙ pakṣavāhana

○vāhana m. 'whose vehicles are wings', a bird L

⋙ pakṣavikala

○vikala mfn. having mutilated wṭwings Mṛicch

⋙ pakṣavyāpin

○vyāpin mfn. embracing the whole of an argument MW

⋙ pakṣaśas

○śas ind. by or for half months or fortnights MBh

⋙ pakṣasammita

○sammita mfn. corresponding to the (size of the) wings KātySr

⋙ pakṣasundara

○sundara m. Symplocos Racemosa L

⋙ pakṣahata

○hatá mfn. paralysed on one side ŚBr

⋙ pakṣahara

○hara m. a recreant, traitor MBh

⋙ pakṣahoma

○homa m. an oblation lasting for a fortnight or to be offered every fortnight L

• -vidhi m. -samasya-vidhāna n. N. of wks

⋙ pakṣākāra

pakṣâkāra mfn. wing-shaped MW

⋙ pakṣāghāta

pakṣâghāta m.= ○kṣa-vadha Car. Suśr

• refutation of an argument or view W

⋙ pakṣādi

pakṣâdi m. the first day of a half month PārGṛ

⋙ pakṣādhyāya

pakṣâdhyāya m. casuistry, logic Divyâv

⋙ pakṣānta

pakṣânta m. the end of the wings of an army arranged in the shape of a bird MBh

• the last or 15th Tithi of either half month, new or full moon Gobh. Mn. &c

⋙ pākṣāntara

pâkṣântara n. an individual or particular case L

• another side or view of an argument Śak. Sch

⋙ pakṣābhāsa

pakṣâbhāsa m. a seeming or fallacious argument, a fallacy, a false plaint Yājñ. Sch

⋙ pakṣāvalī

pakṣâvalī f. N. of wk

⋙ pakṣāvasara

pakṣâvasara m. (L.),

⋙ pakṣāvasāna

pakṣâḍvasāna n. (Var.) the last Tithi or day of either half month, day of new or full moon

⋙ pakṣāṣṭamī

pakṣâṣṭamī f. the 8th Tithi or day of either half month PārGṛ

⋙ pakṣāhati

pakṣâhati f. a stroke with the wings MW

⋙ pakṣāhāra

pakṣâhāra m. one who eats food only once in a half month MBh

⋙ pakṣeśvara

pakṣêśvara m. N. of an author (prob. = ṣa-dhara) Cat

⋙ pakṣotkṣepa

pakṣôtkṣepa m. v. l. for ○kṣa-kṣepa

⋙ pakṣodgrāhin

pakṣôdgrāhin mfn. = ○kṣa-grāhin MW

≫ pakṣaka

pakṣaka m. a wing (ifc

• cf. sa-)

• N. of the number two Hcat

• a fan Gal

• a side door L

• a side Śiś

• a partisan L

≫ pakṣati

pakṣatí f. the √or pit of a bird's wing VS. Kāv. Rājat. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-2, 25)

• the feathers or plumage of a bird Kād. Bālar. (ifc

• -tā f.)

• the first Tithi or day of the half month (also ○tī) L

⋙ pakṣatipuṭa

○puṭa m. pl. the expanded wings Caṇḍ. (cf. pakṣa-p○)

≫ pakṣas

pákṣas n. a wing Uṇ. iv, 219 Sch

• a side RV. vi, 47, 19

• the side part of a carriage AV. ŚāṅkhBr. Gobh

• the leaf or side-post of a door VS. TBr. Kāṭh

• the wing of an army, ŚāṅkhBr a half or any division ŚrS

• a half month TāṇḍBr

• the side or shore of a river ib. ŚāṅkhŚr

≫ pakṣālikā

pakṣālikā f. N. of one of the Mātṛis attending on Skanda MBh

≫ pakṣālu

pakṣālu m. a bird L

≫ pakṣi 1

pakṣi m. a bird (only acc. sg. ○kṣim R. B. iii, 14, 2

• pl. ○kṣīn MBh. xii, 9306)

≫ pakṣi 2

pakṣi in comp. for ○kṣin

⋙ pakṣikīṭa

○kīṭa m. a species of small bird MW

⋙ pakṣijyotiṣa

○jyotiṣa n. N. of wk

⋙ pakṣitīrtha

○tīrtha n. N. of a sacred bathing-place Cat

⋙ pakṣitva

○tva n. the state or condition of a bird Kathās

⋙ pakṣipati

○pati m. 'prince of bird', N. of Sampāti R

⋙ pakṣipānīyaśālikā

○pānīya-śālikā f. a trough or reservoir for watering bird L

⋙ pakṣipuṃgava

○puṃgava m. 'bull among bird', N. of Garuḍa Hariv

• of Jaṭāyu R

⋙ pakṣipravara

○pravara m. 'most excellent among bird's', N. of Garuḍa Hariv

⋙ pakṣibālaka

○bālaka m. a young bird MW

⋙ pakṣimanuṣyālayalakṣaṇa

○manuṣyâlaya-lakṣaṇa n. N. of wk

⋙ pakṣimārga

○mārga m. 'bird's Path', the air Gal

⋙ pakṣimṛgatā

○mṛga-tā f. the form or condition of a bird or of a beast Mn. xii, 9

⋙ pakṣirāj

○rāj or m. 'king of bird', N. of Garuḍa or of Jaṭayu R. Kathās

⋙ pakṣirāja

○rāja m. 'king of bird', N. of Garuḍa or of Jaṭayu R. Kathās

⋙ pakṣirājya

○rājya n. the sovereignty of the feathered tribes MW

⋙ pakṣiśārdūla

○śārdūla m. (in music) a kind of dance

⋙ pakṣiśālā

○śālā f. 'bird-house', an aviary or a nest L

⋙ pakṣiśāvaka

○śāvaka m. a young bird MW

⋙ pakṣisiṃha

○siṃha (L.),

⋙ svāmin

svāmin (Hit.), m. lion or lord among bṭbird', N. of Garuḍa. [Page 574, Column 2]

⋙ pakṣīndra

pakṣī7ndra m. = ○kṣi-rāj R. Ragh. Kathās

⋙ pakṣīśa

pakṣī7śa m.id. R

≫ pakṣin

pakṣín mfn. winged (lit. and fig.) RV. &c.&c

• (ifc.) taking the side of. siding with Hariv

• m. a bird or any winged animal RV. &c. &c

• the bird Garuḍa as one of the 18 attendants of the Sun L

• N. of Śiva MBh

• a day with the 2 nights enclosing it L

• an arrow L

• a partic. sacrificial act TāṇḍBr

• (iṇī), f. a female bird Hariv

• (with or sc. rātri) a night with the 2 days enclosing it Gobh. Gaut

• the day of full moon L

• N. of a Śākini L

≫ pakṣila

pakṣila m. N. of the saint Vātsyāyana L

⋙ pakṣilasvāmin

○svāmin m. id. (as identified with Cāṇakya) Sarvad

≫ pakṣīkṛ

pakṣī-√kṛ to appropriate, become master of anything Hcar

≫ pakṣīya

pakṣīya mfn. taking the side or party of, siding with (comp.) Hariv

≫ pakṣu

pakṣu m. N. of a serpent-demon L. (wṛ. for vakṣu?)

≫ pakṣma 1

pakṣma m. or an. eye-lash (in gen. pl. ○māṇām MBh. iv, 390)

• n. lead Gal

≫ pakṣma 2

pakṣma in comp. for ○man,

⋙ pakṣmakopa

○kopa m. irritation in the eye from the eyelashes turning in wards (Entropium) Suśr

⋙ pakṣmapāta

○pāta m. 'falling of the eyelashes', closing of the eyes Ragh

⋙ pakṣmaprakopa

○prakopa m. = -kopa Suśr

⋙ pakṣmayūkā

○yūkā f. a louse in the eyelashes L

⋙ pakṣmasampāta

○sampāta m.= -pāta

• -ja (with kāla), m. an instant MBh

⋙ pakṣmaspanda

○spanda m. quivering of the eyelashes Kāvyâd. ii, 149

⋙ pakṣmākṣa

pakṣmâkṣa mfn. suffering from Entropium (cf. above) L

≫ pakṣman

pákṣman n. (sg. and pl.) the eyelashes (○ṇonipātena', in the twinkling of an eye, in an instant' MBh

• cf. pakṣma-pāta &c.: above) TS. ŚBr. &c. &c

• the hair (of a decr) Śiś. i, 8

• the filament of a flower ib. v, 85

• a thin thread L

• the leaf of a flower Kād

• a wing L

• a whisker MW

≫ pakṣmala

pakṣmala mf(ā)n. having long eyelashes Kāv. Suśr

• having long or thick hair, hairy, shaggy Śiś

• downy, soft Kād. Bālar

⋙ pakṣmaladṛś

○dṛś f. (a woman) having long eyelashes Viddh

≫ pakṣya

pakṣyá mf(ā)n. being in or belonging to the wings (cf. below)

• changing every half month RV. iii, 53, 16 (Sāy. 'descended from Paksha i.e. the sun')

• produced or occurring in a fortnight W

• (ifc.) siding or taking part with Kathās

⋙ pakṣyavayas

○vayas mfn. whose strength lies in his (its) wings, Śulbas

pakṣṇu

pakṣṇu See p. 575, col. 2

pakhoda

pakhoda and pakhauda m. Capparis Divaricata L

pagārā

pagārā f. N. of a place Inscr

paṅka

páṅka m. n. (g. ardharcâdi, said to be fr. √1. pac 'to spread') mud, mire, dirt, clay (ifc. f. ā) Suparṇ. Mn. MBh. &c

• ointment, unguent (in comp

• cf. kuṅkuma-, candana- &c.) Kāv. BhP

• moral impurity, sin L

⋙ paṅkakarvaṭa

○karvaṭa m. mud on the banks of a river, soft mud L

⋙ paṅkakīra

○kīra m. an aquatic bird, lap-wing L

⋙ paṅkakrīḍa

○krīḍa and m. 'sporting in mud', a pig L

⋙ paṅkakrīḍanaka

○krīḍanaka m. 'sporting in mud', a pig L

⋙ paṅkagaḍaka

○gaḍaka m

⋙ paṅkagaṇḍī

○gaṇḍī and f. a small fish, Macrognathus Pancalus L

⋙ paṅkagati

○gati f. a small fish, Macrognathus Pancalus L

⋙ paṅkagrāha

○grāha m. the marine monster Makara L

⋙ paṅkacchid

○cchid m. 'mud-destroyer', Strychnos Potatorum (the fruit of which is used for purifying foul water) Mālav

⋙ paṅkaja

○ja n. (ifc. f. ā) 'mud-born', a species of lotus, Nelumbium Speciosum (whose flower closes in the evening) MBh. Kāv. &c. (in Kathās. once ā f.)

• m. N. of Brahmā Cat. (for paṅkaja-ja)

• mfn. lotus-eyed Jātakam

• -janman m. 'lotus-born', N. of Brahmā Hariv

• -nayanā f. a lotus-eyed woman Bhām

• -nābha m. 'having a lotus springing from his navel', N. of Vishṇu Ragh. BhP

• -netra mfn. lotus-eyed' (said of Vishṇu) BhP

• -pattra-netra m. having eyes like lotus-leaves MW

• -mālin mfn. wearing a lotus-crown (Vishṇu) BhP

• -lāvam ind. (fr. √lū) cutting off like a lotus-flower Bālar

• -vat mfn. furnished with a lotus Nīlak. on MBh

• ○jâkṣī f. = ○ja-nayanā Amar

• ○jâṅghri mfn. whose feet are adorned with lotus-flowers (Vishṇu) BhP

• jâvalī f. N. of a metre Col. (cf. paṅkâvalī)

• ○jâsana-stha mfn. sitting on a lotus-throne (Brahmā) Var

• ○jiṅ mfn. furnished with a lotus MBh

• (nī), f. Nelumbium Speciosum (the plant or a group or the flexible stalk of such lotuses), also a lotus-pond (= ○nī-saras) Kāv. Pur

⋙ paṅkajanman

○janman n. = -ja n. L

⋙ paṅkajāta

○jāta n. id

• = pāpa-samūha Dharmaś

⋙ paṅkajit

○jit m. N. of a son of Garuḍa MBh

⋙ paṅkatā

○tā f. the nature or property of mud, muddiness Śiś

⋙ paṅkadanta

○dantá mfn. having mud or clay between the teeth Suparṇ. [Page 574, Column 3]

⋙ paṅkadigdha

○digdha mfn. mud-smeared

• -śarīra m. 'having a mud-smṭsmeared body', N. of a Dānava Hariv

• ○dhâṅga m. 'having mud-smeared limbs', N. of a being attending on Skanda MBh

⋙ paṅkaprabhā

○prabhā f. (with Jainas) N. of one of the 7 divisions of hell (where mud takes the place of light) L

⋙ paṅkabhāj

○bhāj mfn. sunk in the mire W

⋙ paṅkabhāraka

○bhāraka mfn. laden with mud, muddy W

⋙ paṅkabhāva

○bhāva m. = -tā Ragh

⋙ paṅkamagna

○magna (paṅká.), mfn. immersed in mud Suparṇ

⋙ paṅkamajjana

○majjana n. immersion in mud MW

⋙ paṅkamaṇḍuka

○maṇḍuka (!), m. a bivalve conch L. (wṛ. ○dūka)

⋙ paṅkamaya

○maya mf(i)n. full of mud, muddy MW

⋙ paṅkaruh

○ruh and n. = -ja n. L

⋙ paṅkaruha

○ruha n. = -ja n. L

• ○hiṇī f. (Vcar.) = -jinī

⋙ paṅkalagna

○lagna mfn. sticking in mud Bhpr

⋙ paṅkavat

○vat mfn. muddy, covered with mud Hariv. R

⋙ paṅkavāri

○vāri n. vḷ. for pakva-v○

⋙ paṅkavāsa

○vāsa m. 'mud-dweller', a crab L

⋙ paṅkaśukti

○śukti f. 'mud-shell', the stair-case shell L

⋙ paṅkaśūraṇa

○śūraṇa m. 'mud-√', the fibrous eatable √of a lotus (also written -ṣūraṇa, or -sūr○)

⋙ paṅkākta

paṅkâkta mfn. smeared with mud Hit

⋙ paṅkāvalī

paṅkâvalī f. N. of a metre Col. (cf. paṅkajâv○)

≫ paṅkaya

paṅkaya Nom. P. ○yati, to make muddy, trouble Kir. xi, 19

• to besmear Hcar

≫ paṅkāra

paṅkāra m. (only L.) Blyxa Octandra

• Trapa Bispinosa

• a dam, dike

• stairs, a ladder

≫ paṅkin

paṅkin mfn. muddy, ifc. covered with anything as with mud MBh. (cf. mala-)

≫ paṅkila

paṅkila mf(ā)n. = prec. MBh. Hariv

• thick, condensed L

• m. a boat, canoe L

≫ paṅke

paṅke loc. of paṅka in comp

⋙ paṅkeja

○ja n. = ○ka-ja L

⋙ paṅkeruh

○ruh n. id., Prasann

⋙ paṅkeruha

○ruha n. id. Dhūrtas. BhP

• m. the Indian crane L

• -vasati m. loc-dweller, N. of Brahmā Vcar

• ○hâkṣī

• f. a loc-eyed woman Bhām

• ○hiṇī f. Nelumbium Speciosum ib

⋙ paṅkeśaya

○śaya mfn. resting or dwelling in mud Suśr

paṅkaṇa

paṅkaṇa wṛ. for pakkaṇa

paṅkti

paṅkti (also ○ktī m. c. and in comp.), f. (fr. pañcan) a row or set or collection of five, the number 5 AV. Br. &c

• a sort of five fold metre consisting of 5 Pādas of 8 syllables each ib

• any stanza of 4 X 10 syllables Col. (= chandas L.)

• the number 10 Hcat. (cf. -grīva &c. below)

• any row or set or series or number, a group, collection, flock, troop, assembly, company (e.g. of persons eating together or belonging to the same caste) Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c

• the earth L

• wṛ. for pakti, q.v

⋙ paṅktikaṭa

○kaṭa m. a species of grass ĀpGṛ. Sch

⋙ paṅktikaṇṭaka

○kaṇṭaka m. a white-flowering Achyranthes L

⋙ paṅktikanda

○kanda m. a partic. bulbous plant L

⋙ paṅktikrama

○krama m. order, succession Hit

⋙ paṅktigrīva

○grīva m. 'ten-necked', N. of Rāvaṇa L

⋙ paṅkticara

○cara m. 'going in lines', an osprey L

⋙ paṅktidūṣa

○dūṣa (MBh.),

⋙ paṅktidūṣaka

○dūḍṣaka (Var.),

⋙ paṅktidūṣaṇa

○dūḍṣaṇa (Āpast.), mfn. 'defiling society', (any person) improper to associate with

⋙ paṅktidoṣa

○doṣa m. 'societybane', anything which defiles a social circle MBh

⋙ paṅktipāvana

○pāvana mfn. purifying society, respectable (opp. to dūṣa) Mn. MBh. &c

• -pāvana mfn. doing honour to a social circle TS. Sch

⋙ paṅktibīja

○bīja m. Acacia Arabica L

⋙ paṅktimālā

○mālā f. a species of plant Gal

⋙ paṅktiratha

○ratha m. 'having 10 chariots', N. of Daśaratha (Rāma's father) Ragh. Pur

⋙ paṅktirādhas

○rādhas (○ktí-), mfn. containing fivefold (or numbers of) gifts RV

⋙ paṅktivihaṃgamanāmabhṛt

○vihaṃgama-nāma-bhṛt m. = -paṅkti-ratha, or daśa-r○ Vām. ii, 1, 13

⋙ paṅktiśas

○śas ind. by rows or numbers Śiś. xiv, 33

≫ paṅktikā

paṅktikā f. the number ten, a decade Hcat

• a row, line (in akṣara-p○) Bhartṛ

≫ paṅktī

paṅktī for paṅkti in comp

⋙ paṅktīkṛta

○kṛta mfn. combined into groups Hariv

⋙ paṅktīhara

○hara See pāṅktīhari

⋙ paṅktyuttarā

paṅkty-uttarā f. a kind of metre RPrāt

paṅgu

paṅgu mf(vii, or ū)n. (fr. √paj ?

• Uṇ. i, 37 Sch.) lame, halt, crippled in the legs AV.Par. Yājñ. MBh. &c

• N. of those elements of the body which are themselves without motion (but are moved by the wind) Bhpr

• m. N. of the planet Saturn (as moving slowly) Cat. (cf. -vāsara)

• of Nirjita-varman Rājat

⋙ paṅgugraha

○graha m. the seamonster Makara (cf. paṅka-g○) W

• one of the signs of the zodiac (cf. makara) MW

⋙ paṅgutā

○tā f. lameness, motionlessness

• -hāriṇī f. 'destroying lameness', a species of shrub L. Mn. xi, 51

⋙ paṅgutva

○tva n. = -tâ Tattvas

⋙ paṅgubhāva

○bhāva m. = -tā Vcar

⋙ paṅguvakrakarmaprakāśa

○vakra-karma-prakāśa m. N. of wk

⋙ paṅguvāsara

○vāsara m. Saturday KāśīKh

≫ paṅguka

paṅguka mfn. = paṅgu, lame MBh

≫ paṅgula

paṅgula mfn. id. L

• n. (?) lameness Suśr

• m. a horse of a glassy or silvery white colour L. [Page 575, Column 1] Contents of this page

≫ paṅgūyita

paṅgūyita n. limping, lameness Śrīkaṇṭh

pac 1

pac or pañc, cl. 1, P. Ā. pacati, ○te, or pañcati, ○te, to spread out, make clear or evident Dhātup. vi, 14: Caus. -pañcayati (xxxii, 108), See pra-pañcaya

≫ pañca 1

pañca mf(ā)n. spread out Uttarar

• m. (in music) a kind of measure

pac 2

pac cl. P. Ā. (Dhātup. xxiii, 27) pácati, ○te (cl. 4. Ā. pácyate, below.

• p. pacāna MBh. iii, 13239 [cf. kim-pacāna]

• pf. papāca [2. sg. papaktha or pecitha Pāṇ. 6-4, 121 Sch.], pecur

• pece, pecire [ápeciran, i AV

• peciran Pat. on Pāṇ. 6-4, 120]

• aor. pákṣat RV

• apākṣīt, apakta Gr

• Prec. pacyāt ib

• fut. pakṣyati, ○te or paktā Br

• ind. p. paktvā́ AV. MBh

• inf. páktave AV. Br

• paktum, pāṇ viii, 2, 30 Sch.), to cook, bake, roast, boil (Ā. also 'for one's self') RV. &c. &c

• (with double acc.) to cook anything out of (e.g. tandulān odanam pacati, 'he cooks porridge out of rice-grains') Siddh

• to bake or burn (bricks) ŚBr

• to digest Suśr

• to ripen, mature, bring to perfection or completion RV. &c. &c

• (with double acc.) to develop or change into (e.g. puṇyâpuṇyaṃ sukhâsukham, 'merit and demerit into weal or woe') Vop

• (intrans.) to become ripe or mature Bhpr.: Pass. pacyáte (○ti MBh

• aor. apāci Gr.), to be cooked or burnt or melted or digested or ripened or developed RV. &c. &c

• to be tormented Divyâv

• also intrans. = pácyate (cf.above), to become ripe or mature, to develop or ripen RV. VS. Br. (with acc. of the fruit that is borne or ripens Maitr. Kāṭh

• Pāṇ. 3-1, 87 Vārtt. 14 Pat

• lokáḥ pácyamānaḥ, 'the developing world' ŚBr.): Caus. pācayati, ○te Br. (aor. apīpacat Gr

• Pass. pācyate, p. ○cyamāna MBh.)

• to cause to cook or be cooked (Ā. 'for one's self'), to have cooked or to cook ŚBr. MBh. &c. (cf. Pāṇ. 1-3, 74 ; 4, 52, (?) Sch.)

• to cause to ripen TBr

• to bring to completion or to an end, cure, heal Suśr.: Desid. pipakṣati Gr.: Intens. pāpacīti Gr

• pāpacyate, to be much cooked, to cook very much or burn excessively, to be much afflicted BhP. Suśr.: Desid. of intens. pāpacishati, ○te Gr. [Cf. Gk. ? for ? ; Lat. coquo ; [575, 1] Slav. peka, pes8ti.]

≫ paktavya

paktavya mfn. to be cooked or baked MBh

• to be matured or digested W

≫ pakti

paktí (VS. pákti), f. cooking, preparing food Mn. ix, 11 (anna-p○)

• food or any dish of cooked food RV. VS

• digesting, digestion Mn. Yājñ. Suśr

• place of digestion (= -sthāna) Suśr

• ripening, development (cf. loka-), having results or consequences Var. Kāv

• purification MBh. xii, 9745 (Nilak.)

• respectability, dignity, fame Suśr

⋙ paktidṛṣṭi

○dṛṣṭi f. du. digestive organs and sight Mn. xii, 120

⋙ paktināśana

○nāśana mfn. spoiling digestion Suśr

⋙ paktiśūla

○śūla n. violent pain or inflammation of the bowels proceeding from indigestion, colic L

⋙ paktisthāna

○sthāna n. place of digestion Suśr

≫ paktṛ

paktṛ́ mfn. who or what cooks or roasts or bakes (with gen.) AV. ŚBr. MBh. &c

• digestive, promoting digestion Suśr

• m. or n. the digestive fire, force of digestion Car

⋙ paktra

pakḍtra n. the state of a householder who possesses a sacred fire or that fire perpetually maintained by him Uṇ. iv, 166

⋙ paktrima

pakḍtrima mfn. obtained by cooking Pāṇ. 3-3, 88 ; iv, 4, 20

• ripe HPariś

• cooked W

≫ paktha

pakthá m. N. of a man protected by the Aśvins RV. (○thasya saubharasya, N. of 2 sāmans ĀrshBr.)

• pl. N. of a people ib

⋙ pakthin

pakḍthin m. 'who cooks the oblation' (Sāy

• prob. N. of a man) ib

≫ pakva

pakvá mf(ā)n. (considered as p.p. of √2. pac

• Pāṇ. 8-2, 52) cooked, roasted, baked, boiled, prepared on a fire (opp. to āma) RV. &c. &c. (also applied to the milk in an udder)

• warmed (cf. dviṣ-) Gobh. Mn. &c

• baked or burnt (as bricks or earthenware pots) ŚBr. Var. &c

• ripe, mature (lit. and fig.) RV. &c. &c. (also applied to a tree with ripe fruits)

• grey, hoary (as the hair) Dhūrtas

• accomplished, perfect, fully developed (as the understanding, character &c.) MBh. BhP

• ripe for decay, near to death, decrepit, perishing, decaying ib

• digested W

• n. cooked food, dish RV. AV. ŚBr

• ripe corn AV

• the ashes of a burnt corpse ib

⋙ pakvakaṣāya

○kaṣāya mfn. whose passion has become extinguished BhP

⋙ pakvakṛt

○kṛt mfn. cooking, maturing, dressing food

• m. Azadirachta Indica L

⋙ pakvakeśa

○keśa mfn. grey-haired W

⋙ pakvagātra

○gātra mfn. having a decrepit or infirm body Divyâv

⋙ pakvatā

○tā f. ripeness, maturity, greyness (of the hair) L. [Page 575, Column 2]

⋙ pakvarasa

○rasa m. wine or any intoxicating liquor made of the juice of the sugar cane Bhpr

⋙ pakvavat

○vat mfn. one who has cooked &c. MW

⋙ pakvavāri

○vāri n. sour rice-gruel (= kāñjika) L

• boiling or distilled water W. (v. l. paṅka-v○)

⋙ pakvasasyopamonnati

○sasyôpamônnati m. a species of Kadamba L

⋙ pakvaharitalūna

○harita-lūna mfn. cut (grain), ripe but not dry L

⋙ pakvātīsāra

pakvâtīsāra m. chronic dysentery Bhpr

⋙ pakvādhāna

pakvâdhāna n. the receptacle for digested food, the stomach, abdomen Suśr

⋙ pakvānna

pakvânna n. cooked or dressed food Mn. Var. &c

⋙ pakvāśaya

pakvâśaya m.= ○vâdhāna MBh. Suśr. (cf. āmâś○)

⋙ pakvāśin

pakvâśin mfn. eating only cooked food, Pracaṇḍ. i, 19

⋙ pakveṣṭaka

pakvêṣṭaka mfn. made of burnt bricks Mṛicch

• -cita n. a building constructed with burnt bricks Yājñ

⋙ pakveṣṭakā

pakvêṣṭakā f. a burnt or baked brick Var

• -maya mf(ī)n. made of burnt bricks Hcat

≫ pakvaka

pakvaká m. (?) AV. xx, 130, 6

≫ pakṣṇu

pakṣṇu mfn. who or what cooks or matures Vop

≫ pac 3

pac mfn. (ifc

• nom. -pak Pāṇ. 6-4, 15 Sch.) cooking, baking

≫ paca 1

paca mfn. id. (cf. alpam-, iṣṭi-, kim- &c.)

• m. and (a), f. the act of cooking &c. L

⋙ pacapaca

○paca m. 'continually bringing to maturity' (?), N. of Śiva MBh

⋙ pacampacā

○m-pacā f. Curcuma Aromatica or Xanthorrhiza Bhpr. (vḷ. -bacā L.)

≫ paca 2

paca 2. sg. Impv. of √pac

⋙ pacaprakūṭā

○prakūṭā and f. g. mayūra-vyaṃsakâdi

⋙ pacalavaṇā

○lavaṇā f. g. mayūra-vyaṃsakâdi

≫ pacaka

pacaka m. a cook, cooking, baking L

≫ pacat

pacat mf(ntī)n. cooking, roasting &c

⋙ pacatpuṭa

○puṭa m. Hibiscus Phoeniceus L

≫ pacata 1

pacatá mfn. cooked, boiled &c. RV. VS. ŚāṅkhBr

• m. fire L

• the sun L

• N. of Indra L

• n. cooked food (= pakti) Nir. vi, 16

≫ pacata 2

pacata 2. pl. Impv. of √pac

⋙ pacatabhṛjjatā

○bhṛjjatā f. (2. pl. Impv. of √pac and √bhṛjj) continual baking and roasting, g. mayūra-vyaṃsakâdi

≫ pacatikalpam

pacati-kalpam ind. (?) Pāṇ. 5-3, 67, (?) Sch

≫ pacatya

pacatyá mfn. cooked, dressed RV. iii, 52, 2

≫ pacana

pacana mfn. cooking, maturing (cf. anvāhārya-, eṇī-)

• m. fire L

• (ā), f. becoming ripe, ripening L

• (ī), f. the wild citron tree L. (vḷ. pavanī)

• n. (pác○) a means or instrument for cooking. RV. ŚBr

• cooking, roasting, maturing, becoming cooked or ripe MBh. Suśr. BhP

⋙ pacanakriyā

○kriyā f. cooking, dressing food Gaut

⋙ pacanāgāra

pacanâgāra n. 'cooking room', a kitchen ĀpGṛ. Sch

⋙ pacanāgni

pacanâgni m. a fire for boiling ib

≫ pacanikā

pacanikā f. a pan L

≫ pacamānaka

pacamānaka mfn. accustomed to cook one's food Baudh

≫ paci

paci m. fire L

• cooking, maturing L

≫ pacelima

pacelima mfn. being soon cooked, cooking or ripening quickly Pāṇ. 3-1, 96 Vārtt. 1 Pat. Kull. on Mn. iv, 172

• m. (L.) Phaseolus Mungo or a similar species of bean

• fire

• the sun

⋙ paceluka

paceḍluka m. a cook L

≫ pacya

pacya mfn. becoming ripe, ripening ( kṛṣṭa-pacya)

paccanikā

paccanikā or paccanī f. a partic. part of a plough Kṛishis

pacchabda

pac-chabda pac-chas &c. See under 3. pad, p. 583

paj

paj or pañj, to become stiff or rigid, only pf. Ā. pāpaje with apa, he started back from (loc.) RV. x, 105, 3. [Cf. Gk. ? ; Lat. pango.] [575, 2]

≫ pajra

pajrá mf(ā́)n. solid, stout, fat, strong RV. [Gk. ?]

• m. N. of Kakshivat and other men ib

• [575, 2] (ā), f. the Soma plant ib

• n. N. of a Sāman Lāṭy

⋙ pajrahoṣin

○hoṣin mfn. having fat or rich oblations (Indra-Agni) RV. vi, 59, 4 (cf. Nir. v, 22)

≫ pajriya

pajriyá m. N. of Kakshīvat RV

≫ pañjaka

pañjaka m. N. of a man Rājat

≫ pañjara

pañjara n. a cage, aviary, dove-cot, net MBh. Kāv. &c

• a skeleton, the ribs Prab. Caṇḍ. (also m. L.)

• N. of partic. prayers and formularies VāmP

• m. (L.) the body. Udbh

• the Kali-yuga L

• a purificatory ceremony performed on cows L

• a kind of bulbous plant (v. l. pañjala)

⋙ pañjarakapiñjala

○kapiñjala m. a partridge in a cage Mṛicch

⋙ pañjarakapota

○kapota m. a pigeon in a cṭcage ib

⋙ pañjarakesarin

○kesarin m. a lion in a cṭcage Kād

⋙ pañjaracālananyāya

○cālana-nyāya m. the rule (exemplified by the story) of shaking the cage (by 11 birds who united their strength for this purpose although they differed in other ways) Śaṃk

⋙ pañjarabhāj

○bhāj mfn. 'keeping the cṭcage, remaining in it Kād. [Page 575, Column 3]

⋙ pañjaraśuka

○śuka m. a parrot in a cage Mṛicch

⋙ pañjarākheṭa

pañjarâkheṭa m. a sort of basket or wicker trap in which fish are caught L

≫ pañjaraka

pañjaraka m. or n. a cage, aviary &c. MBh. . Pañc

pajoka

pajoka m. N. of a poet Cat

pajja

paj-ja See 3. pad

pajihaṭikā

pajihaṭikā f. (pad +?) a small bell Chandom

• a kind of metre ib

pañc

pañc See √1. pac, col. 1

≫ pañca 1

pañca See under 1. pac ib

pañca 2

pañca in comp. for pañcan ( See p. 578)

⋙ pañcakapāla

○kapāla (páñca.), mf(i)n. prepared or offered in five cups or bowls, m. (with or, sc. puro-dāśa) an oblation so offered ŚBr. ŚrS

⋙ pañcakarṇa

○karṇa mfn. branded in the ear with the number 5 (as cattle) Pāṇ. 6-3, 115 (?)

• m. N. of a man TĀr

⋙ pañcakarpaṭa

○karpaṭa m. pl. N. of a people MBh

⋙ pañcakarma

○karma n. (L.),

⋙ pañcakarman

○karman n. (Suśr.),

⋙ pañcakarmī

○karmī f. (L.) the 5 kinds of treatment (in medicine, viz. giving emetics, purgative medicines, sternutatories, and enemas of two kinds, oily and not oily)

• ○mavidhi and ○mâdhikāra m. N. of medic. wks

⋙ pañcakalpa

○kalpa m. one who studies or has studied 5 Kalpas (esp. those belonging to the AV.) L

• (ī), f. N. of wk

⋙ pañcakalyāṇaka

○kalyāṇaka m. a horse with white feet and a white mouth Hcat

⋙ pañcakaṣāya

○kaṣāya m. (?), a decoction from the fruits of 5 plants (the Jambū, Sālmali, Vāṭyāla, Bakula and Badara) L

• -ja and ○yâttha mfn. produced from the above decoction Suśr

⋙ pañcakāṭhakaprayogavṛtti

○kāṭhaka-prayoga-vṛtti f. N. of wk

⋙ pañcakāpittha

○kāpittha mfn. prepared with the 5 products of Feronia Elephantum Suśr

⋙ pañcakārukī

○kārukī f. the 5 artisans in a village L

⋙ pañcakālakriyādīpa

○kāla-kriyā-dīpa m

⋙ pañcakālapaddhati

○kāla-paddhati f

⋙ pañcakālapravartana

○kāla-pravartana n. N. of wks

⋙ pañcakūrca

○kūrca n. = -gavya KāśīKh

⋙ pañcakṛtya

○kṛtya n. the 5 actions by which the supreme power manifests itself (viz. sṛṣṭi, sthiti, saṃhāra, tirobhāva and anugraha-karaṇa) Sarvad

• (m.) a species of, plant L

⋙ pañcakṛtvas

○kṛtvas ind. 5 times Lāṭy. KātyŚr. Suśr

⋙ pañcakṛṣṇa

○kṛṣṇa m. 'having 5 black spots', a species of poisonous insect Suśr

⋙ pañcakṛṣṇala

○kṛṣṇala n. 5 Kṛishṇalas or coins so called Gaut

• ○laka mfn. comprising 5 Kṛishṇalas MW

⋙ pañcakoṇa

○koṇa m. a pentagon Col

⋙ pañcakola

○kola or n. the 5 spices (viz. long pepper, its √, Piper Chaba, plumbago and dry ginger) Car. Bhpr

⋙ pañcakolaka

○koḍlaka n. the 5 spices (viz. long pepper, its √, Piper Chaba, plumbago and dry ginger) Car. Bhpr

⋙ pañcakośa

○kośa (ibc.) the 5 sheaths supposed to invest the soul W. (cf. kośa)

• -viveka and -samṇyāsâcāra m. N. of wks

⋙ pañcakrama

○krama m. a particular Krama (or method of reciting the Vedic text) consisting of 5 members ( See pāṭha) L

• N. of a Buddh. wk. (also -ṭippanī f.)

⋙ pañcakrośa

○krośa m. or a distance of 5 Krośas, the ground extending to that distance round Benares (cf. RTL. 218, 1 ; 435)

⋙ pañcakrośī

○kroḍśī f. a distance of 5 Krośas, the ground extending to that distance round Benares (cf. RTL. 218, 1 ; 435)

• ○śa-mañjarī f. (○rī-sudarśana n.), ○śamāhātmya n. ○śa-yātrā f. or ○śī-yātrā-vidhi m. N. of wks

⋙ pañcakroṣṭṛ

○kroṣṭṛ mfn. = pañcabhiḥ kroṣṭrībhiḥ krītaḥ Pat

⋙ pañcakleśabheda

○kleśa-bheda mf(ā)n. afflicted by the 5 kinds of pain ŚvetUp

⋙ pañcakṣāra

○kṣāra n. = -lavaṇa, q.v

⋙ pañcakhaṭva

○khaṭva n

⋙ pañcakhaṭvī

○khaṭḍvī f. a collection of 5 bedsteads L

⋙ pañcagaṅga

○gaṅga n. (C.),

⋙ pañcagaṅgā

○gaṅgā f. (B.) N. of a locality MBh

⋙ pañcagaṇayoga

○gaṇa-yoga m. a collect. N. of 5 plants (viz. vidārī-gandhā, bṛhatī, pṛśni-parṇī, nidigdhikā and sva-daṃṣṭrā) L

⋙ pañcagaṇḍaka

○gaṇḍaka mfn. (prob.) consisting of 5 parts (said of the Dharma-cakra) Divyâv

⋙ pañcagata

○gata mfn. 'arrived at 5', raised to the 5th power Col

⋙ pañcagatisamatikrānta

○gati-samatikrānta m. 'having passed through the 5 forms of existence', N. of Gautama Buddha Divyâv. (some reckon 6 forms, See MWB. 121)

⋙ pañcagava

○gava n

⋙ pañcagavī

○gavī f. a collection of 5 cows

• ○vadhana mfn. one whose property consists of 5 cows L

⋙ pañcagavya

○gavya n. the 5 products of the cow (viz. milk, coagulated or sour milk, butter, and the liquid and solid excreta) L

• N. of wk

• -ghṛta n. N. of a partic. mixture Rasar

• -melana-prakāra m. N. of wk

• ○vyâpâna-vat mfn. having an anus made of the Pañca-gavya Hcat

⋙ pañcagārgya

○gārgya mfn. = pañcabhir gārgibhiḥ krītaḥ Pat

⋙ pañcagu

○gu mfn. bought with 5 cows Pāṇ. 1-2, 44 Vārtt. 3 Pat

⋙ pañcaguṇa

○guṇa mfn. fivefold

• having 5 virtues or good qualities MBh

⋙ pañcagupta

○gupta m. 'covered or protected in a fivefold manner', a tortoise (as drawing in its 4 feet and head

• cf. pañcâṅga-g○) L

• the materialistic system of the Cārvākas L

⋙ pañcagupti

○gupti f. Medicago Esculenta L

⋙ pañcagṛhita

○gṛhitá mfn. taken or taken up 5 times ŚBr. KātyŚr

• ○tin mfn. one who has taken up 5 times Lāṭy., Sch,

⋙ pañcagoṇi

○goṇi mfn. 'carrying 5 loads', bearing a heavy burden, Vajras (cf. Pāṇ. 1-2, 50 Vārtt. 1 Pat.) [Page 576, Column 1] Contents of this page

⋙ pañcagauḍabrāhmaṇajāti

○gauḍa-brāhmaṇa-jāti

⋙ pañcagranthī

○granthī

⋙ pañcagrahayogaśānti

○graha-yoga-śānti f. N. of wks

⋙ pañcagrāmī

○grāmī f. a collection of 5 villages Yājñ

⋙ pañcaghāta

○ghāta m. (in music) a kind of measure

⋙ pañcacakṣus

○cakṣus m. 'five-eyed', N. of the Buddha (who was supposed to have the māṃsa-c○, dharma-c○, prajñā-c○, divya-c○ and buddha-c○ i.e. the carnal eye, the eye of religion, the eye of intellect, the divine eye and the eye of Buddha MW. (cf. Dharmas. lxvi)

⋙ pañcacatvāriṃśa

○catvāriṃśa mf(ī)n. the 49th (ch. of MBh. and R.)

⋙ pañcacatvāriṃśat

○catvāriṃśat (pá○) f. 45 ŚBr

⋙ pañcacandra

○candra m. N. of a man Rājat

⋙ pañcacāmara

○cāmara n. N. of 2 kinds of metre Col

• -stotra n. N. of a hymn by Śaṃkara

⋙ pañcacitīka

○cit˘īka (pá○), mfn. piled up in 5 tiers or layers ŚBr. Kāṭh. ĀpŚr. &c

⋙ pañcacīra

○cīra m. a Buddh. saint also named Mañjuśī (the teacher of Buddhism in Nepal MWB. 202, n. 1) W

⋙ pañcacūḍa

○cūḍa (pá○), mf(ā)n. having 5 protuberances (cf. f.)

• (also -ka) having 5 crests or tufts of hair Kathās

• (ā), f. = -coḍā ŚBr

• N. of an Apsaras MBh. R

• ○ḍā-maṇi m. N. of wk. (also ○ṇi-ṭīkā)

⋙ pañcacoḍā

○coḍā f. a brick with 5 protuberances TS. ĀpŚr. Śulb

⋙ pañcacola

○cola m. or n. N. of a part of the Himâlaya range L

⋙ pañcajana

○janá m. (pl.) the 5 classes of beings (viz. gods, men, Gandharvas and Apsaras, serpents, and Pitṛis) TS. ŚBr. &c. man, mankind Hcar. (○nêndra m. prince, king Rājat.)

• (ibc.) the 5 elements MBh

• N. of a demon slain by Kṛishṇa MBh. R. &c. (cf. pāñcajanya)

• of a son of Saṃhrāda by Kṛiti BhP

• of a Prajāpati ib

• of a son of Sagara by Keśini Hariv

• of a son of Sṛiñjaya and father of Soma-datta ib

• (ī), f. an assemblage of 5 persons L

• N. of a daughter of Viśva-rūpa and wife of Bharata BhP. (v. l. pāñcajanī)

• ○nī́na mfn. devoted or consecrated to the 5 races TS. TBr. (also ○nīya AitBr. ŚāṅkhŚr

• Pāṇ. 5-i, 9 Vārtt. 4 Pat.)

• m. an actor, a buffoon L

• the chief of 5 men W

⋙ pañcajitaṃte

○jitaṃ-te N. of a Stotra

⋙ pañcajñāna

○jñāna m. 'possessing fivefold knowledge', a Buddha L

⋙ pañcaḍākinī

○ḍākinī f. N. of a female attendant on Devi W

⋙ pañcatakṣa

○takṣa n

⋙ pañcatakṣī

○taḍkṣī f. a collection of 5 carpenters L

⋙ pañcatattva

○tattva n. the 5 elements collectively (cf. tattva) L

• (in the Tantras) the 5 essentials (= pañca-makāra, q.v.)

• -prakāśa m. ○tvâtmaka-stotra n. N. of wks

⋙ pañcatantra

○tantra n. N. of the well-known collection of moral stories and fables in 5 books from which the Hitopadeśa is partly taken (also -ka)

• of a poem by Dharma-paṇḍita

• -kāvya-darpaṇa m. N. of wk

⋙ pañcatanmātra

○tanmātra n. sg. the 5 subtle rudiments of the 5 elements Kap

⋙ pañcatapa

○tapa mfn. = -tapas mfn

⋙ pañcatapas

○tapas n. (ibc.) the 5 fires (to which an ascetic who practices self-mortification exposes himself. viz. one fire towards each of the 4 quarters, and the sun overhead)

• mfn. sitting between the 5 fires Mn. vi, 23 (cf. MWB. 30, n. 2)

• po'nvita mfn. id. R

⋙ pañcatā

○tā f. five foldness, fivefold state or amount Mn. viii, 151

• an aggregate or a collection of 5 things (esp.) the 5 elements, viz. earth, air, fire, water and akāśa ether, and dissolution into them i.e. death (-tām with √gam, yā &c., to die, with upa-√nī, to kill) Kāv. Suśr. Pur

⋙ pañcatāra

○tāra mfn. five-starred MW

⋙ pañcatikta

○tikta n. 5 bitter things (viz. nimba, amṛtā, vṛṣa, paṭola, and ṇidigdhikā) Bhpr

• -ghṛta n. a partic. mixture, Rasav

⋙ pañcatīthī

○tīthī f. any five principal places of pilgrimage (esp. Viśrānti Saukara, Naimisha, Prayāga, and Pushkara) VarP

• N. of a sacred bathing-place Kathās

• bathing on the day of the equinox (?) W

⋙ pañcatriṃśa

○triṃśá mf(ī)n. the 35th ŚBr

• + 35 Jyot

⋙ pañcatrinśat

○trinśat (pá○), 35 ŚBr., ch. of MBh

• ○śac-chlokī and ○śat-pīṭhikā f. N. of wks

⋙ pañcatriṃśati

○triṃśati f. 35 Rājat

⋙ pañcatriṃśika

○triṃśika mfn. having the length of 35, Śulb

⋙ pañcatrika

○trika mfn. (pl.) 5 x 3 MBh

⋙ pañcatva

○tva n. fivefoldness

• the 5 elements BhP

• dissolution, death (pañca-tvaṃ gata mfn. dead Hit

• cf. -tā) Yājñ. R. Var. &c

⋙ pañcadaka

○daka (?), m.pl. N. of a people MBh

⋙ pañcadaṇḍa

○daṇḍa mfn. having 5 sticks Pañcad

• -cchattra-prabandha m. N. of a tale. 1

⋙ pañcadaśa

○daśa mf(ī)n. the 15th AV. &c. &c

• + 15 ŚāṅkhŚr

• consisting of 15 RV. &c. &c

• containing or representing the Pañca-daśa Stoma, connected with it Br

• (ī), f. (sc. tithi) the 15th day of a half month, the day of full or new moon TBr. Yājñ. Var

• N. of sev. wks. (also ○śī-tantra n. -prakaraṇa n. -yantra-vidhāna n. -viveka m. -vyākhyā, f. -viveka m. -vyākhyā f. -samāsa, m.) 2

⋙ pañcadaśa

○daśa for ○śan in comp

• -karman n. N. of wk

• -kṛtvas ind. 15 times Lāṭy

• -cchadi (pá○), mfn. having 15 roofs TS

• -dhā ind. in or into 15 parts or ways MārkP. [Page 576, Column 2]

• -mālā-mantra-vidhi m. N. of wk

• -rātra m. a period of 15 nights, a fortnight Pāṇ. 3-3, 137 Kāś

• -rcá (for -ṛca), mfn. consisting of 15 verses AV. Br

• -vat (○śá-), mfn. possessing the Pañca-daśa Stoma ŚBr

• -varṇamālikā f. N. of. Stotra

• -vartani mfn. forming the path of a Pañca-daśa Stoma TS

• -vārṣika mf(ī)n. 15 years old Pañc

• N. of a kind of Cāturmāsya ĀpŚr

• ○śâkṣara (pá○), mfn. consisting of 15 syllables VS

• ○śâha m. a period of 15 days Mn. v, 83

• ○sâhika mf(ī)n. lasting 15 days Yājñ. iii, 323

⋙ pañcadaśan

○daśan (pá○), mfn. pl. (gen. ○śānām ŚBr

• instr. ○śabhis L.) 15 RV. &c. &c

⋙ pañcadaśama

○daśama mf(ī)n. the 15th, KūrmaP

⋙ pañcadaśika

○daśika mfn. having the length of 15, Sulb

⋙ pañcadaśin

○daśín mfn. consisting of 15 parts ŚBr

⋙ pañcadāman

○dāman mf(mnī)n. having 5 cords Pāṇ. 4-1, 29 Kāś

⋙ pañcadīrgha

○dīrgha n. sg. the 5 long parts of the body (viz. the arms, eyes, belly knees Buddh., nose, and breast) L

⋙ pañcadaivata

○daivata mfn. having 5 deities (organs of sense) YogaśUp

⋙ pañcadaivatya

○daivatya n. a partic. gift to Brāhmans (at the offering of which 5 deities are thought to be present) Hcat

⋙ pañcadrāviḍajāti

○drāviḍa-jāti f. N. of wk. (cf. pañca-gauḍa-brāhmaṇa-j○)

⋙ pañcadrauṇika

○drauṇika mf(ī)n. containing 5 Droṇas (a partic. measure of capacity) MBh

⋙ pañcadhanus

○dhanus m. N. of a prince VP

⋙ pañcadhā

○dhā́ ind. in 5 ways or parts, fivefold AV. &c. &c

• bandhyā-prakāśa (?), m. N. of wk

⋙ pañcadhāraṇaka

○dhāraṇaka mfn. upheld or subsisting by the 5 elements MBh

⋙ pañcadhīva

○dhīva mf(ā)n. = pañcabhir dhīvarībhiḥ krītaḥ Pat

⋙ pañcanakha

○nakha mfn. '5-clawed', having 5 nails Var

• m. a 5-clawed animal Mn. MBh. R

• an elephant L

• a lion Gal

• a tiger L. (also ○khin Gal.)

• a tortoise L

⋙ pañcanada

○nada n. the Pañjāb or country of 5 rivers (viz. the Śata-dru, Vipāśā, Irāvati, Candra-bhāgā, and Vitastā, i.e. the Sutlej, Beās, Rāvii, Chenāb, and Jhelum or Behut) MBh. R. Rājat. (also ī f. Hcat.)

• N. of sev. Tirthas (esp. of one near the junction of the Kiraṇā and, Dhūta-pāpā with the Ganges after the union of the latter river with the Yamunā and Sarasvati) MBh. SkandaP

• m. or n. N. of a river produced by the junction of the 5 rivers of the Pañjāb and which falls into the Sindhu L

• m. a prince of Pañca-nada MBh. (pl. the inhabitants of PṭPañca-nṭnada MBh.)

• N. of an Asura Hariv

• of a teacher VāmP

• -kṣetra-māhātmya n. N. of wk

• -tīrtha n. N. of a sacred bathing-place (cf. above)

• -māhātmya n. N. of wk

⋙ pañcanalīya

○nalīya n. N. of wk

⋙ pañcanavata

○navata mf(ī)n. the 95th (ch. of MBh. and Hariv.)

• + 95 (○te dinaśate, on the 195th day) VarBṛS. xxi, 7

⋙ pañcanavati

○navati f. 95 (ch. of MBh.)

• -tama mf(ī)n. 95th

• the 95th (ch. of R.)

⋙ pañcanātha

○nātha m. N. of an author Cat

⋙ pañcanāman

○nāman (pá○), mf(mnī)n. hiving 5 names AV

• ○mâvali f. N. of wk

⋙ pañcanāli

○nāli mfn. lasting 3 X 24 minutes Sāh

⋙ pañcanidhana

○nidhana n. N. of sev. Sāmans ĀrshBr

⋙ pañcanimba

○nimba n. sg. the 5 products (viz. the flowers, fruit, leaves, bark, and root) of the Azadirachta Indica L

⋙ pañcanirgranthīsūtra

○nirgranthī-sūtra n. N. of wk. =

⋙ pañcanīrājana

○nīrājana n. waving 4 things (viz. a lamp, lotus, cloth, mango or betel leaf) before an idol and then falling prostrate W

⋙ pañcapakṣin

○pakṣin m. or n. (?), N. of a small wk. containing auguries ascribed to Śiva (in which the 5 vowels a, i, u, e, o are connected with 5 birds) L

• ○kṣi-śāstra n. N. of wk. on augury

⋙ pañcapakṣī

○pakṣī f. N. of sev. wks. on astrology

• -ṭīkā f. N. of sev. Comms

⋙ pañcapañcaka

○pañcaka (R.),

⋙ pañcapañcan

○pañcan (BhP.), 5 X 5 (ibc.)

⋙ pañcapañcanakha

○pañcanakha m. species of 5 animals allowed to be killed and eaten (vix. the hare, porcupine, alligator, rhinoceros, and tortoise) W

⋙ pañcapañcāśa

○pañcāśa mf(i)n. the 55th (ch. of MBh.)

⋙ pañcapañcāśat

○pañcāśat (pá○), f. 55 ŚBr. &c. &c

⋙ pañcapañcin

○pañcin (pá○), mfn. fivefold Br

⋙ pañcapaṭala

○paṭala m. or n

⋙ pañcapaṭalikā

○paṭaḍlikā f. N. of wks

⋙ pañcapaṭu

○paṭu mfn. = pañcabhiḥ paṭviibhiḥ krītaḥ Pat

⋙ pañcapattra

○pattra mfn. having 5 feathers R

• m. '5-leaved', a species of Caṇḍāla-kanda L

⋙ pañcapada

○pada (pá○), mf(ā)n. containing 5 Padas ŚBr

• (ī), f. taking 5 steps, consisting of 5 feet or steps or parts TS. GṛS. (fr. -pad?)

• 'only 5 steps', a cold or unfriendly relationship (opp. to sāptapadīna, q.v.), Bañc, ii, 123

• the 5 strong cases (viz. nom. and voc. sg. du. pl

• acc. sg. du.), APrāt

• N. of a river in Śāka-dviipa BhP

• ○dârthī f. ○dī-vivṛti f. N. of wks

⋙ pañcapariṣad

○pariṣad f. an assembly taking place every 5th year Buddh

⋙ pañcaparṇikā

○parṇikā or f. a species of small shrub L

⋙ pañcaparṇī

○parḍṇī f. a species of small shrub L

⋙ pañcaparva

○parva mf(ā)n. (river) having 5 windings ŚvetUp

⋙ pañcaparvata

○parvata n. 'the 5 peaks' (of the Himâlayas) L

⋙ pañcaparvan

○parvan mfn. 5-knotted (as an arrow) R

• m. a stick with 5 knots Kauś

• ○va- and ○vii-māhātmya n. ○viiya-vidhi m. N. of wks. [Page 576, Column 3]

⋙ pañcapala

○pala (Yājñ.),

⋙ pañcapalika

○palika (KātyŚr. Sch.), mfn. weighing 5 Palas

• ○lī f. a weight of 5 Palas Kathās

⋙ pañcapallava

○pallava n. the aggregate of 5 sprigs or shoots of the Āmra, Jambū, Kapittha, Bīja-pūraka, and Bilva (according to others, of the Āmra, Aśvattha, Vaṭa, Parkaṭī, and Yajñôdumbara

• or of the Panasa, Āmra, Aśvattha, Vaṭa, and Bakula L

• or of the spondias, rose-apple, Bel or marmelos, citron, and wood-apple W.)

⋙ pañcapaśu

○paśu m. (!) sg. the 5 sacrificial animals KātyŚr

• mfn. destined for the 5 sacrificial animals Vait

⋙ pañcapātra

○pātra n. a partic. vessel for purifying water used at the Ācamana (q.v.) RTL. xxi

• n. 5 cups or vessels collectively or a Śrāddha in which offerings are made in 5 vessels L

⋙ pañcapāda

○pāda (pá○), mfn. 5-footed RV. AV

• (ī), f. N. of wk. on the Uṇ-ādis

⋙ pañcapādikā

○pādikā f. N. of a philos. wk

• -ṭīkā f. -ṭikā-tattva-dīpana n. -"ṣdhyāsabhāṣya-vyākhyā (○kâdh○), f. -vivaraṇa n. (○ṇa-prakāśikā f.), -vyākhyā f. -śāstra-darpaṇa m. N. of Comms

⋙ pañcapitta

○pitta n. the gall or bile of 5 animals (viz. the boar, goat, buffalo, fish, and peacock) L

⋙ pañcapura

○pura n. N. of a city Śukas

⋙ pañcapurāṇīya

○purāṇīya mfn. worth 5 Purāṇas (a partic. coin) Kull. on Mn. xi, 227

⋙ pañcapuruṣam

○puruṣam ind. through 5 generations of men ĀpŚr. Sch

⋙ pañcapuṣpamaya

○puṣpamaya mf(i)n. formed or consisting of 5 flowers Kathās

⋙ pañcapūlī

○pūlī f. 5 bunches Pāṇ. 2-1, 51 Vārtt. 6 Pat

⋙ pañcaprakaraṇa

○prakaraṇa n

⋙ pañcaprakaraṇī

○prakaraḍṇī f. N. of wks

⋙ pañcaprayāga

○prayāga m. a kind of oblation RTL. 367

⋙ pañcaprayoga

○prayoga m. N. of wk

⋙ pañcaprastha

○prastha mfn. having 5 elevations or rising grounds (said of a forest) BhP

⋙ pañcapraharaṇa

○praharaṇa mfn. having 5 carriage-boxes ib

⋙ pañcaprāṇa

○prâṇa m. pl. the 5 vital airs (supposed to be in the body)

• ○ṇâhuti-khaṇḍa m. or n. (?) N. of wk

⋙ pañcaprādeśa

○prādeśa mf(ā)n. 5 spans long KātyŚr

⋙ pañcaprāsāda

○prāsāda m. a temple with 4 pinnacles and a steeple W

⋙ pañcaphuṭṭika

○phuṭṭika m. 'weaving 5 Phuṭṭikās (s.v.) in a day', N. of a Śūdra Kathās

⋙ pañcabaddha

○baddha mfn. pl. joined into 5 Hariv

⋙ pañcabandha

○bandha m. a fine equal to the 5th part of anything lost or stolen Yājñ

⋙ pañcabandhura

○bandhura See -vandh○

⋙ pañcabala

○bala n. the 5 forces (viz. faith, energy, recollection, self-concentration, reason) MWB. 50

⋙ pañcabalā

○balā f. the 5 plants called Balā (viz. balā, nāga-b○, mahā-b○, ati-b○, and rāja-b○) L

⋙ pañcabāṇa

○bāṇa m. 'having 5 arrows', N. of the god of love Kālid. Daś. &c

• vijaya and -vilāsa m. N. of wks

⋙ pañcabāṇī

○bāṇī f. the 5 arrows (of the god of love) Naish

⋙ pañcabāhu

○bāhu m. '5-armed', N. of one of the attendants of Śiva Hariv

⋙ pañcabinduprasṛta

○bindu-prasṛta n. N. of a partic. movement in dancing Daś

⋙ pañcabila

○bila (pá○), mfn. having 5 openings ŚBr

⋙ pañcabīja

○bīja n. a collection of 5 kinds of seeds (viz. of Cardiospermum Halicacabum, Trigonella Foenum Graecum, Asteracantha Longifolia, Ligusticum Ajowan, and cumin-seed

• or of Trapusa, Karkati, Dāḍima, Padma, and Vānari

• or of Sinapis Racemosa, Ligusticum Ajowan, cumin-seed, sesamum from Khorasan, and poppy) L

⋙ pañcabodha

○bodha m. N. of wk

⋙ pañcabrahmamantra

○brahma-mantra m

⋙ pañcabrahmavidyopaniṣad

○brahma-vidyôpaniṣad or f. N. of wks

⋙ pañcabrahmopaniṣad

○brahmôpaniṣad f. N. of wks

⋙ pañcabhaṅga

○bhaṅga m. pl. boughs of 5 partic. trees Hcat

⋙ pañcabhaṭṭīya

○bhaṭṭīya n. N. of wk

⋙ pañcabhadra

○bhadra mfn. having 5 good qualities or auspicious marks Hcar

• consisting of 5 good ingredients (as a decoction), ŚarṅgS

• vicious L

• m. a kind of pavilion Vāstuv

• n. a partic. mixture Bhpr

⋙ pañcabhāra

○bhāra mfn. having the weight of 5 Bhāras Siṃhâs

⋙ pañcabhāṣāmaṇi

○bhāṣā-maṇi m. N. of wk

⋙ pañcabhuja

○bhuja m. 5-armed, pentagonal

• m. N. of Ganêśa Gal

• a pentagon W

⋙ pañcabhūta

○bhūta n. pl. the 5 elements (earth, air, fire, water, and ākāśa) Kap

• -parityakta mfn. deserted by the 5 elements (as a dead body) MW

• -vādârtha and -viveka m. N. of wks

• ○tâtmaka mfn. consisting of 5 elements (as the human body) Suśr

⋙ pañcabhūryābhimukhā

○bhūryābhimukhā (!), f. N. of an Apsaras Kāraṇḍ

⋙ pañcabhṛṅga

○bhṛṅga m. or n. N. of the 5 plants Deva-dālī, Śamī, Bhaṅgā, Nirguṇi, and Tamala-pattra L

⋙ pañcabhautika

○bhautika wṛ. for pāñcabh○

⋙ pañcamakāra

○ma-kāra n. the 5 essentials of the left-hand Tantra ritual (the words for which begin with the letter m, viz. madya, wine

• māṃsa, meat

• matsya, fish

• mudrā, intertwining of the fingers

• and maithuna, sexual union) W. (cf. -tattva and RTL. 192)

⋙ pañcamantratanu

○mantra-tanu m. whose body consists of 5 Mantras', N. of Śiva (with Śaivas) Sarvad

⋙ pañcamaya

○maya mf(ī)n. consisting of 5 (elements) MārkP

⋙ pañcamahākalpa

○mahākalpa m. N. of Vishṇu MBh. xii, 338

⋙ pañcamahāpātakin

○mahāpātakin mfn. guilty of the 5 great sins ( See mahā-pātaka) MW

⋙ pañcamahābhūtamaya

○mahābhūta-maya mf(ī)n. consisting of 5 elements Hcar. [Page 577, Column 1] Contents of this page

⋙ pañcamahāyajña

○mahāyajña m. pl. the 5 great devotional acts of the Hindūs ( See mahā-y○) W

• -vidhi m. N. of wk

⋙ pañcamahiṣa

○mahiṣa n. the 5 products of the buffalo cow (cf. pañca-gavya) Suśr

⋙ pañcamāṣaka

○māṣaka (f. ī [!] Gaut.) and mfn. consisting of or amounting to 5 Māshas. 1

⋙ pañcamāṣika

○māḍṣika (Mn.), mfn. consisting of or amounting to 5 Māshas. 1

⋙ pañcamāsya

○māsya mfn. (for 2. See under pañcama) happening every 5 months or containing 5 months AitBr

⋙ pañcamithyātvaṭīkā

○mithyātva-ṭīkā f. N. of wk

⋙ pañcamukha

○mukha mf(ī)n. 5-faced or 5-headed (also applied to Prajā-pati) KaushUp

• m. N. of Śiva L

• a lion L

• an arrow with 5 points R

• (ī), f. Gendarussa Vulgaris L

⋙ pañcamudrā

○mudrā f. 5 gestures to be made in presenting offerings to an idol W

⋙ pañcamuṣṭi

○muṣṭ˘i f. Trigonella Corniculata L

⋙ pañcamuṣṭika

○muṣṭika m. a partic. decoction Bhpr

⋙ pañcamūtra

○mūtra n. sg. the urine of 5 (female animals, viz. the cow, goat, sheep, buffalo, and ass) L

⋙ pañcamūrti

○mūrti and mfn. having a fivefold form (applied to a partic. offering to Brahmans) Hcat

⋙ pañcamūrtika

○mūrḍtika mfn. having a fivefold form (applied to a partic. offering to Brahmans) Hcat

⋙ pañcamūla

○mūla m. N. of an attendant of Durgā Kathās

• n. (also ○laka) and (ī), f. a class or group of 5 roots or plants with tuberous roots (according to Suśr. there are 5 classes each containing 5 medicinal plant, viz. kanīyas or alpam or kṣudrakam, mahat, vallī-saṃjñaḥ [sc. gaṇaḥ], kaṇṭaka-s○, and triṇa-s○ i.e. the smaller and the larger clṭclasses, the creepers, the thorny plants and the 5 kinds of grass

• other groups are also enumerated) Suśr. Bhpr. &c

⋙ pañcameni

○meni mfn. having 5 missiles AitBr

⋙ pañcayakṣā

○yakṣā f. N. of a Tirtha MBh

⋙ pañcayajña

○yajña m. pl. the 5 religious acts or oblations of a house-keeper (cf. pañca-mahāyajña)

• -paribhraṣṭa m. a Brāhman who omits to perform the 5 religious acts MW

⋙ pañcayāma

○yāma (pá○), mfn. having 5 courses (as a sacrifice) RV

• N. of a son of Ātapa (who was son of Vibhāvasu and Ushā) BhP

⋙ pañcayuga

○yuga n. a cycle of 5 years, a lustrum MBh

⋙ pañcayojana

○yojaná n. (AV.),

⋙ pañcayojanī

○yojaḍnī f. (Rājat.) a way or distance of 5 Yojanas

⋙ pañcarakṣaka

○rakṣaka m. a species of plant L

⋙ pañcarakṣā

○rakṣā f. N. of wk

⋙ pañcaratna

○ratna n. a collection of 5 jewels or precious things (viz. gold, diamond, sapphire, ruby, and pearl Hcat

• or gold, silver, coral, pearl, and Rāga-paṭṭa L.)

• N. of sev. wks

• pl. the 5 gems or most admired episodes of the MBh. MW

• -kalā f. -kiraṇâvali f. -prakāśa m. N. of wks

• -maya mf(ā!)n. consisting of the 5jewels Hcat

• -mālikā f. -stava m. ○nâkara-stotra n. N. of Stotras

⋙ pañcaraśmi

○raśmi (páñca-), mfn. (a chariot) having 5 strings or traces RV

⋙ pañcarasā

○rasā f. the Emblic Myrobolan tree L

⋙ pañcarājīphala

○rājī-phala m. Trichosanthes Dioeca L

⋙ pañcarātra

○rātra or m. a period of 5 days (nights) Kauś. Mn. &c

⋙ pañcarātraka

○rāḍtraka m. a period of 5 days (nights) Kauś. Mn. &c

• (○trá), mfn. lasting 5 days ŚBr. MBh. (also ○traka Pañc.)

• m. N. of an Ahīna ( See 1. áh○) which lasts 5 days TāṇḍBr. ŚrS

• N. of the sacred books of various Vaishṇava sects (also pl.) MBh. R. &c

• dīpikā f. -naivedya-vidhāna n. -pakvânna vidhāna n. -prāyaścitta n. -rakṣā f. N. of wks

⋙ pañcarātrika

○rātrika wṛ. for pāñcar○

⋙ pañcarāśika

○rāśika mfn. relating to the 5 ratios or proportions of numbers

• n. the rule of 5, the rule of proportion with 5 terms Col

⋙ pañcarudra

○rudra m. N. of an author ○drīya n. ○drôpaniṣad-bhāṣya n. N. of wks

⋙ pañcarūpakośa

○rūpa-kośa m. N. of wk

⋙ pañcarca

○rcá (for -ṛca), mfn. consisting of 5 verses

• m. a stanza consisting of 5 verses AV. ŚāṅkhGṛ

⋙ pañcalakṣaṇa

○lakṣaṇa mfn. possessing 5 characteristics (said of the Purāṇas, which ought strictly to comprehend 5 topics, viz. the creation of the universe, its destruction and renovation, the genealogy of gods and patriarchs, the reigns of the Manus, and the history of the solar and lunar races)

• n. a Purāṇa or mythological poem W

• -vidhi m. N. of wk

⋙ pañcalakṣaṇī

○lakṣaṇī f. N. of sev. wks. (also -kroḍa m. -ṭīkā f. -prakāśa m. -vivecana n. ṇy-anugama, m.)

⋙ pañcalambaka

○lambaka n. N. of Kathās. xiv

⋙ pañcalavaṇa

○lavaṇa n. 5 kinds of salt (viz. kāca, saindhava, sāmudra, viḍa, and sauvarcala) Suśr

⋙ pañcalāṅgala

○lāṅgala (ibc.) a gift of as much land as can be cultivated with 5 ploughs (also -ka Hcat. MatsyaP.)

• -dāna-vidhi m. N. of wk

⋙ pañcaloha

○loha n. a metallic alloy containing 5 metals (viz. copper. brass, tin, lead, and iron) L

⋙ pañcalohaka

○lohaka n. the 5 metals (viz. gold, silver, copper, tin, and lead) L

⋙ pañcavaktra

○vaktra mfn. 5-faced Hariv. R

• m. N. of Śiva Dhūrtas

• of one of the attendants of Skanda MBh

• a lion L

• (ā), f. N. of Durgā Cat

• -rasa m. a partic. mixture Bhpr

• -stotra n. N. of a Stotra

⋙ pañcavaṭa

○vaṭa m. '5-threaded', the Brāhmanieal cord (but RTL. 361) L

• N. of a man Rājat

• (ī), f. the 5 fig-trees (N. applied to Aśvattha, Bilva, Vaṭa, Dhātri, and Aśoka) SkandaP. [Page 577, Column 2]

• (also n.) N. of a part of the great southern forest where the Godāvarī rises and where the banished Rāma resided MBh. R. Ragh

• ○ṭa- or ○ṭī-māhātmya n. N. of wk

⋙ pañcavadanastotra

○vadana-stotra n. N. of a Stotra (cf. pañcavaktra-st○)

⋙ pañcavandhura

○vandhura mfn. having 5 seats BhP. (cf. tri-v○)

⋙ pañcavarga

○varga m. a class or group or series of 5, e.g. the 5 constituent elements of the body (cf. 1. dhātu) R. ii, 118, 27

• the 5 classes of spies (viz. a pilgrim or rogue, an ascetic who has violated his vows, a distressed agriculturist, a decayed merchant, a fictitious devotee) Kull. vii, 154

• the 5 organs of sense, the 5 devotional acts &c. (also i f.)

• mfn. proceeding in 5 lines or at, times KātyŚr

⋙ pañcavarṇa

○varṇa mfn. '5-coloured' L. (Mṛicch. i, 7/8?)

• fivefold, of 5 kinds (-tā f.) Hcat

• m. N. of a mountain Hariv

• of a forest ib. (v. l. pāñc○)

⋙ pañcavardhana

○vardhana m. a species of plant L

⋙ pañcavarṣa

○varṣa (KātyŚr.),

⋙ pañcavarṣeka

○varḍṣeka (MBh.), mfn. 5 years old

• ○ṣadeśīya (L.) and ○ṣaka-deśīya (MBh.), mfn. about 5 years old

⋙ pañcavarṣikamaha

○varṣika-maha m. a kind of festival or ceremony L

⋙ pañcavarṣiya

○varṣiya mfn. 5 years old Śatr

⋙ pañcavali

○vali mfn. having 5 folds or incisions KātyŚr

⋙ pañcavalkala

○valkala n. a collection of the bark of 5 kinds of trees (viz. the Indian, glomerous, holy, and waved-leaf fig-tree, and Calamus Rotang, i.e. Nyag-rodha, Udumbara, Aśvattha, Plaksha, and Vetasa

• but other trees are sometimes substituted) Rasar

⋙ pañcavallabhā

○vallabhā f. 'dear to 5', N. of Draupadi Gal

⋙ pañcavastu

○vastu n. (?), N. of wk

⋙ pañcavātīya

○vātī́ya m. a partic. oblation offered to the 5 winds at the Rājasūya ŚBr

⋙ pañcavāda

○vāda m. N. of wk

• -kroḍa-pattra n. ṭīkā f. N. of wks

⋙ pañcavārṣika

○vārṣika mf(ī)n. 5 years old, recurring every 5 years

• n. and

⋙ pañcamaha

○maha m. (prob.) = pañca-varṣika-maha Divyâv. L

⋙ pañcavāhin

○vāhín mfn. yoked with 5, drawn by 5 (as a carriage) AV

⋙ pañcaviṃśa

○viṃśá mf(ī)n. the 25th ŚBr. &c

• containing or consisting of 25 ib

• representing the Pañcaviṃśa Stoma, belonging to it, celebrated with it, &c. Br. ŚāṅkhŚr

• m. a Stoma consisting of 25 parts VS. ŚBr

• N. of Vishṇu regarded as the 25th Tattva BhP

• -brāhmaṇa n. a Brāhmaṇa consisting of 25 books, N. of the TāṇḍyaBr

⋙ pañcaviṃśaka

○viṃśaka mfn. the 25th BhP

• consisting of 25 L

• (with vayasā) 25 years old R

⋙ pañcaviṃśat

○viṃśat f. 25 Hcat

⋙ pañcaviṃśati

○viṃśati (pá○), f. id. VS. ŚBr

• a collection of 25 (also ○tī and ○tikā

• See vetāla-)

• -gaṇa m. a multitude of 25 Kap

• -tama or ○ti-ma mf(ī)n. the 25th MBh

• -rātra mfn. lasting 25 nights (days) KātyŚr

• -sāhasrikā f. N. of a Prajñāpāramitā L

⋙ pañcaviṃśatika

○viṃśatika mfn. (a fine) consisting of or amounting to 25 (Paṇas) Yājñ. ii, 205

• n. the number 25 MBh

• (ā), f. See -viṃśati

⋙ pañcavikrama

○vikrama mfn. (a carriage) moving in a fivefold manner BhP

⋙ pañcavigrāham

○vigrāham ind. by distributing 5 times or by a fivefold distribution ĀśvŚr

⋙ pañcavijaya

○vijaya m. N. of wk

⋙ pañcavidha

○vidha (páñca- or pañcá-), mfn. of 5 kinds, fivefold ŚBr

• -nāma-bhāṣya n. -sūtra n. N. of wks

⋙ pañcavidheya

○vidheya n. = -vidhasūtra

⋙ pañcavīragoṣṭha

○vīra-goṣṭha n. (prob.) an assembly. room named 'the 5 heroes', i.e. the 5 sons of Pāṇḍu Daś

⋙ pañcavṛkṣa

○vṛkṣa n. sg. or m.pl. 'the 5 trees' (of Svarga, viz. Mandāra, Pārijātaka, Saṃtāna, Kalpa-vṛiksha, and Hari-candana) MW

⋙ pañcavṛt

○vṛt (ŚāṅkhGṛ.) and ind. fivefold, 5 times

⋙ pañcavṛtam

○vṛtam (Gobh.), ind. fivefold, 5 times

⋙ pañcaśata

○śata mf(ī)n. 500 (pl.) MBh. BhP

• (a fine) amounting to 500 Yājñ

• fined 500 (Paṇas) Mn

• the 500th (○te kāle, in the 500th year) MBh

• n. 105 Lāṭy. ; 500 Mn. MBh

• (ī), f. 500 Kathās

• a period of 500 years Vajracch

• N. of wk

• -tama mf(ī)n. the 105th (ch. of R.)

• ○tīprabandha m. N. of wk

⋙ pañcaśatika

○śatika mfn. 500 (feet &c.), high Hcat

⋙ pañcaśara

○śara m. = -bāṇa Prab. (ī f. = -bā́ṇī Naish.)

• -nirṇaya m. -vijaya m. -vyākhyā f. N. of wks

⋙ pañcaśarāva

○śarāva mfn. (a measure) containing 5 Śarāvas (q.v.) Jaim

⋙ pañcaśala

○śala (pá○), m. or n. (?) a distance of 5 Salas (q.v.) AV

⋙ pañcaśas

○śas ind. by fives, 5 by 5 BhP

⋙ pañcaśasya

○śasya See -sasya

⋙ pañcaśākha

○śākha mfn. 5-branched, 5-fingered R

• m. the hand Dhūrtan

⋙ pañcaśāradīya

○śāradī́ya m. N. of a Pañcâha representing 5 years Br. ŚrS

⋙ pañcaśāstra

○śāstra n. N. of the sacred books of various Vaishṇava sects Hcat. (cf. -rātra)

⋙ pañcaśikha

○śikha mfn. '5-crested', having tufts of hair on the head (as an ascetic) MBh. (○khi-kṛta mfn. made an ascetic Bhartṛ.)

• m. a lion L

• N. of a Śāṃkhya teacher (called also -muni, a pupil of Āsuri) MBh. VāyuP. &c

• of an attendant of Śiva Kathās

• of a Gandharva L

⋙ pañcaśikhin

○śikhin mfn. = -śikha mfn. AV.Pariś

⋙ pañcaśirīṣa

○śirīṣa m. a medicine composed of 5 parts (viz. √, bark, leaf, flower, and fruit) of the Acacia Sirissa Car. [Page 577, Column 3]

⋙ pañcaśila

○śila mf(ā)n. consisting of 5 rocks Cat

⋙ pañcaśīrṣa

○śīrṣa mf(ā)n. 5-headed MBh. ; 5-eared(as corn, sc. on one stalk) ib

• m. N. of a mountain Buddh

⋙ pañcaśīla

○śīla n. the 5 chief rules of conduct for Buddhists MWB. 89 ; 126

⋙ pañcaśukla

○śukla m. 'having 5 white spots', a species of venomous insect Suśr

⋙ pañcaśūraṇa

○śūraṇa n. the 5 -bulbous plants called) Śūraṇas (q.v.) L

⋙ pañcaśairīṣaka

○śairīṣaka n. the 5 products of the Acacia Sirissa (cf. śirīṣa). L

⋙ pañcaśaila

○śaila mṆ. of a mountain MārkP

⋙ pañcaślokī

○ślokī f. N. of wk

⋙ pañcaṣa

○ṣa mf(ā)n. pl. 5 or 6 Kāv

⋙ pañcaṣaṣṭa

○ṣaṣṭa mf(ī)n. the 65th (ch. of MBh. and Hariv.)

⋙ pañcaṣaṣṭi

○ṣaṣṭi f. 65 (ch. of MBh.)

• -tama mf(ī)n. the 65th (ch. of MBh. and R.)

⋙ pañcasaṃskāra

○saṃskāra m. '5 rites', N. of wk

• -prayoga m. -mahiman m. -vidhi m. N. of wks

⋙ pañcasattra

○sattra n. N. of a place Rājat

⋙ pañcasaṃdhi

○saṃdhi m. N. of wk

⋙ pañcasapta

○sapta (in comp. for ○ptan), 5 x 7, 35 MārkP

⋙ pañcasaptata

○saptata mf(i) n. the 75th (ch. of MBh. and Hariv.)

⋙ pañcasaptati

○saptati f. 75 (ch. of MBh.)

• -tama mf(ī)n. the 75th (ch. of MBh. and R.)

⋙ pañcasamāsīya

○samāsīya n. N. of wk

⋙ pañcasavana

○savana n. (a sacrifice) containing 5 Savanas (q.v.) ĀpŚr

⋙ pañcasasya

○sasya n. sg. 5 species of grain (viz. Dhānya, Mudga, Tila, Yava, and Śveta-sarshapa or Māsha) L

⋙ pañcasahasrī

○sahasrī f. sg. (ifc. -ka mfn. ) 5000 Kathās

⋙ pañcasāṃvatsarika

○sāṃvatsarika mf(ī)n. 'recurring every 5 years', N. of a kind of Cāturmāsya ĀpŚr. Sch

⋙ pañcasāmaka

○sāmaka

⋙ pañcasāyaka

○sāyaka n. (?) N. of wks

⋙ pañcasāra

○sāra mfn. consisting of 5 parts or ingredients Suśr

• n. (?) N. of wk

⋙ pañcasiddhānta

○siddhânta m. N. of the Bhāsvati-karaṇa (q.v.)

⋙ pañcasiddhāntikā

○siddhântikā f. N. of an astron. wk. by Varāha-mihira (founded on the 5 older astron. wks., and called by Var. himself Karaṇa)

⋙ pañcasiddhauṣadhika

○siddhâuṣadhika mfn. consisting of 5 kinds of medic. plants L

⋙ pañcasiddhanṣadhī

○siddhan9ṣadhī f. the 5 medic. plants ib

⋙ pañcasugandhaka

○sugandhaka n. a collection of 5 kinds of aromatic vegetable substances (viz. cloves, nutmeg, camphor, aloe wood, and Kakkola, q.v.) L

⋙ pañcasūkta

○sū7kta n. '5 Vedic hymns', N. of wk

⋙ pañcasūtra

○sūtra n. (and ī f.)' 5 Sūtras', N. of wk

⋙ pañcasūnā

○sūnā m. pl. 5 things in a house by which animal life may be accidentally destroyed (viz. the fire-place, slab for grinding condiments, broom, pestle and mortar, and water-pot) W. RTL. 418

⋙ pañcaskandha

○skandha (ibc.) = ○dhī

• -vimocaka m. N. of Buddha Divyâv

⋙ pañcaskandhaka

○skandhaka n. N. of wk

⋙ pañcaskandhī

○skandhī f. sg. the 5 Skandhas (s.v.) or constituent elements Buddh

⋙ pañcastava

○stava m. (and vyākhyā f.),

⋙ pañcastavī

○stavī f. N. of wks

⋙ pañcasmṛti

○smṛti f. 5 law-books', N. of wk

⋙ pañcasrotas

○srotas n. = manas Nīlak

⋙ pañcasvarā

○svarā f. N. of an astrol. wk. on divination

• -nirṇaya m. N. of Comm

• ○rêdaya m. N. of wk

⋙ pañcasvastyayana

○svastyayana n. N. of wk

⋙ pañcahavis

○havis mfn. furnished with 5 oblations ŚāṅkhŚr

⋙ pañcahasta

○hasta m. '5-handed', N. of a son of Manu VP

• of a place Rājat

⋙ pañcahāyana

○hāyana mfn. 5 years old BhP

⋙ pañcahāva

○hāva m. N. of a son of Manu Rohita Hariv. (v. l. -hotra)

⋙ pañcahotṛ

○hotṛ (pá○), mfn. attended by 5 priests (?) RV. v, 42, 1

• m. (sc. mantra) N. of a partic. formula in which 5 deities are named (as Hotṛi, Adhvaryu &c.) Br. ŚrS

⋙ pañcahotra

○hotra See -hāva

⋙ pañcahradatīrtha

○hrada-tīrtha n. N. of a place of pilgrimage SkandaP

⋙ pañcāṃśa

pañcâṃśa m. the 5th part, 1/5 Var

⋙ pañcākṣa

pañcâkṣa m. '5-eyed', N. of a Gaṇa of Śiva Hariv

⋙ pañcākṣara

pañcâkṣara mfn. consisting of 5 syllables VS. AitBr. &c

• m. N. of a poet

• (ī), f. See s.v

• -kalpa m. N. of wk

• -maya mf(ī)n. consisting of 5 syllables Hcat

• -mākātmya n. N. of wk

• -śas ind. by 5 syllables Lāṭy

⋙ pañcākṣarī

pañcâkṣarī f. 5 syllables Viddh

• -yantrôpadeśa m. -vidhāna n. -ṣaṭprayoga m. -stotra n. N. of wks

⋙ pañcākhyāna

pañcâkhyāna n. = ○ca-tantra (q.v.)

• -varttika n. N. of wk

⋙ pañcāgni

pañcâgni (mostly in comp.) = ○ca-tapas (q.v.), n. the 5 sacred fires (viz. Anvāhārya-pacana or Dakshiṇa, Gārhapatya, Āhavanīya, Sabhya, and Āvasathya) ; 5 mystic fires supposed to be present in the body W

• mfn. -"ṣca-tapas mfn. Kathās

• maintaining the 5 sacred fires KaṭhUp. Mn. &c

• acquainted with the doctrine of the 5 mystic fires W

• -ka n. N. of a partic. observance MānSr

• -tva n. a collection or aggregate of 5 fires or inflammatory passions Kathās

• -vidyā f. the (esoteric) doctrine of the 5 fires Śaṃk. (-prakaraṇa n. N. of wk.)

• -sādhana n. 'doing the 5 fire penance' (a form of self-mortification) Cat. (cf. pañcatapas)

• ○gny-ādhāna n. setting up the 5 sacred fires TBr. Sch

⋙ pañcāṅga

pañcâṅga n. (mostly ibc.) 5 members or parts of the body Kir. ; 5 parts of a tree (viz. √, bark, leaf, flower, and fruit) L. ; 5 modes of devotion (viz. silent prayer, oblations, libations, bathing idols, and feeding Brāhmans) W. [Page 578, Column 1] Contents of this page

• any aggregate of 5 parts ib

• mf(ī)n. 5-limbed, 5-membered (with praṇāma m. obeisance made with the arms, knees, head, voice, and look Tantras.)

• having 5 parts or subdivisions Kāv. (also ○gika Suśr.)

• m. a tortoise or turtle L. (cf. pañcâṅga-gupta) a horse with 5 spots in various parts of his body L. (cf. pañca-bhadra)

• (ī), f. a bit for horses KātyŚr

• a kind of bandage Suśr

• n. a calendar or almanac (treating of 5 things, viy. solar days, lunar days, Nakshatras Yogas. and Karaṇas) L

• -kautuka n. -kaumudī f. -gaṇita n. N. of wks

• -gupta m. a tortoise or turtle L. (cf. pañca-g○)

• -tattva n. N. of wk

• -pattra n. a calendar or almanac L. ( See above)

• -phala n. -ratnâvalī f. -rudranyāsa m. -vinoda m. N. of wks

• -viprahīna and -vipratihīna m. N. of Buddha Divyâv

• -śuddhi f. the favourableness of 5 (astrological circumstances, viz. the solar day, lunar day, Nakshatra, Yoga, and Karaṇa) MW

• -śodha n. -saralī f. -sādhana n. (○na-grahôdāharaṇa n. ○nasāraṇī f.), -sāraṇī f. N. of wks

• ○ṅgâdika mfn. (a pantomime) dealing with 5 members (cf. above) &c., Malav. i, 6/7

• ○ṅgânayana n. N. of wk

⋙ pañcāṅguri

pañcâṅguri mfn. 5-fingered AV

⋙ pañcāṅgula

pañcâṅgula mfn. measuring 5 fingers

• m. Ricinus Communis (which has 5-lobed leaves) Suśr

• (ī), f. a species of shrub L

⋙ pañcāṅguli

pañcâṅguli mfn. 5 fingers broad Caṇḍ

• having 5 fingers or finger-like divisions W

⋙ pañcāja

pañcâja n. the 5 products of the goat Suśr. (cf. ca-gavya)

⋙ pañcātapā

pañcâtapā f. doing penance with 5 fires KālP. (cf. ○ca-tapas)

⋙ pañcātmaka

pañcâtmaka mfn. consisting of 5 elements (as the body), fivefold (-tva n.) ŚvetUp

⋙ pañcādhyāyī

pañcâdhyāyī f. 'consisting of 5 chapters', N. of sev. wks

⋙ pañcānana

pañcânana mfn. very fierce or passionate (lit. 5-faced) L

• m. N. of Śiva L. (cf. RTL. 79)

• a lion Vcar. (also at the end of names of learned men, e.g. jayarāma-p○, viśvanātha-p○)

• N. of partic. strong medic. preparations Rasar

• N. of an author and other men

• (i) f. N. of Durgā Rājat

• -deśa m. N. of a place Cat

⋙ pañcānandamāhātmya

pañcânanda-māhātmya n. N. of wk

⋙ pañcānugāna

pañcânugāna n. N. of sev. Sāmans ĀrshBr

⋙ pañcāpañcīnā

pañcāpañcī́nā f. N. of a partic. brick MaitrS

⋙ pañcāpūpa

pañcâpūpa mfn. having 5 cakes AV

⋙ pañcāpsaras

pañcâpsaras (R.),

⋙ pañcāpsarasa

pañcâpsaḍrasa (BhP.), n. N. of a lake or pool, supposed to have been produced by Manda-karṇi (Śātakarṇi) through the power of his penance (so called because under it Mandakarni formed a secret chamber for 5 Apsaras who had seduced him)

⋙ pañcābjamaṇḍala

pañcâbja-maṇḍala n. N. of a mystical circle Tantras

⋙ pañcābdakhya

pañcâbdakhya mfn. existing for 5 years Mn. ii, 134

⋙ pañcāmṛta

pañcâmṛta n. sg. and pl. the 5 kinds of divine food (viz. milk, coagulated or sour milk, butter, honey, and sugar) Hcat

• the 5 elements Mālatīm. v, 2

• mfn. consisting of 5 ingredients (as a medicine) L

• n. the aggregate of any 5 drugs of supposed efficacy W

• N. of a Tantra

• ○tâbhiṣekaprakāra m. N. of wk

⋙ pañcāmla

pañcâmla n. sg. the aggregate of 5 acid plants (the jujube, pomegranate, sorrel, spondias, and citron) Bhpr

⋙ pañcāyatana

pañcâyatana n. N. of a partic. ceremony (at which 5 symbols are used) RTL. 410-416

• -paddhati f. -pratiṣṭhā-paddhati f. and ○nártha-varṇa-śīrṣopaniṣad f. N. of wks

⋙ pañcāyudha

pañcâyudha m. = ○ca-bāṇa, in -prapañca m. -ratna-mālā, f. -stava m. -stotra n. N. of wks

⋙ pañcāra

páñcâra mfn. (a wheel) having 5 spokes RV

⋙ pañcārcis

pañcârcis m. 'having 5 rays', the planet Mercury VP

⋙ pañcārtha

pañcârtha n. sg. the 5 things (with Pāśupatas) Sarvad

• -bhāṣyadījiṣikā f. N. of wk

⋙ pañcārṣeya

pañcârṣeya mf(ī)n. one who is descended from 5 Ṛishis ĀpGṛ. Sch

⋙ pañcāvaṭa

pañcā-vaṭa = pañca-v○, q.v

⋙ pañcāvatta

pañcâvattá mfn. 5 times cut off or taken up, consisting of 5 Avadānas ŚBr

• n. (MānŚr.), -tā f. and -tva n. (KātyŚr. Sch.) 5 AṭAvadānas

• ○ttin mfn. one who offers oblations consisting of AṭAvadānas GṛS. KātyŚr. Sch

• ○ttī́ya mfn. offered in 5 Avadānas TBr

⋙ pañcāvadāna

pañcâvadāna n. the offering (of the Havis) in 5 Avadānas MānGṛ

⋙ pañcāvayava

pañcâvayava mfn. consisting of 5 members or parts

• (with vākya) n. a 5-membered argument, a syllogism Tarkas

⋙ pañcāvaraṇastotra

pañcâvaraṇa-stotra n. N. of a Stotra

⋙ pañcāvarta

pañcâvarta mf(ā)n. having 5 whirls ŚvetUp

⋙ pañcāvastha

pañcâvastha m. a corpse (resolved into the 5 elements) Gal

⋙ pañcāvika

pañcâvika n. the 5 products of the sheep Suśr. (cf. pañca-gavya, ○câja),

⋙ pañcāśīta

pañcāśīta mf(ī)n. the 85th (ch. of MBh. and Hariv.)

⋙ pañcāśīti

pañcâśīti f. 85 (ch. of MBh.)

• N. of wk

• -tama mf(i)n. the 85th (ch. of MBh. and R.)

⋙ pañcāśra

pañcâśra mfn. 5-cornered Hcat

⋙ pañcāsva

pañcâsva m. 'having 5 horses', N. of a prince VP. [Page 578, Column 2]

⋙ pañcāsuvandhura

pañcâsuvandhura mfn. whose carriage-seats (?) are the 5 vital airs BhP

⋙ pañcāstikāya

pañcâstikāya m. N. of wk

• -bālâvabodha m. -saṃgraha-sūtra n. N. of wks

⋙ pañcāsya

pañcâsya mfn. 5-faced, 5-headed MBh. Hariv. ; 5-pointed (as an arrow) MBh

• m. a lion Kāv

• N. of a partic. strong medicine Rasar

⋙ pañcāha

pañcâha m. a period of 5 days Kathās

• (○há), mfn. lasting 5 days

• m. a Soma oblation with 5 Sutyā days Br. ŚrS

⋙ pañcāhika

pañcâhika mfn. containing 5 feast days or festivals KātyŚr. Sch

⋙ pañcedhmīya

pañcêdhmīya n. (?) a nocturnal rite in which 5 torches &c. are used Āpast

⋙ pañcendra

pañcêndra mfn. one who has the 5 Indrāṇīs as his deity Pāṇ. 1-2, 49 Sch

• -kalpa mfn. like 5 Indras MW

• ○dropâkhyāna (?), n. N. of wk

⋙ pañcendriya

pañcêndriya n. the 5 organs of sense (viz. the eye, ear, nose, tongue, and skin) or the 5 organs of action (viz. hands, feet, larynx, and organs of generation and excretion) W

• pl. N. of a tale

• mfn. having the 5 organs of sense MBh

⋙ pañceṣu

pañcêṣu m. = ○ca-bāṇa Kāv

⋙ pañcopacāraka

pañcôpacāraka mf(ikā)n. consisting of 5 oblations Śāktân

⋙ pañcopākhyāna

pañcôpâkhyāna n. N. of the Pañca-tantra

• -saṃgraha m. N. of wk

⋙ pañcaudana

pañcâudana mfn. prepared with fivefold pulp of mashed grain &c. AV

≫ pañcaka

pañcaka mfn. consisting of 5, relating to 5, made of 5 &c. Mn. MBh. Suśr. Pur. ; 5 days old ( See below)

• bought with 5 Pāṇ. 5-1, 22 Sch

• (with śata n.) 5 percent Mn. Yājñ

• taking 5 per cent Pāṇ. 5-1, 47 Vārtt. 1 Pat

• m. any collection or aggregate of 5 W. (also n

• g. ardharcâdi)

• a partic. caste VP

• N. of one of the attendants of Skanda MBh

• of a son of Nahusha VP

• pl. the 5 first disciples of Gautama Buddha Jātakam

• (ikā), f. a book consisting of 5 Adhyāyas (as those of the AitBr.)

• N. of a game played with 5 shells Pāṇ. 2-1, 10 Sch

• n. an aggregate of 5, a pentad Hariv. Var. &c

• a field of battle L

• -mālā f. a kind of metre L

• -māsika mfn. one who receives or earns 5 per month Pāṇ. 5-4, 116 Vārtt. 4 Pat

• -vidhāna n. -vidhi m. N. of wks

• -śata n. 5 percent Bijag

• -śānti f. -śānti-vidhi m. N. of wks

• ○kâvalī f. a kind of metre L. (cf. Śiś. iii, 82 Sch.)

• ○kâṣṭaka-cayana-sūtra n. N. of wk

≫ pañcat

pañcat mfn. consisting of five Pāṇ. 5-1, 60

≫ pañcataya

pañcataya mf(ī)n. fivefold, having five parts or limbs Kap

• Yog. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-2, 42)

≫ pañcatha

pañcatha mfn. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-2, 50) the fifth Kāṭh. [Cf. Zd. pukhdha

• Gk. ? ; Lat. quinctus, [578, 2] quintus for pinctus ; Lith. pénktas ; Goth. fimfta ; Germ. fū0nfte ; Angl. Sax. fifta ; Eng. fifth.]

≫ pañcathu

pañcathu m. time L

• the Koil or Indian cuckoo L

≫ pañcan

páñcan pl. (said to be fr. √1. pac, to spread out the hand with its five fingers

• nom. acc. páñca AV. v, 15, 5 pañcá]

• instr. ○cábhis

• dat. abl. ○cábhyas

• loc. ○cásu [Class. also, ○cabhis, ○cabhyás, ○casú, Pāṇ. 6-1, 179 &c.]

• gen. ○cānā́m) five RV. &c. &c. (cf. under indriya, kṛṣṭi, carṣaṇi, jana, bhūta, mātra, yajña, svasṛ &c.) ; sg. N. of Kathās. xiv. [Cf. Zd. pañcan

• Gk. ?, Aeol. ? ; Lat. quinque ; Lith. [578, 2] penkí ; Goth. fimf ; Germ. fū0nf ; Angl. Sax. fif ; Eng. five.]

≫ pañcanī

pañcanī f. a chequered cloth for playing at draughts &c., a chess-board (= śāri-śṛṅkhatā) L

≫ pañcama

pañcamá mf(ī)n. the fifth VS. AV. &c. &c. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-2, 49)

• forming the 5th part (with or sc. aṃśa = 1/5) TBr. Mn. &c

• = rucira or dakṣa L

• m. (in music) the 5th (later 7th) note of the gamut (supposed to be produced by the air drawn from 5 parts of the body) MBh. Sāh

• -rāga Gīt

• the 21st Kalpa (called after the musical note) VāyuP

• the 5th consonant of a Varga (i.e. the nasal) VPrāt. Pāṇ. Sch

• N. of a Muni Cat

• (ī), f. See below

• n. the fifth part, 1/5 (cf. above and Pāṇ. 5-3, 49)

• copulation (as the 5th of the Tattvas of the Tā2ntrikas

• cf. pañca-tattva)

• (am), ind. for the fifth time, fifthly TBr. Mn. viii, 125

⋙ pañcamabhāgīya

○bhāgīya mfn. belonging to the fifth part KātyŚr. ; 1/5 (of a Purusha) long, Śulbas

⋙ pañcamarāga

○rāga m. one of the Rāgas or musical modes Gīt

⋙ pañcamavat

○vat mfn. having the 5th (note) Pāṇ. 5-2, 130 Sch

⋙ pañcamavilāsa

○vilāsa m

⋙ pañcamasārasaṃhitā

○sāra-saṃhitā f. N. of wks

⋙ pañcamasvara

○svara n. N. of a metre, Prasann

⋙ pañcamāra

pañcamâra m. (with Jainas) the 5th spoke in the wheel of time (also -ka) Śatr

• N. of a son of Bala-deva L. 2

⋙ pañcamāsya

pañcamâsya m. (for 1. See p. 577, col. 1) the Indian cuckoo or Koil (as producing the 5th note of the scale with its mouth or throat) L

≫ pañcamaka

pañcamaka mfn. the fifth, Śrut. [Page 578, Column 3]

≫ pañcamin

pañcamin mfn. being in the fifth (month or year) of one's age Pāṇ. 5-2, 130

≫ pañcamī

pañcamī f. (of ○ma, q.v.) the fifth day of the half month (sc. tithi), ŚrGṛS. MBh. &c

• the 5th or ablative case (or its terminations), a word in the ablative Pāṇ. 2-1, 12 &c

• a termination of the imperative Kāt

• (in music) a partic. Rāgiṇi or Mūrchanā

• a brick having the length of 1/5 (of a Purusha), Śulb

• = pañcanī L

• N. of Draupadi (who was the wife of 5

• cf. pāñcāli) L

• of a river MBh. VP

⋙ pañcamīkalpa

○kalpa m

⋙ pañcamīkramakalpalatā

○krama-kalpa-latā f

⋙ pañcamīvarivasyārahasya

○varivasyā-rahasya n

⋙ pañcamīsādhana

○sādhana n

⋙ pañcamīsudhodaya

○sudhôdaya m

⋙ pañcamīstava

○stava m

⋙ pañcamīstavarāja

○stava-rāja m. N. of wks

≫ pañcārī

pañcārī f. = pañcanī L

≫ pañcāśa

pañcāśa mf(ī)n. the 50th(ch. of MBh. and R.)

• + 50 (e.g. ○śaṃ śatam, 150

• Pāṇ. 5-2, 46)

≫ pañcāśaka

pañcāśaka mf(ikā)n. 50 Pur

• (ikā), f. a collection or aggregate of 50 (cf. caura-pañcāśikā, ṣaṭ-p○)

• N. of sev. wks

≫ pañcāśac

pañcāśac in comp. for ○śat

⋙ pañcāśacchas

○chas ind. by fifties, 50 by 50 ĀśvGṛ

≫ pañcāśat

pañcāśát f. (pañcan + daśaṭ

• cf. triṃ-śat, catvāriṃ-śat) fifty AV. &c. &c. (also mfn. pl. MBh. Hariv.) [Cf. Zd. pañcāśata

• Gk. ? ; Lat. quinquāginta.]

⋙ pañcāśattama

○tama mf(ī)n. the [578, 3] 50th (ch. of MBh. and Hariv.)

• -vārṣa KātyŚr. Sch

⋙ pañcāśatpaṇika

○paṇika mfn. (a fine) consisting of 50 Paṇas Yājñ

⋙ pañcāśatpalika

○palika mfn. having the weight of 50 Palas ib. Hcat

pañcāśatsahasrīmahākālasaṃhitā3pañcāśát--sahasrī-mahākālasaṃhitā f. N. of wk

≫ pañcāśata

pañcāśata n. (MBh.),

⋙ pañcāśati

pañcāśaḍti f. (Rājat.) fifty

≫ pañcāśatka

pañcāśatka mf(ā)n. consisting of 50 Car. 50 years old Kām

≫ pañcāśad

pañcāśad in comp. for ○śat

⋙ pañcāśadgāthā

○gāthā f. N. of a Jaina wk

⋙ pañcāśaddhā

○dhā ind. in fifty parts R

⋙ pañcāśadbhāga

○bhāga m. the 50th part Mn. vii, 130

⋙ pañcāśadvarṣa

○varṣa mfn. 50 years old (-tā f.) ĀśvŚr

≫ pañcāśā

pañcāśā f. fifty Hcat. (wrongly divided into pañcan + āśā)

≫ pañci

pañci m. N. of a man (son of Nahusha) VP

≫ pañcika

pañcika mfn. having the length of 5 Sulbas

• (ā), f. See under pañcaka

≫ pañcin

pañcin mfn. divided into 5, consisting of 5, five fold AitBr. Lāṭy

≫ pañcī

pañcī in comp. for ○ca = ○can

⋙ pañcīkaraṇa

○karaṇa n. (√1. kṛ) making into 5, causing anything to contain all the 5 elements Vedântas

• N. of sev. wks

• -tātparya-candrikā f. -prakriya- f. -mahāvākyârtha m. (and ○tha-bodha, m.), -vārttika n. (and ○kâbharaṇa n.), -vivaraṇa n. -viveka m. ○ṇânandâkhyā f. N. of wks

⋙ pañcīkṛta

○kṛta mfn. made into 5 (cf. above) Vedântas

• -ṭīkā f. N. of wk

pañcāla

pañcālá m.pl. (fr. pañcan

• cf. pātāla) N. of a warrior-tribe and their country in the north of India ŚBr. Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. apara-, pūr. va-)

• of a Vedic school ŚBr. RPrāt

• (sg.) a man belonging to the tribe of the Pañcālas L

• a king of the Pañcālas MBh. (cf. pāñc○)

• N. of Śiva ib

• of a man brought by Vishvak-sena to the childless Gaṇdūsha Hariv

• of a serpent-demon L

• a partic. venomous insect MW

• n. (?) N. of a metre Col

• (ī), f. a doll, puppet Kād

• a style of singing L

• a chequered cloth for playing at draughts &c. W

⋙ pañcālacaṇḍa

○caṇḍa m. N. of a teacher AitĀr

⋙ pañcālapadavṛtti

○padavṛtti f. (prob.) a kind of hiatus L

⋙ pañcālarāja

○rāja or m. a king of PṭPañcālas MW

⋙ pañcālarājan

○rājan m. a king of PṭPañcālas MW

≫ pañcālaka

pañcālaka mfn. relating to the Pañcālas MBh. (prob. wṛ. for pāñc○)

• m. pl. the Pañcālas BhP

• (sg.) a species of venomous insect Suśr

• (ikā), f. a doll L

• a style of singing L

pañci

pañci m. N. of a man VP

pañchihila

pañchihila mṆ. of a man Inscr

pañj

pañj pañjaka, pañjara &c. See under √paj. p. 575, col. 2

pañjala

pañjala m. a kind of bulbous plant L

pañji

pañji or pañjī f. the ball of cotton from which thread is spun L

• (ī), f. an almanac, calendar, register L

⋙ pañjikāraka

pañji-kāraka m. -pañjikā-k○ L

⋙ pañjīkara

pañjī-kara m. id. L

≫ pañjikā

pañjikā f. = [paJj˘I] L

• a perpetual commentary which explains and analyses every word (also = kātantra-vṛttip○)

• a book in which receipts and expenditure are entered L

• the register or record of human actions kept by Yama L

⋙ pañjikākāraka

○kāraka m. a writer, a man of the Kāyastha tribe

• an almanacmaker

⋙ pañjikāpradīpa

○pradīpa m. N. of wk. [Page 579, Column 1] Contents of this page

paṭ

paṭ cl. 1. P. paṭati, to go, move Dhātup. ix, 9

• to flow (pf. papāṭa) Śiś. vi, 72

• to split, open, burst asunder (intr.) Hcar

• cl. 10. or Caus. paṭayati, to string together, wrap (granthe, or veṣṭane

• cf. paṭa) Dhātup. xxxv, 5

• pāṭayati, to speak or shine Dhātup. xxxiii, 79

• ○ti or (MBh.) ○te, to split, burst (trans.), cleave, tear, pierce, break, pluck out, remove Up. Yājñ. MBh. &c.: Pass. pātyate, to split, burst, open (intr.) Suśr

≫ paṭa

paṭa m. (n. L

• ifc. f. ā) woven cloth, cloth, a blanket, garment, veil, screen MBh. Kāv. &c. (cf. marut-, vāta-)

• a painted piece of cloth, a picture Yājñ. Kād

• monastic habit Kāraṇḍ

• a kind of bird Lalit

• Buchanania Latifolia L

• = puras-kṛta L

• (ī), f. a narrow piece of cloth, the hem or edge of a garment Bālar. Hcar

• the curtain of a stage L. (cf. apaṭī)

• n. a thatch or roof (= paṭala) L

⋙ paṭakāra

○kāra m. a weaver

• a painter L

⋙ paṭakuṭī

○kuṭī f. a tent of wool or felt KātyŚr. Sch

⋙ paṭagata

○gata mfn. 'being on cloth', painted MBh

⋙ paṭacaura

○caura m. a cloth-stealer L

⋙ paṭabhedana

○bhedana n. = puṭa-bh○ L

⋙ paṭamaṇḍapa

○maṇḍapa m. 'canvas-house', a tent Ragh

⋙ paṭamaya

○maya mf(ī)n. made of cloth

• n. (scil. gṛha) = prec. Śiś. vi, 24

⋙ paṭavardhana

○vardhana m. N. of a family Cat

⋙ paṭavādya

○vādya n. (in music) a kind of cymbal

⋙ paṭavāpa

○vāpa m. wṛ. for next. -1

⋙ paṭavāsa

○vāsa m. a tent L. -2

⋙ paṭavāsa

○vāsa m. a petticoat L. -3

⋙ paṭavāsa

○vāsa m. perfumed powder (-tā f.) Ratnâv

⋙ paṭavāsaka

○vāsaka m. = prec. 3. ib

• N. of a serpent-demon MBh

⋙ paṭavāsinī

○vāsinī f. a kind of woman L

⋙ paṭaveśman

○veśman n. a tent Śiś

⋙ paṭaśātaka

○śātaka m. or n. = pārīraṇa L

⋙ paṭākṣepa

paṭâkṣepa m. the not tossing or pushing aside of the stage-curtain (Prob. wṛ. for paṭī-kṣepa

• cf. also apaṭī-kṣepa)

⋙ paṭāñcala

paṭâñcala m. the hem or edge of a garment Mālatīm

⋙ paṭānta

paṭânta m. id. MBh. Hariv. Ratnâv

⋙ paṭāntaram

paṭântaram or (prob.) wṛ. for ○ntam Śak. (Pi.) iii, 26/27 (79/80)

⋙ paṭāntare

paṭântaḍre (prob.) wṛ. for ○ntam Śak. (Pi.) iii, 26/27 (79/80)

⋙ paṭīkṣepa

paṭī-kṣepa m. (dram.) the tossing aside of the stage-curtain

• ○peṇa-pra-√viś, to enter in a hurry Bālar

⋙ paṭoṭaja

paṭôṭaja n. (L.) a mushroom

• a tent

• sunshine (?)

⋙ paṭottarīya

paṭôttarīya n. an upper garment (of cloth) Mṛicch

⋙ paṭauka

paṭâuka prob. = next

• -śrī-darpaṇa m. N. of wk

⋙ paṭaukas

paṭâukas n. a tent L

≫ paṭaka

paṭaka m. cotton-cloth L

• a camp, encampment L

• the half of a village L. (vḷ. for pāṭ○)

≫ paṭara

paṭará m. or n. a ray (of sunlight) AV

• (ī), f. g. gaurâdi

• (paṭará), m. N. of the third of the 7 suns TĀr. VP. (vḷ. paṭala)

• N. of Varuṇa TĀr. ('having a cloth-like skin' Sāy.)

≫ paṭaraka

paṭaraka m. a species of plant (= gundra) L

≫ paṭala

paṭala n. (and rarely ī f.) a roof, thatch Var

• a veil, cover Kāv. Pur. Sāh. (ifc. f. ā)

• a basket, chest, box Bālar

• a heap, mass, multitude (esp. in comp. with a word denoting 'cloud') MBh. Kāv. &c

• n. or m. an enclosing or surrounding skin or membrane (esp. of the eyes), a film over the eyes, cataract &c. Suśr. Kāraṇḍ

• a chip, piece, portion Kād

• a section or chapter of a book (esp. of RPrāt.)

• n. train, retinue L

• a (sectarian or ornamental) mark on the forehead or other parts of the body with sandal-wood L

• m. vḷ. for paṭara ( See above)

• mf. a tree or a stalk (vṛkṣa vḷ. vṛnta) L

⋙ paṭalaprānta

○prânta m. the edge of a roof. L

⋙ paṭalāṃśuka

paṭalâṃśuka m. the cover of the veil (of darkness), Śāh

⋙ paṭalānta

paṭalânta m. = ○la-prânta L

≫ paṭalaka

paṭalaka m. or n. a cover, screen, veil Kād

• a little chest or box or basket ib. Kathās

• (ikā), f. = prec. Nalac

• heap, mass, multitude Kāv

≫ paṭi

paṭi f. a kind of cloth Pañc. (cf. paṭī under paṭa)

• = vāguli L

• a species of plant L

≫ paṭikā

paṭikā f. woven cloth Līl

⋙ paṭikāvetravānavikalpa

○vetra-vāna-vikalpa m. a partic. art Cat. (cf. paṭṭikā-vetra-bāṇa-v○)

paṭaccara

paṭac-cara m. (fr. next + cara ?) a thief or robber MBh. (Nīlak. 'a class of Asuras')

• pl. N. of a people MBh

• n. old or ragged clothes, a worn garment Kād. Bālar

paṭat

paṭat onomat. (also paṭat-paṭad-iti, paṭat-paṭ-iti and paṭat-paṭêti) L

paṭatkakantha

paṭatka-kantha n. N. of a town, g. cihaṇâdi

paṭapaṭā

paṭapaṭā onomat. (with √kri, bhū

• and as) L

≫ paṭapaṭāya

paṭapaṭāya Nom. P. Ā. ○yati, ○te L

paṭabhākṣa

paṭabhākṣa m. a kind of optical instrument Daś. (Sch.)

paṭaha

paṭaha m. (rarely n. or f. ī) a kettledrum, a war-drum, drum, tabor (acc. with √dā, or Caus. of √dā or √bhram, to proclaim anything by the sound of a drum) MBh. Kāv. &c. [Page 579, Column 2]

• m. beginning L

• hurting L

⋙ paṭahaghoṣaka

○ghoṣaka m. a crier who beats a drum before making a proclamation Kathās

⋙ paṭahaghoṣaṇā

○ghoṣaṇā f. a proclamation made by beating a drum (acc. with √dā &c. as above) ib

⋙ paṭahatā

○tā f. the noise or function of a dṭdrum Megh

⋙ paṭahadhvani

○dhvani m. the sound of a dṭdrum

• mfn. sounding like a drum MW

⋙ paṭahaprodghoṣaṇa

○prôdghoṣaṇa and n. = -ghoṣaṇā Kathās

⋙ paṭahabhramaṇa

○bhramaṇa n. = -ghoṣaṇā Kathās

⋙ paṭahaśabda

○śabda m. = -dhvani m. Pañc

⋙ paṭahānantara

paṭahânantara mfn. (speech) accompanied by the sound of a drum Kathās

⋙ paṭahīvādaka

paṭahī-vādaka m. a drummer Pañcad

paṭāka

paṭāka m. a bird Uṇ. iv, 14 Sch. (cf. paiṭ○)

• (ā), f. a flag, banner L. (cf. patākā)

paṭālukā

paṭālukā f. a leech L. (cf. jalukā, &c.)

paṭi

paṭi See under paṭa, col. 1

paṭiman

paṭiman paṭiṣṭha, paṭīyas, See under paṭu below

paṭisa

paṭisa wṛ. for paṭṭiśa

paṭīra

paṭīra m. (√paṭ?) the sandal tree Bhpr

• a ball for playing with or a thorn (kanduka, or kaṇṭaka) L

• the god of love L

• n. (only L.) Catechu

• the belly

• a sieve

• a radish

• a field

• a cloud

• bamboo manna

• height

• catarrh

• = haraṇīya

⋙ paṭīramāruta

○māruta m. wind that comes from sandal trees or is produced by fanning with a kind of sieve Hcar

paṭu

paṭu mf(u, or vii)n. (√paṭ?) sharp, pungent, acrid, harsh, shrill, keen, strong, intense, violent MBh. Kāv. &c

• smart, clever, skilful, crafty, cunning ib

• great or strong in, fit for, able to

• capable of (loc. or comp.) ib

• saline (cf. tri-)

• cruel, hard L

• healthy L

• eloquent L. (cf. vāk-)

• clear, manifest L

• m. Trichosanthes Dioeca or its leaf L

• Momordica Charantia L

• Nigella Indica L

• a kind of perfume L

• a species of camphor L

• N. of a man Pravar

• of a poet Cat

• (pl.) of a people MārkP

• of a caste VP

• m. n. a mushroom L

• n. salt, pulverized salt L

⋙ paṭukaraṇa

○karaṇa mfn. having sound organs ML

⋙ paṭukalpa

○kalpa mfn. tolerably clever Pāṇ. 5-3, 67 Sch

⋙ paṭughaṇṭā

○ghaṇṭā f. a shrill bell MBh

⋙ paṭujātīya

○jātīya mfn. of a clever sort Daś. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-3, 69 Sch.)

⋙ paṭutara

○tara mfn. more or very sharp or clever &c. (am ind.) Kāv

• -gir mfn. having a shriller voice Vikr

• -vana-dâha m. a raging forest-fire, Ṛit

• -viveka mfn. of keen understanding Bhartṛ

⋙ paṭutā

○tā f. See vāk-paṭutā

⋙ paṭutṛṇaka

○tṛṇaka n. a kind of pungent grass L

⋙ paṭutva

○tva n. sharpness, acuteness, keenness, cleverness Kāv. Hit

⋙ paṭudeśīya

○deśīya or mfn. = -kalpa Pāṇ. 5-3, 67 Sch

⋙ paṭudeśya

○deśya mfn. = -kalpa Pāṇ. 5-3, 67 Sch

⋙ paṭupattrikā

○pattrikā f. a species of shrub L

⋙ paṭuparṇikā

○parṇikā f. a species of plant L

⋙ paṭuparṇī

○parṇī f. Bryonia Grandis L

⋙ paṭumat

○mat m. N. of a prince VP

⋙ paṭumati

○mati mfn. clever-minded Kāv

⋙ paṭumitra

○mitra m. N. of a prince VP

⋙ paṭurūpa

○rūpa mfn. very clever W. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-3, 66)

≫ paṭiman

paṭiman m. sharpness, pungency &c., Sṛiṅgār. (cf. g. pṛthv-ādi)

≫ paṭiṣṭha

paṭiṣṭha mfn. very sharp or clever or skilful (cf. vacana-)

≫ paṭīyas

paṭīyas mfn. sharper, more clever

• also = prec

• very able to or fit for (loc. or inf.) Śiś. i, 18 ; 59

≫ paṭuka

paṭuka m. Trichosanthes Dioeca L

≫ paṭūkṛ

paṭū-√kṛ to sharpen, stimulate, raise, increase Jātakam

paṭuśa

paṭuśa m. N. of a Rākshasa MBh

paṭusa

paṭusa m. N. of a prince Hariv. (vḷ. praghasa)

paṭola

paṭola m. (cf. paṭu, paṭuka) Trichosanthes Dioeca

• n. its fruit Suśr. Pañc

• a kind of cloth L

• (ī), f. a species of small cucumber L

≫ paṭolaka

paṭolaka m. an oyster (= śukti) L

• (ikā), f. = paṭolī L. (cf. dīrgha-paṭolikā)

paṭaura

paṭaurá m. (Padap. paṭa + ūra?) a partic. member of the body AV

paṭṭa

paṭṭa m. (fr. pattra?) a slab, tablet (for painting or writing upon) MBh

• (esp.) a copper plate for inscribing royal grants or orders (cf. tāmra-)

• the flat or level surface of anything (cf. lalāṭa-, śilā-) MBh. Kāv. &c

• a bandage, ligature, strip, fillet (of cloth, leather &c.) MBh. Suśr

• a frontlet, turban (5 kinds, viz. those of kings, queens, princes, generals, and the prasāda-paṭṭas, or turban of honour [Page 579, Column 3]

• VarBṛS. xlix), tiara, diadem MBh. Kāv. Rājat. (ifc. f. ā)

• cloth (= paṭa)

• coloured or fine cloth, woven silk (= kauśeya) Kāv. Pañc. (cf. cīna-p○, paṭṭâṃśuka &c.)

• an upper or outer garment Bhaṭṭ

• a place where 4 roads meet (= catuṣ-patha) L

• Corchorus Olitorius W

• = vidūṣaka Gal

• N. of sev. men Rājat

• (ī), f. a forehead ornament L

• a horse's food-receptacle (= tāla-sāraka) L

• a species of Lodhra L

• a city, town (cf. -nivasana)

⋙ paṭṭakarman

○karman4 n. making cloth, weaving Pañc

• ○ma-kara m. a weaver ib

⋙ paṭṭakila

○kila m. (for khila?) the tenant (by royal edict) of a piece of land Vet

⋙ paṭṭaja

○ja n. a kind of cloth MBh

⋙ paṭṭatalpa

○talpa m. a silken bed Vet

⋙ paṭṭadevī

○devī f. a turbaned queen, the principal wife of a king Rājat

⋙ paṭṭadola

○dola m. (or ○lā f. ?) a swing made of cloth Mṛicch. iv, 26/27

⋙ paṭṭanivasana

○nivasana m. a town-dweller, citizen Daś

⋙ paṭṭabandha

○bandha m. or binding or crowning the head with a turban or tiara L

⋙ paṭṭabandhana

○banḍdhana n. binding or crowning the head with a turban or tiara L

⋙ paṭṭamahādevī

○mahādevī or f. = -devii L

⋙ paṭṭamahiṣī

○mahiṣī f. = -devii L

⋙ paṭṭaraṅga

○raṅga

⋙ paṭṭarañjaka

○rañjaka

⋙ paṭṭarañjana

○rañjana and n. Caesalpina Sappan (a plant used in dyeing) L

⋙ paṭṭarañjanaka

○rañjanaka n. Caesalpina Sappan (a plant used in dyeing) L

⋙ paṭṭarāga

○rāga m. sandal L

⋙ paṭṭarājñī

○rājñī f. = -devii L

⋙ paṭṭalakṣaṇa

○lakṣaṇa n. 'description of various turbans', N. of VarBṛS. xlix

⋙ paṭṭavastra

○vastra n. a kind of cloth (○trântarī-√kṛ, to wrap in that cloth) Suśr

• mfn. = next

⋙ paṭṭavāsas

○vāsas mfn. attired in coloured cloth or wove silk MBh

⋙ paṭṭavāsitā

○vāsitā f. a kind of head-ornament L

⋙ paṭṭaśāka

○śāka n. a species of pot-herb L

⋙ paṭṭaśāṭaka

○śāṭaka = paṭa-ś○ L

⋙ paṭṭaśālā

○śālā f. 'cloth-house', a tent Hcat

⋙ paṭṭasūtra

○sūtra n. a silk thread

• -kāra m. a silk-weaver (N. of a class of Hindus who are feeders of silk-worms &c.) Col

• -maya mf(ī)n. made of silk-thread Hcat

⋙ paṭṭastha

○stha mfn. 'standing on cloth', painted Hariv

⋙ paṭṭāṃśuka

paṭṭâṃśuka n. a kind of garment (prob. made of silk), Ratnâv. (cf. aṃśu-paṭṭa)

⋙ paṭṭābhirāma

paṭṭâbhirāma m. N. of an author (also -śāstrin) Cat

• -tippaṇī, t., -śāstri-pattra n. ○rāmīya n. N. of wks

⋙ paṭṭābhiṣeka

paṭṭâbhiṣeka m. consecration of a tiara KātyŚr. Sch

⋙ paṭṭārohā

paṭṭârohā f. = next W

⋙ paṭṭārhā

paṭṭârhā f. = paṭṭa-devii

⋙ paṭṭāvali

paṭṭâvali f. N. of a class of wks

⋙ paṭṭeśvaramāhātmya

paṭṭêśvara-māhātmya n. N. of ch. of BhavP

⋙ paṭṭopadhāna

paṭṭôpadhāna n. a silken pillow or cushion Kād

⋙ paṭṭopādhyāya

paṭṭôpâdhyāya m. the writer of royal grants or documents &c. Rājat

⋙ paṭṭolikā

paṭṭôlikā f. (for ○ṭṭâval○?) a title deed, a written legal opinion L

≫ paṭṭaka

paṭṭaka m. a board or plate (esp. for writing upon). Rājat. Kathās

• a bandage, girdle Hcat

• (ikā), f. a tablet, plate Naish. Sch

• a bandage, ribbon, piece of cloth, fillet Rājat. Kathās. BhP

• cloth, wove silk

• a species of Lodhra L

• N. of a woman L

• n. a document on a plate Rājat

• a bandage, piece of cloth Suśr

≫ paṭṭāya

paṭṭāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to be like a plate of (comp.) Kād

≫ paṭṭi 1

paṭṭi (prob.) = paṭi

⋙ paṭṭikāra

○kāra m. (ī f.) a silk-weaver (?). L

⋙ paṭṭilodhra

○lodhra and m. a species of Lodhra L

⋙ paṭṭilodhraka

○loḍdhraka m. a species of Lodhra L

≫ paṭṭikā

paṭṭikā f. of paṭṭaka, q.v

⋙ paṭṭikākhya

○"ṣkhya (○kâkh○), m. a species of tree Bhpr

⋙ paṭṭikālodhra

○lodhra m. a species of Lodhra ib

⋙ paṭṭikāvāpaka

○vāpaka prob. wṛ. for

⋙ paṭṭikāvāyaka

○vāyaka m. a silk-weaver, ribbon-maker R

⋙ paṭṭikāvetrabāṇavikalpa

○vetra-bāṇa-vikalpa m. N. of a partic. art BhP. Sch. (cf. paṭikā-vetra-vāna-v○)

≫ paṭṭin

paṭṭin m. a kind of Lodhra Bhpr

≫ paṭṭila

paṭṭila m. Guilandina Bonduc L

paṭṭana

paṭṭana n. a city (cf. deva-pallī-, dharma-, and pattana)

• (ī), f. id. L

paṭṭalā

paṭṭalā f. a district, a community Cat. (cf. pattalā)

paṭṭava

paṭṭava m. or n. (?) a kind of cloth Rājat. v, 161 (wṛ. for paṭṭa-ja?)

paṭṭāra

paṭṭāra m. or n. (?) N. of a district, g. dhūmâdi

paṭṭi 2

paṭṭi m. pl. N. of a people VP. (cf. patti)

paṭṭikā

paṭṭikā See above

paṭṭiśa

paṭṭiśa m. a spear with a sharp edge or some other weapon with three points MBh. R. &c. (written also paṭṭisa, paṭisa and paṭṭīsa)

≫ paṭṭiśin

paṭṭiśin mfn. armed with the weapon called Paṭṭiśa MBh. Hariv

paṭṭubhaṭṭa

paṭṭu-bhaṭṭa m. N. of an author (1416) Cat. [Page 580, Column 1] Contents of this page

paṭṭeraka

paṭṭeraka m. Cyperus Hexastachyus Communis L

paṭh

paṭh cl. 1. P. (Dhātup. ix, 45) paṭhati (○te MBh. &c

• pf. papāṭha ib

• aor. [ap˘AThIt] Gr

• fut. paṭhiṣyati, paṭhitā ib

• ind. p. paṭhitvā Kāv.), to read or repeat aloud, to recite, rehearse TĀr. MBh. &c

• to repeat or pronounce the name of a god, to invoke (acc., also with nāmabhis) MBh. Hariv

• to read or repeat or recite to one's self, to peruse, study Mn. R. BhP. Hit

• to teach, cite, quote, mention, express, declare Lāṭy. MBh. BhP. Suśr

• to learn from (abl.) BhP.: Pass. paṭhyate, to be read or recited or taught or mentioned &c. MBh. Hariv.: Caus. pāṭhayati (aor. apīpaṭhat Pāṇ. 7-4, 1 Sch

• fut. pāṭhayiṣyati Kathās

• Pass. pāṭhyate Hit.), to cause or teach to speak or read, to teach, instruct in (with double acc. Kāś. on Pāṇ. 1-4, 52)

• to read, recite Kathās.: Intens. pāpaṭhīti, pāpaṭhyate, to recite often or repeatedly Kathās

• to read or study diligently Var

≫ paṭha

paṭha m. reading, recitation (?, See comp.)

• N. of a serpent-demon MBh

⋙ paṭhamañjarī

○mañjarī

⋙ paṭhasamañjarī

○samañjarī f. (in music) N. of Rāgiṇīs

⋙ paṭhahaṃsikā

○haṃsikā f. N. of a Rāga

≫ paṭhaka

paṭhaka m. a reader, reciter

≫ paṭhana

paṭhana n. reciting, reading, studying, mentioning Kāv. Pur. Sch. Cat

⋙ paṭhanādhinātha

paṭhanâdhinātha m. a master in reading or studying Cat

≫ paṭhanīya

paṭhanīya mfn. fit to be read or studied, legible, readable Vop. Mṛicch. Sch

≫ paṭhi

paṭhi f. = paṭhana L

≫ paṭhita

paṭhita mfn. recited, read, studied, mentioned MBh. Kāv. Suśr. &c

⋙ paṭhitatva

○tva n. the being mentioned Hcat

⋙ paṭhitasiddha

○siddha mfn. effective on being (merely) recited Kathās

• -sārasvata-stotra n. N. of wk

⋙ paṭhitāṅga

paṭhitâṅga m. or n. a kind of girdle BhavP

≫ paṭhitavya

paṭhitavya mfn. to be studied or read or mentioned Pat. MārkP

⋙ paṭhitavyatva

○tva n. the being to be studied &c. Nyāyam. Sch

≫ paṭhiti

paṭhiti f. N. of a partic. figure of speech Cat

≫ paṭhitṛ

paṭhitṛ mfn. reading, a reader W

paṭharvan

páṭharvan m. N. of a man RV

paḍ

paḍ in comp. for pad, or pal, q.v

⋙ paḍgṛbhi

○gṛbhi (páḍ-), m. N. of a demon or a man RV

⋙ paḍbīśa

○bīśa (RV. TS. AV.),

⋙ paḍvīśa

○vīśa (VS.) or (páḍ-), n. a fetter, (esp.) a fetter for the foot of a horse

⋙ paḍviṃśa

○viṃśa (páḍ-), n. a fetter, (esp.) a fetter for the foot of a horse

• (-śaṅku m. a post for tying to ŚBr.) ; m. a place for fettering, halting-place TBr. [Lat. vincio, vinculum?]

paṇ

paṇ cl. 1. Ā. (Dhātup. xii, 6) páṇate (ep. also ○ti

• pf. peṇe Gr

• aor. apaṇiṣṭa Bhaṭṭ

• fut. paṇiṣyate, ○ṇitā ib.), to honour, praise Naigh. iii, 14

• to barter, purchase, buy Br. MBh

• to negotiate, bargain Āpast

• to bet, stake, lay a wager, play for (with gen. [e.g. prâṇā-nām Bhaṭṭ

• Pāṇ. 2-3, 57. Kāś.] or acc. [e.g. kṛṣṇāṃ] MBh.)

• to risk or hazard (as a battle) MBh

• to win anything (instr.) from (acc.) ib.: Caus. paṇayati (aor. apīpaṇat), to negotiate, bargain Kāv. (Cf. paṇāya and √pan.)

≫ paṇa

paṇa m. (ifc. f. ā) play, gaming, playing for a stake, a bet or a wager (with gen

• loc. or ifc

• paṇaṃ-√kṛ, to make a bet

• paṇe ni-√as, to stake at play) Yājñ. MBh. R. &c

• a compact stipulation, agreement, treaty Kathās. Vet. Hit

• the thing staked or the sum played for, wages, hire, reward MBh. Mṛicch. Kathās

• a weight of copper used as a coin (= 20 Māshas = 4 Kākinīs) Mn. Yājñ

• a partic. measure Pāṇ. 3-3, 66 ('a handful' Sch.)

• a commodity for sale L

• price L

• wealth, property L

• business L

• a publican or distiller L

• a house, dwelling (gṛha wṛ. for glaha?) L

⋙ paṇakāla

○kāla m. time for playing MBh

⋙ paṇakriyā

○kriyā f. putting in a stake, play or contest for (comp.) Bālar

⋙ paṇakrīta

○krīta mfn. received as hire or reward Hcat

⋙ paṇagranthi

○granthi m. a fair, market L

⋙ paṇatā

○tā f

⋙ paṇatva

○tva n. the state of condition of a pledge or stake

• price, value W

⋙ paṇadhā

○dhā f. Panicum Verticillatum L. (cf. paṇyaṃ-dha and paṇyândhā)

⋙ paṇabandha

○bandha m. making a treaty, making peace Ragh

• a bet or wager (also -na n.) Daś

⋙ paṇasundarī

○sundarī (HPariś.),

⋙ paṇastrī

○strī (Mṛicch.), f. a venal woman, a prostitute, harlot

⋙ paṇāṅganā

paṇâṅganā f. id. L

⋙ paṇārdha

paṇârdha m. or n. (?) half a Paṇa (coin) Kāv

⋙ paṇārpaṇa

paṇârpaṇa n. making an agreement, contract W

⋙ paṇārha

paṇârha mfn. fit to be laid as a wager MW

⋙ paṇāsthi

paṇâsthi and n. Cypraea Moneta, a cowrie L. [Page 580, Column 2]

⋙ sthika

sthika n. Cypraea Moneta, a cowrie L. [Page 580, Column 2]

≫ paṇana

páṇana n. purchasing, buying ŚBr

• sale, selling, dealing in (comp.) L

• betting W

≫ paṇanīya

paṇanīya mfn. to be laid as a wager, negotiable MW

≫ paṇayitṛ

paṇayitṛ m. a seller Mālatīm

≫ paṇasa

paṇasa m. a commodity, an article of sale or commerce L

• Artocarpus Integrifolia L

≫ paṇāya

paṇāya Nom. P. Ā. ○yati, to honour, praise L

≫ paṇāya

paṇāya Nom. P. Ā. ○yati id. Pāṇ. 3-1, 28 Naigh. iii, 14 (vḷ. ○te)

• to sell (inf. ○yitum) Kathās

≫ paṇāyā

paṇāyā f. business, transaction L

• a market-place W

≫ paṇāyita

paṇāyita mfn. praised, transacted W

≫ paṇāyitṛ

paṇāyitṛ m. a seller Mālatīm

≫ paṇāyya

paṇā́yya mfn. praiseworthy, laudable ŚBr

≫ paṇi

paṇí m. a bargainer, miser, niggard (esp. one who is sparing of sacrificial oblations) RV. AV

• N. of a class of envious demons watching over treasures RV. (esp. x, 108) AV. ŚBr

• a thief appearing as a Purohita BhP

• a market L

≫ paṇika

paṇika See pañcāśat-p○

≫ paṇita

paṇita mfn. praised or transacted as business L

• betted, staked MBh

• one who has betted or wagered ib. i, 1225

• n. (also -ka L.) a bet, wager, stake MBh

≫ paṇitavya

paṇitavya mfn. vendible, negotiable Pāṇ. 3-1, 101

• to be praised W

≫ paṇitṛ

paṇitṛ m. a trader, seller Naish

≫ paṇin

paṇin m. N. of a man Pāṇ. 6-4, 165 (cf. pāṇina and ○ni)

≫ paṇīkṛ

paṇī-√kṛ to bet or stake at play (-kṛta mfn. Cat.)

≫ paṇya

paṇya mfn. to be praised or commended ĀpŚr

• to be bought or sold, vendible ( See n. and comp.)

• to be transacted L

• (ā), f. Cardiospermum Halicacabum L

• n. (ifc. f. ā) an article of trade, a ware, commodity ŚBr. Kauś. Gobh. MBh. &c

• trade, traffic, business Kām. Kāv. (cf. jñāna-)

• a booth, shop Daś

⋙ paṇyakambala

○kambala m. Pāṇ. 6-2, 42 Vārtt. 2 Pat

⋙ paṇyajana

○jana m. a trader Var

⋙ paṇyatā

○tā f. the being praiseworthy or (and) an article of trade Kāv

⋙ paṇyadāsī

○dāsī f. a hired female servant Daś

⋙ paṇyaṃdha

○ṃ-dha m. (or -dhā f.) Panicum Verticillatum L. (cf. paṇyândhā and paṇa-dhā)

⋙ paṇyapati

○pati m. a great merchant, large trader (-tva n.) R

⋙ paṇyapariṇītā

○pariṇītā f. a concubine Divyâv

⋙ paṇyaphalatva

○phala-tva n. prosperity or profit in trade W

⋙ paṇyabhūta

○bhūta mfn. being an article of trade Mṛicch

⋙ paṇyabhumi

○bhumi f. a place where goods are stored, a warehouse (guṇa-paṇya-bh○, receptacle of all virtues) Inscr

⋙ paṇyamūlya

○mūlya n. the price of a commodity W

⋙ paṇyayoṣit

○yoṣit f. a venal woman, courtesan, harlot Mn

⋙ paṇyavat

○vat mfn. furnished with many goods or commodities R

⋙ paṇyavarcas

○varcas n. Vop. vi, 78

⋙ paṇyavikraya

○vikraya m. trade, commerce Car

• -śālā f. a market-place, bazar L

• ○yin m. a trader, merchant R

⋙ paṇyavilāsinī

○vilāsinī f. = -yoṣit Kathās

• Unguis Odoratus L

⋙ paṇyavīthikā

○vīthikā (L.),

⋙ paṇyavīthī

○vīthī (Vāsav.), f. a place of sale, market

⋙ paṇyaśālā

○śālā f. a bazar or shop L

⋙ paṇyastrī

○strī f. = -yoṣit Var. Kāv. Rājat

⋙ paṇyahoma

○homa m. a sacrifice consisting of wares ĀpGṛ

⋙ paṇyāṅganā

paṇyâṅganā f. = -yoṣit Bhartṛ. Kathās

⋙ paṇyājira

paṇyâjira n. a market L

⋙ paṇyājīva

paṇyâjīva m. 'living by trade', a tradesman L

• n. (also -ka) a market W

⋙ paṇyāndhā

paṇyândhā f. Panicum Verticillatum L. (cf. paṇa-dhā and paṇyaṃ-dha)

⋙ paṇyārha

paṇyârha mfn. fit for sale, vendible W

paṇaphara

paṇaphara n. (fr. ?) the astrological house following upon a Kendra (q.v.) Var

paṇava

paṇava m. (prob. fr. pra-ṇava) a small drum or a kind of cymbal (used to accompany singing) MBh. Kāv. (also ā f. L.)

• a kind of metre Col. (vḷ. pan○)

• N. of a prince VP

≫ paṇavin

paṇavin mfn. possessing a drum (applied to Śiva) MBh

paṇḍ

paṇḍ (prob. invented to serve as the √of the words below), cl. 1. Ā. paṇḍate, to go, move Dhātup. viii, 29

• cl. 10. P. paṇḍayati, to heap together, pile up (vḷ. for piṇḍ), xxxii, 130 Vop

• cl. 1. or 10. P. paṇḍati, ○ḍayati, to destroy, annihilate, xxxii, 73 (vḷ. for paṃs)

≫ paṇḍa

paṇḍa m. a eunuch, weakling Nār. (cf. paṇḍra, ṣaṇḍa)

• (ā), f. See below

⋙ paṇḍāpūrva

paṇḍâpūrva n. non-occurrence of the results of fate or destiny L

≫ paṇḍaka

páṇḍaka m. = paṇḍa MaitrS. Yājñ. Kām. Daśar. (-tva, n. Kāṭh.)

• m. N. of one of the sons of the third Manu Savarṇa

≫ paṇḍaga

páṇḍaga m. (prob.) = paṇḍa, ○ḍaka AV. [Page 580, Column 3]

≫ paṇḍā

paṇḍā f. wisdom, knowledge, learning L. (cf. g. tārakâdi)

⋙ paṇḍāvat

○vat m. a learned man L

≫ paṇḍita

paṇḍitá mfn. (according to some, for spandita) learned, wise, shrewd, clever, skilful in, conversant with (loc. or comp

• Pāṇ. 2-1, 40) ŚBr. Up. MBh. &c

• m. a scholar, a learned man, teacher, philosopher, a Pandit MBh. Kāv. &c

• N. of a man (= ○taka) MBh

• of a Brāhman changed into an antelope Hariv

• incense L

⋙ paṇḍitakarabhiṇḍipāla

○kara-bhiṇḍi-pāla m. N. of wk

⋙ paṇḍitajātīya

○jātīya mfn. of a clever sort, rather learned, wise Divyâv. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-3, 69)

⋙ paṇḍitatā

○tā f. (Bhartṛ.),

⋙ paṇḍitatva

○tva n. (Mṛicch.) learning, knowledge, wisdom, cleverness, skill

⋙ paṇḍitaparitoṣa

○paritoṣa m. N. of wk

⋙ paṇḍitapīḍāviśārada

○pīḍā-viśārada m. N. of a man Kautukas

⋙ paṇḍitapraśnottara

○praśnôttara n. N. of wk

⋙ paṇḍitamānika

○mānika (MBh.),

⋙ paṇḍitamānin

○mānin (ib. R.),

⋙ paṇḍitammanya

○m-manya (Kād. Prab.),

⋙ paṇḍitammanyamāna

○m-manyamāna (KaṭhUp.), mfn. fancying one's self learned or clever, an ignorant and conceited person

⋙ paṇḍitarāja

○rāja m. 'prince of learned men', N. of any great scholar

• (esp.) of Jagan-nātha (1600)

• of another man BhP

• -kṛti f. -śataka n. N. of wks

⋙ paṇḍitavādin

○vādin mfn. pretending to be wise MW

⋙ paṇḍitavaidya

○vaidya and m. N. of authors Cat

⋙ paṇḍitaśaśin

○śaśin m. N. of authors Cat

⋙ paṇḍitaśiromaṇi

○śiromaṇi m. N. of Rāmakṛishṇa-bhaṭṭa Cat

⋙ paṇḍitaśrīvara

○śrī-vara m. N. of an author ib

⋙ paṇḍitasabhā

○sabhā f. an assembly of Pandits or literati MW

⋙ paṇḍitasarvasva

○sarvasva n. N. of wk

⋙ paṇḍitasūri

○sūri and m. N. of authors Cat

⋙ paṇḍitasvāmin

○svāmin m. N. of authors Cat

⋙ paṇḍitāhlādinī

paṇḍitâhlādinī f. N. of wk

≫ paṇḍitaka

paṇḍitaka mfn. wise, learned, pedantic MBh

• m. N. of a son of Dhṛiṭa-rāshṭra ib

≫ paṇḍitāya

paṇḍitāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to become learned or wise, g. bhṛśâdi

≫ paṇḍitiman

paṇḍitiman m. wisdom, learning, scholarship, g. dṛḍhâdi

≫ paṇḍu

paṇḍu m. (prob.) wṛ. for next

≫ paṇḍra

paṇḍra or m. a eunuch, impotent man Sāh. MārkP. (cf. paṇḍa, ṣaṇḍa)

⋙ paṇḍraka

paṇḍḍraka m. a eunuch, impotent man Sāh. MārkP. (cf. paṇḍa, ṣaṇḍa)

paṇḍālu

paṇḍālu m. or f. or n. a kind of pot-herb Śrīkaṇṭh

pat 1

pat cl. 4. Ā. (Dhātup. xxvi, 50) pátyate, to be master, reign, rule, govern, control, own, possess, dispose of (acc. or instr.) RV

• to partake of, share in (loc.) ib

• to be fit or serve for (dat.) ib. [Prob. Nom. of páti ; Lat. potiri.]

pat 2

pat cl. 1. P. (Dhātup. xx, 15) pátati (ep. also ○te

• pf. papāta, paptimá, petátur, paptúr

• paptivás RV

• papatyāt AV

• aor. apaptat RV

• Pass. apāti Br

• fut. patiṣ-yáti AV

• ○te, patitā MBh

• Cond. apatiṣyat Br

• inf. patitum ib. &c. &c

• ind. p. patitvā́ AV. Br

• -pátya or -pā́tam Br.), to fly, soar, rush on RV. &c. &c

• to fall down or off, alight, descend (with acc. or loc.), fall or sink (with or without adhas or narake, 'to go down to hell'

• with caraṇau or ○ṇayoḥ, 'to fall at a person's feet') Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c

• to fall (in a moral sense), lose caste or rank or position ChUp. Mn. Yājñ. &c

• to light or fall upon, fall to a person's share (loc.) MBh. Kāv. &c

• to fall or get into or among (loc.) Kathās. Hit

• to occur, come to pass, happen Pañc.: Caus. patáyati, to fly or move rapidly along RV. VS

• to speed (trans

• cf. patayát)

• ○te, to drive away or throw down (?) RV. i, 169, 7

• pātáyati (ep. also ○te

• aor. apīpatat AV

• Pass. pātyate MBh. &c.), to let fly or cause to fall, to fling, hurl, throw AV. &c. &c

• to lay low, bring down (lit. and fig.), overthrow, ruin, destroy MBh. R. &c. to throw upon or in, lay on (loc.) Kāv. Suśr

• (with or scil. ātmānam) to throw one's self MBh. Mṛicch

• to cut off (a head) Hariv

• to knock out (teeth) BhP

• to pour out or shed (water, tears) MBh. Hariv

• to kindle (fire) Pañc

• to cast (dice) Hariv. Kathās

• to turn, direct, fix (eyes) R

• to impose or inflict (punishment) Mn. Yājñ

• to set in motion, set on foot Rājat. v, 173

• to seduce to, betray into (loc.) Kathās

• (with dvedhā) to divide in two ŚBr

• to subtract Jyot. Sch

• (Ā.) to rush on, hasten RV. viii, 46, 8: Desid. pipatiṣati (AV. MaitrS. ŚBr.) and pitsati (Pāṇ. 7-4, 54), to be about to fly or fall: Intens. panīpatyate or ○pātīti Pāṇ. 7-4, 84. [Cf. Zd. pat

• Gk. ? ; Lat. peto.] [580, 3]

≫ pat 3

pat mfn. flying, falling (ifc

• cf. akṣi-pát)

≫ pata

pata m. flying, falling (cf. g. pacâdi and jvalâdi)

⋙ pataga

○ga m. a winged or flying animal, bird Mn. MBh. &c

• the sky-flying luminary, i.e. the sun MBh

• N. of one of the 5 fires in the Svadhākāra Hariv

• -pati m. 'lord of birds', N. of Garuḍa Mṛicch. [Page 581, Column 1] Contents of this page

• -pannaga m. pl. birds and serpents R

• -rāja m. 'king of birds', N. of Garuḍa BhP

• -vara m. 'chief of birds', N. of Jaṭāyu R

• ○gêśvara m. 'lord of birds', N. of Garuḍa (MBh.) or Jaṭāyu (R.)

• ○gôraga m. pl. bird and snake deities Mn. vii, 23

≫ pataṃ

pataṃ acc. of pata in comp

⋙ pataṃga

○gá mfn. flying RV. i, 118, 4

• any flying insect, a grasshopper, a bee, a butterfly or moth ŚBr. (○táṃga) Up. Mn. &c. (-tā f. Prasannar.)

• a horse Naigh. i, 14

• the sun (cf. pata-ga) RV. AV. Var. &c

• N. of one of the 7 suns TĀr. VP

• a ball for playing with BhP

• a spark (Sāy

• 'a Piśāca' Mahīdh.) RV. iv, 4, 2

• a species of rice Car

• of tree L

• 'the Flier', N. of Kṛishṇa MBh. xii, 1510 (= garuḍa Nīlak.) BhP

• N. of the author of RV. x, 17 and of this hymn itself ŚāṅkhBr

• of a mountain BhP

• = -grāma Rājat

• (pl.) N. of a caste in Plakshadviipa BhP

• (ā), f. N. of a mythical river Divyâv

• (ī), f. N. of one of the wives of Tārksha and mother of the flying animals BhP

• m. or n. quicksilver L

• n. a species of sandal wood Bhpr

• -kānta m. the sun-stone (cf. sūrya-k○) Śiś. iv, 16

• -grāma m. N. of a village Rājat

• -rāja m. = pataga-r○ Pañc

• -vat, ind, like a moth Kum

• -vṛtti f. the manner of the moth (attracted by a light) i.e. rashness, temerity Ratnâv

• mfn. behaving like a moth (i.e. very inconsiderately) Pañc

• ○gâśman m. the sun-stone (cf. above) Śrīkaṇṭh

⋙ pataṃgaka

○gaka m. N. of a mountain Pur

• (ikā), f. a little bird MBh

• a little bee L

⋙ pataṃgama

○gama m. a butterfly or moth BhP

• a bird L

⋙ pataṃgara

○gará mfn. bird-like RV. iv, 40, 2

⋙ pataṃgin

○gin m. a bird

• (nī f.) a female bird Hariv

≫ pataka

pataka mfn. who or what falls or descends &c

• m. an astronomical table W

≫ patat

patat mf(ntī)n. flying, falling, descending &c

• m. a bird Āpast. Kāv

⋙ patatpataṃga

○pataṃga m. the setting sun Śiś. i, 12

⋙ patatprakarṣa

○prakarṣa mfn. (in rhet.) 'where preference or superiority sinks or is not observed', either prosaical or illogical (-tā f.) Kpr. Sāh. &c

≫ patatra

pátatra n. a wing, pinion, feather &c. RV. &c. &c

• a vehicle L. (cf. pattra)

≫ patatri 1

patatri m. a bird (only gen. pl. ○trīṇām) MBh

• N. of a partic. fire PārGṛ

• N. of a warrior on the side of the Kurus MBh

≫ patatri 2

patatri in comp. for ○trin

⋙ patatriketana

○ketana mfn. 'characterised by a bird', (with deva) N. of Vishṇu Hariv

⋙ patatrirāj

○rāj (BhP.),

⋙ patatrirāja

○rāja (pát○ Suparṇ.),

⋙ patatrivara

○vara (MBh.), m. 'king or best of birds', N. of Garuḍa

≫ patatrin

patatrín mfn. winged, feathered, flying (also applied to Agni, the vehicle of the Aśvins &c.) RV. AV. VS. Up. &c

• m. a bird AV. &c. &c

• a horse, (esp.) the horse in the Aśva-medha sacrifice R. i, 13, 36

• an arrow MBh. iii, 16430

• a partic. fire TS

• n. du. day and night RV. i, 158. 4

≫ patad

patad in comp. for ○tat

⋙ patadgraha

○graha m. 'receiving what falls', a receptacle for alms

• a spittoon (also -grāha) HPariś. Sch. (also n.)

• the rear of an army L

⋙ patadbhīru

○bhīru m. 'terrible to birds', a hawk or falcon L

≫ patana

patana mfn. who or what flies or falls Pāṇ. 3-2, 150

• m. N. of a Rākshasa MBh

• (pát○), n. the act of flying or coming down, alighting, descending, throwing one's self down at or into (loc. or comp.) RV. &c. &c

• setting (as the sun) MBh

• going down (to hell) Mn. vi, 61

• hanging down, becoming flaccid (said of the breasts) Bhartṛ

• fall, decline, ruin, death MBh. Kāv

• loss of caste, apostacy Pur

• (with garbhasya) miscarriage Var

• (in arithm.) subtraction Col

• (in astron.) the latitude of a planet W

⋙ patanadharmin

○dharmin mfn. what is likely to fall out or off (○mi-tva, n.) Suśr

⋙ patanasīla

○sīla mfn. accustomed to fall down Kāv

≫ patanīya

patanīya mfn. (fr. patana) leading to, a fall, causing the loss of caste

• n. a degrading crime or sin MBh. Yājñ

≫ patantaka

patantaka m. (fr. patat) a kind of Aśva-medha performed in a hurried manner Lāṭy. Nid

≫ patama

patama m. a bird L

• a grasshopper L

• the moon L. (cf. patasa)

≫ patayālu

patayālú mf(ū)n. (fr. Caus.) flying, falling, liable to fall AV. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-2, 158)

≫ patayiṣṇu

patayiṣṇú (RV.),

⋙ patayiṣṇuka

patayiṣḍṇuká (AV.), mfn. id

≫ patara

patará or mfn. flying, fugitive RV

⋙ pataru

patáru mfn. flying, fugitive RV

≫ patasa

patasa m. = patama L

≫ patāka

patāka m. ('flying'), a flag or banner (perhaps incorrect for ○kā) AdbhBr

• a partic. position of the hand or the fingers in shooting off an arrow, SārṅgP. (cf. tri-p○)

• (ā), f. See next

≫ patākā

patākā f. (ifc. f. ā) a flag, pennon, banner, sign, emblem Br. MBh. Kāv. &c. (○kāṃ-√labh or hṛ, 'to win the palm' Daś. Vcar.) [Page 581, Column 2]

• a flag-staff L

• a partic. high number MBh. (= mahā-padma Nīlak.)

• (in dram.) an episode or episodical incident Daśar

• good fortune, auspiciousness L

• N. of wk

⋙ patākāṃśuka

○"ṣṃśuka (○kâṃś○), n. a flag Kathās

⋙ patākādaṇḍa

○daṇḍa m. a flag-staff MBh

⋙ patākādhvajamālin

○dhvaja-mālin mfn. garlanded with flags and banners ib

⋙ patākāsthāna

○sthāna and n. (in dram.) intimation of an episodical incident Daśar. Sāh. Sch

⋙ patākāsthānaka

○sthāḍnaka n. (in dram.) intimation of an episodical incident Daśar. Sāh. Sch

⋙ patākocchrāyavat

patākôcchrāya-vat mfn. with hoisted banners MBh

≫ patākāya

patākāya Nom. ○yate, to represent a flag or banner Nalac

≫ patākika

patākika mfn. having or carrying a flag or banner L

≫ patākin

patākin mfn. having or bearing a flag, adorned with flags MBh. R. &c

• (with nau) furnished with sails (?) MBh

• m. an ensign or standard-bearer ib

• a flag Hariv

• a chariot Śiś. xiii, 4

• a figure used in divination L

• N. of a warrior on the side of the Kurus MBh

• (inī), f. an army Ragh. Kād. (cf. dhvajinī)

• N. of a partic. divinity BrahmaP

≫ patāpata

patāpata mfn. going or inclined to fall Kauś. (cf. Pāṇ. 6-1, 12 Vārtt. 6 Pat. ; vii, 4, 58 Vārtt. 1 Pat.)

≫ patita

patitá mfn. fallen, dropped, descended, alighted AV. &c. &c

• (ifc.) fallen upon or from (Pāṇ. 2-1, 24 and 38 Sch.)

• (with pādayos or pāda-) having thrown one's self at a person's feet Kāv

• fallen (morally), wicked, degraded, out-caste (-tva n.) ChUp. Mn. MBh. &c

• fallen into, being in (loc. or comp.) Kathās

• happened, occurred Pañc. Śukas

• n. flying MBh

⋙ patitagarbhā

○garbhā f. a woman who miscarries MW

⋙ patitatyāgavidhi

○tyāga-vidhi m. N. of wk

⋙ patitamūrdhaja

○mūrdhaja mfn. one whose hair has fallen out MBh

⋙ patitavṛtta

○vṛtta mfn. leading the life of an out-caste Hariv

⋙ patitasāvitrīka

○sāvitrīka m. 'one who is deprived of the Sāvitrī', a man of the first 3 classes whose investiture (upa-nayana, q.v.) has been unduly performed or omitted GṛS. Gaut. (cf. sāvitrī-patita)

⋙ patitasthita

○sthita mfn. lying on the ground Kathās

⋙ patitānna

patitânna n. an out-caste's food Mn. iv, 213

⋙ patitekṣita

patitêkṣita mfn. looked at by an out-caste W

⋙ patitotthita

patitôtthita mfn. 'fallen and risen', sunk (in a shipwreck) and saved Ratnâv

• fallen out and grown again

• -danta mfn. ĀpŚr. Sch

⋙ patitotpanna

patitôtpanna mfn. sprung from an out-caste W

≫ patitavya

patitavya n. the going down to hell MBh. xii, 3688

≫ patiṣṭha

pátiṣṭha mfn. (superl. of 3. pat) flying most or best RV

≫ patīyas

pátīyas ind. (compar. of 3. pat) quickly, speedily TāṇḍBr

≫ patera

patera m. 'flying, moving', a bird Uṇ. i, 59

• a bird L

• a measure of capacity (= āḍhaka) L

≫ pattra

páttra n. (and m. Śātkat

• ifc. f. ā and ī) the wing of a bird, pinion, feather VS. ŚBr. &c

• the feather of an arrow R. Ragh

• a bird L

• any vehicle, a chariot, car, horse, camel &c. Mn. MBh. Kāv

• a leaf, petal (regarded as the plumage of a tree or flower) KātyŚr. Mn. MBh. &c

• the leaf of a partic. fragrant plant or a partic. plant with fragrant leaves VarBṛS. xvi, 30

• Laurus Cassia (L.) and its leaf Bhpr

• a leaf for writing on, written leaf, leaf of a book, paper

• a letter, document Kāv. Rājat. Pañc. (pattram āropya, 'having committed to paper' Śak.)

• any thin leaf or plate of metal or gold-leaf. Var. Suśr. (cf. paṭṭa)

• the blade of a sword or knife (cf. asi-)

• a knife, dagger L

• = -bhaṅga Ragh. Gīt. [Cf. Gk. ? (for ?) ; Lat. penna (older [581, 2] pesna for pet-na) ; Germ. Feder ; Eng. feather.]

⋙ pattrakartarī

○kartarī f. shears for cutting off leaves Kuṭṭanīm

⋙ pattrakāhalā

○kāhalā f. the noise made by the flapping of wings or rustling of leaves L

⋙ pattrakṛcchra

○kṛcchra m. a sort of penance (drinking an infusion of the leaves of various plants and Kuśa grass for a given time) L. (cf. parṇa-k○)

⋙ pattrakaumudī

○kaumudī f. N. of wk

⋙ pattragupta

○gupta m. a kind of bird Lalit. (cf. pakṣa-g○)

• Asteracantha Longifolia L

⋙ pattraghanā

○ghanā f. (prob.) a species, of cactus L

⋙ pattracārikā

○cārikā f. a kind of magic Divyâv

⋙ pattracchaṭā

○cchaṭā f. = -bhaṅga Naish

⋙ pattraccheda

○ccheda m. leaf-cutting (a kind of sport or art) Kuṭṭanīm

• -bhakti f. a piece cut out of a leaf Śak. (Pi.) iii. 63/64 (70/71)

⋙ pattracchedaka

○cchedaka m. a leaf-cutter (a partic. trade) L

⋙ pattracchedya

○cchedya n. = -ccheda Kād. (Mṛicch. v, 5 Sch. = ālekhya?)

⋙ pattrajhaṃkāra

○jhaṃkāra m. the current of a river (or the rustling of leaves?) L

⋙ pattrataṇḍulā

○taṇḍulā f. Andrographis Paniculata (also ○tī f.) L

• a woman L

⋙ pattrataru

○taru m. a species of tree kindred to Acacia Catechu L. [Page 581, Column 3]

⋙ pattradāraka

○dāraka m. 'leaf-divider', a saw L

⋙ pattradevī

○devī f. N. of a Buddh. deity

⋙ pattradhārā

○dhārā f. the edge of a leaf Śak

⋙ pattranāḍikā

○nāḍikā f. the fibre or vein of a leaf L

⋙ pattranāmaka

○nāmaka m. a cinnamon-leaf Bhpr

⋙ pattranyāsa

○nyāsa m. inserting the feathers (into an arrow) L

⋙ pattrapati

○pati m. N. of Garuḍa Śiś. xx, 73

⋙ pattraparaśu

○paraśu or m. a fine file or saw L

⋙ pattraparśu

○parśu m. a fine file or saw L

⋙ pattrapāka

○pāka m. a medicine which requires cooking L

⋙ pattrapāṭha

○pāṭha m. the perusal of a writing MW

⋙ pattrapāla

○pāla m. a long knife or dagger L

• (ī), f. the feathered part of an arrow L

⋙ pattrapāśyā

○pāśyā f. a kind of ornament on the forehead L

⋙ pattrapiśācikā

○piśācikā f. a sort of cap or umbrella for the head made of leaves L

⋙ pattrapuṭa

○puṭa m. n. (R. Ragh.),

⋙ pattrapuṭikā

○puṭikā f. (Cāṇ.) a kind of cup made of a leaf folded or doubled

⋙ pattrapuṣpa

○puṣpa m. a sort of red basil

• (ā), f. holy basil with small leaves L

⋙ pattrapuṣpaka

○puṣpaka m. Betula Bhojpatra L

⋙ pattraprakāśa

○prakāśa m. N. of partic. astronomical tables

⋙ pattrabandha

○bandha m. adorning with leaves or flowers L

⋙ pattrabāla

○bāla m. an oar L

⋙ pattrabhaṅga

○bhaṅga m. (Kād.),

⋙ pattrabhaṅgi

○bhaṅgi (Dharmaśarm.) and f. a decoration consisting in lines or streaks drawn on the face and body with musk and other fragrant substances

⋙ pattrabhaṅgī

○bhaṅgī (Naish.), f. a decoration consisting in lines or streaks drawn on the face and body with musk and other fragrant substances

⋙ pattrabhadrā

○bhadrā f. a species of plant L

⋙ pattramañjarī

○mañjarī f. = -bhaṅga L

⋙ pattramāla

○māla m. Calamus Rotang L

⋙ pattramūlaka

○mūlaka mfn. resembling leaves and roots, g. sthūlâdi

⋙ pattrayauvana

○yauvana n. a young leaf, sprout W

⋙ pattrarañjana

○rañjana n. embellishing a page, illuminating, gilding MW

⋙ pattraratha

○ratha m. 'using wings as a vehicle', a bird MBh. R. &c

• -śreṣṭha m. 'chief of birds', N. of Garuḍa Hariv

• ○thêndra m. id. BhP

• (○draketu m. 'characterised by Garuḍa, N. of Vishṇu Ragh.)

• ○thêśvara m. 'lord of birds', N. of Jaṭāyu R

⋙ pattrarekhā

○rekhā f. = -bhaṅga. Ragh

⋙ pattralatā

○latā f. id. Kād

• a long knife or dagger L

• N. of a woman Hcar

⋙ pattralavaṇa

○lavaṇa n. 'leaf-salt', a kind of drug made of partic. leaves mixed with salt Suśr

⋙ pattralekhā

○lekhā f. = -bhaṅga (ifc. f. ā) Hariv. Kāv

• N. of a woman Kathās

⋙ pattravallarī

○vallarī f. = -bhaṅga L

⋙ pattravalli

○valli f. id. (also ○lī Śiś. viii, 59)

• N. of 2 kinds of creeper L

⋙ pattravāja

○vāja mfn. feathered (as an arrow) Hariv

⋙ pattravāha

○vāha m. 'feather-bearing', a bird Śiś. xviii, 73

• an arrow ib. xx, 25

• a letter-carrier, postman L

⋙ pattraviśeṣaka

○viśeṣaka m. or n. = -bhaṅga Kum. Ragh

⋙ pattravṛścika

○vṛścika m. a species of venomous reptile Suśr

⋙ pattraveṣṭa

○veṣṭa m. a kind of ear-ring Ragh

⋙ pattraśabara

○śabara m. a Śabara (barbarian or mountaineer) who decorates himself with feathers L

⋙ pattraśāka

○śāka fn. vegetables consisting of leaves Mn. xii, 65 Yājñ. iii, 213 (or n. 'leaves and pot-herbs' ?)

• -tṛṇa n. pl. leaves, pot-herbs and grass Mn. vii, 132

⋙ pattraśṛṅgī

○śṛṅgī or f. Anthericum Tuberosum L

⋙ pattraśreṇī

○śreṇī f. Anthericum Tuberosum L

⋙ pattraśreṣṭha

○śreṣṭha m. Aegle Marmelos L

⋙ pattrasaṃskāra

○saṃskāra wṛ. for -jhaṃkāra

⋙ pattrasirā

○sirā f. the vein or fibre of a leaf. L. = -bhaṅga L

⋙ pattrasundara

○sundara m. or n. (?) a species of plant L

⋙ pattrasūci

○sūci f. 'leaf-needle', a thorn L

⋙ pattrahasta

○hasta mf(ā)n. holding a leaf of paper in the hand Śak

⋙ pattrahima

○hima n. cold, wintry or snowy weather L

⋙ pattrākhya

pattrâkhya n. the leaf of Laurus Cassia or of Flacourtia Cataphracta L

⋙ pattrāṅga

pattrâṅga n. (wrongly written ○raṅga) red sanders

• Caesalpinia Sappan

• Betula Bhojpatra

• = padmaka L

⋙ pattrāṅgulī

pattrâṅgul˘ī f. = ○tra-bhaṅga L

⋙ pattrāñjana

pattrâñjana n. 'paper-unguent', ink L

⋙ pattrāḍhya

pattrâḍhya m. 'rich in feathers or leaves &c.', a peacock Gal

• n. the √of long pepper L

• a species of grass L

• Caesalpinia Sappan L

⋙ pattrāmlā

pattrâmlā f. Oxalis Corniculata L

⋙ pattrārūḍha

pattrârūḍha mfn. committed to paper, written down Śak

⋙ pattrālī

pattrâlī f. = ○trabhaṅga L

⋙ pattrāli

pattrâli m. a species of bulbous plant or reed L

⋙ pattrāvalambana

pattrâvalambana n. N. of wk

⋙ pattrāvali

pattrâvali f. red chalk L

• ([l˘I]), a row of leaves L

• = ○tra-bhaṅga Mālatīm. Caṇḍ

• (○lī), a mixture of young Aśvattha leaves with barley and honey MW

⋙ pattrāsura

pattrâsura m. N. of a man L

⋙ pattrāhāra

pattrâhāra m. feeding on leaves MW

⋙ pattreśvaratīrtha

pattrêśvara-tīrtha n. N. of a sacred bathing-place ŚivaP

⋙ pattropaskara

pattrôpaskara m. Cassia Sophora L

⋙ pattrorṇa

pattrôrṇa m. Calosanthes Indica L

• pl. N. of a people MBh

• wove silk or a silk-garment. (perhaps also) cotton MBh. R. &c. (also ○ṇaka Var

• or ○ṇā f. Hariv.)

⋙ pattrollāsa

pattrôllāsa m. the bud or eye of a plant L

≫ pattraka

pattraka ifc. (f. ā) = pattra, a wing, leaf &c

• m. a leaf (cf. karṇa-)

• Achyranthes Triandra L

• (ikā), f. See below

• n. a leaf, (esp.) the leaf of Laurus Cassis Bhpr

• = pattra-bhaṅga L

≫ pattraṇā

pattraṇā f. putting feathers on an arrow L. [Page 582, Column 1] Contents of this page

≫ pattraya

pattraya Nom. P. ○yati id

• ○trita mfn. feathered (is an arrow) Hariv

≫ pattrala

pattrala mfn. rich in leaves, leafy HPariś. (cf. g. sidhmâdi)

• n. thin sour milk L

≫ pattrāya

pattrāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to be converted into leaves (for writing), Vāsav

≫ pattri

pattri in comp. = ○trin

⋙ pattrivāha

○vāha m. a bird L

≫ pattrika

pattrika m. g. purohitâdi Kāś

≫ pattrikā

pattrikā f. (of ○traka), a leaf (for writing upon), a letter, document &c. Śak. Kād. Pañc

• a kind of earring (cf. danta-) Śiś

• N. of wk

⋙ pattrikākhya

○"ṣkhya (○kâkh○), n. a species of camphor L

⋙ pattrikāpraveśa

○praveśa m. a festival on the 7th day of the month Āśvina MW

≫ pattrin

pattrin mfn. having wings or feathers or leaves MBh. Kāv. &c

• m. a bird (esp. a hawk or falcon L.) Hariv. Kālid

• an arrow MBh. Hariv

• a mountain L

• possessing a carriage or driving in one L

• a chariot L

• a tree L

• the wine-palm L

• a species of Achyranthes L

• a species of creeper and other plants L

• (iṇī), f. a sprout, shoot L

≫ patman

pátman n. flight, course, path, way RV. VS. Kāṭh

≫ patmin

patmín mfn. wṛ. for padmin (?) Suparṇ

≫ patya

patya n. falling ( See garta-)

≫ patvan

pátvan mf(varī)n. flying RV. VS. ŚāṅkhBr. Kauś

• n. flying, flight RV. VS. (cf. āśū-, raghu-, śyena-)

≫ patsala

patsala m. a way, road Uṇ. iii, 74 Sch

pata 2

pata mfn. well fed (= puṣṭa) L

patañcala

patáñcala or patañcalá m. N. of a man ŚBr. (with the patr. kāpya) Pravar

patañcikā

patañcikā f. a bow-string L

patañjala

patañjala m. N. of a man

• pl. his family, g. upakâdi

patañjali

patañjali m. (fr. pata + añj○?

• Pāṇ. 6-1, 94 Vārtt. 4 Pat., g. śakandhv-ādi) N. of a celebrated grammarian (author of the Mahābhāshya)

• of a philosopher (the propounder of the Yoga philosophy)

• of a physician &c

⋙ patañjalikāvya

○kāvya n

⋙ patañjalicarita

○carita n

⋙ patañjaliyoga

○yoga m

⋙ patañjalisūtra

○sūtra n. N. of wks

pati 1

páti m. (cf. √1. vat

• when uncompounded and meaning 'husband', instr. pátya

• dat. pátye

• gen. abl. pátyur

• loc. pátyau

• but when meaning 'lord, master', and ifc. regularly inflected with exceptions

• Pāṇ. 1-4, 8 ; 9) a master, owner, possessor, lord, ruler, sovereign RV. &c. &c

• a husband ib. (in comp. either with the stem or with the gen., e.g. duhitṛ-p○ or ○tuH-p○ Pāṇ. 6-3, 24

• when mfn. f. = m. e.g. -jīvat-patyā tvayā R. ii, 24, 8, or patikā e.g. pramīta-patikā Mn. ix, 68)

• one of the 2 entities (with pāśupatás) RTL. 89

• a √L

• f. a female possessor, mistress Pāṇ. 4-1, 33 Sch

• a wife (vṛddha-p○ = -patnī, the wife of an old man ib. 34 Sch.) [Cf. Gk. ?, 'husband' ; [582, 1] Lat. potis, pos-sum for potis-sum ; Lith. patis, 'husband' ; Goth. (bruth-) faths, 'bridegroom']

⋙ patiṃvarā

○ṃ-varā f. a woman who chooses her husband for herself (cf. svayaṃ-vara) Ragh. Rājat

⋙ patikāma

○kāma (páti-), mfn. wishing for a husband AV. KātyŚr

⋙ patikhecara

○khecara m. N. of Śiva MBh. (Nīlak. 'Garuḍa')

⋙ patigaṇitaṭīkā

○gaṇita-ṭīkā f. N. of Comm. on Līl

⋙ patighātinī

○ghātinī f. the murderess of her husband Var

⋙ patighna

○ghna mf(ī)n. killing a husband GṛS

• ○ghnī-pāṇi-lekhā f. a line on the hand indicating that a woman will be faithless to her husband Pāṇ. 3-2, 53 Sch

• ○ghnī-lakṣaṇa n. the mark of a husband-killer W

⋙ patijuṣṭā

○juṣṭā (páti-), f. (a woman) liked by her husband RV

⋙ patitva

○tvá (RV. &c. &c.) and n. matrimony, marriage

⋙ patitvana

○tvaná (RV.), n. matrimony, marriage

⋙ patidarśanalālasa

○darśana-lālasa mf(ā)n. longing to See one's husband Nal

⋙ patidevatā

○devatā (MBh. R. &c.),

⋙ patidevā

○devā (BhP.), f. regarding a hṭhusband as a divinity, honouring a husband above all others

⋙ patidviṣ

○dvíṣ f. hating one's husband RV

⋙ patidharma

○dharma m. duty towards a hṭhusband MBh

• -vatī f. fulfilling the duties towards a husband, faithfully devoted to a husband ib

⋙ patiprāṇā

○prâṇā f. (a wife) whose hṭhusband is (as dear to her as) her life Hit

⋙ patimatī

○matī f. having a husband, married BhP

• having a lord or master in (instr., e.g. tvayā) Pat

⋙ patiyāna

○yāna mfn. (a way) leading to a hṭhusband Gobh

⋙ patirip

○ríp f. deceiving a husband RV

⋙ patilaṅghana

○laṅghana n. injuring a hṭhusband (by marrying another) MW. (cf. Mn. v, 151)

⋙ patilālasa

○lālasa mf(ā)n. longing for a hṭhusband Nal

⋙ patiloka

○loká m. 'husband's world', the sphere of a husband in a future life RV. &c. &c

⋙ pativaṃsya

○vaṃsya mfn. belonging to a hṭhusband's family L

⋙ pativatī

○vatī (pá○ RV. x, 85, 21), [Page 582, Column 2]

⋙ pativatnī

○vatnī (Ragh. Kathās

• Pāṇ. 4-1, 32 Sch.), having a husband, a married woman

⋙ pativayas

○vayas f. (regarded as) having the hṭhusband's age Āpast

⋙ patividya

○vídya n. finding a husband RV. x, 102, 11

⋙ pativedana

○védana mfn. procuring a hṭhusband (Aryaman) AV. xiv, 1, 17

• m. du. a partic. part of the body (attracting a hṭhusband?), viii, 6, 1

• n. procuring a husband (by means of magical formulas), ii, 36, 2

⋙ pativrata

○vrata n. loyalty or fidelity to a hṭhusband R

• -guṇa m. the virtue of loyalty or fidelity MBh

⋙ pativratā

○vratā f. a devoted and virtuous wife Mn. MBh. &c

• -tva n. devotion or loyalty to a husband MBh. R. Kathās

• -"ṣdhyāya (○tâdh○), m. N. of ch. of Skandap

• -maya mf(ī)n. consisting in a faithful wife Mcar. Bālar

• -māhātmya and ○tôpâkhyāna n. N. of wks

⋙ patiśuc

○śuc f. grief for a husband Hcar

⋙ patiśoka

○śoka m. id

• ○kâkula mfn. agitated with grief for a husband Nal

patisahagamananiṣedhanirāsaprakāśa3páti--sahagamana-niṣedha-nirāsa-prakāśa m. N. of wk

⋙ patisevā

○sevā f. devotion to a husband Mn. ii, 67

≫ patīya 1

patīya Nom. P. ○yati, to be or become a master AitĀr

• to become strong ŚBr

• to wish for a husband HPariś. Bhaṭṭ

• to take as husband Pañcad

≫ patīya 2

patīya n. being master or mistress MantraBr

≫ patnī

pátnī f. (rarely patni) a female possessor, mistress RV. &c. &c

• a wife (RV. i, 140, 6 ; iv, 24, 8, even applied to cows) ib. (cf. pati f.)

• (in astrol.) N. of the 7th mansion Var. [Cf. Gk. ?.] [582, 2]

⋙ patnīkarman

○karmán n. the business of a wife ŚBr

⋙ patnītva

○tva n. wifehood, matrimony (-tve-√grah, to take as a wifehood) MārkP

⋙ patnīmantra

○mantra m. pl. N. of partic. verses Vait

⋙ patnīyūpa

○yūpá m. the sacrificial post assigned to the wives of the gods ŚBr. KātyŚr

⋙ patnīvat

○vat (pát○), mfn. having a wṭwifehood or accompanied by wives RV. VS. ŚBr

⋙ patnīśāla

○śā́la n. or a kind of hut or tent for the wives or for the domestic use of the sacrificer Br. Lāṭy. MBh

⋙ patnīśālā

○śālā f. a kind of hut or tent for the wives or for the domestic use of the sacrificer Br. Lāṭy. MBh

⋙ patnīsaṃyāja

○saṃyājá m. pl. the 4 Ājya oblations (offered to Soma, Tvashṭṛi, the wives of the gods, and Agni Gṛiha-pati) Br. ŚrS

⋙ patnīsaṃyājana

○saṃyājana n. performing the Patnī-saṃyāja KātyŚr

⋙ patnīsaṃnahana

○saṃnahana n. girding a wṭwifehood ib

• the girdle of a wifehood ib. Sch

⋙ patnyāṭa

patny-āṭa m. the women's apartments L

≫ patnīka

patnīka mfn. for patnī ifc. (cf. a-, bahu-, sa-)

patkāṣin

pat-kāṣin &c. See p. 583, col. 1

pattaṅga

pattaṅga m. (n. L

• fr. pattrâṅga) red sandal Suśr

• n. Caesalpina Sappan L

pattana

pattana m. pl. N. of a people VP

• (ā), f. N. of a wife of Vikrama L

• n. (ifc. f. ā) a town, city MBh. Kāv. &c. (cf. dharma- and paṭṭaṇa)

⋙ pattanavaṇij

○vaṇij m. a town-tradesman L

⋙ pattanādhipati

pattanâdhipati m. 'tṭtown-governor', N. of a prince MBh

pattaraṅga

pattaraṅga n. = paṭṭa-r○ L

pattalaka

pattalaka m. N. of a prince VP

pattalā

pattalā f. = paṭṭalā Inscr

pattalī

pattalī (for pattr○?) -√kṛ, to beat into thin leaves Bhpr

pattave

páttave See √2. pat, p. 580

pattas

pat-tas patti, See p. 583, col. 1

pattūra

pattūra m. Achyranthes Triandra Suśr

• n. red sandal Bhpr

pattorṇa

pattorṇa vḷ. for pattrôrṇa L

pattra

pattra &c. See p. 581, col. 2

pattraṅga

pattraṅga See pattrâṅga, p. 581

pattrāṇya

pattrāṇya n. Caesalpina Sappan L

patni

patni for patnī, See above

path

path (cf. √panth), cl. 1. P. páthati, to go, move

• to fly Suparṇ. Dhātup. xx, 17: Caus. pāthayati, to throw, send (xxxii, 20, vḷ. for pṛth and prath)

≫ patha

patha m. a way, path, road, course, reach MBh. Kāv. &c. (generally ifc. for pathin

• cf Pāṇ. 5-4, 74)

⋙ pathakalpanā

○kalpanā f. juggling tricks, conjuring L

⋙ pathadarśaka

○darśaka m. 'way-shower', a guide, conductor MW

⋙ pathasundara

○sundara m. or n. N. of a plant L. (vḷ. pattra-s○)

⋙ pathātithi

pathâtithi m. 'way-guest', a traveller Rājat

⋙ patheṣṭhā

pathe-ṣṭhā́ mfn. standing in the way or road RV

⋙ pathopadeśaka

pathôpadeśaka m. = ○tha-darśaka Ratnâv. iv, (in Prākṛit)

≫ pathaka

pathaka mfn. knowing the way, a guide L

• m. or n. a district, canton L

≫ pathat

pathat mf(ntī)n. going, travelling

• m. a road L. [Page 582, Column 3]

≫ pathanvat

páthan-vat mfn. containing the word pathin ŚBr. (cf. pathi-mat below)

≫ pathi 1

pathi for pathin in comp

⋙ pathikāra

○kāra m. N. of a man, g. kurv-ādi

⋙ pathikṛt

○kṛt mfn. making a way or road, preparing a way RV. AV. ŚBr. ŚrS

• m. N. of Agni TS

⋙ pathideya

○deya n. a toll levied on public roads L

⋙ pathidruma

○druma m. Acacia Catechu L

⋙ pathipā

○pā́ mfn. protecting roads MaitrS

⋙ pathiprajña

○prajña mfn. acquainted with roads W

⋙ pathipriya

○priya m. an agreeable fellow-traveller (?) Pāṇ. 6-1, 199 Sch

⋙ pathimat

○mat mfn. containing the word pathin Br

⋙ pathimadhye

○madhye ind. in the middle of the road MW

⋙ pathirakṣas

○rákṣas (VS.),

⋙ pathirakṣi

○rákṣi (RV.), mfn. = -pā́

≫ pathi 2

pathi loc. of pathin in comp

⋙ pathivāhaka

○vāhaka mfn. cruel, hard L

• m. a bird-catcher or a burden-bearer L

⋙ pathiṣad

○ṣad (PārGṛ.),

⋙ pathiṣadi

○ṣádi (AV.), mfn. sitting in the way

⋙ pathiṣṭhā

○ṣṭhā́ (AV.),

⋙ pathistha

○stha (MBh.), mfn. being in or on the way, going

⋙ pathyaśana

pathy-aśana n

⋙ pathyodana

pathy-odana m. provender for a journey, viaticum Kāv

≫ pathika

pathika mf(ā or ī)n. knowing the way, going on a road W

• m. a traveller, wayfarer, guide MBh. Kāv. &c

• (ā), f. red grapes L

⋙ pathikajana

○jana m. a traveller or travellers Pañc. ii, 1/2

⋙ pathikasaṃhati

○saṃhati and f. (L.),

⋙ pathikasaṃtati

○saṃtati f. (L.),

⋙ pathikasārtha

○sârtha m. (Mṛicch. Mālav.) a company of travellers, a caravan

⋙ pathikāśraya

pathikâśraya m. an asylum for travellers, an inn MW

≫ pathikāya

pathikāya (only ○yita n. impers.), to act as a traveller Subh

≫ pathin

pathin m. (strong stem pánthan, older pánthā

• middle pathí

• weak path

• sg. pánthās (nom. voc.), pánthānam [pánthām RV. AV.]

• pathā́, ○thé, ○thás, ○thí

• du. pánthānau, pathíbhyām, pathós

• pl. pánthānas [pánthās, ○thāsas RV

• patháyas Br.]

• pathás [pāthás RV. ii, 2, 4, perhaps gen. sg.?]

• pathíbhis, ○bhyas

• pathā́m [○thīnā́m RV. AV.]

• pathíṣu

• Pāṇ. 7-1, 85 &c.) a way, path, road, course (lit. and fig

• panthānaṃ-√dā, with gen. to cede the way to

• pathânena, 'in this way or manner', pathi ni-√as, See under ny-as) RV. &c. &c

• range, reach (cf. karṇa-, darśana- &c.)

• sect, doctrine L

• a division of hell Mn. iv, 90

• N. of a teacher with the patr. Saubhara BṛĀrUp. [Cf. patha ; Zd. panthan

• Gk. ? ; Lat. pont-em ; Old Pruss. pintis ; Slav. [582, 3] [pat˘i]]

≫ pathila

pathila m. a traveller Uṇ. i, 58

≫ pathī

pathī See ā-pathī

≫ pathya

pathya mfn. 'belonging to the way', suitable, fit, proper, wholesome, salutary (lit. and fig

• esp. said of diet in a medical sense) Yājñ. MBh. Suśr. &c

• containing elements or leading forms, regular, normal Lāṭy. Nid

• m. Terminalia Chebula or Citrina L

• N. of a teacher of AV

• (ā́), f. a path, way, road (with revátī, 'the auspicious path, personified as a deity of happiness and welfare) RV. TS. Br

• Terminalia Chebula or Citrina and other plants L

• N. of sev. metres Nid. Col

• N. of a woman Kathās

• n. a species of salt L

⋙ pathyaśāka

○śāka m. a species of vegetable L

⋙ pathyāpathya

pathyâpathya mfn. wholesome and unwholesome, beneficial or hurtful (esp. in sickness) W

• m. or n. N. of wk

• -nighaṇṭu m. -nirṇaya m. -vidhāna n. -vidhi m. -viniścaya m. -vibodha m. N. of wks

⋙ pathyāśin

pathyâśin mfn. eating or an eater of wholesome diet W

pad 1

pad cl. 1. P. padati vḷ. for bad, to stand fast or fixed Dhātup. iii, 1, 4 Vop

pad 2

pad cl. 4. Ā. (Dhātup. xxvi, 60) padyate (○ti AitBr. MBh

• Pot. padyām R

• Impv. patsva MBh

• pf. papāda RV

• pede Br

• aor. apadmahi, ○dran RV. [Subj. padāti ib.]

• apatsi, patthās AV

• Prec. padīṣṭá RV. AV

• fut. patsyati Br

• ○te Up

• pattā Gr

• inf. páttave RV

• ○tos, ○tum Br

• -pádas RV

• ind. p. -pádya ib

• -pā́dam Br.), to fall, fall down or out, perish RV. AV. VS. Br

• to go, resort or apply to, participate in (acc.), keep, observe MBh.: Caus. pādáyati, ○te, to cause to fall AV. AitBr. (Pass. pādyate Br

• Desid. pipādayiṣati Br. &c.)

• padayate, to go Dhātup. xxxv, 44: Desid. pitsate Pāṇ. 7-4, 54: Intens. panīpadyate Kāv

• panīpadīti Pāṇ. 7-4, 84

≫ pac

pac in comp. for 3. pad

⋙ pacchabda

○chabda (for śabda), m. the noise of feet or footsteps L

⋙ pacchas

○chas (for śas), ind. foot by foot, Pāda by Pāda Br. PārGṛ. ChUp

• -chaḥ-śasya n. the recitation by Pādas Vait

⋙ pacchauca

○chauca (for śauca), n. cleansing or purifying to feet ĀśvGṛ

≫ paj

paj in comp. for 3. pad

⋙ pajja

○ja m. 'born from the feet (of Brahmā)', a Śūdra L. [Page 583, Column 1] Contents of this page

≫ pat 4

pat in comp. for 3. pad

⋙ patkāṣin

○kāṣin mfn. rubbing or galling the feet, walking painfully Sarvad. Pāṇ. 6-3, 54 (W. 'going on foot

• m. a footman, foot-soldier')

⋙ pattas

○tás ind. from or at the feet RV. Br. ŚrS. (also -tatás AV. vi, 131, 1)

• -to-dāśa mfn. lined with fringes at the fringes ĀpŚr

⋙ patsaṅgin

○saṅgín mfn. sticking or adhering to the fringes AV

⋙ patsukha

○sukha mfn. pleasant to the fringes Hariv

≫ patti 1

patti f. (fr. √2. pad) going, moving, walking L

≫ patti 2

pattí m. (prob. fr. 3. pad) a pedestrian, footman, foot-soldier, infantry VS. &c. &c. (m. c. also ○tī, R B.)

• a hero L

• (pl.) N. of a people MBh. (vḷ. paśu)

• f. the smallest division of an army (1 chariot, 1 elephant, 3 horsemen and 5 foot-soldiers

• according to others = 55 foot-soldiers) MBh

⋙ pattikarman

○karman n. the business or operations of infantry MW

⋙ pattikāya

○kāya m. (body of) infṭinfantry L

⋙ pattikāra

○kāra wṛ. for paṭṭi-k○

⋙ pattigaṇaka

○gaṇaka m. (prob.) an officer whose business is to number or muster the infṭinfantry L

⋙ pattipaṅkti

○paṅkti f. a line of infṭinfantry W

⋙ pattisaṃhati

○saṃhati f. (L.),

⋙ pattisainya

○sainya n. (MBh.) a body or troop of infantry

≫ pattika

pattika mfn. going on foot, pedestrian Hariv

≫ pattin

pattin m. = 2. patti, a foot-soldier, footman ib

≫ patsutas

patsu-tás ind. (from loc. of 3. pad + tas) at the feet RV. viii, 43, 6

⋙ patsutaḥśī

patsu-ḍtaḥ-śī mfn. lying at the feet ib. i, 32, 8

≫ pad 3

pád m. (in strong cases pā́d

• ifc. f. pad or padī) a foot (padā, padbhyām and ○bhis, also 'on foot' RV. &c. &c

• ifc. also 'sticking to the feet of'

• cf. śrī-viṣṇu-padī)

• a step R

• a fourth part, a quarter AV. ŚBr. [Cf. pada

• Gk. ? ; [583, 1] Lat. pes, ped-is ; Goth. fôtus ; Angl. Sax. fôt ; Eng. foot ; Germ. Fuss.]

⋙ padanuṣaṅga

○anuṣaṅgá m. anything appended to a Pada or quarter of a verse ŚBr. (cf. padânuṣ○)

⋙ padāsa

○āsa

⋙ padāsana

○āsana See padâsa, ○sana under pada

⋙ padga

○ga mfn. going on foot, pedestrian

• m. a foot-soldier L

⋙ padghoṣa

○ghoṣá m. the noise of feet or footsteps AV

⋙ paddhaḍī

○dhaḍī f. (in music) a kind of composition (prob. Prākr. = -dhatī See next)

⋙ paddhati

○dhati (for -hati), f. 'foot-stroke', a way, path, course, line Hariv. Kāv. &c. (also ○tī g. bahv-ādi)

• sign, token Jātakam

• N. of a class of writings (described as guide-books or manuals for partic. rites and ceremonies and the texts relating to them) and of sev. wks

• a family N. or title (or rather the characteristic word denoting caste or occupation in comps. serving as proper names, e.g. -gupta, -dāsa at the end of Vaiśya and Śūdra names). L

• -candrikā f. -cintāmaṇi m. -prakāśa m. -prakāśikā, f. -bhūṣaṇa n. -ratna n. -sāra m. N. of wks

⋙ paddhima

○dhima (for -hima), n. coldness of the feet Pāṇ. 6-3, 54

⋙ padratha

○ratha m. a footman, foot-soldier BhP

⋙ padvat

○vát mfn. having feet, running

• n. an animal that uses its feet for locomotion RV. AV

⋙ padāvihāra

padāvihāra m. paying honour by walking round Divyâv

≫ pada

padá n. (rarely m.) a step, pace, stride

• a footstep, trace, vestige, mark, the foot itself. RV. &c. &c. (padena, on foot

• pade pade, at every step, everywhere, on every occasion

• trīṇi padāni viṣṇoḥ, the three steps or footprints of Vishṇu [i.e. the earth, the air, and the sky

• RV. i, 154, 5 Vikr. i, 19], also N. of a constellation or according to some 'the space between the eyebrows'

• sg. viṣṇoḥ padam, N. of a locality

• padaṃ-√dā, padāt padaṃ-√gam or √cal, to make a step move on

• padaṃ-√kṛ, with loc. to set foot in or on, to enter

• with mūrdhni, to set the foot upon the head of gen. i.e. overcome

• with citte or hṛdaye, to take possession of any one's heart or mind

• with loc. or prati, to have dealings with padaṃ ni-√dhā with loc., to set foot in = to make impression upon

• with padavyām, to set the foot on a person's gen. or ibc. track, to emulate or equal

• padam ni-√bandh with loc., to enter or engage in)

• a sign, token, characteristic MBh. Kathās. Pur

• a footing, standpoint

• position rank station, site, abode, home RV. &c. &c. (padam ā-√tan, to spread or extend one's position

• padāt padam bhrāmayitvā, having caused to wander from place to place)

• a business affair, matter, object or cause of (gen. or comp.) Kāv. Pañc. &c

• a pretext L

• a part, portion, division (cf. dvi-, tri-)

• a square on a chess-board R

• a plot of ground Inscr

• the foot as a measure of length (= 12 or 15 fingers' breadth, or 1/2 or 1/3 or 3/7 of a Prakrama) KātyŚr

• a ray of light (m. L.)

• a portion of a verse, quarter or line of a stanza RV. &c. &c

• a word or an inflected word or the stem of a noun in the middle cases and before some Taddhitas Pāṇ. 1-4, 14 &c. [Page 583, Column 2]

• = pada-pāṭha Prāt

• common N. of the P. and Ā. Cat

• any one in a set of numbers the sum of which is required

• a period in an arithmetical progression Col

• a square √Sūryas

• a quadrant ib

• protection L. [Cf. Gk. ? ; [583, 2] Lat. peda ; op-pidum for op-pedum.]

⋙ padakamala

○kamala n. a lotus-like foot L

⋙ padakāra

○kāra m. the author of the Pada-pāṭha Pāṇ. Mahīdh

⋙ padakārikāratnamālā

○kārikā-ratnamālā f. N. of wk

⋙ padakāla

○kāla m. = -pāṭha Sāy

⋙ padakṛt

○kṛt m. = -kāra L

⋙ padakṛtya

○kṛtya n. N. of Comm. on Tarkas

⋙ padakaumudī

○kaumudī f. N. of wk

⋙ padakrama

○krama m. a series of steps, pace, walking Śiś. i, 52 (cf. citra-padakramam)

• a series of quarters of verses R

• a partic. method of reciting or writing the Veda ( See krama)

• m. pl. (or ibc.) the Pada-pāṭha and the different Krama-pāṭhas MBh

• -lakṣaṇa n. N. of wk

• -vid mfn. familiar with the Pada and Krama-pāṭha Hariv

⋙ padakramaka

○kramaka n. the Pada- and Krama-pāṭha Pāṇ. 2-4, 5 Sch

⋙ padaga

○ga mfn. going on foot

• m. a footman, foot-soldier L

⋙ padagata

○gata mfn. gone on foot

• described or recorded in a line or stanza W

⋙ padagati

○gati f. going on foot, manner of going, gait Pañc

⋙ padagāḍha

○gāḍha m. or n. N. of wk

⋙ padagotra

○gotra n. a family supposed to preside over a partic. class of words VPrāt. (cf. -devatā)

⋙ padaghātam

○ghātam ind. (with √han) to strike with the feet upon (acc.) Pāṇ. 3-4, 37

⋙ padacaturūrdhva

○catur-ūrdhva n. a kind of metre (in which every Pada is 4 syllables longer than the preceding) Col

⋙ padacandrikā

○candrikā f. 'elucidation of words', N. of sev. wks

⋙ padacihna

○cihna n. a footwords (in speaking), parsing Śiksh

⋙ padacyuta

○cyuta mfn. fallen from a position, dismissed from office BhP

⋙ padajāta

○jāta n. a class of words Prāt

• a group of (connected) words, a sentence or period L

⋙ padajñā

○jñā́ mfn. knowing places or one's own place (i.e. home) RV. AV

⋙ padajyotis

○jyotis n. N. of wk

⋙ padatā

○tā f. the original form of a word RPrāt

• = next Śiś

⋙ padatva

○tva n. the state of (being) a word, APrāt. Pāṇ. 1-2, 45 Sch

⋙ padatvarā

○tvarā f. 'foot-speeder (?)', a shoe L

⋙ padadārḍhya

○dārḍhya n. fixedness or security of text, APrāt

⋙ padadīpikā

○dīpikā f. N. of sev. wks

⋙ padadevatā

○devatā f. a deity supposed to preside over a partic. class of words VPrāt. (cf. -gotra)

⋙ padadyotinī

○dyotinī f. N. of Comm. on Gīt

⋙ padanidhana

○nidhana mfn. having the Nidhana (q.v.) at the end of every quarter of a verse (as a Sāman), TaṇḍBr. Lāṭy

⋙ padanī

○nī́ mfn. following the steps of another AV. xi, 2, 13

⋙ padanyāsa

○nyāsa m. putting down the feet, step, footmark MBh. R. &c

• position of the feet in a partic. attitude W

• conduct, procedure (?), id

• writing down (quarters of) verses Kāv

• Asteracantha Longifolia or Tribulus Lanuginosus L

⋙ padapaṅkaja

○paṅkaja n. = -kamala L

⋙ padapaṅkti

○paṅkti f. a series of footsteps, track Kālid. Pañc

• a series of words Kir

• a kind of metre (of 5 Padas of 5 syllables each) RPrāt

• a sacred brick called after this metre KātyŚr

⋙ padapañcaka

○pañcaka m. or n. N. of wk

⋙ padapaddhati

○paddhati f. a series or row of footsteps R

⋙ padapadma

○padma n. = -kamala L

⋙ padapāṭha

○pāṭha m. the Pada method of recitation or writing (a method of arranging each word of a Vedic text separately in its original form [cf. pada] without regard to the rules of Saṃdhi

• cf. krama and saṃhitā-pāṭha) VPrāt. Sch

⋙ padapāta

○pāta m. foot-fall, tread, step W

⋙ padapūraṇa

○pūraṇa mfn. filling out or completing a verse Nir

• n. the action of completing a verse L

⋙ padabandha

○bandha m. a footstep, pace L

⋙ padabhañjana

○bhañjana n. separation or analysis or explanation of words L

⋙ padabhañjikā

○bhañjikā f. a commentary which separates or analyses or explains words L

• a register, journal, calendar or almanac W

⋙ padabhāvārthacandrikā

○bhāvârtha-candrikā f. N. of wk

⋙ padabhraṃśa

○bhraṃśa m. loss of a place, dismissal from an office Prasannar

⋙ padamañjarī

○mañjarī f. N. of various wks

⋙ padamālā

○mālā f. 'word-wreath', a magical formula, an incantation, DeviiP

⋙ padayojana

○yojana n

⋙ padayojanā

○yojaḍnā and f. N. of wks

⋙ padayojanikā

○yojaḍnikā f. N. of wks

⋙ padayopana

○yópana mf(ī)n. destroying (n. the act of destroying) the footsteps AV

⋙ padaracanā

○racanā f. arrangement of words, literary composition Vām

⋙ padaratnāvalī

○ratnâvalī f

⋙ padavākyaratnākara

○vākya-ratnâkara (and ○ra-kārikā-saṃgraha), m

⋙ padavākyārthapañjikā

○vākyârtha-pañjikā f. N. of wks

⋙ padavādya

○vādya n. (in music) a sort of drum

⋙ padavāya

○vāyá m. (√vii) a leader, guide, forerunner AV

⋙ padavi

○vi f. = -vii, a way, path L

⋙ padavikṣepa

○vikṣepa m. a step, pace, walking

• a horse's paces W

⋙ padavigraha

○vigraha (Hariv.),

⋙ padaviccheda

○viccheda (VPrāt.), m. separation of words

⋙ padavid

○víd mfn. conversant or familiar with (gen.) ŚBr. (cf. -jñā)

⋙ padavirāma

○virāma m. the pause after a quarter of a verse TPrāt

⋙ padaviṣṭambha

○viṣṭambha m. tread, step, stamp with the foot W

⋙ padavī

○vī́ m. (nom. s) a leader, guide, forerunner RV. AV. (cf. -vāya) [Page 583, Column 3]

• f. (nom. vii) a road, path, way, track, reach, range

• acc. with √gam, yā &c., to go the way of (cf. under artha-padavii, ghana-, pavana-, mokṣa-, yauvana-, sādhu-, smaraṇa-, hāsya-

• padam-√dhā or ni-√dhā padavyām comp. or gen., to tread in the footsteps of a person i.e. imitate or rival him) MBh. Kāv. &c

• station, situation, place, site R. Pañc

• -"ṣviíya n. footsteps, track RV. x, 71, 3 (if not acc. for vyám)

⋙ padavṛtti

○vṛtti f. the hiatus between two words in a sentence RPrāt

• N. of Comm. on Kpr

⋙ padavedin

○vedin m. 'acquainted with words', a linguist or philologist Kuṭṭanīm

⋙ padavyākhyāna

○vyākhyāna n. explanation of words, g. ṛg-ayanâdi

⋙ padaśabda

○śabda m. the noise of footsteps Mālatīm

⋙ padaśas

○śas ind. step by step, gradually R

• word by word, APrāt. Sch

⋙ padaśāstra

○śāstra n. the science of separately written words, APrst. Sch

⋙ padaśreni

○śreni f. a series of steps Kathās

⋙ padaṣṭhīva

○ṣṭhīva n. sg. the feet and knees Pāṇ. 5-4, 77

⋙ padasaṃhitā

○saṃhitā f. = -pāṭha TPrāt

⋙ padasaṃghāṭa

○saṃghāṭa m. connecting those words together which in the Saṃhitā are separated by a kind of refrain Pāṇ. 3-2, 49 Vārtt. 3 Pat

⋙ padasaṃghāta

○saṃghāta m. id. ib. VPrāt

• a writer, an annotator, one who collects or classifles words W

⋙ padasadhātu

○sadhātu n. a manner of singing Lāṭy

⋙ padasaṃdarbha

○saṃdarbha m. N. of wk

⋙ padasaṃdhi

○saṃdhi m. the euphonic combination of words R

⋙ padasamaya

○samaya m. = -pāṭha TPrāt. Sch

⋙ padasamūha

○samūha m. a series of words or parts of verses Gīt. Sch

• = -pāṭha VPrāt

⋙ padastobha

○stobha m. N. of sev. Sāmans ĀrshBr

• N. of wk

⋙ padastha

○stha mfn. standing on one's feet, going on foot R

• = -sthita MBh. R

⋙ padasthāna

○sthāna n. footprint, footmark Hariv

⋙ padasthita

○sthita mfn. being in a station or office Kathās

⋙ padākrānta

padâkrānta mfn. following at one's heels Śak

⋙ padāghāta

padâghāta m. a stroke with the foot, a kick L

⋙ padāṅka

padâṅka m. footmark

• -dūta m. 'the messenger of the footmark (Kṛishṇa)', N. of a poem

⋙ padāṅgī

padâṅgī f. Cissus Pedata L

⋙ padāṅguṣṭha

padâṅguṣṭha m. the great toe MBh. (vḷ. pād○)

⋙ padaji

padáji

⋙ padāti

padâti &c., See sv

⋙ padādi

padâdi m. the beginning of a verse or of a word Prāt

• ○dy-avid (or ○dya-vid), m. a bad student (lit. who does not know or who knows only the beginning of verses or words) L

⋙ padādhyayana

padâdhyayana n. the recitation of the Veda according to the Pada-pāṭha APrāt

• ○dhyāyin mfn. reciting the Veda in this way ib

⋙ padādhyāhāravāda

padâdhyāhāra-vāda m. N. of wk

⋙ padānuga

padânuga mfn. following at one's (gen.) heels, an attendant or companion MBh. R. (ifc.)

• suitable, agreeable to R

⋙ padānurāga

padânurāga m. a servant

• an army W

⋙ padānuśāsana

padânuśāsana n. the science of words, grammar L

⋙ padānuṣaṅga

padânuṣaṅga m. anything added or appended to a Pada ŚāṅkhŚr. (cf. pad-anuṣ○)

⋙ padānusāra

padânusāra m. following at one's heels

• ○reṇa upa-√labh, to overtake Mālatīm

⋙ padānusvāra

padânusvāra n. N. of partic. Sāmans Lāṭy. Sch

⋙ padānta

padânta m. the end of a line in a stanza Lāṭy

• the end of a word VPrāt. Pāṇ

• mfn. ending with the word pada Pāṇ. 7-3, 9

• -śuddhâśuddhīya n. N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr

• ○tīya (R and VPrāt.), ○tya (APrāt.), mfn. being at the end of a word, final

⋙ padāntara

padântara n. an interval of one step (○re sthitvā, stopping after taking one step) Śak. (cf. a-pad○)

• another word Vedântas

⋙ padānveṣin

padânveṣin mfn. following a footmark Daś

⋙ padābja

padâbja n. = pada-kamala L

⋙ padābhilāṣin

padâbhilâṣin mfn. wishing for an office MW

⋙ padābhihoma

padâbhihoma m. pouring out the oblation (homa) upon a footprint Vait

⋙ padāmnāyasiddhi

padâmnāya-siddhi f. N. of wk

⋙ padāmbhoja

padâmbhoja n. = pada-kamala L

⋙ padāyata

padâyata mfn. as long as a footprint L

• (ā), f. a shoe L

⋙ padāravinda

padâravinda n. = pada-kamala L

⋙ padārtha

padârtha m. the meaning of a word VPrāt. Prab. BhP. &c. (ifc. also -ka Pat.)

• that which corresponds to the meaning of a word, a thing, material object, man, person Var. Kāv. Pur

• a head, subject (16 with Naiyāyikas)

• a category, predicament (7 with Vaiśeshikas, 25 with Sāṃkhyas, 7 with Vedântins)

• a principle (-tritaya n. a triad of principles RTL. 119)

• -kaumudī f. (○dī-kośa and -sāra-kośa, m.), -khaṇḍana, n. (○na-ṭippaṇa-vyākhyā f.), -guṇa-cintāmaṇi m. -candrikā, f. -tattva n. (○tva-nirūpaṇa n. -nirṇaya m. -vivecana n.), -dipikā f. -dīpinī f. -dharmasaṃgraha, m. -nirūpaṇa n. -pārijāta m. -prakāśa m. -prakāśikā, f. -pradeśa m. -bodha m. -bhāskara m. -maṇimālā or -mālā f. -mālāvṛtti f. -ratna-mañjūṣā f. -ratnamālā, f. -vidyā-sāra m. -viveka m. -saṃgraha m. -sarasī, f. ○thâdarśa m. N. of wks. [Page 584, Column 1] Contents of this page

• ○thânusamaya m. the performance of one ritual act for all objects in orderly succession before performing another act for all objects in the same order ĀśvGṛ. Sch. &c. (cf. kāṇḍânus○)

• ○thī7ya-divya-cakṣus n. ○thôddeśa m. N. of wks

⋙ padāvagrāham

padâvagrāham ind. making a pause after every quarter of a verse AitBr. Vait

⋙ padāvalī

padâvalī f. a series of verses or words Gīt

• N. of a grammar

⋙ padāvṛtti

padâvṛtti f. the repetition of a word VPrāt

• (in rhet.) the repetition of the same word with another meaning Kāvyâd

⋙ padāsa

padâsa (or ○d-āsa?), n. N. of 2 Sāmans ĀrshBr

⋙ padāsana

padâsana n. a footstool L

⋙ padāhata

padâhata mfn. struck by the foot, kicked MW

⋙ padaikadeśa

padâikadeśa m. a part of a word TPrāt. Sch

⋙ padoccaya

padôccaya m. (in dram.) accumulation of words which belong to the subject matter (e.g. Śak. i, 20) Sāh

⋙ padopahata

padôpahata mfn. (prob.) = padâhata Pāṇ. 6-3, 52

≫ padaka

padaka mfn. versed in the Pada-pāṭha Divyâv. (g. kramâdi)

• m. a kind of ornament (= niṣka) L

• N. of a man

• pl. his descendants, g. yaskâdi

• n. a step, pace MBh

• an office, dignity Rājat

• a foot BhP

• (ikā), f. See tri-padikā and dvi-p○

≫ padana

padana mfn. who or what goes or moves W. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-2, 150)

≫ padanīya

padanī́ya mfn. to be investigated ŚBr. (-tva n. Śaṃk.)

≫ padāji

padāji m. (fr. pada + āji? Pāṇ. 6-3, 52) a footman, foot-soldier L

≫ padāta

padāta wṛ. for next and pādāta

≫ padāti

padāti mfn. (fr. pada + āti? Pāṇ. 6-3, 52) going or being on foot

• m. a pedestrian, footman, foot-soldier MBh. R. &c

• a peon (in chess) Pañcad

• N. of a son of Janam-ejaya MBh

⋙ padātijana

○jana m. a footman, pedestrian MBh

• -saṃkula mfn. mingled with footmen or pedestrian ib

⋙ padātimātra

○mātra m. only a foot-soldier MW

⋙ padātilava

○lava m. a most humble (lit. atom) servant Bālar. (cf. bhṛtyaparamâṇu)

⋙ padātyadhyakṣa

padāty-adhyakṣa m. a commander of infantry R

≫ padātika

padātika m. (ifc. f. ā) a footman, foot-soldier, peon L

⋙ padātin

padāḍtin mfn. having foot-soldiers MBh

• going or being on foot

• m. a foot-soldier MBh. R

⋙ tīya

tīya m. = prec. m. MBh

≫ padāra

padāra m. the dust of the feet L

• a boat L

≫ padālika

padālika m.= dhundhumāra L. (vḷ. pād○)

≫ padi

pádi m. (prob.) a kind of animal RV. i, 125, 2 (a bird Mahīdh

• = gantu Nir. v, 18)

≫ padika

padika mf(ī)n. going on foot, pedestrian, g. parpâdi

• one Pada long KātyŚr. Sch

• comprising (only) one partition or division Var. Hcat

• n. the point of the foot L

≫ padibaddha

padi-baddhá mf(ā)n. (loc. of 3. pad + b○) tied or bound by the feet TS

≫ padīkṛ

padī-√kṛ to raise to the square √Āryabh. Sch

• -kṛta-tva n. the being raised &c. ib

≫ paduka

paduka or m. pl. N. of a people VP

⋙ paduma

paḍduma m. pl. N. of a people VP

≫ padeka

padeka m. a hawk, falcon L

≫ padya

pádya mf(ā)n. (fr. 3. pad and pada) relating or belonging to a foot RV. Kāṭh

• hurting or coming in contact with the feet Pāṇ. 4-4, 83 ; vi, 3, 53. Sch

• marked with footsteps ib. iv, 4, 87 Sch

• measuring a Pada in length or breadth KātyŚr. (also in comp. with numerals

• cf. ardha-, daśa-)

• consisting of Padas or parts of verses Br. ĀśvGṛ. RPrāt

• consisting of one Pada KātyŚr. Sch

• forming the end, final, APrāt

• m. a Śūdra L. (cf. paj-ja)

• a part of a word, verbal element RPrāt

• (pádyā), f. footsteps, paces (pl.) RV

• a way, path, road L

• a foot as a measure of length KātyŚr

• n. a verse, metre, poetry (opp. to gadya, prose) Vām. Kāvyâd. Sāh. &c

• N. of sev. hymns

⋙ padyakādambarī

○kādambarī f. N. of wk. of Kshemêndra

⋙ padyatrayīvyākhyāna

○trayī-vyākhyāna n. N. of a Comm. on the first 3 verses of BhP. (also bhāgavata-trṭtrayī-vy○)

⋙ padyapañjāśikā

○pañjāśikā f

⋙ padyaprasūnāñjali

○prasūnâñjali m. N. of wks

⋙ padyamaya

○maya mf(ī)n. consisting of verses Sāh

⋙ padyamālā

○mālā f

⋙ padyamuktāvalī

○muktâvalī f

⋙ padyaracanā

○racanā f

⋙ padyaveṇī

○veṇī f

⋙ padyaśataka

○śataka n

⋙ padyasaṃgraha

○saṃgraha m. N. of wks

⋙ padyatmikopaniṣad

padyátmikôpaniṣad f. N. of an Up

⋙ padyāmṛta

padyâmṛta f. (ibc.) nectar of poetry

• -taraṃgiṇī, -samudraṭīkā f. -saro-vara n. -sôpāna, n. N. of wks

⋙ padyālaya

padyâlaya m

⋙ padyāvali

padyâvali f. N. of wks

≫ padra

padra

⋙ padva

padva See p. 585, col. 2

≫ padvan

padvan m. a road, path, way Uṇ. iv, 112

≫ pan 1

pan in comp. before nasals= 3. pad

⋙ pannaddhā

○naddhā f. a shoe HPariś

⋙ pannaddhrī

○naddhrī id. L

⋙ panniṣka

○niṣka m. 1/4 Nishka L

⋙ pannejana

○nejana n. washing of the feet ĀpŚr. Sch. [Page 584, Column 2]

• (néjanī), f. pl. (sc. āpas) a bath for the feet TS

⋙ panmiśra

○miśra = pāda-m○ Pāṇ. 6-3, 56

≫ panna

panna mfn. fallen, fallen down, gone &c

• m. (!) downward motion, fall, creeping on the ground Uṇ. iii, 10 Sch

⋙ pannaga

○gá m. (ifc. f. ā) 'creeping low', a serpent or serpent-demon Suparṇ. MBh. &c

• Cerasus Puddum L

• (ī), f. See below

• -kesara m. Mesua Roxburghī L

• -nāśana m. 'serpent-killer', N. of Garuḍa Hariv

• -purī f. the city of the serpent-demons L

• -bhojana m. 'serpent-eater', N. of Garuḍa MBh

• -maya mf(ī)n. formed or consisting of serpent Hariv

• -rāja m. serpent-king MBh

• -"ṣgâri m. 'serpent-foe', N. of Garuḍa Hariv

• of a teacher (vḷ. -gāni) VP

• -"ṣgâśana m. = -gabhojana L

• -gêndra and -"ṣgeśvara m. 'serpent king' MBh

⋙ pannagī

○gī f. a female serpent-demon, a sṭserpent-maid MBh. R. &c

• a kind of shrub L

• -gīrta-kīrti mfn. whose praise is sung by sṭserpent-maids Bālar

⋙ pannada

○da mfn. one whose teeth have fallen out KātyŚr. Sch

⋙ pannarūpa

○rūpa mf(ā)n. deprived of colour, pale (as a maiden) Car

• ○pīya mfn. (chapter) concerning them ib

⋙ pannāgāra

pannâgāra m. N. of a man

• pl. his family Pāṇ. 2-4, 66 Sch

padma

padma m. n. (2. or 3. pad?) a lotus (esp. the flower of the lotus-plant Nelumbium Speciosum which closes towards evening

• often confounded with the water-lily or Nymphaea Alba) MBh. Kāv. &c. (ifc. f. ā)

• the form or figure of a lotus R. MārkP. (a N. given by the Tāntrikas to the 6 divisions of the upper part of the body called Cakras, q.v.)

• a partic. mark or mole on the human body R

• red or coloured marks on the face or trunk of an elephant L

• a partic. part of a column or pillar Var

• a kind of temple ib

• an army arrayed in the form of a lotus Mn. MBh

• a partic. posture of the body in religious meditation, Vedânt. (cf. padmâsana)

• a kind of coitus L

• one of the 9 treasures of Kubera (also personified) R

• one of the 8 treasures connected with the magical art called Padminī MBh. Hariv. &c

• a partic. high number (1000 millions or billions) MBh. R. &c

• a partic. constellation Var

• N. of a partic. cold hell Buddh

• a partic. fragrant substance MBh. (vḷ. ○maka)

• the √of Nelumbium Speciosum L

• a species of bdellium L

• lead L

• m. a species of plant L

• an elephant L

• a species of serpent Suśr

• N. of Rāma (son of Daśa-ratha) Śatr

• of two serpent-demons MBh. R. &c

• of one of the attendants of Skanda MBh

• of a mythical Buddha MWB. 136, n. 1

• (with Jainas) N. of the 9th Cakra-vartin in Bhārata and of one of the 9 white Balas

• N. of a king MBh

• of a prince of Kaśmīra (founder of Padma-pura and of a temple

• See padma-svāmin) Rājat

• of another man ib

• of a Brāhman Lalit

• of a mythical elephant R. (cf. mahā-padma)

• of a monkey R

• of a mountain Var

• (ā), f. 'the lotus-hued one', N. of Śrī Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. padma-śrī)

• a species of plant Suśr. (Clerodendrum Siphorantus or Hibiscus Mutabilis L.)

• cloves L

• the flower of Carthamus Tinctoria L

• N. of the mother of Muni-suvrata (the 20th Arhat of the present Avasarpiṇī) L

• of a female serpent-demon (= the goddess Manasā, wife of the sage Jarat-kāru

• cf. padma-priyā) L

• of a daughter of king Bṛihadratha and wife of Kalki Pur

• mfn. lotus-hued, being of the colour of a lotus ṢaḍvBr

⋙ padmakandāda

○kandâda m. a species of bird Gal

⋙ padmakara

○kara m. a lotus-like hand BhP

• mf(ā)n. lotus in hand Prab

• m. N. of the sun W

• (ā), f. N. of Śrī BhP

⋙ padmakarkaṭī

○karkaṭī f. lotus-seed L

⋙ padmakarṇika

○karṇika m. or n. (?) and f. the pericarp of a lotus or the central part of an army arrayed in that form MBh

⋙ padmakarṇikā

○karṇiḍkā f. the pericarp of a lotus or the central part of an army arrayed in that form MBh

• (ā), f. N. of a Surâṅganā Siṃhâs

⋙ padmakalikā

○kalikā f. an unblown lotus MW

⋙ padmakalyāṇakhaṇḍa

○kalyāṇa-khaṇḍa n. N. of ch. of a Pur

⋙ padmakāṣṭha

○kāṣṭha n. the wood of Cerasus Puddum L

⋙ padmakīṭa

○kīṭa m. a species of venomous insect Suśr

⋙ padmakuṇḍa

○kuṇḍa n. a partic. mystical figure Cat

⋙ padmakuṭa

○kuṭa m. N. of a prince of the Vidyā-dharas Kathās

• n. N. of the palace of Su-bhīmā Hariv

⋙ padmaketana

○ketana m. N. of a son of Garuḍa MBh

⋙ padmaketu

○ketu m. a partic. comet Var

⋙ padmakesara

○kesara n. the filament of a lotus L

⋙ padmakośa

○kośa m. the calyx of a lotus R. BhP. (○śāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to resemble the calyx of a lotus Bālar

• ○śi-√kṛ, to make into the calyx of a lotus HPariś.)

• a partic. position of the fingers resembling the calyx of a lotus Cat

• N. of wk. (also -jātaka n.)

⋙ padmakṣetra

○kṣetra n. N. of one of 4 districts in Orissa held especially sacred L

⋙ padmakhaṇḍa

○khaṇḍa n. a quantity of lotuses Mṛicch. [Page 584, Column 3]

• N. of ch. of the Brahmâṇḍa P

• -nagara n. N. of a city Siṃhâs

⋙ padmagandha

○gandha mf(ā)n. smelling like a lotus L

⋙ padmagandhi

○gandhi mfn. id. R

• n. Cerasus Puddum Bhpr

⋙ padmagarbha

○garbha m. the interior or calyx of a lotus Kāvyâd. ii, 41

• 'sprung from a lotus or containing lotuses', N. of Brahmā RPrāt. (Introd.)

• of Vishṇu Hariv

• of Śiva Śivag

• of the sun L

• of a lake Hit

• of a Buddha Lalit

• of a Bodhisattva L

• of a Brāhman who was changed into a swan Hariv

⋙ padmagiripurāṇa

○giri-purāṇa n. N. of a legend

⋙ padmagupta

○gupta m. N. of a poet (called also Pari-mala) Cat

⋙ padmagṛhā

○gṛhā f. 'lotus-housed', N. of Lakshmi MBh

⋙ padmacaraṇa

○caraṇa m. 'lotus-foot', N. of a disciple of Śaṃkarâcārya Cat

⋙ padmacāriṇī

○cāriṇī f. Hibiscus Mutabilis Bhpr

• a partic. personification MānGṛ

⋙ padmaja

○ja m. 'lotus-born', N. of Brahmā BhP

⋙ padmajātaka

○jātaka n. N. of wk

⋙ padmajāti

○jāti f. = -bandha Kāv

⋙ padmatantu

○tantu m. the fibre of a lotus-stalk L

⋙ padmatā

○tā f. the state or condition of a lotus Kāvyâd

⋙ padmadarśana

○darśana m. 'looking like a lotus', the resin of the Pinus Longifolia L

• N. of a man Kathās

⋙ padmadalekṣaṇa

○dalêkṣaṇa mfn. lotus-(leaf-)eyed Mṛicch

⋙ padmadhara

○dhara m. 'lotus-bearer', N. of a prince Bhadrab

⋙ padmanandi

○nandi or m. N. of an author Sarvad. Cat

⋙ padmanandin

○nanḍdin m. N. of an author Sarvad. Cat

⋙ padmanābha

○nābha m. 'lotus-naveled', N. of Vishṇu (from whose navel sprang the lotus which contained Brahmā, the future creator) MBh. Hariv. R

• N. of the 11th month (reckoned from Mārgaśīrsha) Var

• a magical formula spoken over weapons R

• N. of a serpent-demon MBh

• of a son of Dhṛita-rāshṭra ib

• of the first Arhat of the future Ut-sarpiṇī L

• of sev. authors (also -tīrtha, -datta, -dīkṣita, -purī, -bhaṭṭa, -yājñika) and other men Cat. Inscr

• -dvadaśī f. N. of the 12th day in the light half of the month Āśvayuja Cat

• -bija n. the algebra of Padma-nābha Col

⋙ padmanābhi

○nābhi m. N. of Vishṇu L. (cf. -nābhu)

⋙ padmanāla

○nāla m. a lotus stalk L

⋙ padmanidhi

○nidhi m. N. of one of the 9 treasures of Kubera (also personified) Pañc

⋙ padmanibhekṣaṇa

○nibhêkṣaṇa mfn. having eyes like lotus-leaves MW

⋙ padmanimīlana

○nimīlana n. the closing of a lotus Śak

⋙ padmanetra

○netra m. 'lotus-eyed', a species of bird Gal

• N. of a future Buddha L

⋙ padmapaṇḍita

○paṇḍita m. N. of an author Cat

⋙ padmapattra

○pattra n. a lotus-leaf MBh. (-nibhêkṣaṇa mfn. lotus-lotus-eyed. MW.)

• = -parṇa Bhpr

⋙ padmapada

○pada m. = -pāda Cat

⋙ padmaparṇa

○parṇa n. Costus Speciosus or Arabicus L

⋙ padmapāṇi

○pāṇi m. 'lotus-handed' or 'holding a lotus in the hand', N. of Brahmā L

• of Vishṇu Cat

• of the Bodhi-sattva Avalokitêśvara MWB. 195 &c

• the sun L

⋙ padmapāda

○pāda m.= -caraṇa Cat. (cf. pāda-padma)

• -rahasya n. N. of wk

• ○dâcārya m. N. of a teacher Cat

⋙ padmapura

○pura n. N. of a city Rājat

⋙ padmapurāṇa

○purāṇa n. N. of sev. Purāṇas

⋙ padmapuṣpa

○puṣpa m. Pterospermum Acerifolium L

• a species of bird L

• ○ṣpâñjali-stotra n. N. of a Stotra

⋙ padmaprabha

○prabha m. N. of a future Buddha

• of a Deva-putra Lalit

• of 6th Arhat of present Avasarpiṇī L

• (with sūri) of an author Cat

• (ā), f. N. of a daughter of Mahā-daṃshṭra Kathās

⋙ padmaprabhu

○prabhu m. N. of an author Cat

⋙ padmapriyā

○priyā f. N. of the goddess Manasā (wife of Jarat-kāru) L

⋙ padmabandha

○bandha m. an artificial arrangement of the words of a verse in a figure representing a lotus-flower Kpr

⋙ padmabandhu

○bandhu m. 'friend of the lotus', N. of the sun L

• a bee L

• -kula n. N. of a family Cat

⋙ padmabīja

○bīja n. lotus-seed L

• ○jâbha mfn. 'resembling the lotus-sṭseed', the sṭseed of Euryala Ferox L

⋙ padmabhava

○bhava m. = -ja Hariv. BhP

⋙ padmabhāśa

○bhāśa m. 'brilliant with (or like) a lotus', N. of Vishṇu Hariv. (vḷ. -nābha

• cf. -hāsa)

⋙ padmabhū

○bhū m.= -ja Dhūrtan

⋙ padmamaya

○maya mf(ī)n. made or consisting of lotus-flowers Hariv. BhP

⋙ padmamālin

○mālin mfn. lotus-garlanded

• m. N. of a Rakshas R

• (nī), f. N. of Śrī MBh

⋙ padmamihira

○mihira m. 'lotus-sun', N. of a writer of the history of Kaśmīra Rājat

⋙ padmamukhī

○mukhī f. Alhagi Maurorum L

⋙ padmamūla

○mūla n. lotus-√L

⋙ padmayoni

○yoni m. 'lotus-born', N. of Brahmā Gṛihyās. MBh. &c. (also ○nin Hariv.)

• of a Buddha Lalit

• of sev. men, APariś. Lalit

⋙ padmarati

○rati f. N. of 2 princesses Kathās

⋙ padmaratna

○ratna m. N. of the 23rd Buddh. patriarch L

⋙ padmaratha

○ratha m. N. of sev. princes Rājat. HPariś

⋙ padmarāga

○rāga m. 'lotus-hued', a ruby L. (also -ka Hcat

• ○ga-maya mf[ī]n. made or consisting of rubies, Kāraṇḍ)

• (ī), f. N. of one of the tongues of Agni Gṛihyās

⋙ padmarāja

○rāja m. 'lotus-king', N. of sev. men Rājat

• of a poet Cat

⋙ padmarūpa

○rūpa mf(ā)n. lotus-hued

• (ā), f. N. of Śri MBh

⋙ padmarekhā

○rekhā f. 'lotus-line', a line in the palm of the hand indicating the acquisition of great wealth L

⋙ padmalāñchana

○lāñchana m. (L.) 'lotus-marked', a king

• N. of Brahmā

• of Kubera, the sun

• (ā), f. N. of Śrī

• of Sarasvatī

• of Tārā

⋙ padmalīlāvilāsinī

○līlā-vilāsinī f. N. of an astron. wk. [Page 585, Column 1] Contents of this page

⋙ padmalekhā

○lekhā f. N. of a woman Rājat

⋙ padmalocana

○locana mfn. lotus-eyed MBh

⋙ padmavat

○vat mfn. full of lotus-flowers Hariv

• (ī), f. N. of a wife of Aśoka (cf. padmā-vatī)

• of a town BhP

⋙ padmavanabāndhava

○vanabāndhava m. the sun (cf. padma-bandhu)

• -vaṃśa m. the race of kings descended from the sun (cf. sūrya-v○) Prasannar

⋙ padmavarcas

○varcas mfn. lotushued MBh. R

⋙ padmavarṇa

○varṇa mfn. id. Hariv

• m. N. of a son of Yadu ib

⋙ padmavarṇaka

○varṇaka n. Costus Speciosus or Arabicus L

⋙ padmavāsā

○vāsā f. = -gṛhā L

⋙ padmavāhinī

○vāhinī f. N. of wk

⋙ padmaviṣaya

○viṣaya m. N. of a country Kathās

⋙ padmavṛkṣa

○vṛkṣa m. Cerasus Puddum L

⋙ padmavṛṣabhavikrāmin

○vṛṣabha-vikrāmin m. N. of a future Buddha L

⋙ padmaveṣa

○veṣa m. N. of a king of the Vidyādharas Kathās

⋙ padmavyākośa

○vyākośa n. a crevice shaped like a lotus-bud (made by a thief in a wall) Mṛicch. iii, 13

⋙ padmavyūha

○vyūha m. N. of a Samādhi L

⋙ padmaśas

○śas ind. by thousands of billions MBh

⋙ padmaśāyinī

○śāyinī f. a species of bird Gal

⋙ padmaśekhara

○śekhara m. N. of a king of the Gandharvas Kathās

⋙ padmaśrī

○śrī 'beautiful as a lotus flower', N. of Avalokitêśvara Kāraṇḍ

• of a Bodhi-sattva

• f. N. of sev. women Rājat. HPariś

• of a lady who wrote on Kāma-śāstra Cat

• -garbha m. N. of a Bodhi-sattva

⋙ padmaṣaṇḍa

○ṣaṇḍa n. a multitude of lotuses MBh. (cf. -khaṇḍa)

⋙ padmasaṃhitā

○saṃhitā f. N. of wk

⋙ padmasaṃkāśa

○saṃkāśa mfn. resembling a lotus MW

⋙ padmasadman

○sadman m. 'lotus-dweller', N. of Brahmā Bālar

⋙ padmasamāsana

○samāsana m. id. VP

⋙ padmasambhava

○sambhava m. = -ja Hariv

• N. of a Buddhist teacher who founded the Red sect in Tibet MWB. 272 &c

⋙ padmasaras

○saras n. lotus-lake, N. of sev. lakes MBh. Rājat. Pañc

⋙ padmasundara

○sundara m. N. of an author Cat

⋙ padmasūtra

○sūtra n. a lotus-garland Hariv

⋙ padmasena

○sena m. N. of sev. men Kathās

• (ā), f. N. of a woman HPariś

⋙ padmasaugandhika

○saugandhika n. pl. the flowers Nelumbium Speciosum and Nymphaea Alba R

• mfn. (a pond) abounding in these flowers MBh. R. &c

• -vat mfn. id. MBh

⋙ padmasnuṣā

○snuṣā f. (L.) N. of Gaṅgā

• of Śrī

• of Durgā

⋙ padmasvastika

○svastika n. a SvṭSvastika mark consisting of lotus-flowers MW

⋙ padmasvāmin

○svāmin m. N. of a sacred edifice built by Padma Rājat

⋙ padmahasta

○hasta m. a partic. measure of length AgP

⋙ padmahāsa

○hāsa m. 'smiling like or with a lotus', N. of Vishṇu L. (cf. -bhāsa)

⋙ padmahemamaṇi

○hema-maṇi m. N. of a teacher Cat

⋙ padmākara

padmâkara m. (ifc. f. ā) a lotus-pool or an assemblage of lotuses Bhartṛ. Kathās

• -deva and -bhaṭṭa m. N. of authors Cat

⋙ padmākāra

padmâkāra mfn. lotus-shaped MW

⋙ padmākṣa

padmâkṣa mf(ī)n. lotus-eyed, id

• n. lotus-seed W

⋙ padmāṅkamudrā

padmâṅka-mudrā f. a partic. Mudrā Kāraṇḍ

⋙ padmāṅghri

padmâṅghri m. = ○dma-pāda Cat

⋙ padmācala

padmâcala m. N. of a mountain R

⋙ padmācārya

padmâcārya m. N. of a teacher Cat

⋙ padmāṭa

padmâṭa m. Cassia Tora Bhpr

⋙ padmādi

padmâdi a lotus-flower &c

• -tva n. Kāvyâd. ii, 95

⋙ padmādhīśa

padmâdhī7śa m. N. of Vishṇu, Dhūrtain

⋙ padmānanda

padmânanda m. N. of a poet

• -śataka n. his wk

⋙ padmāntara

padmântara m. a lotus-leaf MW

⋙ padmālaṃkārā

padmâlaṃkārā f. N. of a Gandharvii Kāraṇḍ

⋙ padmālaya

padmâlayá m. 'dwelling in a lotus', N. of Brahmā MBh

• (ā), f. N. of Śrī ib. Hariv

• n. N. of a city Siṃhâs

⋙ padmāvatī

padmā-vatī f. (cf. ○dma-v○ and Pāṇ. 6-3, 119 &c.) Hibiscus Mutabilis L

• a kind of Prākṛit metre Col

• N. of Lakshmī Gīt

• of the goddess Manasā L

• of one of the Mātṛis attending on Skanda MBh

• of a Surâṅganā Siṃhâs

• of a Jaina deity L

• of a wife of king Śṛigāla Hariv

• of a wife of Yudhi-shṭhira (kṭking of Kaśmīra) Rājat

• of the wife of Jaya-deva Gīt

• of a wife of king Vīra-bāhu Vet

• of a wife of king Naya-pāla ib

• of a poetess Cat

• of the city of Ujjayinī in the Kṛita-yuga Kathās

• of another city. VP

• of a river L

• of Kathās. xvii

• -kalpa m. -pañcâṅga n. -stotra n. N. of wks

• -priya m. 'husband of Padmavatī (= Manasā)', N. of Jarat-kāru L

⋙ padmāvabhāsa

padmâvabhāsa m. N. of a kind of philosopher's stone Kāraṇḍ

⋙ padmāvali

padmâvali f. N. of wk

⋙ padmāsana

padmâsana n. a lotus as seat (esp. of an idol) Hariv. Kum

• a partic. posture in religious meditation Bhartṛ. (cf. MWB. 240)

• a kind of coitus L

• mf(ā)n. sitting in a lotus or in the position called Padmâsaṇa (-tā f. Cat.)

• m. N. of Brahmā VP

• of Śiva Śivag

• the sun L

• (ā), f. N. of the goddess Manasā L

⋙ padmāhvaya

padmâhvay9a m. Cerasus Puddum Bhpr

⋙ padmāhvā

padmâhvā f. Hibiscus Mutabilis L

⋙ padmeśaya

padme-śaya m. 'sleeping in a lotus', N. of Vishṇu MBh. Hariv

⋙ padmottama

padmôttama m. N. of a Samādhi Kāraṇḍ

• of a partic. world ib

• of a Buddha living in Padmôttama and of a future BṭBuddha ib

⋙ padmottara

padmôttara m. Carthamus Tinctorius L

• N. of a Buddha MWB. 136, n. 1

• of the father of Padma L

• ○râtmaja m. patr. of the 9th Cakra-vartin in Bhārata Jain

• ○rikā-śāka n. a species of pot-herb Car. [Page 585, Column 2]

⋙ padmotpalakumudvat

padmôtpala-kumudvat mfn. furnished with the lotus flowers called Padma, Utpala and Kumuda BhP

⋙ padmodbhava

padmôdbhava mf(ā)n. sprung from a lotus MBh

• m. N. of Brahmā ib

• of a man Daś

• (ā), f. N. of the goddess Manasā L

• -prādur-bhāva m. N. of ch. of KūrmaP

⋙ padmopaniṣad

padmôpaniṣad f. N. of an Up

• -dīpikā f. N. of Comm. on it

≫ padmaka

padmaka m. or n. red spots on the skin of an elephant L

• the wood of Cerasus Puddum MBh. &c

• m. an army arrayed in the form of a lotus-flower MBh

• a species of tree R. (B.)

• N. of a partic. constellation Hcat

• of sev. men Rājat

• n. a partic. posture in sitting Vedântas

• Costus Speciosus or Arabicus L

≫ padmakin

padmakin m. Betula Bhojpatra L

≫ padmāya

padmāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to resemble the flower of Nelumbium Speciosum Kāvyâd

≫ padmāvata

padmāvata m. N. of a kingdom founded by Padma-varṇa Hariv

≫ padmin

padmin mfn. spotted (as an elephant) MBh

• possessing lotuses L

• m. an elephant L

• (nī), f. See next

≫ padminī

padminī f. (of prec.) Nelumbium Speciosum, a lotus (the whole plant, ifc. ○nīka mfn

• cf. abjinī, nalinī &c.)

• a multitude of lotuses or a lotus-pond MBh. Kāv. &c. (cf. g. puṣkarâdi)

• a lotus-stalk L

• a female elephant L

• a partic. magical art MārkP

• an excellent woman, a woman belonging to the first of the 4 classes into which the sex is divided RTL. 389

• N. of sev. women Siṃhâs

⋙ padminīkaṇṭaka

○kaṇṭaka m. a kind of leprosy Suśr

⋙ padminīkānta

○kānta m. 'beloved of lotuses', N. of the sun L

⋙ padminīkhaṇḍa

○khaṇḍa n. a multitude or lake of lotuses Pañc

• N. of a city Siṃhâs

⋙ padminīpattra

○pattra n. a lotus-leaf. R

⋙ padminīvallabha

○vallabha and m. the sun L. (cf. -kānta)

⋙ padminīśa

○"ṣśa (○nī7śa), m. the sun L. (cf. -kānta)

⋙ padminīṣaṇḍa

○ṣaṇḍa (and -pura), n. N. of a city Siṃhâs

≫ padmiṣṭhā

padmiṣṭhā f. N. of a woman Kathās

padra

padra m. (√2. pad?) a village or = saṃveśa Uṇ. ii, 13 Sch. (-vaḍa, -saṇḍa and -saḍa ḥPariś. perhaps wṛ. for -baṭu, or -baṇḍa, 'village lad or cripple')

• a road in a village L

• the earth L

• N. of a district L

padva

padva n. (√2. pad?) the earth L

• a road L

• a car L

• mfn. See nisarga-padva

padvat

pad-vat See p. 583, col. 1

pan 2

pan cl. 1. Ā. pánate (pf. -papana, papné aor. 3. sg. paniṣṭa), to be worthy of admiration or to admire (acc.) RV.: Pass. panyáte ib.: Caus. panáyati, ○te, to regard with surprise or wonder, to admire, praise, acknowledge RV

• (Ā.) to rejoice at, be glad of (gen.) ib. (cf. √paṇ

• paṇāya)

≫ panayāyya

panayā́yya mfn. astonishing, surprising RV

≫ panasya

panasya Nom. Ā. ○syáte (P. ○syáti Naigh. iii, 14), to excite admiration or praise RV

⋙ panasyu

panaḍsyú mfn. showing one's self worthy of admiration, glorious ib

≫ panāya

panāya Nom. P. Ā. ○yáti, ○te, to show ostentatiously, boast of (gen.) RV. vi, 75, 6 (cf. Nir. ix, 16)

⋙ panāyya

paḍnā́yya mfn. admirable, surprising RV. AitBr

≫ panita

panitá mfn. admired, praised RV

≫ panitṛ

panitṛ́ mfn. praising, acknowledging ib

≫ panipnat

pánipnat mfn. (fr. Intens.) showing one's self worthy of admiration or praise ib

≫ paniṣṭama

paniṣṭama (prob.) wṛ. SV

≫ paniṣṭi

pániṣṭi f. (prob.) admiration, praise ib

≫ paniṣṭha

pániṣṭha mfn. (superl.) very wonderful or glorious RV

≫ panīyas

pánīyas mfn. (compar.) more or very wonderful ib

≫ panū

pan˘ū́ f. admiration ib

≫ panya

pánya mfn. astonishing, glorious. ib. (superl. -tama)

≫ panyas

pányas mfn. = pánīyas ib

panaka

panaka m. a kind of Arum, Śīl

panasa

panasa m. (√pan?) the bread-fruit or Jaka tree, Artocarpus Integrifolia MBh. R. &c

• a thorn L

• a species of serpent Suśr

• N. of a monkey MBh. R

• (ī), f. = panasikā Suśr

• n. the bread-fruit ib

⋙ panasatālikā

○tālikā or f. the bread-fruit tree L

⋙ panasanālikā

○nālikā f. the bread-fruit tree L

⋙ panasāsthi

panasâsthi n. the kernel of the bread-fruit Suśr

≫ panasikā

panasikā f. a kind of disease, pustules on the ears and neck Suśr. (cf. pinasa, pīnasa). [Page 585, Column 3]

paniṣpada

paniṣpadá mf(ā)n. (Intens. of √spand) quivering, palpitating AV

panth

panth cl. 1. 10. P. panthati, or ○thayati, to go, move Dhātup. xxxii, 39 (cf. √path)

≫ panthaka

panthaka mfn. produced in or on the way Pāṇ. 4-3, 29

• m. N. of a Brāhman L

⋙ panthalikā

panḍthalikā f. a narrow way or path Kāraṇḍ. Divyâv

panthāna

panthāna m. N. of a partic. magical spell spoken over weapons R. (vḷ. saṃdhāna)

pandara

pandara m. N. of a mountain VP

panna

panna &c. See p. 584, col. 2

pannaddhā

pan-naddhā &c. See p. 584, col. 1

papasya

papasya v. l. for pampasya

papi

papí mfn. (√1. pā) drinking (with acc.) RV. vi, 23, 4 (cf. Pāṇ. 2-3, 69 Kāś.)

• m. the moon L

≫ papī

papī́ m. (nom. s) the sun or the moon Uṇ. iii, 159

≫ papīti

papīti f. (fr. Intens, of √1. pā) mutual or reciprocal drinking W

papu

papu m. (√3. pā) a protector

• f. a nurse L

papuri

pápuri mfn. (√pṝ) bountiful, liberal

• abundant RV

≫ papri 1

pápri mfn. giving, granting (with gen. or acc

• superl. -tama) RV. VS. (cf. Pāṇ. 7-1, 103 Sch.)

papṛkṣeṇya

papṛkṣêṇya mfn. (√prach) desirable RV. v, 33, ?

papri 2

pápri mfn. (√1. pṛ) delivering, saving RV.: AV. TS

paphaka

paphaka m. N. of a man

⋙ paphakanaraka

○naraka m. pl. the descendants of Paphaka and Naraka, g. tika-kitavâdi

pabbeka

pabbeka m. N. of the father of Kedāra-bhaṭṭa (author of the Vṛitta-ratnâkara) Cat

pamarā

pamarā f. a kind of fragrant substance L

pampasya

pampasya Nom. P. ○syati, to feel pain, g. kaṇḍv-ādi (vḷ. pap○)

pampā

pampā f. (√1. pā? Uṇ.iii, 28. Sch.) N. of a river in the south of India MBh. R. &c

• of a lake Ragh. Sch

⋙ pampāmāhātmya

○māhātmya n. N. of ch. of SkandaP

pamb

pamb cl. 1. P. pambati, to go, move Dhātup. xi, 35 Vop

pay

pay cl. 1. Ā. payate, to go, move Dhātup. xiv, 3

paya 1

paya See kat-payá

paya 2

paya in comp. for ○yas

⋙ payaāhuti

○āhutí f. an oblation of milk ŚBr

⋙ payopavasana

payôpavasana n. a kind of fast when milk is the only food Pāṇ. 6-3, 109 Vārtt.6, P

⋙ payoṣṇī

payôṣṇī (MBh. Var. Pur.),

⋙ payoṣṇikā

payôṣḍṇikā (VP.), f. N. of a river rising in the Vindhya mountain

• ○ṇi-jātā f. N. of the river Sarasvati L

≫ payaḥ

payaḥ in comp. for ○yas

⋙ payaḥkandā

○kandā f. Batatas Paniculata L

⋙ payaḥkṣīra

○kṣīra n. a partic. extract from barley L

⋙ payaḥpayoṣṇi

○payôṣṇi = payôṣnī MBh

⋙ payaḥpāna

○pāna n. drinking milk, a draught of milk Pāṇ. 6-2, 150 Kāś

⋙ payaḥpāyikā

○pāyikā f. id. iii, 3, 111 Kāś

⋙ payaḥpārāvara

○pārâvara m. the ocean of mṭmilk Kāv

⋙ payaḥpūra

○pūra m. flood of water Ratnâv

⋙ payaḥpratibimba

○pratibimba n. the reflected image or fancied appearance of water (in deserts) Subh

⋙ payaḥphenī

○phenī f. a partic. small shrub L

⋙ payaḥsāman

○sāman n. N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr

⋙ payaḥsphāti

○sphāti (pá○), f. abundance of milk AV. xix, 31, 10 (printed gáyasph○)

≫ payaś

payaś in comp. for ○yas

⋙ payaścaya

○caya m. a reservoir, piece of water, lake L

≫ payas

páyas n. (√1. pī) any fluid or juice, (esp.) milk, water, rain

• semen virile, (met.) vital spirit, power, strength RV. &c. &c

• a species of Andropogon Bhpr

• N. of a Sāman ŚrS

• of a Virāj RPrāt

• night Naigh. i, 7

⋙ payaskaṃsa

○kaṃsa m. a cup of milk L

⋙ payaskarṇī

○karṇī f. Pāṇ. 8-3, 46 Sch. (cf. dadhi-karṇa)

⋙ payaskāma

○kāma mfn. (prob.) wishing for milk ib

⋙ payaskāmya

○kāmya Nom. P. ○yati, to wish for milk Pāṇ. 8-3, 38 Vārtt. 2 Pat

⋙ payaskāra

○kāra (?), viii, 3, 46 Sch

⋙ payaskumbha

○kumbha m. a pitcher for holding mṭmilk ib

⋙ payaskuśā

○kuśā f. ib

⋙ payaspa

○pa m. 'milk-drinker', a cat W

• night MW. [Page 586, Column 1] Contents of this page

⋙ payaspati

○pati m. N. of Vishṇu Vishṇ

⋙ payaspā

○pā́ mfn. drinking milk RV

⋙ payaspātra

○pātra n. a milk-bowl L

⋙ payasvat

○vat (pá○), mfn. full of juice or sap, juicy, succulent, containing water or milk or semen

• overflowing, exuberant, copious, powerful, strong RV. AV. TS. Br. GṛŚrS

• (ī), f. the night L

• pl. rivers Naigh. i, 13

⋙ payasvala

○vala mf(ā)n. rich in milk Hariv. (vḷ. ○vin)

• m. a goat L

⋙ payasvin

○vin mfn. abounding in sap or milk Br. GṛS. Mn. MBh. &c

• (nī), f. a milch-cow MBh. Var. Ragh

• a she-goat L

• a river or N. of a river BhP. (cf. g. puṣkarâdi)

• the night L

• N. of sev. plants (Asteracantha Longifolia, Batatas Paniculata, = kākolī, kṣīra-kāk○, jīvantī, dugdhaphenī &c.) Bhpr. L

≫ payasa

payasá mfn. full of juice or sap AV. (corrupted fr. vāyasa?)

• n. water L

≫ payasiṣṭha

payasiṣṭha or mfn. superl. of payas-vin Pat

⋙ payiṣṭha

payiṣṭha mfn. superl. of payas-vin Pat

≫ payaska

payaska mfn. (ifc.) = payas L

≫ payasya 1

payasya mfn. made of milk (as butter, cheese &c.). Lāṭy

• m. a cat L

• N. of a son of Aṅgiráś MBh

• (ā), f. coagulated milk, curds (made by mixing sour with hot sweet milk) TS. Br. ŚrS

• N. of sev. plants (Gynandropsis Pentaphylla, = kākolī, kuṭumbinī, dugdhikā &c.) L

≫ payasya 2

payasya Nom. P. ○syati, to flow, become liquid, g. kaṇḍv-ādi)

• Ā. ○syate = next Pāṇ. 3-1, 11 Vārtt. 1 Pat

≫ payāya

payāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to be fluid Pāṇ. ib

≫ payiṣṭha

payiṣṭha See payasiṣṭha above

≫ payo

payo in comp. for ○yas

⋙ payogaḍa

○gaḍa m. (wṛ. for guḍa?) 'water-drop', hail L

• m. n. an island L

⋙ payograha

○grahá m. an oblation of milk ŚBr

• -samarthana-prakāra m. N. of wk

⋙ payoghana

○ghana m. water-lump, hail L

⋙ payojanman

○janman m. 'water-birthplace', a cloud L

⋙ payoda

○da mf(ā)n. milk-giving (as a cow) Hariv

• yielding water (as a cloud) Subh

• m. a cloud Kālid. Var. &c. (-suhṛd m. 'friend of clouds', a peacock Sāh.)

• N. of a son of Yadu Hariv

• (ā), f. N. of one of the Mātṛis attending on Skanda MBh

⋙ payoduh

○duh mfn. yielding milk or semen SV

⋙ payodhara

○dhara m. 'containing water or milk', a cloud Kāv. Rājat

• (ifc. f. ā) a woman's breast or an udder MBh. Kāv. &c

• the √of Scirpus Kysoor L

• a species of sugar-cane L

• the cocoa-nut L

• a species of Cyperus L

• an amphibrach Col

• ○rī-√bhū, to become an udder Ragh

• ○rônnati f. a high breast (and 'rising clouds') Kāv

⋙ payodhas

○dhas m. (√1. dhā) a rainy cloud

• the ocean Uṇ. iv, 229 Sch

⋙ payodhā

○dhā́ mfn. (√dhe) sucking milk RV

⋙ payodhārā

○dhārā f. a stream of water (○gṛha n. a bath-room with flowing water) Mṛicch

• N. of a river Hariv

⋙ payodhi

○dhi m. 'water-receptacle', the ocean Kāv

• -ja n. 'sea-born', Os Sepiae L

⋙ payodhika

○dhika n. 'sea-foam', cuttle-fish bone L

⋙ payodhra

○dhra m. a woman's breast or an udder Gal. (cf. -dhara)

⋙ payonidhana

○nidhana n. N. of a Sāman Lāṭy

⋙ payonidhi

○nidhi m. = -dhi Kāv

⋙ payobhakṣa

○bhakṣa m. drinking (eating) only milk SaṃhUp

⋙ payobhṛt

○bhṛt m. 'water-holder' a cloud Śiś. xvi, 61

⋙ payomaya

○maya mf(ī)n. consisting of wṭwater Kathās

⋙ payomānuṣī

○mānuṣī f. a water-nymph Subh

⋙ payomukha

○mukha mfn. having milk on the surface, milk-faced Hit

⋙ payomuc

○muc mfn. discharging or yielding wṭwater or milk MBh. Hcat

• m. a cloud MBh. Var. Kāv

⋙ payomṛtatīrtha

○'mṛta-tīrtha n. N. of a sacred bathing-place Cat

⋙ payoraya

○raya m. the current of a river ŚārṅgP

⋙ payorāśi

○rāśi m. a piece of water, the ocean ib

• N. of the number 4 L

⋙ payoruha

○ruha n. 'water-growing', a lotus L

⋙ payolatā

○latā f. Batatas Paniculata L

⋙ payovāha

○vāha m. 'water-bearer', a cloud Ragh. Var. Rājat

⋙ payovidārikā

○vidārikā f. Batatas Paniculata L

⋙ payovṛdh

○vṛ́dh mfn. full of sap, overflowing, exuberant, vigorous RV

⋙ payovrata

○vrata n. a vow to subsist on nothing but milk BhP

• offering milk to Vishṇu and subsisting upon it for 12 days (also for 1 or 3 days as a religious act) W

• (pá○), mf(ā)n. subsisting on nothing but milk ŚBr

• ○tá-tā f. ib

≫ payora

payora m. Acacia Catechu L

para 1

pára mf(ā)n. (√1. pṛ

• abl. sg. m. n. párasmāt, ○rāt

• loc. párasmin, ○re

• nom. pl. m. páre, ○rās, ○rāsas

• Pāṇ. 1-1, 34 ; vii, 1, 16 ; 50) far, distant, remote (in space), opposite, ulterior, farther than, beyond, on the other or farther side of, extreme

• previous (in time), former

• ancient, past

• later, future, next

• following, succeeding, subsequent

• final, last

• exceeding (in number or degree), more than

• better or worse than, superior or inferior to, best or worst, highest, supreme, chief (in the compar. meanings [where also -tara], with abl., rarely gen. or ifc

• exceptionally paraṃ śatam, more than a hundred, lit. 'an excessive hundred, a hundred with a surplus' R. [Page 586, Column 2]

• parāḥ koṭayaḥ Prab. Hcat.) RV. &c. &c

• strange, foreign, alien, adverse, hostile ib

• other than, different from (abl.) Prab

• left, remaining Kathās

• concerned or anxious for (loc.) R

• m. another (different from one's self), a foreigner, enemy, foe, adversary RV. &c. &c

• a following letter or sound (only ifc. mfn. e.g. ta-para, having t as the following letter, followed by t) RPrāt. Pāṇ

• (scil. graha) a subsidiary Soma-graha TS

• N. of a king of Kosala with the patr. Āṭṇāra Br

• of another king MBh

• of a son of Samara Hariv

• (sc. prāsāda) of the palace of Mitravindā ib

• m. or n. the Supreme or Absolute Being, the Universal Soul Up. R. Pur

• (ā), f. a foreign country, abroad (?) Kathās

• a species of plant L

• N. of a sound in the first of its 4 stages L

• a partic. measure of time Sāy

• N. of a river MBh. VP. (vḷ. pārā, veṇā, veṇṇā)

• of a goddess (cf. s.v.), n. remotest distance MBh

• highest point or degree ib

• final beatitude L. (also -taram and parāt para-taram)

• the number 10, 000, 000, 000 (as the full age of Brahmā) VP

• N. of partic. Sāmans Kāṭh

• any chief matter or paramount object (ifc. [f. ā] having as the chief object, given up to, occupied with, engrossed in, intent upon, resting on, consisting of, serving for, synonymous with &c. MBh. Kāv. &c.)

• the wider or mare extended or remoter meaning of a word Jaim. Kull

• (in logic) genus

• existence (regarded as the common property of all things) W

• (am), ind. afterwards, later

• (with abl.) beyond, after (e.g. paraṃ vijñānāt, beyond human knowledge

• astam-ayāt p○, after sunset

• mattaḥ p○, after me

• ataḥ p○ or param ataḥ, after this, farther on, hereafter, next

• itaḥ p○, henceforward, from now

• tataḥ p○ or tataś ca p○, after that, thereupon

• nâsmāt p○ [for mâsm"ṣp○], no more of this, enough) MBh. Kāv. &c

• in a high degree, excessively, greatly, completely ib

• rather, most willingly, by all means ib

• I will, so be it Divyâv

• at the most, at the utmost, merely, no more than, nothing but ib

• but, however, otherwise (paraṃ tu or paraṃ kiṃ tu id

• yadi p○, if at all, perhaps, at any rate

• na-p○, not-but

• na paraṃ-api, not only-but also

• pṭparaṃ na-api na, not only not-but not even

• na paraṃ-yāvat, not only-but even) ib

• (páreṇa), ind. farther, beyond, past (with acc.) RV. &c. &c

• thereupon, afterwards, later than, after (with abl.or gen.). Mn. MBh. &c

• (paré), ind. later, farther, in future, afterwards RV. MBh. Kāv. [Cf. Zd. para

• Gk. ? ; Lat. peren-die ; Goth. [586, 2] faírra ; Germ. fern ; Eng. far and fore.]

⋙ parakathā

○kathā f. pl. talk about another Bhartṛ

⋙ parakaragata

○kara-gata mfn. being in anṭanother's hands Pañc

⋙ parakarman

○karman n. service for another Kām

• ○nirata m. 'engaged in service for another a servant Var

⋙ parakalatra

○kalatra n. another's wife

• ○râbhigamana n. approaching another's wife, adultery W

⋙ parakāyapraveśana

○kāya-praveśana n. entering anṭanother's body (a supernatural art) Cat

⋙ parakārya

○kārya n. another's business or affair Pañc

⋙ parakāla

○kāla mfn. relating to a later time, mentioned later (opp. to pūrva-) VPrāt

⋙ parakṛti

○kṛti f. the action or history of another, an example or precedent Nyāyam. Sch. Kull

⋙ parakṛtya

○kṛtya n. another's business or affair Kāv

• mfn. busy for another, hostile Mudr

• -pakṣa m. the hostile party ib

⋙ parakrama

○krama m. doubling the other (i.e. second) letter of a conjunction of consonants RPrāt

⋙ parakrāthin

○krāthin m. N. of a Kuru warrior MBh

⋙ parakrānti

○krānti f. the greatest declination, inclination of the ecliptic Sūryas

⋙ parakṣudrā

○kṣudrā f. pl. the very short verses (of Veda) VāyuP. (cf. kṣudrasū7kta)

⋙ parakṣetra

○kṣetra n. another's field or wife (cf. kṣetra) Mn

• the body in another life Pāṇ. 5-2, 92 (cf. kṣetriya)

⋙ parakhātaka

○khātaka mfn. dug by another AV.Pariś

⋙ paragata

○gata mfn. being with or relating to anṭanother MBh

⋙ paragāmin

○gāmin mfn. id. Pāṇ. 1-3, 72

⋙ paraguṇa

○guṇa (ibc.) the virtues of anṭanother (-grâhin mfn. assuming them) Kāv

• mfn. beneficial to another or to a foe R

⋙ paragṛhavāsa

○gṛha-vāsa or m. dwelling in anṭanother's house Kāv

⋙ paragehav

○geha-v○ m. dwelling in anṭanother's house Kāv

⋙ paragranthi

○granthi m. 'extreme point of a limb', an articulation, joint L

⋙ paraglāni

○glāni f. the subjugation of a foe W

⋙ paracakra

○cakra n. the army of a foe MBh. Var. (Sch. 'a hostile prince')

• -sūdana m. destroyer of it BhP

⋙ paracittajñāna

○citta-jñāna n. knowing the thoughts of another L

⋙ paracintā

○cintā f. thinking of or caring for anṭanother Kāv

⋙ paracchanda

○cchanda m. another's will BhP. (○dânuvartana n. following it L.)

• mfn. depending on another's will, subservient (also -vat) L

⋙ paracchidra

○cchidra n. another's fault or defect Kāv

⋙ paraja

○ja mfn. being behind another, inferior Kāṭh

• coming from a foe MBh. [Page 586, Column 3]

⋙ parajana

○jana m. another person, a stranger

• (coll.) strangers (opp. to sva-j○) Mn. xi, 9

⋙ parajanman

○janman n. a future birth

• ○mika mfn. relating to it MW

⋙ parajāta

○jāta m. 'born of another', a stranger or servant L. (vḷ. -jita, 'conquered by another')

⋙ parajñānamaya

○jñāna-maya mf(ī)n. consisting in knowledge of the Supreme Being VP

⋙ parataṅgaṇa

○taṅgaṇa (?), m. pl. N. of a people MBh

⋙ paratattva

○tattva in -nirṇaya m. -prakāśikā f. -vāda m. N. of wks

⋙ paratantra

○tantra n. a rule or formula for another rite KātyŚr

• mf(ā)n. dependent on or subject to another, obedient (opp. to sva-t○) MBh. Kāv. Suśr. &c

• n. (ibc.) and -tā f. (Sāh.) dependence on another's will Sāh

• -dṛṣṭi mfn. one who asserts the dependence of the will Jātakam

• -haṃsôpaniṣad f. N. of an Up

• ○trī-kṛta mfn. made dependent, brought into another's power Kull

• ceded, sold Kathās

⋙ paratama

○tama and mfn. superl. and compar. of para

⋙ paratara

○tara mfn. superl. and compar. of para

⋙ paratarkaka

○tarkaka or m. a beggar Var

⋙ paratarkuka

○tarkuka m. a beggar Var

⋙ paratalpa

○talpa m. pl. another's wife Āpast

• -gāmin m. one who approaches another's wife ib

⋙ paratas

○tas ind. = abl. of para Kāv. Pur

• farther, far off, afterwards, behind (itas-paratas, here-there

• sapta puruṣān itaś ca paraś ca, seven ancestors and seven descendants Gaut

• sani parataḥ, sc. sati, when san follows Pāṇ. 2-4, 48 Sch.) RPrāt. Hariv. R. &c

• high above (in rank) Rājat

• (with prec. abl.) after (in time) MBh. Yājñ. &c

• beyond, above (in rank) Bhag. Kām

• otherwise, differently W

• ○taḥ-poṣa mfn. receiving food from another BhP

• -"ṣtas-tva n. (the state of) being from elsewhere or without Sarvad

⋙ paratā

○tā f. highest degree, absoluteness, (ifc.) the being quite devoted to or intent upon Bhāshāp. Rājat

⋙ paratāpana

○tāpana m. 'paining-foes', N. of a Marut Hariv

⋙ paratīrthika

○tīrthika m. the adherent of another sect L

⋙ paratoṣayitṛ

○toṣayitṛ mfn. gratifying others Śiś

⋙ paratra

○tra ind. elsewhere, in another place, in a future state or world, hereafter Mn. MBh. &c

• below i.e. in the sequel (of a book) Vop. Sch

• -bhīru m. 'one who stands in awe of futurity', a pious or religious man W

⋙ paratva

○tvá n. distance, remoteness, consequence, posteriority, difference, strangeness, superiority to (gen.) Āpast. MBh. Pur. &c

• = -tā Kap

• -ratnâkara m. N. of wk

⋙ paradāra

○dāra m. sg. or pl. another's wife or wives Mn. MBh. &c

• adultery Gaut. xxii, 29

• -gamana n. ○râbhigamana n. ○râbhimarśa m. ○rôpasevana n. (○vā f.) approaching or touching or courting anṭanother's wife or wives, adultery W

• -parigraha (R.), -bhuj (MārkP.), -"ṣdārin: (R.), m. one who takes or approaches or enjoys another's wife or wives, an adulterer R

⋙ paraduḥkha

○duḥkha n. another's pain or sorrow W

⋙ paradūṣaṇa

○dūṣaṇa m. (sc. saṃdhi) peace purchased by the entire produce of a country Kām. Hit. (vḷ. para-bhūṣaṇa and pari-bh○)

⋙ paradevatā

○devatā f. the highest deity ĀpŚr. Sch

• -stuti f. N. of a hymn

⋙ paradeśa

○deśa m. another or a foreign or a hostile country (opp. to sva-d○) Var. Kaṭh. Pañc

• -sevin mfn. living abroad, a traveller W

• ○śin mfn. foreign, exotic

• m. a foreigner or a traveller ib

⋙ paradoṣa

○doṣa in -kīrtana n. the proclaiming of another's faults, censoriousness W

• -jña mfn. knowing another's faults Subh

⋙ paradravya

○dravya n. pl. another's property Hit

• ○vyâpahāraka mfn. robbing another's property Mn

⋙ paradroha

○droha m. injuring another ŚārṅgP

• -karma-dhī mfn. injṭinjuring another in deed or thought Mn

• ○hin mfn. tyrannizing over another W

⋙ paradveṣin

○dveṣin mfn. hating another, inimical to another W

⋙ paradhana

○dhana n. another's wealth VP

• ○nâsvādana-sukha n. feeding luxuriously at anṭanother's expense Hit

⋙ paradharma

○dharma m. another's duty or business, the duties of another caste Mn. BhP

• another's peculiarity (-tva n.) Kap

⋙ paradhyāna

○dhyāna n. intent meditation W

⋙ paranindā

○nindā f. reviling others MW

⋙ paranipāta

○nipāta m. the irregular posteriority of a word in a compound (opp. to pūrva-n○) Pāṇ. Sch

⋙ paranirmitavaśavartin

○nirmita-vaśa-vartin m. 'constantly enjoying pleasures provided by others', N. of a class of Buddh. deities Lalit. (cf. MWB. 208)

⋙ paranirvāṇa

○nirvāṇa n. the highest Nirvāṇa (with Buddhists) Sarvad

⋙ paraṃtapa

○ṃ-tapa mfn. destroying foes (said of heroes) MBh. R. &c

• m. N. of a son of Manu Tāmasa Hariv

• of a prince of Magadha Ragh

⋙ parapakṣa

○pakṣa m. the other side, hostile party, enemy Hit

• N. of a son of Anu VP. (vḷ. paramêkṣu)

⋙ parapatnī

○patnī f. the wife of another or of a stranger Mn. Kathās

⋙ parapada

○pada n. the highest position, final emancipation Mahān

⋙ paraparigraha

○parigraha m. another's property Āpast

• another's wife Mn. ix, 42, 43

⋙ paraparibhava

○paribhava m. humiliation or injury suffered from others Mṛicch

⋙ paraparivāda

○parivāda m. = -nirvā Pañc

⋙ parapāka

○pāka m. another's food or meal Mn. &c

• -nirvṛtta m. one who cooks his own food without observing a partic. ceremony W. [Page 587, Column 1] Contents of this page

• -rata m. one who lives upon others but observes the due ceremonies ib

• -ruci m. a constant guest at others' tables ib

• ○kôpabhojin mfn. eating another's or a stranger's food Suśr

⋙ parapārabhūta

○pāra-bhūta m. N. of Vishṇu VP

⋙ parapiṇḍa

○piṇḍa in -puṣṭaka m. 'nourished by another's food', a servant Mṛicch. viii, 25/26

• ○ḍâda m. 'eating another's food', id. L

⋙ parapuraṃjaya

○puraṃjaya mfn. conquering an enemy's city (said of heroes) MBh. R. &c

• m. N. of a king VP

⋙ parapurapraveśa

○pura-praveśa m. entering an enemy's city (as a supernatural art), Sāṃkhyas. Sch

⋙ parapuruṣa

○puruṣa m. the husband of another woman Kālid

• 'the Supreme Spirit', N. of Vishṇu L

⋙ parapuṣṭa

○puṣṭa mfn. nourished by anṭanother or a stranger L

• m. the Kokila or Indian cuckoo (cf. -bhṛt below and anya-p○) MBh. Kāv. &c

• (ā), f. a female cuckoo Var

• a harlot L

• a parasitical plant L

• N. of a daughter of a king of Kauśāmbi Kathās

• -maya mf(ī)n. being a cuckoo Hcar

• -mahôtsava m. 'the cuckoo's great feast', a mango tree L

⋙ parapūruṣa

○pūruṣa m. the husband of another woman Kathās

⋙ parapūrvatva

○pūrva-tva n. the state of preceding that which ought to follow Sāy. on RV. i, 53, 9

⋙ parapūrvā

○pūrvā f. a woman who has had a former husband Mn. v, 163

• -pati m. her husband ib. iii, 166

⋙ parapauravatantava

○pauravatantava m. N. of a son of Viśvāmitra MBh

⋙ paraprakāśaka

○prakāśaka and m. N. of 2 poets Cat

⋙ parapraṇava

○praṇava m. N. of 2 poets Cat

⋙ paraprayojana

○prayojana mf(ā)n. useful or beneficial to others Ragh

⋙ parapravādin

○pravādin m. a false teacher Divyâv

⋙ parapreṣyatva

○prêṣya-tva n. the service of another, slavery Mn. xii, 78

⋙ parabala

○bala n. the foe's army Mn.vii, 174

⋙ parabalīyas

○balīyas mfn. each more important than the preceding Gaut

⋙ parabrahman

○brahman n. the Supreme Spirit or Brahman Bhartṛ

• N. of anUp

• ○ma-prakāśikā f. ○ma-stotra n. ○mânanda-bodha m. ○mâṣṭôttara-śata-nāman n. ○môpaniṣad f. N. of wks

⋙ parabhāga

○bhāga m. superior power or merit, excellence, supremacy Kālid. (-tā f.) Pañc. Kathās

• good fortune, prosperity L

• the last part, remainder W

⋙ parabhāgya

○bhāgya n. another's wealth or prosperity W

• ○gyôpajīvin mfn. living upon another's fortune MW. -1

⋙ parabhāva

○bhāva mf(ā)n. loving another MBh. -2

⋙ parabhāva

○bhāva m. the being subsequent or second member in a compound Pat. (cf. -bhūta)

⋙ parabhāṣā

○bhāṣā f. a foreign language L

⋙ parabhū

○bhū in -jāti-nirṇaya m. -prakaraṇa n. N. of wks

⋙ parabhūta

○bhūta mfn. following or subsequent (said of words) Kāś. on Pāṇ. 8-1, 36

⋙ parabhūmi

○bhūmi f. a foreign or hostile country

• -ṣṭha mfn. being in it Hit

⋙ parabhūṣaṇa

○bhūṣaṇa n. another's ornament W. (wṛ. for pari-bh○ and para-dūṣaṇa)

⋙ parabhṛt

○bhṛt mfn. nourishing another BhP

• m. a crow L. (cf. next)

⋙ parabhṛta

○bhṛta m. 'nourished by another', the Kokila or Indian cuckoo (supposed to leave its eggs to be hatched by the crow) Kāv

• (ā), f. the female Kokila ib

• -maya mf(ī)n. consisting entirely of cuckoos Kād

⋙ parabhṛtikā

○bhṛtikā f. a female cuckoo Mālav

• N. of a woman ib

⋙ parabhṛtya

○bhṛtya mfn. to be nourished or supported by another (-tva, n.) Hariv. R

⋙ parabhedaka

○bhedaka (W.),

⋙ parabhedana

○bhedana (Śiś.), mfn. destroying enemies

⋙ paramaṇi

○maṇi m. 'excellent jewel', N. of a prince Kathârṇ

⋙ paramata

○mata n. a different opinion or doctrine, heterodoxy W

• -kālânala m. N. of a pupil of Śaṃkara Cat

• -khaṇḍana-saṃgraha m. -bhaṅga m. -bhañjana n. N. of wks

⋙ paramada

○mada m. highest degree of intoxication, ŚārṅgS

⋙ paramantra

○mantra vḷ. for mātra

⋙ paramanthu

○manthu or m. N. of a son of Kaksheyu Hariv. (vḷ. ○markṣa)

⋙ paramanyu

○manyu m. N. of a son of Kaksheyu Hariv. (vḷ. ○markṣa)

⋙ paramarma

○marma (for -marman), in -jña mfn. knowing the secret plans or intentions of another Mn. vii, 154 Kull

• -bhāṣaṇa n. telling another's secrets Siṃhâs

⋙ paramātra

○mātra m. or n. (with Buddhists) a partic. high number (vḷ. -mantra)

⋙ paramāra

○māra m. N. of a son of the Ṛishi Śaunaka and ancestor of Bhoja-deva Inscr. Cat. (cf. -mṛtyu)

⋙ paramukhacapeṭikā

○mukhacapeṭikā f. 'slap in the face of another', N. of a controversial wk

⋙ paramṛtyu

○mṛtyu m. a crow L. (cf. -māra)

⋙ paramokṣanirāsakārikā

○mokṣa-nirāsa-kārikā f. pl. 'memorial rules for preventing another's final beatitude', N. of wk

⋙ parampara

○m-para mfn. one following the other, proceeding from one to another (as from father to son), successive, repeated MBh. Suśr

• (am), ind. successively. uninterruptedly VPrāt

• m. a great great-grandson or great-grandson with his descendants L

• a species of deer L

• -tas ind. successively continually, mutually W

• -bhojana n. eating continually L

⋙ paramparā

○m-parā f. an uninterrupted row or series, order, succession, continuation, mediation, tradition (○rayā ind. by tradition, indirectly) MBh. Kāv. &c

• lineage, progeny L

• hurting, killing L

• -prâpta (Bhag.), -"ṣyāta (○rây○ Var.), mfn. received by tradition [Page 587, Column 2]

• -vāhana n. an indirect means of conveyance (e.g. the horse which draws a carriage) L

• -sambandha m. an indirect conjunction Pāṇ. 8-1, 24 Sch

⋙ paraparāka

○parāka m. immolating an animal at a sacrifice L

⋙ paraparita

○parita mfn. forming an uninterrupted series, continuous Kpr

⋙ paraparīṇa

○parī́ṇa mf(ā)n. hereditary, traditional Bhaṭṭ

⋙ parayuvatiga

○yuvati-ga m. = -dārin Var

⋙ parayoṣit

○yoṣit f. another's wife Gaut

⋙ pararamaṇa

○ramaṇa m. 'a strange lover', a paramour Pañc

⋙ pararāṣṭra

○rāṣṭra n. the country of an enemy Kull. on Mn. vii, 153

⋙ pararūpa

○rūpa n. the following or subsequent sound (-tva n.) Pāṇ. Sāy

⋙ paraloka

○loka m. the other or future world ŚBr. Mn. MBh. &c

• -ga, -gata mfn. going or gone to the future world, dying, dead MBh. Kāv

• -gama m. -gamana n. dying, death L

• -bādha, mḷoss of the future world MW

• -yāna n. = -gama ib

• -vaha mf(ā)n. (a river) flowing in or toward the other world MBh

• -vidhi m. rites for the other world, funeral rites Kum

• -sthāna n. the state of (being in) the other world ŚBr

• -hasta mfn. holding in hand (i.e. quite certain of) the oṭother world Mṛicch. viii, 46/0. -1

⋙ paravat

○vat ind. like a stranger Kathās. -2

⋙ paravat

○vat mfn. subject to or dependent on (instr., gen., loc. or comp.), subservient, obedient MBh. Kālid

• helpless, destitute Mālatīm. viii, 9/10

• -tā f. subjection, obedience to Vikr. Rājat

⋙ paravarga

○varga m. the party or side of another Cāṇ

⋙ paravallabha

○vallabha m. pl. N. of a people VP

⋙ paravaśa

○vaśa mfn. subject to another's will, subdued or ruled by (comp.), subservient, obedient Mn. Pañc. Hit

• śâkṣepa m. an objection to anything under the pretext of being dependent on another Kāvyâd. ii, 150

⋙ paravaśya

○vaśya mfn. = -vaśa

• -tā f. R

⋙ paravastu

○vastu m. N. of a poet Cat

⋙ paravācya

○vācya mfn. blamable by others (-tā f.) MBh

• n. another's fault or defect Śiś. xvi, 30

⋙ paravāṇi

○vāṇi m. (L.) a judge

• a year

• N. of Kārttikeya's peacock

⋙ paravāda

○vāda m. the talk of others, popular rumour or report, slander Pañc. ŚārṅgP

• objection, controversy Sāṃkhyak

• ○din m. an opponent, controversialist Śatr

⋙ paravāraṇa

○vāraṇa m. one who averts or drives away enemies Vikr. iv, 19

⋙ paravitta

○vitta n. another's wealth R. (wṛ. pari-)

⋙ paravīrahan

○vīra-han m. killer of hostile heroes MBh

⋙ paraveśman

○veśman n. another's house Var

• the dwelling of the Supreme L

⋙ paravyākṣepin

○vyākṣepin mfn. scattering foes Mcar

⋙ paravyūhavināśana

○vyūha-vināśana m. the destroyer of an enemy's ranks MBh

⋙ paravrata

○vrata m. N. of Dhṛita-rāshṭra L

⋙ paraśakti

○śakti m. N. of an author of Mantras Cat

⋙ paraśarīrāveśa

○śarīrâveśa m. = -kāya-praveśana ib

⋙ paraśāsana

○śāsana n. the order of another MW

⋙ paraśiva

○śiva m. N. of an author of Mantras Cat

• -mahima-stotra n. N. of a Stotra

• ○vêndrasarasvatī m. N. of an author

⋙ paraśuci

○śuci m. N. of a son of Manu Auttama MārkP

⋙ paraśrī

○śrī f. another's good fortune Siṃhâs

⋙ paraśvas

○śvas ind. the day after to-morrow MBh. Hariv. &c. (cf. paraḥ-śvas under paras)

⋙ parasaṃgata

○saṃgata mfn. associated or engaged i.e. fighting with another MBh

⋙ parasaṃcāraka

○saṃcāraka m. pl. N. of a people VP

⋙ parasaṃjñaka

○saṃjñaka m. 'called Supreme', the soul L

⋙ parasambandha

○sambandha m. relation or connection with another

• ○dhin mfn. related or belonging to another W

⋙ parasavarṇa

○savarṇa mfn. homogeneous with a following letter Pāṇ

• ○ṇī-√bhu, to become homogeneous &c. Pat

⋙ parasasthāna

○sasthāna mfn. = -savarṇa Prāt

⋙ parasātkṛ

○sāt-√kṛ to give (a woman) into the hands of another i.e. in marriage Pañc

⋙ parasevā

○sevā f. service of another Kathās

⋙ parastrī

○strī f. the wife of another or an unmarried woman depending on another Sāh

⋙ parasthāna

○sthāna n. another place, strange place Hit

⋙ parasva

○sva n. sg. or pl. another's property Mn. MBh. &c

• mfn. = sarvasva-bhūta MantraBr. Sch

• -graha m. seizing another's property Prab

• -tva n. another's right W. (-tvâpâdāna n. conferring a right upon another as by gift &c. ib.)

• -haraṇa n. = -graha L

• -hṛt (Var.), -"ṣsvâdāyin (Mn.), mfn. taking or seizing another's property

• -"ṣsvêhā f. desire of another's property

• -"ṣsvôpajīvika (W.), ○jīvin (R.), mfn. living upon anṭanother's property, dependent

⋙ parahaṃsa

○haṃsa m. = parama-h○ Cat

⋙ parahan

○han m. 'foe-killer', N. of a prince MBh

⋙ parahita

○hita mfn. friendly, benevolent W

• n. another's welfare Bhartṛ

• -grantha m. N. of wk

• -rakṣita m. N. of an author

• -saṃhitā f. N. of wk

⋙ parāṅkuśa

parâṅkuśa in -nātha m. N. of an author, -pañcaviṃśati f. -pādukā-pañcāśat f. ○kuśâṣṭaka n. N. of Stotras

⋙ parāgama

parâgama m. the arrival or attack of an enemy Var

⋙ parāṅga

parâṅga n. the hinder part of the body Kāv

• a part of that which follows Pāṇ. 2-1, 2

⋙ parāṅgada

parâṅga-da m. 'giving form to another (sc. to Durgā with whom he forms one body, or to Kāma-deva whose body he restored after reducing it to ashes)', N. of Śiva L

⋙ parācita

parâcita m. 'nourished by another', a servant L. [Page 587, Column 3]

⋙ parātman

parâtman m. the Supreme Spirit BhP

• mfn. one who considers the body as the soul MBh. BhP

⋙ paradhi

parádhi m. or f. 'the paining of others (?)', hunting L

⋙ parādhīna

parâdhīna mf(ā)n. = ○ra-vaśa Mn. MBh. &c

• (ifc.) entirely engaged in or intent upon or devoted to Kād. Rājat

• -tā f. (Kāv.), -tva n. (MW.) dependence upon another, subjection

⋙ parananda

paránanda (or ○rân○? under. parā below), m. N. of an author

• -purāṇa n. N. of wk

⋙ parānīka

parânīka n. a hostile army Mālatīm

⋙ parānta

parânta m. 'the last end', death (-kāla m. time of death) MuṇḍUp

• 'living at the remotest distance', N. of a people MBh

⋙ parāntaka

parântaka m. a frontier Divyâv

• pl. N. of a people L

⋙ parānna

parânna n. the food of another Kāv. KātyŚr. Sch

• -paripuṣṭatā f. the living on another's food Yājñ

• -bhojin mfn. eating another's food Hit

• m. a servant L

⋙ parāpara

parâpara mfn. remote and proximate, prior and posterior (as cause and effect), earlier and later, higher and lower, better and worse MBh. Kāv. &c

• m. = -guru below

• n. (in logic) a community of properties in a small class under the larger or generic, a species or class between the genus and individual W

• Grewia Asiatica Bhpr

• -guru m. a Guru of an intermediate class

• N. of the goddess Durgā W. (cf. parāt-parag○)

• -jña, knowing what is remote and proximate &c. MBh

• -tā f. -tva n. higher and lower degree, absolute and relative state, priority and posteriority

• the state of being both a genus and a species Bhāshāp

• -dṛṣṭârtha mfn. knowing the real nature of the remote and proximate &c. Hariv

• ○rêśa m. 'lord of the remote and property, &c.', N. of Vishṇu VP

• ○râitṛ (párâp○), mfn. going after another, going in a line (to the next world) AV. 1

⋙ parāmṛta

parâmṛta n. (for 2. See p. 590, col. 2) 'the best nectar', rain L. 1

⋙ parāyaṇa

parấyaṇa n. (for 2. See p. 590, col. 3) final end or aim, last resort or refuge, principal object, chief matter, essence, summary (○ṇaṃ-√kṛ, to do one's utmost) ŚBr. Up. MBh. &c

• (in medic.) a universal medicine, panacea Car

• a religious order or division W

• (ifc

• f. ā) making anything one's chief object, wholly devoted or destined to, engaged in, intent upon, filled or occupied with, affected or possessed by (-tā f. Daś.) Mn. MBh. &c

• mf(ā)n. violent, strong (as pain) MBh. i, 8367 (Nīlak.)

• principal, being the chief object or final aim ib

• dependent on (gen.) R

• leading or conducive to (gen.) MBh

• m. N. of a pupil of Yājñavalkya VāyuP

• -vat mfn. occupying the principal point, most elevated MBh

⋙ parayatta

paráyatta mf(ā)n. dependent upon another R. Pañc

• (ifc.) wholly subdued or overwhelmed by Kād. Bālar

⋙ parāyus

parâyus m. 'one who has reached the highest age or 100 years, N. of Brahmā BhP

⋙ parārtha

parârtha m. the highest advantage or interest, an important object MBh

• sexual intercourse Pañc

• another's advṭadvantage or intṭinterest (ibc., ○rtham or ○rthe ind. for another or for others or for something else) Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c

• mfn. (also -ka) having another object

• designed for another

• dependent on something else (-tā f. -tva n.) ŚrS. Sāṃkhyak. Tarkas

• -cara mfn. intent upon another's welfare Jātakam

• -caryā f. care for another welfare ib

• -niṣṭha mfn. fixed on the supreme good MW

• -vādin mfn. speaking for another, a mediator, a substitute Yājñ. Sch

• ○rthin mfn. striving after the supreme good (emancipation) Cāṇ

⋙ parārdha

parârdhá m. the more remote or opposite side or half. Br. KaṭhUp. MBh

• mn. the highest number (100, 000 billions) VS. TS. MBh. &c

• the number of mortal days corresponding to 50 years of Brahmā's life Pur

• (as mfn. wṛ. for ○dhya.)

⋙ parārdhaka

parârdhaka m. or n. one half of anything Kāv

⋙ parārdhya

parârdhyá mf(ā)n. being on the more remote or opposite side or half. ŚBr

• most distant in number, of the highest possible number ib

• highest in rank or quality, most excellent, best Br. ChUp. MBh. &c

• more excellent than (abl.) Ragh. x, 65

• n. a maximum (only ifc. 'amounting at the most to') GṛŚrS

⋙ parārbuda

parârbuda m. a species of fire-fly L

⋙ parāvajñā

parâvajñā f. insulting another MW

⋙ parāvat

parā-vat (for ○ra-vat), mfn. offering beatitude Āpast

⋙ parāvara

parâvara mf(ā)n. distant and near, earlier and later, prior and subsequent, highest and lowest, all-including (-tva n.) MBh. Pur. &c

• handed down from earlier to later times, traditional MuṇḍUp

• each successive BhP

• m. pl. ancestors and descendants Mn. i, 105 ; iii, 38

• n. the distant and near &c

• cause and effect, motive and consequence, the whole extent of an idea, totality, the universe MuṇḍUp. MBh. Vedântas

• -jña (MBh.), -dṛś (MW.), -vid (BhP.), mfn. knowing or seeing both distant and near or past and future &c. [Page 588, Column 1] Contents of this page

• -vibhāgavid mfn. knowing the difference between the dṭdistant and near &c. MBh

• ○rêśa m. N. of Vishṇu VP. (cf. parâparêśa)

⋙ parāvasathaśāyin

parâvasatha-śāyin mfn. sleeping in another's house Hit

⋙ paraśraya

paráśraya m. dependence on others Hariv

• a refuge to enemies BhP

• mfn. clinging to others, dependent on others Śiksh

• (ā), f. a parasitical plant L

⋙ parāśrita

parâśrita mfn. = (and vḷ. for) prec. mfn

• a dependent, servant slave Hit

⋙ parasaṅga

parásaṅga m. cleaving or adhering to (comp.) Suśr

⋙ parāskandin

parâskandin m. 'assailing another', a thief, robber L

⋙ parāha

parâha m. the next day L

⋙ parāhata

parâhata m. struck by another, assailed, attacked W

⋙ parāhṇa

parâhṇa m. the afternoon Var. Pañc. (wṛ. ○hna)

⋙ paretara

parêtara mfn. other than hostile, faithful, friendly Kir. i, 14

⋙ pareśa

parêśa m. 'the highest lord', N. of Brahmā or Vishṇu Pur

• ○śêśa m. 'lord of the highest lord', N. of Vishnu MBh

⋙ pareṣṭi

parêṣṭi m. 'having the highest worship', N. of Brahman W

⋙ pareṣṭukā

parêṣṭukā f. 'highest desire (?)', a cow which has often calved L

⋙ paraidhita

parâidhita m. 'nourished by another', the Indian cuckoo (cf. para-bhṛta)

• a servant L

⋙ paroktakhaṇḍana

parôkta-khaṇḍana n. 'refutation of another's words', N. of wk

⋙ paroḍhā

parôḍhā f. another's wife Sāh

⋙ parodvaha

parôdvaha m. 'descendant of another i.e. of the crow', the Indian cuckoo Gal. (cf. para-bhṛta)

⋙ paropakaraṇa

parôpakaraṇa n. = -kāra Cāṇ

• ○ṇī-√kṛ, to make one's self an instrument of others Hit

⋙ paropakāra

parôpakāra m. assisting others, benevolence, charity Kāv

• ○râikarasa mfn. wholly devoted to the service of others

• (ā), f. a wife wholly devoted to her husband MW

• -dharma-kṣānti f. Dharmas. 107

⋙ paropakārin

parôpakārin mfn. assisting others, beneficent, charitable merciful Kathās. (○ri-tva n. Bhartṛ.)

• m. N. of a king Kathās

⋙ paropakṛta

parôpakṛta mfn. helped or befriended by another MW

⋙ paropakṛti

parôpakṛti f. = -kāra ib

⋙ paropaga

parôpaga mfn. relating to something else (as an adjective) L

⋙ paropajāpa

parôpajāpa m. the dissension (or causing dissension) of enemies Daś

⋙ paropadeśa

parôpadeśa m. giving advice or instruction to others Hit

⋙ paroparuddha

parôparuddha mfn. besieged by an enemy, blockaded, invested MW

⋙ paropavāsa

parôpavāsa m. dwelling together with another Āpast

⋙ paropasarpaṇa

parôpasarpaṇa n. approaching another, begging Bhām

≫ para 2

para in comp. for ○ras

⋙ parauru

○uru (○rá-), mf(vii)n. broad on the outside or behind ŚBr. (cf. paro-varīyas)

⋙ parauṣṇih

○uṣṇih f. a kind of metre Chandaþs. (also parôṣṇih ib.)

⋙ paraṛkśatagātha

○ṛk-śatagātha mfn. containing 100 verses of the Veda as well as Gāthās AitBr

≫ paraḥ

paraḥ in comp. for ○ras

⋙ paraḥkṛṣṇa

○kṛṣṇa mfn. more than black, extremely dark ChUp

⋙ paraḥpuṃsā

○puṃsā́ f. (a wife) dissatisfied with her husband ŚBr

⋙ paraḥpuruṣa

○puruṣa mfn. higher than a man ŚāṅkhŚr

⋙ paraḥśata

○śatá mf(ā́)n. pl. more than 100 ŚBr. Kāṭh. MBh

• containing more than 100 verses TBr

• -rg-gātha (r for ṛ), mfn. = para-ṛk-śata-gātha ŚāṅkhŚr

⋙ paraḥśvas

○śvas ind. = para-śv○ L

⋙ paraḥṣaṣṭa

○ṣaṣṭá mfn. pl. more than 60 ŚBr

⋙ paraḥsahasra

○sahasrá (AV

• páraḥ-sahasra ŚBr.), mf(ā)n. pl. more than 1000

⋙ paraḥsāman

○sāman (pá○), mfn. having superfluous or surplus Sāmans

• m. pl. N. of partic. sacrificial days TS. TBr. Kāṭh

≫ paraka

paraka ifc. = para, 'the following sound or word', e.g. iti-śabda-p○, followed by the word iti Pāṇ. Sch

≫ parakīya

parakīya mf(ā)n. belonging to another or a stranger, strange, hostile (-tā f.) Mn. (nipāna n. a tank belonging to another, iv, 201) Śak. Kām

• (ā), f. another's wife or a woman dependent on others (-tva n.) Sāh

≫ parama

paramá mf(ā)n. (superl. of pára) most distant, remotest, extreme, last RV. &c. &c

• chief, highest, primary, most prominent or conspicuous

• best, most excellent, worst (○meṇa cetasā, with all the heart

• ○ma-kaṇṭhena, 'with all the throat', roaring, speaking aloud) ib

• (with abl.) superior or inferior to, better or worse than MBh. R

• m. N. of 2 authors Cat

• n. highest point, extreme limit (catur-viṃśati-p○, at the utmost 24) MBh. &c

• chief part or matter or object (ifc., f. ā = consisting chiefly of, completely occupied with or devoted to or intent upon) Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c

• (am), ind. yes, very well

• (also parama- in comp

• See below) very much, excessively, excellently, in the highest degree MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙ paramakaṇṭha

○kaṇṭha only in ○ṭhena-√kruś, to try with all one's throat i.e. might Lāṭy

⋙ paramakāṇḍa

○kāṇḍa m. or n. a very auspicious moment, Vāsav

⋙ paramakrānti

○krānti f. = para-kr○

• -jyā f. the sine of the greatest declination Sūryas. Sch

⋙ paramakruddha

○kruddha mfn. extremely angry R

⋙ paramakrodhin

○krodhin m. id., N. of one of the Viśve-devās MBh. [Page 588, Column 2]

⋙ paramagati

○gati f. any chief resource or refuge (as a god or protector) W

• final beatitude ib

⋙ paramagava

○gava m. an excellent bull L

⋙ paramagahana

○gahana mfn. very mysterious or profound W

⋙ paramacetas

○cetas n. all the heart MW

⋙ paramajā

○jā́ f. = prakṛti TS. Sch. (prob. corrupted)

⋙ paramajyā

○jyā́ mfn. holding supreme power (as Indra) RV

⋙ paramatattva

○tattva n. the highest truth

• -prakāśikā f. -rahasyôpaniṣad f. N. of wks

⋙ paramatas

○tas ind. in the highest degree, excessively

• worst of all MW

⋙ paramatā

○tā (○má-), f. highest position or rank

• highest end or aim ŚBr

⋙ paramadāruṇa

○dāruṇa mfn. very dreadful MBh

⋙ paramaduḥkhita

○duḥkhita mfn. deeply afflicted Nal

⋙ paramadurmedhas

○durmedhas mfn. exceedingly stupid. MW

⋙ paramadru

○dru m. Amyris Agallocha ib

⋙ paramadharmātman

○dharmâtman mfn. very dutiful or virtuous MBh

⋙ paramananda

○nanda m. N. of a teacher Cat. (wṛ. for ○mân○?

• cf. parân○ under para)

⋙ paramapada

○pada n. the highest state or position, eminence, final beatitude W

• -nirṇāyaka m. and -sopāna n. N. of wks

• ○dâtmavat mfn. whose essence is the highest of all states (i.e. Brahmā) VP

⋙ paramaparama

○parama mfn. highest or most excellent of all BhP

⋙ paramapuṃs

○puṃs m. the Supreme Spirit, N. of Vishṇu VP

⋙ paramapuruṣa

○puruṣa m. id

• -prârthanā-mañjarī f. -mahôtsava-prâyaścitta n. -saṃhitā f. N. of wks

⋙ paramapūruṣa

○pūruṣa m. = -pur○ RāmatUp

⋙ paramaprabha

○prabha m. N. of a man L

⋙ paramaprīta

○prīta mfn. exceedingly rejoiced MBh

⋙ paramabrahmacāriṇī

○brahmacāriṇī f. N. of Durgā L

⋙ paramabrahman

○brahman n. the Supreme Spirit W

⋙ paramabhāsvara

○bhāsvara mfn. excessively radiant MW

⋙ paramamanyumat

○manyumat mfn. deeply distressed Nal

⋙ paramamahat

○mahat mfn. infinitely great Yogas

⋙ paramamokṣa

○mokṣa m. final emancipation Sāṃkhyapr

⋙ paramarasa

○rasa m. 'most excellent beverage', buttermilk mixed with water L

⋙ paramarahasya

○rahasya n. the deepest mystery

• -japa-saṃgraha m. -vāda m. -saṃhitā f. ○syôpadeśa-saṃgraha m. ○syôpaniṣad f. N. of wks

⋙ paramaraja

○raja m. a supreme monarch Laghuk

⋙ paramarkṣa

○rkṣa (= ma-ṛkṣa), m. N. of a king Hariv. (vḷ. para-manthu and -manyu)

⋙ paramarddhika

○rddhika m. (○ma-ṛddhika) excessively fortunate HPariś

⋙ paramarṣi

○rṣi m. (○ma-ṛṣi) a great or divine sage MBh. Pur. &c

⋙ paramalaghumañjūṣā

○laghumañjūṣā f. N. of wk

⋙ paramavismita

○vismita mfn. greatly surprised or amazed MW

⋙ paramavyomnika

○vyomnika mfn. dwelling in the highest heaven L

⋙ paramaśiva

○śiva (with ācārya and ○vêndra-sarasvatī), m. N. of authors

⋙ paramaśobhana

○śobhana mfn. exceedingly brilliant or beautiful MBh

⋙ paramasaṃhitā

○saṃhitā f. N. of wk

⋙ paramasaṃhṛṣṭa

○saṃhṛṣṭa mfn. = -prīta Nal

⋙ paramasaṃtuṣṭa

○saṃtuṣṭa mfn. highly pleased or satisfied R

⋙ paramasamudaya

○samudaya mfn. very auspicious or successful Mṛicch. i, 4

⋙ paramasammata

○sammata mfn. highly esteemed, much revered MBh. R

⋙ paramasarvatra

○sarvatra ind. everywhere, throughout L

⋙ paramasvadharman

○svadharman mfn. most exact in the observance of the duties of one's own (caste or tribe) W

⋙ paramahaṃsa

○haṃsa m. an ascetic of the highest order, a religious man who has subdued all his senses by abstract meditation MBh. Pur. &c. (cf. RTL. 87)

• -kavaca m. or n. -dharma-nirūpaṇa n. -nirṇaya m. -pañcâṅga n. -paṭala m. or n. -paddhati f. -parivrājaka-dharma-saṃgraha m. N. of wks

• -parivrājakâcārya m. N. of Śāṃkarâcārya

• -parivrājakôpaniṣad f. -priyā f. -saṃhitā f. -sahasra-nāman n. -stava-rāja m. -stotra n. ○sôpaniṣad f. (○ṣad-hṛdaya n.), ○sôpâsana-prakāra m. N. of wks

⋙ paramākṣara

paramâkṣara n. the sacred syllable 'Om' or Brahmā VP. Sch

⋙ paramākhya

paramâkhya mfn. called supreme, considered as the highest R

⋙ paramāgama

paramâgama in -cūḍāmaṇi-saṃhitā f. and -sāra m. N. of wks

⋙ paramāṅganā

paramâṅganā f. an excellent or beautiful woman MBh. R

⋙ paramāṭika

paramâṭika m. N. of a school of the Yajus AV.Pariś. (cf. ○mâvaṭ○)

⋙ paramāṇu

paramâṇu m. an infinitesimal particle or atom (30 are said to form a mote in a sun-beam) Yājñ. Yogas. MBh. &c. (cf. bhṛtya-p○)

• the passing of a sun-beam past an atom of matter Pur

• n. 1/8 of a Mātrā VPrāt

• -kāraṇa-vāda m. the atomistic system of the Vaiśeshikas, Saṃk

• -tā f. infinite minuteness, the state of an atom Ragh. BhP

• -maya mf(ī)n. consisting merely of atoms BhP

• ○ṇv-aṅgaka m. 'subtle-bodied', N. of Vishṇu L. 1

⋙ paramātma

paramâtmá m. a partic. personification MaitrS. 2

⋙ paramatma

paramátma in comp. = ○tman

• -gati-prakāśa m. -prakāśa m. -vinoda m. -saṃdarbha, m. -stava m. N. of wks

• -maya mf(ī)n. being entirely the soul of the universe Hcar

⋙ paramātmaka

paramâtmaka mf(ikā)n. the highest, greatest MBh

⋙ paramātman

paramâtman m. all the heart (only instr. = parameṇa cetasā, col. 1) MBh

• the Supreme Spirit Up. Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. RTL. 37). [Page 588, Column 3]

⋙ paramādīśvara

paramâdī7śvara (l), m. N. of Sch. on Āryabh

⋙ paramādvaita

paramâdvaita m. 'the highest being without a second', N. of Vishṇu GāruḍaP

• n. pure, non-duality W

⋙ paramānanda

paramânanda m. supreme felicity

• the Supreme Spirit, soul of the universe MBh. Bhartṛ. &c

• N. of sev. authors (also -cakravartin, -dāsa, -deva, -nātha, -pāṭhaka, -bhaṭṭâcārya, -yogī7ndra, -sarasvatī, ○dâśrama) Cat

• -tantra n. -mādhava-stava m. -laharī-stotra n. N. of wks

⋙ paramānna

paramânna n. 'best food', rice boiled in milk with sugar (offered to gods or deceased ancestors) Hariv. Var. &c

⋙ paramāpakrama

paramâpakrama m. = para-krānti Sūryas

⋙ paramāpad

paramâpad f. the greatest misfortune MW

⋙ paramāpama

paramâpama m. 'greatest declination', the inclination of a planet's orbit to the ecliptic W

⋙ paramāpsaras

paramâpsaras f. an excellent APsaras R

⋙ paramāmṛta

paramâmṛta n. N. of wk

⋙ paramāyuṣa

paramâyuṣa m. Terminalia Tomentosa L

⋙ paramayus

paramáyus mfn. reaching to a very advanced age Var

⋙ paramārādhya

paramârādhya m. N. of a man Cat

⋙ paramārta

paramârta mfn. much pained or depressed

• -vat ind. very piteously R

⋙ paramārtha

paramârtha m. the highest or whole truth, spiritual knowledge MBh. Kāv. Vedântas. &c. (ibc

• ○ena, āt, in reality)

• any excellent or important object W

• the best sense ib

• the best kind of wealth ib

• -tas ind. in reality, really, in the true sense of the word R. Kālid. &c

• -tā f. the highest truth, reality Kap. Sch

• -daridra mfn. really poor Mṛicch

• -darśana m. N. of a Samādhi Kāraṇḍ

• -nirṇaya m. -prakāśa m. -pradīpikā f. -prapā f. -bodha m. N. of wks

• -bhāj mfn. partaking of the highest truth Mcar

• -matsya m. a real fish Ragh

• -vid m. one who knows the highest truth, a philosopher W

• -vinda mfn. acquiring knowledge of truth, obtaining the best kind of wealth &c. ib

• -viveka m. -saṃvṛti-satya-nirdeśa m. -saṃgraha m. N. of wks

• -satya n. the real or entire truth L

• -saṃdarbha m. N. of wk

• -sarit f. really a river Vikr

• -sāra m. (○ra-saṃkṣepa-vivṛti f. ○ra-saṃgraha, m.) N. of wks

• -supta mfn. really asleep Mṛicch

• -stuti f. N. of wk

⋙ paramarya

paramárya m. a Bodhi-sattva (q.v.) L

⋙ paramārhata

paramârhata m. 'most excellent Arhat', N. of Kumāra-pāla L

⋙ paramāvaṭika

paramâvaṭika m. pl. N. of a school of the white Yajus, Āryav. (cf. ○mâṭika)

⋙ paramāvadhi

paramâvadhi m. utmost term or limit W

⋙ paramāsana

paramâsana m. (with Śāktas) N. of an author of Mantras Cat

⋙ paramāha

paramâha m. an excellent day L

⋙ paramekṣu

paramêkṣu m. N. of a son of Anu VP. (vḷ. ○mêṣu)

⋙ parameśa

paramêśa m. the supreme lord, Supreme Being, N. of Vishṇu MBh

• -stotrâvali

• f. N. of wk

⋙ parameśvara

paramêśvara m. the supreme lord, Supreme Being, God

• N. of Śiva

• of Vishṇu

• of Indra

• of any eminent prince or illustrious man MBh. Kāv. &c. (cf. RTL. 35 &c.)

• a Jaina L

• N. of sev. authors (○rīya n. a work of Paramêśa) Cat

• (ī), f. N. of Durgā Hariv

• of Sītā RāmatUp. (○rī-dāsâbdhi m. N. of wk.)

• n. (sc. liṅga) N. of a Liṅga sacred to Śiva Cat

• -tantra n. N. of wk

• -tā f. -tva n. supremacy Sarvad

• -datta m. N. of an author

• -pañca-mukha-dhyāna n. -pañca-ratna n. N. of wks

• -praṇi-dhāna n. meditation on God Sarvad

• -rakṣita m. N. of an author

• -varman m. N. of a man L

• -saṃhitā f. N. of wk

• -sâkṣāt-kāra m. intuitive perception of God Sarvad

• -stuti f. -stotra n. N. of wks

• ○râstitva-vādin m. one who asserts the existence of God Sarvad

⋙ parameṣvāsa

paramêṣvāsa m. an excellent aecher, (-ta f.) MBh

⋙ paramaiśvarya

paramâiśvarya n. supremacy Sāy

⋙ paramopāsaka

paramôpâsaka m. an excellent 'server' or layman Buddh. Hcar

≫ paramaka

paramaka mf(ikā)n. the most excellent, highest, best, greatest, extreme MBh. R. &c. (wṛ. pār○ and paramika)

≫ parame

parame loc. of ○ma in comp

⋙ parameṣṭha

○ṣṭha mfn. standing at the top, supreme, superior Pāṇ. 8-3, 97

• m. N. of Brahma or any supreme deity W

• (ā), f. a kind of metre L

⋙ parameṣṭhi

○ṣṭhi m. a superior or a chief god of the Jainas Śatr

• -tā f. supremacy, superiority TāṇḍBr

⋙ parameṣṭhin

○ṣṭhín mfn. standing at the head, highest, chief, principal AV. &c. &c

• m. N. of any supreme being, of Agni AV

• of Prajā-pati ib. &c

• a son of Prajā-pati Br

• of Brahmā MBh

• of Śiva ib

• of Vishṇu Ragh

• of Garuḍa MBh

• of Manu Cakshus MārkP

• (with Jainas) = -ṣṭhi L

• the teacher of the teacher of any one's teacher L

• a kind of Virāj RPrāt

• a kind of ammonite L

• N. of a son of Aja-mīḍha MBh

• of a son of Indradyumna (Devadyumna) Pur

• du. Vishṇu and Śrī BhP

• (nī), f. Ruta Graveolens L. [Page 589, Column 1] Contents of this page

⋙ parameṣṭhina

○ṣṭhína = -ṣṭhín AV. xix, 9, 4

≫ paraś

paraś in comp. for ○ras

⋙ paraścatvāriṃśa

○catvāriṃśá mfn. pl. more than forty ŚBr

≫ paras

parás ind. beyond, further, off, away

• in future, afterwards

• (as prep. with acc.) on the other side of, beyond, higher or more than

• (with instr.) id. (also pará enā́ or enā́ paráḥ)

• without

• (with abl.) beyond, on the other side of (also enā́ paráḥ)

• exclusive of, except, without

• (with loc.) over, more than (only triṃśáti tráyas paráḥ, three more than thirty, i.e. 33) RV. VS. AV. ŚBr

• (often in comp. with numerals to express a surplus or superiority

• prec. and under paraḥ)

⋙ parastaram

○tarám (RV.),

⋙ parastarām

○tarā́m (AV.), ind. further away, further

• parastarām par○, further and further away TāṇḍBr

⋙ parastāt

○tāt (pár○), ind. further away, further on, towards (opp. to avastāt, arvāk

• with gen.) beyond, above RV. &c. &c

• from afar off, from before or behind Br

• aside, apart ib

• hereafter, afterwards, later (opp. to pūrvam) RV. &c. &c

⋙ paraspa

○pa (○rás), mfn. protecting

• n. (VS.) = -tvá n. (ŚBr.) protection

⋙ paraspā

○pā́ m. a protector, protecting RV. TBr. ŚrS

≫ paraspara

paras-para (fr. nom. sg. m. of para + para

• cf. anyo'nya), mf(ā)n. mutual, each other's Bhaṭṭ

• pl. like one another MBh. xii, 2420

• (mostly in the oblique cases of m. sg. ○am, eṇa, āt, asya), ind. one another, each other, with or from one another, one another's, mutually, reciprocally Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c

• so also ibc. (cf. below)

• rarely ifc., e.g. avijñāta-parasparaiḥ, 'not knowing each other' Ragh. xvii, 51

⋙ parasparajña

○jña m. 'knowing one another', a friend, an intimate W

⋙ parasparaprīti

○prīti f. mutual delight or content Pañc

⋙ parasparaviruddha

○viruddha mfn. opposed to one another Mn

⋙ parasparavivāda

○vivāda m. quarrelling with one another Vet

⋙ parasparavyāvṛtti

○vyāvṛtti f. mutual exclusion, Saṃk

⋙ parasparasakhya

○sakhya n. mutual friendship Hit

⋙ parasparasamāgama

○samāgama m. the meeting one another R

⋙ parasparasukhaiṣin

○sukhâiṣin mfn. wishing one another's happiness Nal

⋙ parasparasthita

○sthita mfn. standing opposite to one another Ragh

⋙ parasparahata

○hata mfn. killed by oṭone another Nal

⋙ parasparahita

○hita n. one anṭanother's happiness or welfare R

⋙ parasparākrandin

parasparâkrandin mfn. calling to oṭone another Kum

⋙ parasparādin

parasparâdin mfn. consuming one anṭanother or one's own kind Mn

⋙ parasparānumati

parasparânumati f. mutual concurrence or assent W

⋙ parasparāmiṣatā

parasparâmiṣatā f. the being oṭone another's prey Kām

⋙ parasparāśraya

parasparâśraya mfn. mutual, reciprocal Ragh

• m. mutual dependence (esp. as a fault in argument) L

⋙ parasparotpīḍana

parasparôtpīḍana n. mutual pressing or squeezing, Ṛit

⋙ parasparopakāra

parasparôpakāra m. mutual assistance

• ○rin m. an ally or associate W

≫ parasmai

parasmai dat, of para in comp. (cf. ātmane and Pāṇ. 6-3, 8)

⋙ parasmaipada

○pada n. 'word for another', the transitive or active verb and its terminations Pāṇ. 1-4, 99, &c

• (pl.) iii, 4, 82

⋙ parasmaipadin

○padin mfn. taking those terminations Pāṇ. Sch

⋙ parasmaibhāṣa

○bhāṣa mfn. id. Pat

• (ā), f. = -pada Pāṇ. Sch

≫ parā 1

parā (for 2. See col. 2), f. of para in comp

⋙ parācintāmaṇi

○cintāmaṇi m. N. of wk

⋙ parātriṃśikā

○triṃśikā f. N. of wk

⋙ parādevī

○devī f. a partic. form of Devii

• -rahasya-tantra n. N. of wk

⋙ parāpur

○púr f. a great body (?) VS. Sch

⋙ parāpūjā

○pūjā f

⋙ parāpraveśikā

○praveśikā f. N. of wks

⋙ parāprasādamantra

○prasāda-mantra m. N. of a partic. mystical prayer L

⋙ parārahasya

○rahasya n. N. of wk

⋙ parāvedī

○vedī f. = bṛhatī L

⋙ parāśakti

○śakti f. (with Śāktas) a partic. form of Śākti Cat

⋙ parāstotra

○stotra n. N. of wk

≫ parāt

parāt abl. of para in comp

⋙ parātpara

○para mfn. superior to the best W

• senior to the senior (cf. next)

• -guru m. the teacher of the teacher of the teacher of a teacher Cat. (cf., parâpara-g○ under para)

⋙ parātpriya

○priya m. a species of gourd L

≫ parāri

parāri ind. (para +?) in the year before last Pāṇ. 5-3, 22

⋙ parāritna

parāri-tna mfn. belonging to the year before last, iv, 3, 23 Vārtt

≫ pare

pare (for 2. See p. 606, col. 1), loc. of para in comp

⋙ paredyavi

○dyavi ind. to-morrow Naish. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-3, 22)

⋙ paredyus

○dyus ind. id. W

⋙ parepa

○'pa mfn. (fr. ap) any place whence the water has receded L

⋙ pareprāṇa

○prâṇa mfn. of higher value or more precious than life Kathās

≫ paro

paro in comp. for ○ras

⋙ paroṃhu

○'ṃhu (○ró-), mf(vii)n. narrow on the outside or at the top ŚBr

⋙ parokṣa

○'kṣa (○ró-), mf(ā)n. beyond the range of sight, invisible, absent, unknown, unintelligible AV. &c. &c

• past, completed (in a partic. sense, below. and Kāś. on Pāṇ. 3-2, 115)

• (ibc.) in an invisible or imperceptible manner (cf. below)

• (am), ind. out of sight, behind one's back, in the absence or without the knowledge of (instr

• later gen. or comp.) ŚBr. &c. &c

• (eṇa), ind. out of sight, secretly, mysteriously Br. Up

• (āt), ind. secretly, without the knowledge of (instr.) Br. [Page 589, Column 2]

• (e), ind. behind the back of (gen.) Mṛicch. Pañc. &c

• one's self not being present Pāṇ. 3-2, 115

• m. an ascetic L

• N. of a son of Anu BhP

• (ā), f. (sc. vṛtti) a past or completed action APrāt

• (sc. vibhakti) a termination of the perfect tense Kāt

• N. of a river VP

• -kāma (○kṣá-), mfn. liking what is secret or mysterious ŚBr

• -kṛta mfn. (a hymn) in which a deity is not addressed but only spoken of in the 3rd person Nir. vii, 1

• -jit mfn. victorious in an imperceptible manner BhP

• -tā f. (MBh.), -tva n. (Vedântas.) invisibility, imperceptibility

• -pṛṣṭha m. a partic. Pṛishṭhya ŚrS

• -priya mfn. = -kāma AitBr

• -bandhu (parôkṣa-), mfn. not clear in its relation MaitrS

• -buddhi mfn. regarding as something distant, indifferent to, Jātakam

• -bhoga m. enjoyment or possession of anything in the proprietor's absence W

• -manmatha mfn. inexperienced in love Śak

• -vṛtti mfn. living out of sight Kām

• formed in an obscure or indistinct manner Nir. Sch

• ○kṣârtha mfn. having a secret or recondite meaning

• n. an absent or invisible object Hit

⋙ parogavyūti

○gavyūtí ind. beyond the area of pasture-land RV

• mfn. further than a Gavyūti (q.v.) Kāṭh

⋙ parogoṣṭhām

○goṣṭhâm ind. beyond the cowhouse MaitrS

⋙ parobāhu

○bāhú mfn. beyond the arm or reach ŚBr

⋙ paromātra

○mātra (○ró-), mfn. immense, huge, vast RV

⋙ parorajas

○rajas (○ró-), mfn. being beyond the dust or above the world ŚBr

• untouched by passion MW

⋙ parolakṣa

○lakṣa mfn. (pl.) more than 100, 000 L

⋙ parovaram

○'varám ind. from top to bottom, from hand to hand, in succession, one after another ŚBr. ŚāṅkhŚr

• ○rīṇa mfn. (fr. prec.) having both superior and inferior, prior and subsequent &c. Pāṇ. 5-2, 10 Sch

⋙ parovarīyas

○varīyas (○ró-), mfn. broader on the outside or at the top TS. AitBr. Kāṭh

• better than good, most excellent of all ChUp. (-tva n. Bālar.)

• n. the highest happiness ib

⋙ paroviṃśa

○viṃśá mfn. pl. more than 20 ŚBr

⋙ parośīta

○'śītá mfn. pl. more than 80 ib

⋙ parohavis

○havis n. more than an oblation Āpast

⋙ parohu

○'hu wṛ. for 'ṃhu above

paraṇa

paraṇa mfn. (√1. pṛ) crossing (cf. aritra-)

• n. wṛ. for pāraṇa, reading Hariv

• N. of a town Cat

pararu

pararu m. a species of pot-herb L. (vḷ. pavaru)

paraśa

paraśa m. a species of gem BrahmaP

paraśu

paraśú m. a hatchet, axe, the axe of a woodcutter

• (Naigh. ii, 20) a thunderbolt RV. &c. &c

• N. of a king MBh

• wṛ. for parśu, q.v. [Cf. Gk. ?, [589, 2] &c.]

⋙ paraśudhara

○dhara m. 'axe-bearer', N. of Gaṇêśa

• of Paraśu-rāma L

⋙ paraśupalāśa

○palāśa m. the blade of an axe Kauś

⋙ paraśuphāṇṭa

○phāṇṭa m. or n. an infusion warmed by a heated axe ib

⋙ paraśumat

○mát mfn. having an axe RV

⋙ paraśurāma

○rāma m. 'Rama with the axe', N. of one of the three Rāmas (son of Jamad-agni and sixth Avatāra of Vishṇu, he was a typical Brāhman and his history typifies the contests between the Brahmans and Kshatriyas) Kāv. Pur. MWB. xiii, 1 RTL. 110 ; 270 (also -ka)

• N. of a prince and of sev. authors (also with garjara, deva, miśra, muni) Cat

• -jayantī f. the third day in the light half of Vaisākha Cat

• -prakāśa m. -pratāpa m. -sūtra n. N. of wks

• ○mâvatāra m. (and ○tāra-kathana n.) N. of wks

⋙ paraśuvana

○vana n. -pradur-bhāva m. -sahasra-nāman n. 'forest of axes', N. of a hell MBh

⋙ paraśuhastā

○hastā f. 'axe in hand', N. of a female attendant on Devii W

≫ paraśava

paraśava (L.) and mfn. fr. paraśu (cf. pāraśavya)

⋙ paraśavya

paraśaḍvya (Pāṇ. 4-1, 168), mfn. fr. paraśu (cf. pāraśavya)

≫ paraśvadha

paraśvadha m. (ifc. f. ā) a hatchet, axe MBh. Var. Kāv. &c. (also written parasv○)

⋙ paraśvadhāyudha

paraśvadhâyudha mfn. armed with an axe L

≫ paraśvadhin

paraśvadhin mfn. furnished with an axe MBh

paraśvat

paraśvat or ○śvan m. a kind of snake KaushUp. Sch. (cf. next)

parasvat

párasvat m. (prob.) the wild ass RV. AV. VS. Nyāyam. (cf. prec. and pārasvata)

parā 2

párā (for 1. See col. 1). ind. away, off, aside, along, on, (Lat. per

• it occurs only in -taram and -vat, and as a prefix to nouns and verbs

• it is prob. akin to para, paras, pra.)

⋙ parātaram

○tarám ind. further away RV

⋙ parāvat

○vát f. distance (opp. to arvā-vat) ib. AV. Br

parāk

parāk parāka &c. See parāñc. [Page 589, Column 3]

parākāśa

parā-kāśa m. (√kāś) distant view, remote expectation (only in āśā-parākāśan4) ŚBr

parākṛ

parā-√kṛ P. -karoti (Pāṇ. 1-3, 79

• p. -kurvat Bhaṭṭ.), to set aside, reject, disregard

⋙ parākaraṇa

parā-ḍkaraṇa n. setting aside, disdaining W

⋙ parākṛkṛta

parā-√kṛ--kṛta mfn. set aside, rejected, disdained ib

parākṛṣ

parā-√kṛṣ (only ind. p. -kṛṣya), to draw away or down MBh

⋙ parākṛṣṭa

○kṛṣṭa mfn. disparaged, reviled ib

parākṝ

parā-√kṝ (only ind. p. -kīrya), to throw away, lose, forfeit MBh

parākram

parā-√kram P. Ā. -kramati, ○te (cf. Pāṇ. 1-3, 39

• ind. p. -kramya AV. ŚāṅkhŚr

• aor. parâkraṃsta Bhaṭṭ.), to march forward, advance

• to show courage or zeal, excel, distinguish one's self AV. &c. &c

• to turn back MW

⋙ parākrama

○krama m. (sg. and pl

• ifc. f. ā) bold advance, attack, heroism, courage, power, strength, energy, exertion, enterprise MBh. Kāv. &c

• going out or away L

• N. of Vishṇu L

• of a warrior on the side of the Kurus MBh

• of a chief of the Vidyā-dharas (associated with Ā-krama, Vi-krama and Saṃkrama) Kathās

• -kesarin m. N. of a prince (son of Vikrama-kesarin) Vet

• -jña mfn. knowing the strength (of an enemy) W

• -vat (MārkP.), ○min (MBh. Hariv.), mfn. showing courage or strength, exerting power

⋙ parākrānta

○krānta (párā-), mfn. advanced, valorous, strong, bold, active, energetic AV. &c. &c

• eagerly intent upon (with loc., e.g. palāyane, on fleeing) MBh

• n. displaying power or energy Jātakam

⋙ parākrāntṛ

○krāntṛ mfn. showing courage, exerting power MBh

parākṣip

parā-√kṣip P. Ā. -kṣipati, ○te, to throw over, upset, carry or tear away BhP

⋙ parākṣipta

○kṣipta mfn. upset, wrested away

• -manas mfn. having the mind carried away or enraptured ib

parākhyā

parā-√khyā (only pf. -cakhyau), to see afar off ŚBr

parāga

parāga m. (prob. for apa-r○), the pollen of a flower Kāv. Pur. &c

• dust Ragh. iv, 30

• fragrant powder used after bathing L

• sandal L

• an eclipse of the sun or moon L

• fame, celebrity L

• independence L

• N. of a mountain L

⋙ parāgapuṣpa

○puṣpa m. a species of Kadamba L

⋙ parāgavat

○vat (W.),

⋙ parāgagin

○gin (Śiś.), mfn. laden or covered with pollen

parāgam

parā-√gam P. -gacchati, to go away, depart, die AV. ŚBr

⋙ parāgagata

○gata (párā-), mfn. gone, deceased ib

• come, arrived Kād

• covered with, full of (comp.) Śiś

⋙ parāgagantṛ

○gantṛ = parā-yati Sāy. on RV. ix, 71, 7

⋙ parāgagama

○gama m. arrival Nalac

• approach or invasion (of an enemy) Var

parāgā

parā-gā √1. (only aor. -gās, -gāt), to go away, fly, escape RV. AV

parāgdṛś

parāg-dṛś &c. See p. 590, col. 1

parāghātana

parā-ghātana n. (√han, Caus.) place of execution, slaughter-house Car

parāṅāvṛtta

parāṅ-āvṛtta -manas &c. See p. 590, col. 1

parāṅgava

parāṅgava m. (fr. ?) the ocean L

parācar

parā-√car P. -carati, to go away. depart RV

parāji

parā-√ji Ā. -jayate (cf. Pāṇ. 1-3, 19

• pf. -jigye RV

• p. -jigyāna TS

• aor. parâjaiṣṭa MBh

• fut. -jayiṣye ib

• but also P., e.g. Pot. -jayet, or -jayyāt MBh

• pf. -jigyathur RV

• aor. parâjaiṣīt MBh

• inf. -jetum R

• ind. p. -jitya ib.), to be deprived of, suffer the loss of (acc.), be conquered, succumb RV. &c. &c

• to submit to, be overcome by (abl.) Pāṇ. 1-4, 26

• to conquer, win, vanquish, overthrow MBh. Kāv. &c

• to defeat in a lawsuit Yājñ. ii, 75

⋙ parāgajaya

○jaya m. the being deprived of or conquered, loss, defeat (also in a lawsuit) MBh. Kāv. Yājñ

• conquest, victory MBh. R. Ragh

• turning away from, desertion MW

⋙ parāgajit

○jit m. N. a son of Rukma-kavaca Hariv

⋙ parāgajita

○jita (párā-), mfn. conquered, defeated, overthrown, cast (in a lawsuit), condemned by law RV. &c. &c

⋙ parāgajiṣṇu

○jiṣṇu mfn. conquered, succumbing ( á-parāj○)

• victorious, triumphant MBh

parāñc

parāñc mfn. (fr. 2. añc

• nom. āṅ, ācī, āk, or āṅ) directed or going away or towards some place beyond (opp. to arvāñc) [Page 590, Column 1] Contents of this page

• turned away, averted, distant, turning from, being beyond or outside of (abl.), not returning, done away with, gone, departed RV. AV. TS. Br. Up

• having any one behind

• standing or going behind one another, following (abl.) ib

• directed outwards or towards the outer world (as the senses) KaṭhUp. BhP

• n. the body BhP. iv, 11, 10

• (k), ind. away, off KātyŚr. AitUp

• (k or ṅ), outwards, towards the outer world KaṭhUp. BhP

≫ parāk

parāk in comp. for ○rāñc

⋙ parāktva

○tva n. not turning back, non-recurrence ŚāṅkhBr. Lāṭy

⋙ parākpuṣpī

○puṣpī f. Achyranthes Aspera L

≫ parāka

parāká distance (only e and āt, at or from a distance) RV. (cf. Naigh. iii, 26)

• m. N. of a Tri-rātra Br. ŚrS

• of a sort of religious penance (said to consist in fasting for 12 days and nights and keeping the mind attentive and organs subdued) Mn. Yājñ

• a sacrificial sword L

• a kind of disease L

• a species of animal L

• mfn. small L

⋙ parākāttāt

parākā́ttāt ind. from a distance RV. viii, 81, 27

≫ parāg

parāg in comp. for ○rāñc

⋙ parāgdṛś

○dṛś mfn. having the eye tumed towards the outer world BhP

⋙ parāgvasu

○vasu mfn. keeping off wealth Kauś. (opp to arvāg-v○

• cf. parā-v○)

≫ parāṅ

parāṅ in comp. for, ○rāñc

⋙ parāṅāvṛtta

○āvṛtta mfn. turned away, flying Āpast

⋙ parāṅmanas

○manas (pár○), mfn. having the mind or thoughts directed backwards AV

⋙ parāṅmukha

○mukha mf(ī)n. having the face turned away or averted, turning the back upon (also am ind.)

• flying from

• averse from, hostile to, regardless of, shunning, avoiding (loc

• gen

• acc. with prati, or comp.) Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c

• unfavourable, unkind (as fate &c.) MBh. Kālid

• m. a spell or magical formula pronounced over weapons R

• n. (ch. cf MBh.), -tā f. (Amar.), -tva n. (Var.) turning away, aversion

• ○khaya Nom. P. ○yati, to turn back or away Bhaṭṭ. Sch

• ○khī-√kṛ, to cause any one to avert the face, put to flight MBh

• ○khī-√bhū, to become averted, turn away the face, take to flight, retreat Kāv. Vet

• -bhūta mfn. averse from, inauspicious, unfavourable (as fate) Pañc

≫ parācī

parācī f. of ○rāñc, in

⋙ parācīkarman

○karman n. N. of wk. on funeral rites

≫ parācīna

parācī́na mfn. turned away or downwards or opposite, averted VS. &c. &c

• being opposite or beyond or outside of BhP. averse from, indifferent to (abl.) MBh

• unfit, improper Hcar

• (am), ind. away from, beyond (abl.) ŚBr

• more than Kāṭh

• after TS

• before the time L

⋙ parācīnarātra

○rātra n. the second half of the night ĀpŚr

≫ parācais

parācaís ind. away, aside, off RV. AV

≫ parāñcana

parâñcana n. turning away from, bending aside Nir. xi, 25

⋙ parāñcin

parâñḍcin mfn. not returning, non-recurring Br

parāñja

parāñja m. (only L.) an oil-mill

• froth or foam

• the blade of a sword or knife (cf. parañja)

parāṇ 1

parâṇ (parā with √an), P. parâṇiti (Desid. parâṇiṇiṣati) Pāṇ. 8-4, 19 &c. 2

⋙ parāṇ

parâṇ mfn. ib. 20

⋙ parāṇa

parâṇa n. (with vāyoḥ) N. of a Sāman L

parāṇī

parā-ṇī (√nī), P. Ā. -ṇayati, ○te, to lead away or back AV

parāṇud

parā-ṇud (√nud), P. Ā. -ṇudáti, ○te (Ved. inf. -ṇúde), to push or drive away, banish, remove RV. &c. &c

⋙ parāṇutti

parā-ḍṇutti f. driving away, expulsion, removal TS

parātaṃsa

parā-taṃsa m. (√taṃs) the being thrust or pushed aside Kāṭh

parātaram

parā-taram See parā, p. 589, col. 2

parātras

parā-√tras only Caus. aor. parâtitrasat, to drive away AV

parādana

parādana m. a horse of Persian breed L

parādā

parā-dā √1. P. -dadāti, (pf. -dadātha aor. -dās, -dāt often as ṣubj., -dur

• Ved. inf. -daí), to give up or over, deliver, throw away RV. AV. ŚBr

• give in exchange for, barter against (dat.) RV. viii, 1, 5

• to exclude from BhP

⋙ parātta

parā-tta mfn. given up &c. Pāṇ. 7-4, 47 Sch

⋙ parādadi

parā-dadí mfn. giving up, delivering over RV

⋙ parādāna

parā-dā́na n. the act of giving up &c. VS. [Page 590, Column 2]

parādiś

parā-√diś (only pf. -dideśa), to order off, remove AV

parādṛś

parā-√dṛś (pf. -dadṛśur ind. p. -dṛ́śya), to perceive, behold AV. ŚBr

parādru

parā-√dru P. -dravati, to run away, flee, escape BhP

parādhāv

parā-dhāv √1. P. -dhāvati, to run away RV

parādhmā

parā-√dhmā P. -dhamati, to blow away RV

parānasā

parānasā f. (fr. ?) administering remedies, medical treatment L

parāpa

parâpa n. (fr. parā + ap) Pāṇ. 6-3, 97 Vārtt. 1 Pat

• mfn. (a place &c.) whence water has retired W

parāpat

parā-√pat P. -patati, to fly awny or past, escape, depart RV. &c. &c

• to fall out, fail, be missing AV. Br. GṛS. Uttarar

• to fly or rush along Kād

• to fly towards, approach, arrive Hcar. Kād.: Caus. -pātayati, to drive away AV

• -pā́tam ind. p. flying away MaitrS

⋙ parāpātin

parā-pātin mfn. flying off, getting loose ĀpŚr

⋙ parāpātuka

parā-pā́tuka mfn. miscarrying, abortive TS

parāpaś

parā-√paś P. -paśyati, to look far off (or to a distance) AV. TS. ŚBr

• to see or perceive (at a distance) ŚBr. KātyŚr

parāpū

parā-√pū P. -punāti (ind. p. -pāvam), to purify, cleanse away VS. AV. ĀpŚr

⋙ parāpavana

parā-pavana n. cleansing away, removing by purification ĀpŚr

parāpṛṣṭhībhūtvā

parā-pṛṣṭhī-bhūtvā ind. having the back turned (?) Divyâv

parābaba

parābaba n. N. of two Sāmans L. (vḷ. ○bava)

parābhikṣa

parābhikṣa wṛ. for parṇa-bh○

parābhū

parā-√bhū P. -bhavati (fut. -bhaviṣyati

• Ved. inf. -bhúve), to perish, disappear, be lost, succumb, yield AV. Br. &c

• to overcome, conquer R. Kām

• (Pass. p. -bhūyamāna BhP.) to harm, hurt, injure MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -bhāvayati, to overthrow, destroy AV. Br. &c

• (Ā.) to vanish, perish, sustain a loss BhP

⋙ parābhava

parā-bhavá m. vanishing, disappearance, dissolution, separation R

• overthrow, defeat, humiliation, mortification, contempt, injury, destruction, ruin ŚBr. MBh. Kāv. &c

• N. of the 40th (or 14th) year in Jupiter's cycle of 6o years Var. (cf. parāvasu)

• -pada n. an object of contempt MW

⋙ parābhāva

parā-bhāva m. defeat, overthrow MBh

• humiliation, contempt L

⋙ parābhāvana

parā-bhāvana n. suppression ĀpŚr. Sch

⋙ parābhāvuka

parā-bhāvuka mfn. about to decline, going to pass away Kāṭh

⋙ parābhūta

parā-bhūta (párā-), mfn. vanished, perished, forlorn ŚBr. (cf. á-parābh○)

• defeated, overcome, harmed, injured, degraded, humbled MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙ parābhūti

parā-bhūti (párā-), f. defeat, overthrow, humiliation, injury AV. Kāv. Pur

parābhṛta

párā-bhṛta mfn. (√bhṛ) borne or taken off, put aside, hidden, concealed RV. AV

parāmi

parā-√mi or mī (only fut. p. -meṣyat), to come back, return AitBr

parāmṛta 2

parā-mṛta mfn. (for 1. See p. 587, col. 3) one who is beyond (i.e. no longer subject to) death Up. Śaṃk

parāmṛś

parā-√mṛś P. -mṛśati (inf. -marṣṭum ind. p. -mṛśya), to seize or lay hold of, touch, feel, stroke, handle, clutch ŚāṅkhŚr. MBh. &c

• to handle roughly, violate (as a woman or a temple) MBh. R

• to point or refer to (acc.) Śaṃk. Nīlak

• to consider, deliberate Bhām.: Pass. -mṛśyate, to be touched, be referred to or meant Kāś. Kull. (wṛ. -mṛṣ○)

⋙ parāmarśa

parā-marśa m. seizing, pulling (keśa-, by the hair) MBh

• bending or drawing (of a bow) R

• violation, injury, assault, attack MBh. R. Kād

• affection (by disease &c.) MārkP

• remembrance, recollection Vedântas

• referring or pointing touched Sāh

• reflection, consideration, judgment MBh. Bhāshāp

• (in logic) inference, conclusion, drawing conclusions from analogy or experience, knowledge of the minor premiss in its connection with the major

• N. of wk

• -kāraṇapakṣatā-vāda m. -karya-kāraṇa-bhāva-vicāra m. -grantha m. -grantha-rahasya n. -ṭippanī f. -pūrva-pakṣa-grantka-ṭīkā f. (○thakroḍa m. ○tha-dīdhiti-ṭīkā f. ○tha-prakāśa m. ○tha-vivecana n. ○thânugama m.), -pūrvapakṣa-rahasya n. -rahasya n. -vāda m. -vādârtha m. -vicāra m. -siddhânta-grantha-ṭīkā f. (○tha-kroḍa m. ○tha-prakāśa, m. ○tha-vivecana n. ○thâloka, m.), -siddhânta-rahasya n. -hetutā-vicāra m. N. of wks. [Page 590, Column 3]

⋙ parāmarśana

parā-marśana n. taking hold of, touching, seizing Kauś. Sch

• recollection, consideration L

⋙ parāmarśin

parā-marśin mfn. calling or bringing to mind, pointing or referring to (○śitva n.) Sāh

⋙ parāmṛṣṭa

parā-mṛṣṭa (párā-), mfn. seized or laid hold of, grasped, handled, touched, felt, roughly treated, violated, afflicted (by disease &c.) AV. MBh. &c

• recollected, considered, referred to RPrāt

• borne, endured W

parāyaṇa 2

parâyaṇa n. (parā +√i) going away, departure or way of departure, final end, last resort RV. AV. ŚBr. (cf. 1. parâyaṇa, p. 587)

parāyati

parā-yáti m. (√yat) = parā-ganṭri RV. ix, 91, 7 (Sāy.)

parāyatta

parâyatta &c. See p. 587, col. 3

parāyā

parā-√yā P. -yāti, to go away RV. AV.: Caus. -yāpáyati, to bid go away Kauś

parārīka

parārīka m. (or ○kā f.) leek Āpast. (vḷ. palārīka)

parāru

parāru m. Momordica Charantia L. (vḷ. pavāru)

parāruka

parāruka m. a stone or rock L. (vḷ. pavāruka)

parārtha

parârtha parârdha &c. See under para, p. 587, col. 3

parāvac

parā-√vac P. -vakti, to contradict (opp. to anu-vac) ŚBr

⋙ parāvāka

parā-vāká m. contradiction AV

⋙ parokta

parôkta mfn. contradicted ŚBr

⋙ parocya

parốcya mfn. to be contradicted TS

parāvat

parā-vat See under 2. parā, p. 589

parāvata

parāvata m. Grewia Asiatica L

parāvad

parā-√vad P. -vadati, to warn off or remove by speaking or reciting AV

parāvadh

parā√vadh (only aor. -avadhīt, -vadhīt), to strike down, crush, tear RV. i, 38, 6 (párā-parā vadhīt) AV. TS

parāvap

parā-vap √2. P. -vapati, to lay aside, remove (as dead bodies, arrows &c.) AV. VS. MaitrS. Br

parāvam

parā-√vam P. -vamiti, or -vamati, to spit or vomit away Kāṭh

parāvara

parâvara &c. See p. 587, col. 3

parāvarta

parā-varta &c. See parā-vṛt

parāvalg

parā√-valg Ā. -valgate, to jump away TS

parāvasu

parā-vásu mfn. keeping off wealth ŚBr. ŚāṅkhŚr. (cf. parāg-v○)

• m. N. of the 40th year of Jupiter's cycle of 60 years Var. (cf. parābhava)

• of a Gandharva (associated with Viśvā-vasu) BhP

• of a son of Raibhya (associated with Arvā-vasu) MBh

parāvah

parā-√vah P. -vahati (aor. Subj. -vakṣat), to carry off take away, bring to (dat.) RV. AV

⋙ parāvaha

parā-ḍvaha m. N. of one of the 7 winds (the other 6 being called ā-vaha, ud-, pari-, pra-, vi- and saṃ-vaha) MBh. Hariv

parāvā

parā-vā √2. P. -vāti, to blow away, remove by blowing RV

parāvāka

parā-vāka See parā-vac above

parāvṛj

parā-√vṛj P. -vṛṇakti (impf. vṛvak

• pf. -vavṛjur

• aor. -vark, -varktam), to turn away

• (with śīrṣā) to flee RV

• to wring off (as a head) ib

• to throw away, remove, reject, abandon ib

⋙ parāvṛkta

parā-ḍvṛkta (párā-), mfn. rejected, cast off RV. iv, 30, 16

⋙ parāvṛj

parā-ḍvṛj m. an out-caste, wretch, miserable RV. (Sāy. 'N. of a person')

parāvṛt

parā-√vṛt Ā. -vartate (ind. p. -vṛtya), to turn back or round (intrans.), return, desist from (abl.) Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -vartayati, to turn round (trans.) RV. i, 38, 9 [Page 591, Column 1] Contents of this page

• cause to return MBh. vii, 9201 (B. pari-vartaya)

⋙ parāvarta

parā-ḍvarta m. turning back or round

• exchange, barter HPariś

• reversal of a sentence (in law) W

• restoration W

⋙ parāvartana

parā-ḍvartana n. turning back or round MBh

⋙ parāvartin

parā-ḍvartin mfn. turning back, taking to flight MBh. R. (a-parāv○)

⋙ parāvartya

parā-ḍvartya mfn. (fr. Caus.) to be turned back or exchanged or reversed (as a sentence) or restored W

• -vyavahāra m. appeal (in law) ib

⋙ parāvṛt

parā-ḍvṛt m. N. of a son of Rukmakavaca VP

⋙ parāvṛtta

parā-ḍvṛtta mfn. turned (also to flight) returned, averted from (abl.) Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c

• passed away, disappeared R. BhP. HPariś

• wallowing, rolling (n. as a subst.) L

• exchanged W

• reversed (as a judgment) ib

• given back, restored ib

⋙ parāvṛtti

parā-ḍvṛtti f. turning back or round, returning, revolving Hariv. (cf. a-parāv○)

• change, interchange, exchange, barter Kāv

• reversion of a sentence or judgment W

• restoration of property ib

• recoiling, rebounding, not taking effect Cat

parāvyadh

parā-√vyadh P. -vidhyati, to hurl or fling away or out TS. MaitrS

• to strike, hit, wound MBh

⋙ parāviddha

parā-ḍviddha m. N. of Kṛishṇa or Kubera L. (cf. pari-viddha under pari-vyadh)

⋙ parāvyādha

parā-ḍvyādha m. a stone's throw, the range of any missile ŚBr

parāśara

parā-śara See parā-śṝ below

parāśas

parā-śás f. (√śaṃs) calumny, curse, imprecation TS. AV

parāśātayitṛ

parā-śātayitṛ m. (√śad, Caus.) crusher, destroyer Nir. vi, 30

parāśṝ

parā-śṝ P. -śṛṇāti (Impv. -śṛṇīhi, ○ṇītam, ○ṇantu RV

• aor. -śarīt, or -śarait AV.), to crush, destroy

⋙ parāśara

parā-ḍśará m. a crusher, destroyer RV. AV

• a partic. wild animal Bhagavatīg. (wṛ. ○sara)

• N. of a Nāga MBh

• N. of a son of Vasishṭha or of a son of Śakti and grandson of Vasishṭha (according to MBh. the father of Vyāsa

• said to be the author of RV. i, 65-73 and part of ix, 97)

• of a son of Kuṭhumi VP

• of the author of a well-known code of laws RTL. 51 &c

• of sev. writers on medicine and astrology &c. (with bhaṭṭa, N. of a poet) Cat

• -kṣetra-māhātmya n. -tantra n. -dharma m. -purāṇa, n. -mādhaviiya n. -vaṃśa-varṇana n. -vijaya m. -saṃhitā f. -sampāta m. -siddhânta m. -sūtra-vṛtti, f. -smṛti f. -smṛti-saṃgraha m. ○rôpapurāṇa n. N. of wks

• ○rin m. = pārāśarin L

• ○rêśvara m. N. of a Liṅga SkandaP

• ○vara-tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha ŚivaP

⋙ parāśīrṇa

parā-śīrṇa mfn. crushed, destroyed Nir. vi, 30

parāśraya

parâśraya parâśrita, See under para, p. 588, col. 1

parāśvas

parā-√śvas (only ind. p. -śvasya), to confide in (loc.) MBh

parās

parâs (parā +√2. as), P. parâsyati (impf. parâsyat

• pf. parâsa), to throw away or down, cast aside, expose (as a new-born child), abandon, reject, leave RV. &c. &c

⋙ parāsa

parâsa m. she range or distance of anything thrown ŚāṅkhŚr

• n. tin L

⋙ parāsana

parâsana n. killing, slaughter, massacre L

⋙ parāsin

parâsin mfn. throwing or measuring the distance of anything thrown TāṇḍBr

⋙ parāsisiṣu

parâsisiṣu mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing to drive away Kir

• desirous to throw or send W

• wishing to overcome ib

⋙ parāsta

parâsta mfn. thrown away, rejected, repudiated Sāh

• defeated W

⋙ parāsya

parâsya or mfn. to be thrown away ŚBr

⋙ parāsya

parâsyá mfn. to be thrown away ŚBr

parāsic

parā-√sic P. -siñcati (aor. -asicat

• Pass. -sicyate aor. -aseci), to pour or throw away, cast aside, remove RV. TS. AV. ŚBr. ŚrS

⋙ parāsikta

parā-sikta mfn. poured or thrown away, spilled ŚBr. (cf. á-parās○)

• set aside, rendered useless MBh

parāsu

parâsu mfn. one whose vital spirit is departed or departing

• dying or dead MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙ parāsukarṇa

○karṇa mfn. causing death, killing MBh

⋙ parāsutā

○tā f

⋙ parāsutva

○tva n. exhaustion, death MBh

parāsū

parā-√sū P. -suvati (aor. -sāviiḥ), to frighten away RV. AV. VS. TS

parāsṛ

parā-√sṛ P. -sarati, to come near, approach RV. [Page 591, Column 2]

parāsṛj

parā-√sṛj P. -sṛjati, to give away, bestow MBh

parāsedha

parā-sedha m. (√1. sidh) arrest, imprisonment Nār

parāstambh

parā-√stambh P. -stabhnāti, to hold back, hinder ŚBr

parāhan

parā-√han P. -hanti (impf. 2. 3. sg. párâhan pf. 3. pl. parā-jaghnúr), to strike down or away, hurl down, overthrow RV. MBh

• to touch, feel, grope VS. ŚBr

⋙ parāhata

parā-ḍhata (párā-), mfn. turned over, tilled (the earth) RV. v, 56, 3

• struck down or back, repelled, averted, rejected MBh. Kāv

• refuted, contradicted Nyāyam

⋙ parāhati

parā-ḍhati f. contradiction Sarvad

parāhā

parā-hā √2. Ā. -jihīte, to give way, let slip, abandon, evade (acc.) TS

parāhṛta

parā-hṛta mfn. (√hṛ) carried off, removed ĀpŚr. BhP

pari

pári ind. round, around, about, round about

• fully, abundantly, richly (esp. ibc. [where also parī] to express fulness or high degree) RV. &c. &c

• as a prep. (with acc.) about (in space and time) RV. AV

• against, opposite to, in the direction of, towards, to ib. (cf. Pāṇ. 1-4, 90

• also at the beginning of a comp. mfn

• ib. ii, 2, 18 Vārtt. 4 Pat. and pary-adhyayana)

• beyond, more than AV

• to the share of (with √as, or bhū, to fall to a person's lot) Pāṇ. 1-4, 90

• successively, severally (e.g. vṛkṣam pari siñcati, he waters tree after tree) ib

• (with abl.) from, away from, out of RV. AV. ŚBr. (cf. Pāṇ. 1-4, 93)

• outside of, except Pāṇ. 1-4, 88 Kāś. (often repeated ib. viii, 1, 5

• also at the beginning or the end of an ind. comp. ib. ii, 1, 12)

• after the lapse of Mn.iii, 119 MBh. xiii, 4672 (some read parisaṃvatsarāt)

• in consequence or on account or for the sake of RV. AV

• according to (esp. dhármaṇas pári, according to ordinance or in conformity with law or right) RV. [Cf. Zd. pairi

• Gk. ?.] [591, 2]

pariṃśa

pariṃśá m. (pari + aṃśa) the best part of (gen.) RV. i, 187, 8

parikath

pari-√kath P. -kathayati, to mention, call, name Tattvas

⋙ parikathā

pari-kathā f. a religious tale or narrative Divyâv

parikandala

pari-kandala mf(ā)n. teeming with, full of (comp.) Bhojapr

parikamp

pari-√kamp Caus. -kampayati, to cause to tremble, shake BhP

⋙ parikampa

pari-kampa m. tremor, great fear or terror L

⋙ parikampin

pari-kampin mfn. trembling violently Uttarar

parikara

pari-kara pari-karman &c. See pari-kṛ, col. 3

parikarkaśa

pari-karkaśa mfn. very harsh Jātakam

parikarta

pari-karta ○tana &c. See pari-kṛt

parikarṣa

pari-karṣa See pari-kṛṣ

parikal

pari-kal √2. P. -kālayati, to drive about, chase, persecute MBh. R

⋙ parikālita

pari-kālita mfn. persecuted, dogged MBh

parikal

pari-kal √3. P. -kalayati, to seize, take hold of Bālar. ix, 18

• to swallow, devour Kād. Hcar

• to observe, consider as Śiś. viii, 9

⋙ parikalayitṛ

pari-kalayitṛ mfn. surrounding, encircling Mcar. v, 10 (read ○yitā)

⋙ parikalitin

pari-kalitin mfn. = ○kalitaṃ yena saḥ g. iṣṭâdi

parikalkana

pari-kalkana n. deceit, cheating Dhātup. (cf. kalkana)

parikalpa

pari-kalpa ○pana &c. See pari-kḷp, p. 592, col. 1

parikāṅkṣita

pari-kāṅkṣita m. (√kāṅkṣ) a devotee, religious ascetic L. (cf. pārikāṅkṣin)

parikātara

pari-kātara mfn. very timid or cowardly Jātakam

parikāyana

parikāyana (?), m. pl. N. of a school L

parikāsana

pari-kāsana n. (√kās) frequent coughing ĀpGṛ. [Page 591, Column 3]

parikiraṇa

pari-kiraṇa -kīrṇa &c. See pari- √1. kṝ, p. 592

parikīrt

pari-√kīrt P. -kīrtayati, to proclaim on all sides, announce, relate, celebrate, praise, declare, call, name GṛS. Mn. MBh. &c

⋙ parikīrtana

pari-kīrtana n. proclaiming, announcing, talking of, boasting, naming, calling Mn. MBh. &c

⋙ parikīrtita

pari-kīrtita mfn. proclaimed, announced, boasted of, said, called ib

parikup

pari-√kup P. -kupyati, to become greatly moved or excited, to be in a rage, to be very angry MBh.: Caus. -kopayati, to excite violently, to make very angry ib

⋙ parikupita

pari-kupita mfn. much excited, very angry, wrathful ib

⋙ parikopa

pari-kopa m. violent anger, wrath Pañc

⋙ parikopita

pari-kopita mfn. (fr. Caus.) greatly excited, very angry MBh

parikūṭa

pari-kūṭa m. N. of a serpent-demon L

• a barrier or trench before the gate of a town L

parikūla

pari-kūla n. (prob.) the land lying on a shore Pāṇ. 6-2, 82 Sch

parikṛ

pari-kṛ √1. P. -karoti &c. (cf. pari-ṣ-kṛ), to surround MBh

• to uphold Divyâv

⋙ parikara

pari-kara mf(ī)n. who or what helps or assists W

• m. (ifc. f. ā) attendants, followers, entourage, retinue, train (sg. and pl.) MBh. Kāv. &c

• multitude, abundance Bhartṛ. Bālar

• a girth, zone, waist-band, (esp.) a girdle to keep up a garment (○ram-√bā́ndh, or ○raṃ-√kṛ, ('to gird up one's loins, make preparations', and so pari-kara = ārambha L.) Hariv. Kāv. Rājat. &c

• (in dram.) covert or indirect intimation of coming events in a plot, the germ of the Bīja Daśar

• (in rhet.) a partic. figure in which many significant epithets or adjectives are employed one after the other to give force to a statement Kpr. Sāh. &c

• -śloka Alaṃkārav

• discrimination, judgement L

• -bandha m. the binding on of a girdle in order to begin any work MW

• -bhūta mfn. being instrumental Āryabh. Sch

• -vijaya m. N. of wk

• -śloka m. versus auxiliaris Alaṃkārav

⋙ parikarita

pari-karita mfn. accompanied by (instr.) Vcar

⋙ parikartṛ

pari-kartṛ m. a priest who performs the marriage ceremony for a younger brother whose elder brother is not yet married L

⋙ parikarman

pari-karman m. a servant, assistant L

• n. attendance, worship, adoration BhP

• dressing, painting or perfuming the body (esp. after bathing) MBh. Kālid

• cleansing, purification Śiś

• preparation Kathās. (cf. ○kara)

• arithmetical computation or operation W

• ○makathā f. prayer (?) Divyâv

• ○mâṣṭaka n. the 8 fundamental rules of arithmetic (viz. addition, subtraction, multiplication, division, finding the square, extracting the square √, finding the cube, extracting the cube root) Col

⋙ parikarmaya

pari-karmaya Nom. P. ○yati, to anoint, decorate, adorn Gīt

• to make ready Divyâv

• ○mita mfn. arranged, prepared, put in order Var. Sarvad

⋙ parikarmin

pari-karmin mfn. adorning, decorating W

• m. an assistant, servant, slave ŚrS. Suśr

⋙ parikṛta

pari-kṛta mfn. surrounded MBh

⋙ parikriyā

pari-kriyā f. surrounding, inclosing, intrenching L

• attending to, care of (comp

• cf. agni-parikriyā)

• exercise, practice, enjoyment (cf. rājya-parik○)

• (in dram.) illusion to future action (= parikara) Daśar

parikṛt

pari-kṛt √2. P. -kṛntati, (ind. p. -kṛtya), to cut round, clip, cut off AV. R

• to exclude from (abl.) Mn. iv, 219

⋙ parikartana

pari-kartana mfn. cutting up or to pieces MBh

• n. cutting, cutting off or out, a circular incision Suśr

• = next ib

⋙ parikartikā

pari-kartikā f. sharp shooting pain (esp. in the rectum) Suśr

⋙ parikṛtta

pari-kṛtta mfn. cut round, clipped, cut off ŚBr

parikṛt

pari-kṛt √3. (only p. pres. Ā. -kṛtyamāna), to wind round AV

parikṛś

pari-√kṛś only Caus. -karśayati, to harass, afflict BhP

≫ parikṛśa

pari-kṛśa mfn. very thin, emaciate, wasted Vop

• -tva n. a slender size Lalit

parikṛṣ

pari-√kṛṣ P. Ā. -karṣati, ○te, to draw or drag about (Ā. also 'each other') MBh

• to lead (an army) R

• to rule, govern, be master of (acc.) MBh

• to harass, afflict ib

• to ponder, reflect constantly upon (acc.) ib

• (P. -kṛṣati) to draw or make furrows, to plough ŚBr. KātyŚr

• to draw a circle, Śulbas.: Caus. -karṣayati, to drag to and fro, torment, harass, vex, trouble R. BhP. [Page 592, Column 1] Contents of this page

• to carry (as a nurse) Divyâv

⋙ parikarṣa

pari-karṣa m. dragging about MBh. (cf. g. nirudakâdi)

⋙ parikarṣaṇa

pari-karṣaṇa n. id. ib

• a circle, Śulbas

⋙ parikarṣita

pari-karṣita mfn. (fr. Caus.) dragged about, harassed, tortured R. BhP

⋙ parikarṣin

pari-karṣin mfn. dragging away, carrying about (to different places) R

⋙ parikṛṣṭa

pari-kṛṣṭa m. N. of a teacher VāyuP

parikṝ

pari-kṝ √1. P. -kirati, (ind. p. -kīrya), to scatter or strew about ŚBr. KātyŚr

• to throw upon, impose, deliver over to (loc.), Rāgh. xviii, 32

⋙ parikiraṇa

pari-kiraṇa n. scattering or strewing about Kauś. Sch

⋙ parikīrṇa

pari-kīrṇa mfn. spread, diffused, scattered around, surrounded, crowded MBh. Kāv. &c

parikḷp

pari-√kḷp Caus. -kalpayati (Pass. -kalpyate), to fix, settle, determine, destine for (with acc., artham ifc., loc. or an inf. with pass. sense) Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c

• to choose VarBṛS. lix, 11

• to perform, execute, accomplish, contrive, arrange, make Yājñ. Ragh. Kathās

• to distribute, divide (with an adv. in dhā) Mn. Var. MBh

• to admit or invite to (loc.) MBh

• to suppose, presuppose Sarvad

⋙ parikalpa

pari-kalpa m. īllusion Buddh

• wṛ. for ○kampa

⋙ parikalpana

pari-kalpana n. fixing, settling, contriving, making, inventing, providing, dividing, distributing

• (ā), f. making, forming, assuming ( See rūpa-parik○)

• reckoning, calculation Var

⋙ parikalpita

pari-kalpita mfn. settled, decided

• fixed upon, chosen, wished for, expected, made, created, imagined, invented, contrived, arranged, distributed, divided (with khaṇḍa-śaḥ, cut or broken in pieces) Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙ parikalpya

pari-kalpya mfn. to be settled &c

• to be calculated Var

⋙ parikḷpta

pari-kḷpta mfn. distributed, scattered, found here and there MBh

parikeśa

pari-keśa m. g. nirudakâdi

parikrand

pari-√krand (only aor. Caus. -acikradat), to cry or make a noise round about (acc.) RV

parikram

pari-√kram P. [-kr˘Amati] (rarely Ā. ○te

• p. [-kr˘Amat]

• pf. -cakrāma, -cakramur

• aor. -akramīt

• inf. -krāntum

• ind. p. -krā́mam, or -kramya), to step or walk round or about, circumambulate, roam over, walk through, visit (with acc.) RV. &c. &c

• to go past, escape AitBr

• to outstrip, overtake R.: Intens. -caṅkramati, to move or walk about perpetually BhP

⋙ parikrama

pari-krama m. roaming about, circumambulating, walking through, pervading MBh. Pur

• transition RPrāt. (vḷ. parā-kr○)

• following the course of a river down from its source to its mouth and then on the other bank up to its source again RTL. 348

• succession, series, order Lāṭy. Kauś. Mn. iii, 214 (read āvṛt-parikramam)

• a remedy, medicine Car

• -saha m. 'one who bears running about', a goat L

⋙ parikramaṇa

pari-kramaṇa n. walking or roaming about ŚāṅkhBr

⋙ parikrānta

pari-krānta mfn. walked round, stepped upon, trod

• n. the place stepped upon, foot-steps, traces R

⋙ parikrānti

pari-krānti f. moving round, revolution BhP

⋙ parikrāmitaka

pari-krāmitaka n. (fr. Caus.) walking about (only ○kena, ind., in stage-directions) Bālar. Viddh. Pracaṇḍ

parikriyā

pari-kriyā See pari-kṛ

parikrī

pari-√krī Ā. -krīṇīte (Pāṇ. 1-3, 18

• really more frequent in P., e.g. impf. -akrīṇam AV

• Pot. -krīṇīyāt ŚāṅkhŚr

• ind. p. -krīya Gobh.), to purchase, buy, barter, gain, acquire AV. ŚBr. Lāṭy. Gobh. (with instr. or dat. of the price, e.g. śatena, or śatāya, to buy for a hundred Pāṇ. 1-4, 44)

• to hire, engage for stipulated wages ŚBr. ŚrS

• to recompense, reward (only p. Ā. -krīṇāna) Bhaṭṭ

⋙ parikraya

pari-kraya m. giving up at the cost of (cf. prāṇaparikr○)

• hire, wages KātyŚr. Sch

• redemption, buying off W

• a peace purchased with money Kām. Hit

⋙ parikrayaṇa

pari-krayaṇa n. hiring, engaging Pāṇ. 1-4, 44

⋙ parikrī

pari-krī m. N. of an Ekaha ŚrS

⋙ parikrīta

pari-krīta mfn. purchased, bought, hired MBh. (applied to a son = reto-mūlya-dānena tasyām eva [i.e. bhāryāyām] janitaḥ Nīlak.)

parikrīḍ

pari-√krīḍ Ā. -krīḍate (Pāṇ. 1-3, 21

• but P. p. -krīḍat pf. -cikrīḍuḥ ŚBr.), to play about (Impv. Ā. -krīḍasva Bhaṭṭ.)

parikrudh

pari-√krudh P. -krudhyati, to fly into a rage, become enraged R

parikruś

pari-√kruś P. -krośati (cf. -cukruśur ind. p. -kruśya), to go about crying, to wail, lament MBh. R. [Page 592, Column 2]

⋙ parikruṣṭa

pari-kruṣṭa mfn. lamented

• n. lamentation has been made by (instr.) R

⋙ parikrośa

pari-krośá m. 'crier', prob. N. of a demon RV. i, 29, 7

pariklam

pari-√klam P. -klāmati, ○myati, to be tired out or exhausted Kād

⋙ pariklānta

pari-klānta mfn. very tired, tired out, exhausted MBh

pariklinna

pari-klinna mfn. (√klid) very wet, excessively moist or humid R

⋙ parikleda

pari-kleda m. humidity, wetness MBh

⋙ parikledin

pari-kledin mfn. wetting or wet Suśr

parikliś

pari-√kliś P. Ā. -kliśyati, ○te (p. -kliśyamāna Pāṇ. 3-4, 55), to suffer, feel pain, be troubled or vexed MBh. R

• (only ind. p. -kliśya) to pain, torment, vex, harass R

⋙ parikliśa

pari-kliśa m. (?) vexation, trouble W

⋙ parikliṣṭa

pari-kliṣṭa mfn. much vexed or troubled, pained, harassed, afflicted, exhausted MBh. R. &c

• n. = ○kleśa L

• (am), ind. with uneasiness or reluctance, unwillingly

⋙ parikleśa

pari-kleśa m. hardship, pain, trouble, fatigue MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙ parikleṣṭṛ

pari-kleṣṭṛ m. a tormentor, torturer MBh

parikvaṇana

pari-kvaṇana mfn. (√kvaṇ) loud-sounding, loud Nir. vi, 1

parikvath

pari-√kvath P. -kvathati, to become boiling hot Bālar. v, 48/49

parikṣata

pari-kṣata mfn. (√kṣan) wounded, hurt, injured, killed Mn. MBh. Kāv

⋙ parikṣati

pari-kṣati f. wounding, injury, lesson Śiś

parikṣaya

pari-kṣaya See pari- √4. kṣi

parikṣar

pari-√kṣar P. -kṣarati (aor. -akṣār), to cause to flow round (in a stream) RV

• to bestow by pouring forth in a stream ib

parikṣal

pari-kṣal √2. P. -kṣālayati, (ind. p. -kṣālya), to wash out, rinse, wash off ŚBr

⋙ parikṣālana

pari-kṣālana n. water for washing KātyŚr

parikṣava

pari-kṣavá m. (√kṣu) frequent or ill-omened sneezing AV

parikṣā

pari-kṣā f. (√kṣai) clay, mud, dirt L

⋙ parikṣāṇa

pari-kṣāṇa mfn. charred or burnt to a cinder AitBr

⋙ parikṣāma

pari-kṣāma mfn. excessively emaciated, dried up, fallen away Kād. Rājat

parikṣi

pari-kṣi √4. P. -kṣiṇoti, to destroy BhP.: Pass. -kṣīyate, to waste away, decay, become exhausted Hit

⋙ parikṣaya

pari-kṣaya m. disappearing, ceasing, dissolution, decay, destruction, loss, ruin, end Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙ parikṣīṇa

pari-kṣīṇa mfn. vanished, disappeared, wasted, exhausted, diminished, ruined, lost, destroyed

• (in law) insolvent Mn. Yājñ. MBh. &c

parikṣi

pari-kṣi √2. P. -kṣeti, to dwell around (with acc.) AitBr. vi, 32

⋙ parikṣi

pari-kṣi m. vḷ. for next VP

⋙ parikṣit

pari-kṣít mfn. dwelling or spreading around, surrounding, extending (as Agni, heaven and earth &c.) RV. AV. AitBr

• m. N. of an ancient king (son of Abhimanyu and father of Janam-ejaya) MBh. Hariv

• of a son of Kuru and father of another JanṭJanam Hariv

• of a son of A-vikshit and brother of JanṭJanam MBh

• of a king of A-yodhyā ib. (cf. parī-kṣit under 1. parī, p. 605, col. 1)

⋙ parikṣita

pari-kṣita wṛ. for pari-cita, or -kṣit

parikṣip

pari-√kṣip P. -kṣipati (pf. -cikṣepa

• ind. p. -kṣipya), to throw over or beyond R

• to put or lay or wind round Suśr

• to throw about, surround, encircle, embrace ib. MBh. R. &c

• to throw or put or fix in (loc.) MBh

• to throw away, squander (as a treasure) Kathās

⋙ parikṣipta

pari-kṣipta mfn. thrown, thrown about, scattered, surrounded, overspread MBh. R. &c

• left, abandoned W

⋙ parikṣepa

pari-kṣepa m. throwing about, moving to and fro Hariv

• surrounding, encircling, being (or that by which anything is) surrounded MBh. Kāv. &c

• circumference, extent Car

• abandoning, leaving W

⋙ parikṣepaka

pari-kṣepaka mf(ikā)n. hung with (ifc.) Kāraṇḍ. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-2, 146)

⋙ parikṣepin

pari-kṣepin mfn. who or what scatters or distributes W. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-2, 142)

parikṣība

pari-kṣība or ○va mfn. drunk, quite intoxicated W

parikhacita

pari-khacita mfn. (√khac) strewn or inlaid with (comp.) Kāraṇḍ

parikhaṇḍa

pari-khaṇḍa See pari-ṣaṇḍa

⋙ parikhaṇḍana

pari-khaṇḍana See māna-parikh○

⋙ parikhaṇḍaya

pari-khaṇḍaya Nom. P. ○yati, to make small, break, conquer Bālar. Bhaṭṭ. [Page 592, Column 3]

parikhan

pari-√khan (only ind. p. -khāya), to dig round, dig up ĀśvGṛ

⋙ parikhā

pari-khā f. (once ibc. ○kha BhP.) a moat, ditch, trench or fosse round a town or fort (also applied to the sea surrounding the earth) Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c

• N. of a village in the North country, g. palady-ādi (iv, 2, 110)

• -sthita mfn. impregnable, secure MBh. xii, 6250

• ○khī-kṛta mfn. made into a moat or ditch Ragh. i, 30

⋙ parikhāta

pari-khāta mfn. dug round

• m. a furrow, rut BhP

parikhid

pari-√khid P. -khidyati, to be depressed or afflicted, feel uneasy BhP.: Caus. -khedayati, to trouble, afflict, destroy ib. &c

⋙ parikhinna

pari-khinna mfn. depressed, afflicted, exhausted MBh. R. &c

⋙ parikheda

pari-kheda m. (ifc. f. ā) lassitude, weariness, exhaustion MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙ parikhedita

pari-khedita mfn. (fr. Caus.) afflicted, exhausted, ruined, destroyed Kāv. BhP

parikhyā

pari-√khyā P. -khyāti (Subj. -khyatam, -khyan RV.), to look round, look at, perceive RV. &c. &c

• to observe, regard, consider MBh. R

• to overlook, disregard RV.: Pass. -khyāyate, to be perceived ChUp

⋙ parikhyāta

pari-khyāta mfn. regarded as, passing for (nom.)

• called, named

• celebrated, famous MBh. R

⋙ parikhyāti

pari-khyāti f. fame, reputation W

parigaṇ

pari-√gaṇ P. -gaṇagati (ind. p. -gaṇya), to count over, reckon up completely, ascertain by calculation Suśr. Hcar. BhP

• to calculate, reckon, consider, reflect Megh. (cf. aparigaṇayat)

⋙ parigaṇana

pari-gaṇana n

⋙ parigaṇanā

pari-gaṇanā f. complete enumeration, accurate calculation or statement Megh. Kull

⋙ parigaṇanīya

pari-gaṇanīya (Kull.),

⋙ parigaṇya

pari-gaṇya ( See a-parig○), mfn. to be enumerated completely or stated accurately

⋙ parigaṇita

pari-gaṇita mfn. enumerated, calculated, reckoned BhP. (cf. a-parig○)

⋙ parigaṇitin

pari-gaṇitin mfn. one who has well considered everything Pāṇ. 2-3, 36, Kaś

parigaṇa

parigaṇa m. or n. (?), a house L

parigad

pari-√gad (only inf. -gaditum), to describe, relate, tell Bhām. ii, 75

⋙ parigaditin

pari-gaditin mfn. = parigaditaṃ yena saḥ g. iṣṭâdi

parigam

pari-√gam P. -gacchati (aor. -agamat AV

• -gman RV

• pf. -jagmatuḥ MBh

• p. -jaganvas RV

• ind. p. [-gáty˘A] RV. ŚBr

• -gamya MBh

• inf. -gantum R. ), to go round or about or through, circumambulate, surround, inclose RV. &c. &c

• to come to any state or condition, get, attain (acc.) MBh.: Pass. -gamyate MBh.: Caus. -gamayati, to cause to go round, to pass or spend (time) Ragh. viii, 91

⋙ pariga

pari-ga mfn. going round, surrounding Pāṇ. 8-4, 38 Sch

⋙ parigata

pari-gata mfn. gone round or through, surrounded, encompassed MBh. R. &c

• filled, possessed of, visited by, afflicted with (instr. or comp.) ib

• diffused, spread Kāv

• deceased, dead Bhartṛ. iii, 49

• experienced, known, learnt from (abl.) Kāv

• forgotten L

• obtained L

• = ceṣṭita L

• ○târṭha mfn. acquainted or familiar with anything Kālid

⋙ parigantavya

pari-gantavya mfn. to be got or obtained L

⋙ parigama

pari-gama m. going round, surrounding Bālar

• knowing, ascertaining, partaking of, occupation with (comp.) ib. Pracaṇḍ

• spreading, extending W

• obtaining ib

⋙ parigamana

pari-gamana n. id. MW

⋙ parigamita

pari-gamita mfn. (fr. Caus.) brought, conducted, driven, passed, spent (time). Ragh

⋙ parigamya

pari-gamya mfn. accessible, to be circumambulated (a-parig○) KātyŚr

parigarj

pari-√garj P. -garjati, to roar, cry, scold R

parigarvita

pari-garvita mfn. (√garv) very proud or arrogant Cāṇ

parigarh

pari-√garh Ā. -garhate, to blame greatly, censure, despise, abuse MBh.: Caus. -garhayati id. ib

⋙ parigarhaṇa

pari-garhaṇa n. excessive blame, censure ib

parigalita

pari-galita mfn. (√gal) fallen down MBh

• sunk Pañc

• flowing, fluid, melted W

parigahana

pari-gahana n. g. kṣubhnâdi

parigā

pari-√gā P. -jigāti (aor. -agāt, -gāt, -agur), to go round or through, circumambulate, permeate RV. AV

• to enter (acc.) VS. ĪśUp

• to come near, approach, reach, visit, afflict RV. MBh

• to go out of the way, avoid, shun RV

• to disregard, neglect AitBr

• to fail, miss, not to master or understand BhP. [Page 593, Column 1] Contents of this page

pariguṇita

pari-guṇita mfn. (fr. -guṇaya) reiterated, repeated BhP

• augmented by addition of (comp.) VarBṛS. lxv, 5

pariguṇṭhita

pari-guṇṭhita mfn. (√guṇṭh) veiled in, hidden by (instr.) R

pariguṇḍita

pari-guṇḍita mfn. covered with dust, Śīl

parigup

pari-√gup only Desid. -jugupsate, to beware of, be on one's guard against (abl.) MBh

parigūḍhaka

pari-gūḍhaka mfn. g. ṛśyâdi

parigṛddha

pari-gṛddha mfn. very greedy Divyâv

⋙ parigredha

pari-gredha (!), m. excessive greediness L

parigai

pari-√gai P. -gāyati, to go about singing, sing or celebrate everywhere TS. ŚBr. ŚrS

• to proclaim aloud (esp. Pass. -gīyate) MBh. &c

⋙ parigīta

pari-gīta mfn. sung, celebrated, proclaimed, declared MBh. BhP

⋙ parigīti

pari-gīti f. a kind of metre Col

parigras

pari-√gras P. Ā. -grasati, ○te, to devour NṛisUp

parigrah

pari-√grah P. Ā. -gṛhṇāti, ○ṇīte (Impv. 2. sg. -gṛhāṇa MBh. Kālid

• impf. -agṛhṇāḥ RV

• 3. sg. -agṛhṇat TS

• 3. pl. -agṛhṇan AV

• Ā. -agṛhṇanta MBh

• pf. 1. sg. -jagrábha RV

• 3. sg. -jagrāha MBh. &c

• ind. p. -gṛhya ŚBr. MBh. Kāv. &c.), to take hold of on both sides, embrace, surround, enfold, envelop VS. AV. Br. MBh. &c

• to fence round, hedge round TS. AV. ŚBr. KātyŚr

• to occupy on both sides (sarasvatīm) MBh

• to seize, clutch, grasp, catch ib

• to put on, wear (as a dress or ornament) ib

• to take or carry along with one ib. Kāv. &c

• to take possession of, master, overpower RV. AV. Br. Var

• to take (in war), take prisoner, conquer MBh

• to take (food) ŚBr

• to receive, (also as a guest) accept ib. MBh. Śak. BhP

• to take, adopt, conform to, follow Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c

• to take by the hand, assist MBh

• to take (a wife), marry Śak. Pañc

• to surpass, excel Mn. Prab

• (in Ved. gram.) to enclose (iti) between a word twice repeated RPrāt. (cf. pari-graha)

⋙ parigṛhīta

pari-gṛhīta mfn. taken hold of on both sides AV

• surrounded, embraced, enclosed, enveloped, fenced TS. ŚBr. MBh. &c

• seized, grasped, taken, received, obtained, accepted, adopted, admitted, followed, obeyed Br. MBh. Kāv. &c

• opposed, checked W

• m. g. ācitâdi

⋙ parigṛhīti

pari-gṛhīti (pári-), f. grasping, comprehension TS. Br

⋙ parigṛhītṛ

pari-gṛhītṛ wṛ. for ○grah○. 1

⋙ parigṛhya

pari-gṛhya ind. having taken or seized, in company or along with (acc.) MBh. Kāv. &c

• considering regarding W

• -vat (○gríhya-), mfn. containing the word parigṛhya TS. 2

⋙ parigṛhya

pari-gṛhya mfn. to be taken or accepted or regarded W

• (ā), f. designation of a partic. kind of Vedi or sacrificial mound Kauś

• a married woman L

⋙ parigraha

pari-grahá m. (ifc. f. ā) laying hold of on all sides, surrounding, enclosing, fencing round (esp. the Vedi or sacrificial altar by means of three lines or furrows) ŚBr. KātyŚr. &c

• wrapping round, putting on (a dress &c.), assuming (a form &c.) Kāv

• comprehending, summing up, sum, totality, SāṅkhBr. Mn

• taking, accepting, receiving or anything received, 2 gift or present MBh. Kāv. &c

• getting, attaining, acquisition, possession, property (ifc. 'being possessed of or furnished with') ib

• household, family, attendants, retinue, the seraglio of a prince ib

• a house, abode Hariv

• √, origin, foundation MBh

• admittance (into one's house), hospitable reception Mn. MBh. R. Kāraṇḍ

• taking (a wife), marrying, marriage Mn. MBh. &c

• a wife (also collect.) MBh. Kāv. &c

• choice, selection ib

• understanding, conception Pāṇ. Sch

• undertaking, beginning, commission or performance of, occupation with Mn. R. Hariv

• homage, reverence, grace, favour, help, assistance MBh. Kāv. &c

• dominion, control (ifc. 'dependent on, subject to') R. Var. MārkP

• force, constraint, punishment (opp. to anu-graha) R

• claim on, relation to, concern with (loc.) Mn. MBh. &c

• (in Ved. gram.) the double mention of a word both before and after iti

• the form which precedes iti RPrāt

• a curse, imprecation, oath L

• an eclipse of the sun L

• the rear or reserve of an army L. (vḷ. prati-gr○)

• -tva n. state of a wife, marriage Daś

• -dvitīya mfn. āc4companied by one's wife or family MW

• -bahu-tva n. multitude of wives Śak

• -maya mf(ī)n. consisting of a family Prab

• -vat, or ○hin mfn. possessed of, wealth, having property MBh. [Page 593, Column 2]

• ○hârthīya mfn. having the sense of comprehension i.e. generalization Nir. i, 7

⋙ parigrahaka

pari-grahaka mfn. grasping, taking hold of, undertaking (ifc.) L

⋙ parigrahaṇa

pari-grahaṇa n. wrapping round, putting on Prab

⋙ parigrahītavya

pari-grahītavya mfn. to be admitted or supposed, Saṃk

• to be ruled or controlled Pat

• to be taken hold of or got into possession Vajracch

⋙ parigrahītṛ

pari-grahītṛ mfn. taking hold of, seizing

• m. assister, helper VāyuP

• ruler Pat

• an adoptive father Pravar. Kull

• a husband Śak

⋙ parigrāha

pari-grāhá m. the surrounding or fencing round of the Vedi or sacrificial altar with three lines or furrows TS

⋙ parigrāhaka

pari-grāhaka mfn. favouring, befriending Bālar

⋙ parigrāhya

pari-grāhya mfn. to be treated or addressed kindly MBh

pariglāna

pari-glāna mfn. (√glai) wearied out, languid, exhausted MBh. R. &c

• averse from (dat.) Pat

parigha

pari-gha m. (√han) an iron bar or beam used for locking or shutting a gate (= argala) ChUp. MBh. Kāv. &c

• (fig.) a bar, obstacle, hindrance Ragh. Kathās

• (once n.) an iron bludgeon or club studded with iron MBh. R. &c

• a child which presents a peculiar cross position in birth Suśr

• a line of clouds crossing the sun at sunrise or sunset Var. MBh. &c

• (du.) two birds flying on each side of a traveller (regarded as an omen) Var

• the gate of a palace, any gate R

• a house L

• (in astrol.) N. of the 19th Yoga L

• a pitcher, water-jar L

• a glass pitcher L

• killing, striking, a blow L

• N. of one of the attendants of Skanda MBh

• of a Cāṇḍāla ib

• of a virtuous man Cat

⋙ parighaguru

○guru mfn. as heavy as an iron bar Mālav

⋙ parighaprāṃśubāhu

○prâṃśu-bāhu in one whose arm is as long as an iron bar Śak

⋙ parighabāhu

○bāhu m. one whose arm resembles an iron bar MBh

⋙ parighasaṃkāśa

○saṃkāśa mfn. resembling an iṭiron bar MBh

⋙ parighastambha

○stambha m. a door-post Mālav

⋙ parighopama

parighôpama mfn. resembling an iron beam Nal

≫ parighāta

pari-ghāta m. killing, destroying. removing Var

• a club, an iron bludgeon L

⋙ parighātana

pari-ghātana n. id. L

⋙ parighātin

pari-ghātin mfn. destroying, setting at nought, transgressing (a command &c.) R

parighaṭṭ

pari-√ghaṭṭ Caus. P. -ghāṭayati, to strike, cause to vibrate (as the strings of a musical instrument) Mṛicch

parighaṭṭ

pari-√ghaṭṭ P. -ghaṭṭayati, to press or rub on all sides, stir, excite, affect (as the ear with a tale) Śiś. ix, 64

⋙ parighaṭṭana

pari-ghaṭṭana n. stirring round, stirring up MBh

• rubbing Śiś. Sch

⋙ parighaṭṭita

pari-ghaṭṭita mfn. stirred about, touched or rubbed repeatedly MW

parighargharam

pari-ghargharam ind. with loud murmuring or grunting VP. (wṛ. ○ghurgharam, or ○ghurghuram)

parigharmya

pari-gharmya m. a vessel for preparing any hot sacrificial beverage ŚrS

parighāta

pari-ghāta &c. See under pari-gha

parighuṣ

pari-√ghuṣ (only p. -ghuṣyat), to proclaim aloud Sarvad

⋙ parighoṣa

pari-ghoṣa m. (L.) sound, noise

• thunder

• improper speech

parighūrṇ

pari-√ghūrṇ P. -ghūrṇati, to whirl about, flutter, tremble MBh

parighṛṣ

pari-√ghṛṣ P. -gharṣati, to rub or pound to pieces Hariv

⋙ parighṛṣṭika

pari-ghṛṣṭika wṛ. for ○pṛcchika, or ○pṛṣṭika

parighrā

pari-√ghrā (only p. Ā. -jighramāṇa), to kiss passionately, cover with kisses MBh

paricakra

pari-cakra m. N. of a ch. of the Dvā-viṃśaty-avadānaka

• (ā), f. N. of a town (vḷ. ○vakra) L

paricakṣ

pari-√cakṣ Ā. -caṣṭe (3. pl. -cakṣate

• Pot. -cakṣīta Pass. -cakṣyate

• Ved. inf. -cákṣi), to overlook, pass over, despise, reject Br. Up. BhP

• to declare guilty, condemn ŚBr

• to forbid Āpast

• to mention, relate, own, acknowledge MBh

• to call, name Mn. MBh. &c

• to address (acc.), answer BhP

⋙ paricakṣā

pari-cakṣā́ f. rejection, disapprobation ŚBr

⋙ paricakṣya

pari-cákṣya mfn. to be despised or disapproved RV

paricaturdaśa

pari-caturdaśa and ○san (nom. acc. ○śa instr. ○śais), fully fourteen, more than fourteen MBh. Hariv. [Page 593, Column 3]

paricapala

pari-capala mfn. always moving about, very volatile MBh

paricaya

pari-caya &c. See under pari- √1. 2. ci

paricar

pari-√car P. -carati (pf. -cacāra ind. p. -carya), to move or walk about, go round (acc.), circumambulate RV. &c. &c

• to attend upon or to (acc., rarely gen.), serve, honour ib.: Caus. P. -cārayati (ind. p. -cārya), to surround Kauś

• to wait on, attend to Divyâv

• to cohabit ib

• (Ā. ○te), to be served or waited upon ŚBr. KaṭhUp

⋙ paricara

pari-cará mf(ā́)n. moving, flowing VS. AV

• m. an attendant, servant, follower ŚBr. Suśr

• a patrol or body-guard L

• homage, service Hariv

• (ā), f. N. of partic. verses which may be put at the beginning or middle or end of a hymn TāṇḍBr. Lāṭy

⋙ paricaraṇa

pari-cáraṇa m. an assistant, servant ŚāṅkhBr

• n. going about ŚBr

• serving, attending to, waiting upon Kauś. GṛS. MBh

⋙ paricaraṇīya

pari-caraṇīya mfn. to be served or attended to Kull

• belonging to attendance Gobh

⋙ paricaritavya

pari-caritavya mfn. to be attended on or served or worshipped Bhartṛ

⋙ paricaritṛ

pari-caritṛ m. an attendant or servant ChUp

⋙ paricarya

pari-carya mfn. = ○caritavya ChUp. MBh. Hariv

• (ā), f. circumanibulation, wandering about or through (comp.) Hāsy. i, 9 (wṛ. ○carcā)

• attendance, service, devotion, worship MBh. Kāv. &c

• ○ryāvat mfn. one who attends upon or worships MBh

⋙ paricāra

pari-cāra m. attendance, service, homage MBh

• a place for walking ib

• an assistant or servant ib

⋙ paricāraka

pari-cāraka m. an assistant or attendant Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c

• executor (of an order &c.) Hariv

• (ikā), f. a female attendant, a waiting maid MBh. R. &c

⋙ paricāraṇa

pari-cāraṇa n. (m. c. for ○caraṇa) attendance MBh. Daśar

⋙ paricāraya

pari-cāraya Nom. P. ○yati, to take a walk, roam about SaddhP

• to cohabit Divyâv

• to attend to, wait on ib

⋙ paricārika

pari-cārika m. a servant, assistant MBh

• pl. fried grain L

⋙ paricārita

pari-cārita n. amusement, sport Divyâv

⋙ paricārin

pari-cārin mfn. moving about, moveable MBh

• attending on or to, serving, worshipping MBh. Hariv. &c

• m. man-servant (○cāriṇī f. maid) TāṇḍBr. MBh. R

• ○ri-tā f. Kām

⋙ paricārya

pari-cārya mfn. to be served or obeyed or worshipped W

⋙ paricīrṇa

pari-cīrṇa mfn. attended to, taken care of MBh

paricartana

pari-cartana See pari-cṛt

paricarmaṇya

pari-carmaṇya n. (p○ + carman) a strip of leather ŚāṅkhBr

parical

pari-√cal Caus. -cālayati, to cause to move round, turn round MBh

parici

pari-ci √1. P. Ā. -cinoti, ○nute, to pile up ŚBr

• to surround or enclose with (instr.), Sulb

• to heap up, accumulate, augment, increase RV. &c. &c.: Pass. -cīyate, to be increased or augmented, to grow Ragh. 1

⋙ paricaya

pari-caya m. heaping up, accumulation Kauś

• -vat mfn. being at its height, complete, finished Mālav. iii, 20. 1

⋙ paricayanīya

pari-cayanīya mfn. to be collected or accumulated W

⋙ paricāyya

pari-cāyya m. (sc. agni) a sacrificial fire arranged in a circle ŚBr. TS. Kāṭh. Śulbas

• raising the rent or revenue of a land W

⋙ paricit

pari-cít mfn. piling up or arranging all around VS. 1

⋙ paricita

pari-cita mfn. heaped up, accumulated, gathered Megh. Rājat. BhP

• (with instr.) filled with, containing, Bhp. 1

⋙ paricetavya

pari-cetavya mfn. to be collected together W. 1

⋙ pariceya

pari-ceya mfn. to be collected all round or from every side ib

parici

pari-ci √2. (2. sg. Impv. -cinu

• p. -cinvat

• inf. -cetum), to examine, investigate, search MBh. R

• to find out, know, learn, exercise, practise, become acquainted with (acc.) Kāv. Rājat. Pañc.: Pass. -cīyate Kāv. Hit.: Caus. Ā. -cāyayate, to search, seek for Kāv. 2

⋙ paricaya

pari-caya m. acquaintance, intimacy, familiarity with, knowledge of (gen., loc., instr. with or sc. samam, or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c

• trial, practice, frequent repetition Kāv. (cf. rati-p○)

• meeting with a friend W

• ○yâvasthā f. (with Yogins) a partic. state of ecstasy Cat. 2

⋙ paricayanīya

pari-cayanīya mfn. to be known W. 2

⋙ paricita

pari-cita mfn. known, familiar (○taṃ-√kṛ, to make a person's acquaintance) Hariv. Kāv

• -bhū mfn. having (its) place well known MW

• -vivikta mfn. familiarised to seclusion Śak. v, 10

⋙ pariciti

pari-citi f. acquaintance, familiarity, intimacy, Śāntiś. 2. [Page 594, Column 1] Contents of this page

⋙ paricetavya

pari-cetavya or mfn. to be known

⋙ pariceya

pari-ceya mfn. to be known

• to be investigated or searched W

paricint

pari-√cint P. -cintayati (ind. p. -cintya), to think about, meditate on, reflect, consider MBh. Kāv. &c

• to call to mind, remember ib

• to devise, invent ib

⋙ paricintaka

pari-cintaka mfn. reflecting about, meditating on (gen. or comp.) MBh. BhP

⋙ paricintanīya

pari-cintanīya mfn. to be well considered Kāv

⋙ paricintita

pari-cintita mfn. thought of, found out R

paricihnita

pari-cihnita mfn. marked, signed, subscribed MBh. Yājñ

paricud

pari-√cud Caus. -codayati, to set in motion, urge, impel, exhort Mn. iii, 233

⋙ paricodita

pari-codita mfn. set in motion, brandished Hariv

• impelled, incited MBh

paricumb

pari-√cumb P. -cumbati (ind. p. -cumbya), to kiss heartily or passionately, cover with kisses Kāv

• to touch closely ib

⋙ paricumbana

pari-cumbana n. the act of kissing heartily &c. Bālar. Caurap

⋙ paricumbita

pari-cumbita mfn. kissed passionately or touched closely Caurap

paricṛt

pari-√cṛt P. -cṛtati (ind. p. -cṛtya), to wind round

• to tie or fasten together Kauś

⋙ paricartana

pari-cártana n. pl. the part of a horse's harness from the girth to the breast and the tail TS

paricchad

pari-cchad (√chad), Caus. -cchādayati (ind. p. -cchādya), to envelop, cover, conceal MBh. Pañc

⋙ paricchad

pari-cchad mfn. furnished or provided or adorned with (comp.) Ragh. i, 19

⋙ paricchada

pari-cchada m. a cover, covering, garment, dress, ŚāṅkhŚr. MBh. &c

• paraphernalia, external appendage, insignia of royalty R

• goods and chattels, personal property, furniture Mn. MBh. &c

• retinue, train, attendants, necessaries for travelling MBh. Kāv. &c

• ifc. = -cchad ŚāṅkhŚr. MBh. Hariv. &c

⋙ paricchanda

pari-cchanda m. train, retinue L

⋙ paricchanna

pari-cchanna mfn. covered, clad, veiled, concealed, disguised MBh. R. Hit. &c

paricchid

pari-cchid (√chid

• inf. -cchettum ind. p. -cchidya), to cut on both sides, clip round, cut through or off or to pieces, mutilate ŚBr. Lāṭy. MBh. &c

• to mow or reap (corn), Kārand

• to limit on all sides, define or fix accurately, discriminate, decide, determine Kāv. Pañc. Pur

• to separate, divide, part Siddh

• to avert, obviate MW

⋙ paricchitti

pari-cchitti f. accurate definition Kap

• limitation, limit, measure Pāṇ. 3-3, 20 Sch

• partition, separation W

⋙ paricchinna

pari-cchinna mfn. cut off, divided, detached, confined, limited, circumscribed (-tva n.) R. BhP. &c

• determined, ascertained Kum

• obviated, remedied W

⋙ pariccheda

pari-ccheda m. cutting, severing, division, separation Śaṃk. Suśr

• accurate definition, exact discrimination (as between false and true), right and wrong &c.), decision, judgment Kāv. Śaṃk. Kull

• resolution, determination Kād

• a section or chapter of a book Cat

• limit, boundary. W

• obviating, remedying ib

• -kara m. N. of a Samādhi L

• -vyakti f. distinctness of perception Mālatīm

• ○dâkula mfn. perplexed (through inability) to decide Śak

• ○dâtī7ta mfn. surpassing all definition Mālatīm

⋙ paricchedaka

pari-cchedaka mfn. ascertaining, defining Sarvad

• n. limitation, limit, measure L

⋙ paricchedana

pari-cchedana n. (L.) discriminating, dividing

• the division of a book

• joyful laughter (?)

⋙ paricchedya

pari-cchedya mfn. to be defined or estimated or weighed or measured Ragh. (a-paricch○) Pāṇ. Sch. Kull

paricyavana

pari-cyavana n. (√cyu) descending from heaven (to be born as a man) HPariś

• loss, deprivation of (abl.) Āpast. Sch

⋙ paricyuta

pari-cyuta mfn. fallen or descended from (abl.) MBh. Kāv

• fallen from heaven (to be born as a man) HPariś

• swerved or deviated from (abl.) R

• deprived or rid of (abl.) Gaut. MBh. Pur

• ruined, lost, miserable (opp. to sam-ṛddha) MBh

• streaming with (instr.) ib

⋙ paricyuti

pari-cyuti f. falling down Kathās

parijagdha

pari-jagdha m. (√jakṣ) a proper name Pāṇ. 6-2, 146 Sch

parijana

pari-jana m. (ifc. f. ā) a surrounding company of people, entourage, attendants, servants, followers, suite, train, retinue (esp. of females) MBh. Kāv. &c

• a single servant Kālid. Kathās. Pañc

⋙ parijanatā

○tā f. the condition of a servant, service Kir. x, 9. [Page 594, Column 2]

parijanman

pari-janman m. the moon L

• fire L. (cf. pari-jman)

parijapita

pari-japita mfn. (√jap) muttered, whispered, prayed over in a low voice Gobh

⋙ parijapta

pari-ḍjapta mfn. id. Var

• enchanted Divyâv

parijayya

pari-jayya See pari-ji

parijalp

pari-√jalp P. -jalpati, to chatter, talk about, speak of (acc.) MBh. Hariv

⋙ parijalpita

pari-ḍjalpita n. the covert reproaches of a mistress neglected by her lover W

parijā

pari-jā́ f. (√jan) place of origin, source AV

⋙ parijāta

pari-jāta (pári-), mfn. begotten by, descended from (abl.) ib

• fully developed (a-parij○) ĀśvGṛ

⋙ parijātaka

pari-jātaka n. N. of wk. on domestic rites

pariji

pari-√ji P. -jayati (inf. -jetum), to conquer, overpower MBh

⋙ parijayya

pari-jayya mfn. to be conquered or mastered Pāṇ. 5-1, 93

⋙ parijetṛ

pari-jetṛ m. a victor, conqueror L

parijihīrṣā

pari-jihīrṣā f. (√hṛ Desid.) desire of avoiding or removing Kād

⋙ parijihīrṣita

pari-jihīrṣita mfn. kept away, avoided, shunned Gobh

⋙ parijihīrṣu

pari-jihīrṣu mfn. wishing to avoid L

parijṛmbh

pari-√jṛmbh Ā. -jṛmbhate, to spread all around Prasannar

parijṝ

pari-jṝ √1. P. Ā. -jīryati, ○te, to become worn out or old or withered

• to be digested Suśr

⋙ parijīrṇa

pari-jīrṇa mfn. worn out, old, withered, faded, decayed MBh

⋙ parijīryat

pari-jīryat mfn. becoming old MBh

parijñā

pari-√jñā P. Ā. -jānāti, ○nīte (inf. -jñātum ind. p. -jñāya), to notice, observe, perceive, learn, understand, comprehend, ascertain, know or recognise as (2 acc.) RV. &c. &c

⋙ parijñapti

pari-jñapti f. (fr. Caus.) recognition or conversation Kathās. xxi, 128

⋙ parijñā

pari-jñā f. knowledge L

⋙ parijñāta

pari-jñāta mfn. thoroughly known, recognised, ascertained, learned MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙ parijñātṛ

pari-jñātṛ mfn. one who knows or perceives, an observer, knower Bhag

• wise, intelligent W

⋙ parijñāna

pari-jñāna n. perception, thorough knowledge, ascertainment, experience, discrimination MBh. Hariv. R. &c

• -maya mf(ī)n. consisting in knowledge BhP

• ○nin mfn. having much knowledge, wise Kathās

⋙ parijñeya

pari-jñeya mfn. to be recognised or ascertained, comprehensible MBh. Var. &c

parijman

pári-jman mfn. (√gam) running or walking or driving round, surrounding, being everywhere, omnipresent (said of the sun, of the clouds, of sev. gods &c.) RV. AV. (as loc. or ind. all around, everywhere RV.)

• m. the moon L

• fire L. (cf. pari-janman)

parijyāni

pari-jyāni See a-p○

parijri

pári-jri mfn. (√jri) running round, spreading everywhere RV

parijvan

pari-jvan m. (Uṇ. i, 158) the moon L

• fire L. (cf. pari-jman)

• a servant L

• a sacrificer L

• Indra W

parijval

pari-√jval P. -jvalati, to burn brightly, blaze, glare Kir

pariḍīna

pari-ḍīna or ○naka n. (√ḍī) the flight of a bird in circles, flying round MBh

pariṇati

pari-ṇati See pari-ṇam

pariṇad

pari-ṇad (√nad), P. -ṇadati, to utter loud cries Pāṇ. 8-4, 14 (-nadya MBh. vi, 3256 prob. wṛ.)

pariṇam

pari-ṇam (√nam), P. Ā. -ṇamati, ○te (aor. pary-aṇaṃsīt ind. p. pari-ṇamya), to bend or turn aside AV

• to bend down, stoop Kāv

• to change or be transformed into (instr.) Vedântas. Madhus

• to develop, become ripe or mature Bālar

• to become old Kir

• to be digested MBh. Pañc

• to be fulfilled (as a word) Pañc.: Caus. -ṇāmayati (ind. p. -ṇāmya

• Pass. -ṇāmyate, p. ṇāmyamāna, or ○myat), to make ripe, ripen, mature ŚvetUp

• to bring to an end, pass (as a night) R

• to bend aside or down, stoop MBh

⋙ pariṇata

pari-ṇata mfn. bent down (is an elephant stooping to strike with its tusks) Megh

• bent down or inclined by (comp.) Bhartṛ

• changed or transformed into (instr. or comp.) Kālid. Kād. Sāh

• developed, ripened, mature, full-grown, perfect

• full (as the moon) [Page 594, Column 3]

• set (as the sun) MBh. Kāv. &c

• advanced (vayasā, in age R

• also impers. ○taṃ vayasā, 'life is advanced, old age has come' Kathās.)

• digested (as food) Suśr

• elapsed (as time) BhP

• n. capital, wealth accumulated for the sake of profit(?) W

• -dik-karika mfn. containing mythical elephants ( See dik-karin) stooping to strike with their tusks Śiś

• -dvirada m. an elephant stooping &c. Kir

• -prajña mfn. of mature understanding MBh

• -pratyaya mfn. (an action) whose results are matured Divyâv

• -vayas mfn. advanced in age Veṇis. Suśr

• -śarvad f. the latter part of the autumn Megh

• ○târuṇa m. the setting sun Śak

⋙ pariṇati

pari-ṇati f. bending, bowing W

• change, transformation, natural development Sāh. Pañc. Sarvad

• ripeness, maturity Megh. Mcar

• mature or old age Vikr. Śiś

• result, consequence, issue, end, termination (ibc. finally, at last

• śravaṇa-pariṇatiṃ-√gam, to come at last to a person's ears

• pariṇatiṃ-√yā, to attain one's final aim) Kāv

• fulfilment (of a promise), Śāntiś

• digestion L

⋙ pariṇamana

pari-ṇamana n. change, transformation, changing into (instr.) Kap. Sch

• (ā), f. (with Buddh.) a kind of worship Dharmas. xiv

⋙ pariṇamayitṛ

pari-ṇamayitṛ mfn. causing to bend or to ripen Megh. Viddh

⋙ pariṇāma

pari-ṇāma m. change, alteration, transformation into (instr.), development, evolution Sāṃkhyak. Yogas. Pur. Suśr

• ripeness, maturity Kir. Uttarar. Mālatīm

• alteration of food, digestion Suśr. Tarkas

• withering, fading ŚārṅgP

• lapse (of time) MBh. R

• decline (of age), growing old ib. Suśr

• result, consequence, issue, end (ibc. and ○me ind. finally, at last, in the end) Kāv

• (in rhet.) a figure of speech by which the properties of any object are transferred to that with which it is compared Kuval

• N. of a holy man RTL. 269

• -darśin mfn. looking forward to the issue or consequences (of any event), prudent, fore-sighted MBh

• -dṛṣṭi f. foresight, providence MW

• -nirodha m. obstruction (of felicity caused) by human vicissitude (as birth, growth, death &c.) W

• -pathya mfn. suited to a future state or condition ib

• -mukha mfn. tending or verging towards the end, about to terminate Śak

• -ramaṇīya mfn. (a day) delightful at its close ib

• -vat mfn. having a natural development (○ttva n.) Śaṃk

• -vāda m. the 'doctrine of evolution', the Sāṃkhya doctrine Sarvad

• -śūla n. violent and painful indigestion Cat

⋙ pariṇāmaka

pari-ṇāmaka mfn. effecting vicissitudes (as time) Hariv

⋙ pariṇāmana

pari-ṇāmana n. bringing to full development Jātakam

• the turning of things destined for the community to one's own use (Buddh.) L

⋙ pariṇāmika

pari-ṇāmika mfn. resulting from change L

• easily digestible Subh. (wṛ. for pāriṇ○?)

⋙ pariṇāmin

pari-ṇāmin mfn. changing, altering, subject to transformation, developing VP. Śaṃk. (○mi-tva n. ib.)

• ripening, bearing fruits or consequences BhP

• ○mi-tva n. ib

• ○mi-nitya mfn. eternal but continually changing Sāṃkhyak. Sch

⋙ pariṇinaṃsu

pari-ṇinaṃsu mfn. (fr. Desid.) about to stoop or to make a side thrust (with the tusks, as an elephant) Śiś

pariṇaya

pari-ṇaya ○yana &c. See under pari-ṇī

pariṇaś

pari-ṇaś (√2. naś), P. -ṇasyati Pāṇ. 8-4, 36 Sch

⋙ parinaṣṭa

pari-naṣṭa (!), mfn. ib

pariṇah

pari-ṇah (√nah

• only Pot. -ṇahet), to bind round, gird, embrace, surround MBh

⋙ pariṇaddha

pari-ṇaddha mfn. bound or wrapped round Kālid. Var

• broad, large Ragh

⋙ pariṇah

pari-ṇah = parīṇah, q.v

⋙ pariṇahana

pari-ṇahana n. binding or girding or wrapping round, veiling, covering Gobh. MānGṛ

⋙ pariṇāha

pari-ṇāha m. compass, circumference, extent, width, breadth, circumference of a circle, periphery MBh. Kāv. Sūryas. Suśr

• N. of Śiva L. (cf. parī-ṇāha)

• -vat mfn. = expensive, large Vikr

• ○hin mfn. id. Hariv. Kum

• (ifc.) having the extent of, as large as Pañc

pariṇāya

pari-ṇāya ○yaka, See pari-ṇī

pariṇi

pari-ṇi for pari-ni, according to Pāṇ. 8-4, 17 before a number of roots, viz. gad, ci, dā, dih, drā, dhā ( See below), nad, pat, pad, psā, mā, me, yam, yā, vap, vah, viś ( See below), śam, so, han ( below)

pariṇiṃsaka

pari-ṇiṃsaka mfn. (√niṃs) tasting, eating, an eater (with gen.) Bhaṭṭ

• kissing W

⋙ pariṇiṃsā

pari-ṇiṃsā f. eating, kissing W. [Page 595, Column 1] Contents of this page

pariṇidhā

pari-ṇi-√dhā (Pāṇ. 8-4, 17), P. -dadhāti, to place or lay round ŚBr

• ind. p. -ni-dhāya (l) KātyŚr

pariṇiviś

pari-ṇi-√viś (Pāṇ. ib.), to sit down about ŚBr

pariṇiṣṭhā

pari-ṇiṣṭhā See pari-niṣṭhā

pariṇihan

pari-ṇi-√han (Pāṇ. 8-4, 17), P. -hanti, to encompass (with stakes &c. fixed in) around ŚBr

• to strike, smite MBh. (B. and C. -nighnantyaḥ!)

pariṇī

pari-ṇī (√nī), P. Ā. -ṇayati, ○te (pf. Ā. -ṇinye Daś

• -ṇayām āsa MBh

• 3. pl. aor. -aneṣata RV

• ind. p. -ṇīya Kum.), to lead or bear or carry about or round RV. &c. &c., (esp.) to lead a bride and bridegroom round the sacrificial fire (with 2 acc.), to marry (said of a bridegroom) MBh. Kāv. &c

• to lead forward to, put or place anywhere (agram, at the head), Bṛ

• to carry away RV

• to trace out, discover, investigate Mn. MBh

• (with anyathā) to explain otherwise Śaṃk.: Caus. -ṇāyayati, to pass or spend (time) MBh

• (also ṇāpayati), to cause a man to marry a woman (acc.) Pañcad

⋙ pariṇaya

pari-ṇaya m. leading round, (esp.) leading the bride round the fire, marriage Gṛihyās. (cf. nava-pariṇayā)

• (ena), ind. round about ĀpŚr

• -vidhi m. marriage-ceremony Vcar

⋙ pariṇayana

pari-ṇayana n. the act of leading round (cf. prec.), marrying, marriage ŚrS. &c

⋙ pariṇāya

pari-ṇāya m. leading round

• moving or a move (at chess &c.) L

⋙ pariṇāyaka

pari-ṇāyaka m. a leader, guide (in a-parīṇ○, being without a guide) R

• a husband Śiś

• = -ratna Divyâv

⋙ pariṇīta

pari-ṇīta mfn. led round, married MBh

• completed, finished, executed ib

• n. marriage Uttarar

• -pūrvā f. a woman married before Śak

• -bhartṛ m. (prob.) a husband who has married (but not yet led home) his wife Vet

• -ratna n. (with Buddh.) one of the 7 treasures of a Cakra-vartin Dharmas. lxxxv

⋙ pariṇetavya

pari-ṇetavya mfn. to be led round or married Pañcad

• to be exchanged or bartered against (instr.) Nyāyam. Sch

⋙ pariṇetṛ

pari-ṇetṛ m. 'one who leads round', a husband Kālid. Rājat

⋙ pariṇeya

pari-ṇeya mfn. to be led round ĀśvGṛ

• (ā), f. to be led round the fire or married (as a bride) Kathās

• to be investigated or found out Pat

• to be exchanged for or bartered against (instr.) Sāy

pariṇuta

pari-ṇuta mfn. (√4. nu) praised, celebrated BhP

pariṇud

pari-ṇud (√nud), P. -ṇudati, to pierce, hurt, wound Suśr

paritaṃs

pari-√taṃs (only inf. of Caus. -taṃsayádhyai), to stir up RV

paritakana

pari-takana n. (√tak) running round or about L

≫ paritakmya

pári-takmya mfn. wandering, unsteady, uncertain, dangerous RV

• (ā), f. travelling, peregrination ib

• night (as the wandering, x,. 127) ib

paritaḍ

pari-√taḍ P. -tāḍayati, to strike against, touch Kathās

⋙ paritāḍin

pari-tāḍin mfn. striking or hurting everywhere Bālar

paritan

pari-√tan P. Ā. -tanoti, ○nute (aor. -atanat

• ind. p. -tatya), to stretch round, embrace, surround RV. ŚBr. KātyŚr

⋙ paritatnu

pari-tatnú mfn. embracing, surrounding AV

paritap

pari-√tap P. -tapati (fut. -tapiṣyati MBh

• -tapsyati R

• ind. p. -tápya RV.), to burn all round, set on fire, kindle

• to feel or suffer pain

• (with tapas) to undergo penance, practise austerities RV. &c. &c.: Pass. -tapyate (○ti), to be purified (as by fire) Sarvad

• to feel or suffer pain, do penance, practise austerities MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -tāpayati, to scorch, cause great pain, torment R. Pañc. Hit

⋙ paritapta

pari-tapta (pári-), mfn. surrounded with heat, heated, burnt, tormented, afflicted RV. &c. &c

⋙ paritapti

pari-tapti f. great pain or torture, anguish L

⋙ paritāpa

pari-tāpa m. glow, scorching, heat Kālid. MārkP

• pain, agony, grief, sorrow R. Kathās. BhP. &c

• repentance MBh. Pañc

• N. of a partic. hell L

⋙ paritāpin

pari-tāpin mfn. burning hot, scorching Kām

• causing pain or sorrow, tormenting R. Śiś

paritam

pari-√tam P. -tāmyati, to gasp for breath, be oppressed Suśr

paritark

pari-√tark P. -tarkayati, to think about, reflect, consider MBh. R

⋙ paritarkaṇa

pari-tarkaṇa n. consideration, reflection MBh. [Page 595, Column 2]

⋙ paritarkita

pari-tarkita mfn. thought about, expected (a-parit○) Hariv

• examined (judicially) R

paritarj

pari-√tarj Caus. -tarjayati, to threaten, menace R. Bhartṛ

paritas

parí-tas ind. (fr. pari) round about, all around, everywhere (na-paritaḥ, by no means, not at all) MBh. Kāv. &c

• as prep. (with acc., once with gen.) round about, round, throughout AV. &c. &c

paritāḍin

pari-tāḍin mfn. (√tāḍ) striking or hitting everywhere Bālar

paritāraṇīya

pari-tāraṇīya mfn. (√tṝ, Caus.) to be delivered or saved (?) Cat. (perhaps wṛ. for -cāraṇīya = -caraṇīya)

paritikta

pari-tikta mfn. extremely bitter, jātakam

• m. Melia Azedarach L

paritīra

pari-tīra n. (prob.) = pari-kūla Pāṇ. 6-2, 182 Sch

paritud

pari-√tud P. -tudati, to trample down, pound, crush MBh

parituṣ

pari-√tuṣ P. -tuṣyati (○te BhP.), to be quite satisfied with (gen. or loc. or instr.), to be much pleased or very glad MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -toṣayati, to satisfy completely, to appease, delight, flatter ib

⋙ parituṣṭa

pari-tuṣṭa mfn. completely satisfied, delighted, very glad Mn. MBh. &c

• ○ṭâtman mfn. contented in mind MW

• ○ṭârtha mfn. completely satisfied Kathās

⋙ parituṣṭi

pari-tuṣṭi f. complete satisfaction, contentment, delight Tattvas

⋙ parituṣya

pari-tuṣya ind. being delighted or glad Kathās

⋙ paritoṣa

pari-toṣa m. (ifc. f. ā) = ○tuṣṭi

• (with loc. or gen.) delight in Mn. MBh. &c

• N. of a man Cat

• -vat mfn. satisfied, delighted Kathās

⋙ paritoṣaka

pari-toṣaka mfn. satisfying, pleasing Siṃhâs

⋙ paritoṣaṇa

pari-toṣaṇa mfn. id. BhP

• n. satisfaction, gratification ib

⋙ paritoṣayitṛ

pari-toṣayitṛ mfn. any one or anything that gratifies, pleasing Śiś. (v. l. para-t○)

⋙ paritoṣita

pari-toṣita mfn. satisfied, gratified, delighted Hariv. R. Kathās

⋙ paritoṣin

pari-toṣin mfn. contented or delighted with (comp.) MBh. Kathās

paritṛd

pari-√tṛd P. -tṛṇatti (Impv. -tṛndhi), to pierce or thrust through RV. ŚBr

paritṛp

pari-√tṛp Caus. -tarpayati, to satiate or satisfy completely MBh. R

⋙ paritarpaṇa

pari-tarpaṇa mfn. satisfying, contenting BhP

• n. the act of satisfying Dhātup

• a restorative Car

⋙ paritṛpta

pari-tṛpta mfn. completely satisfied or contented Śaṃk

⋙ paritṛpti

pari-tṛpti f. complete satisfaction Up

paritṛṣita

pari-tṛṣita mfn. (√tṛṣ) anxiously longing for (comp.) Kāraṇḍ

parityaj

pari-√tyaj P. -tyajati (○te R. MārkP

• ind. p. -tyajya), to leave, quit, abandon, give up, reject, disregard, not heed Mn. MBh. &c

• (with deham) to forsake the body i.e. die BhP

• (with prâṇān, or jīvitam) to resign the breath, give up the ghost Mn. MBh. Daś. Vet

• (with nāvam) to disembark MW.: Pass. -tyajyate, to be deprived or bereft of (instr.) Mn. Pañc. Hit. &c.: Caus. -tyājayati, to deprive or rob a person of (2 acc.) R

⋙ parityakta

pari-tyakta mfn. left, quitted &c

• let go, let fly (as an arrow) W

• deprived of, wanting (instr. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c

• n. anything to spare Divyâv

• (am), ind. without (comp.) Pañc

⋙ parityaktṛ

pari-tyaktṛ mfn. one who leaves or abandons, a forsaker Mn

⋙ parityaj

pari-tyaj mfn. id. MBh

⋙ parityajana

pari-tyajana n. abandoning, giving away, distributing W

⋙ parityajya

pari-tyajya ind. having left or abandoned &c

• leaving a space, at a distance from (acc.) Var

• with she exception of, excepting ib

⋙ parityāga

pari-tyāga m. (ifc. f. ā) the act of leaving, abandoning, deserting, quitting, giving up, neglecting, renouncing Mn. MBh. &c

• separation from (sakāśāt) R

• (pl.) liberality, a sacrifice Hit

• N. of wk

⋙ parityāgin

pari-tyāgin mfn. leaving, quitting, forsaking, renouncing (mostly ifc.) MBh. R

⋙ parityājana

pari-tyājana n. causing to abandon or give up MW

⋙ parityājya

pari-tyājya mfn. to be left or abandoned or deserted &c. MBh

• to be given up or renounced ib

• to be omitted Sāh

paritrasta

pari-trasta mfn. (√tras) terrified, frightened, much alarmed Hariv. R. &c

⋙ paritrāsa

pari-trāsa m. (ifc. f. ā) terror, fright, fear MBh. Kāv

paritrigartam

pari-trigartam ind. round about or outside Tri-garta Pāṇ. 2-1, 11 ; 12 Sch. [Page 595, Column 3]

paritrai

pari-√trai P. Ā. -trāti, or -trāyate (Impv. -trāhi, -trātu, -trāyasva

• fut. -trāsyate

• inf. -trātum), to rescue, save, protect, defend (-trāyatām or ○yadhvam, help! to the rescue!) MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙ paritrāṇa

pari-trāṇa n. rescue, preservation, deliverance from (abl.), protection or means of protection, refuge, retreat Mn. MBh. &c

• self-defence L

• the hair of the body L

• moustaches Gal

⋙ paritrāta

pari-trāta mfn. protected, saved, rescued, preserved Kāv. Pur

• m. N. of a man L

⋙ paritrātavya

pari-trātavya mfn. to be protected or defended or saved from (abl.) Vikr. Bālar

⋙ paritrātṛ

pari-trātṛ mfn. protecting, a protector or defender (with gen. or acc.) MBh. R. Pañc

paridaṃśita

pari-daṃśita mfn. (√daṃś) completely armed or covered with mail MBh

⋙ paridaṣṭa

pari-daṣṭa mfn. bitten to pieces, bitten

• -dacchada mfn. biting the lips BhP

paridaśa

pari-daśa mf(ā)n. pl. full ten Jātakam

paridah

pari-√dah P. -dahati, to burn round or through or entirely, consume by fire, dry up Suśr.: Pass. -dahyate (○ti Divyâv.), to be burnt through or wholly consumed, to burn (lit. and fig.) MBh. Ṛit. &c

⋙ paridagdha

pari-dagdha mfn. burnt, scorched MBh. Hariv. &c

⋙ paridahana

pari-dahana n. burning W. (cf. parīd○) W

⋙ paridāha

pari-dāha m. burning hot Suśr

• mental anguish, pain, sorrow MBh

⋙ paridāhin

pari-dāhin mfn. burning hot L

paridā

pari-dā √1. P. Ā. -dadāti, -datte, (pr. 1. pl. -dadmasi RV

• Impv. -dehi

• pf. -dadau, -dade

• ind. p. -dāya

• inf. -dātum), to give, grant, bestow, surrender, intrust to or deposit with (dat., loc. or gen.) RV. &c. &c.: Caus. -dāpayati (ind. p. -dāpya). to cause to be delivered or given up MBh

⋙ paridā

pari-dā́ f. giving one's self up to the favour or protection of another, devotion ŚBr. KātyŚr

⋙ paridāna

pari-dāna n. id. ĀśvGṛ. Kauś

• restitution of a deposit L. (v. l. prati-d○)

⋙ paridāyin

pari-dāyin m. a father (or another relation) who marries his daughter or ward to a man whose elder brother is not yet married L

≫ parītta

párī-tta (for 2. See p. 605, col. 1), mfn. (Pāṇ. 6-3, 124) given away, given up, delivered up to (loc.) VS. MBh

⋙ parītti

parī-tti f. delivering TBr

paridiv

pari-div √1. P. -devati, ○vayati, (rarely Ā

• pr. p. f. -devatīm MBh

• aor. paryadeviṣṭa pf. pari-didevire Bhaṭṭ

• inf. -devitum R.), to wail, lament, cry, bemoan, weep for (acc.) MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙ parideva

pari-deva m. lamentation MBh. Lalit

⋙ paridevaka

pari-devaka mf(ikā)n. who or what laments or complains Bhaṭṭ. (Pāṇ. 3-2, 147)

⋙ paridevana

pari-devana (wṛ. -vedana), n. lamentation, bewailing, complaint MBh. Kāv. &c

• (ā), f. id. Yājñ. MBh. Hit

⋙ paridevita

pari-devita (wṛ. -vedita), mfn. lamented, bewailed MBh. R. &c

• plaintive, miserable (am ind.) ib

• n. wailing, lamentation ib

• impers. with instr., e.g. ○taṃ-ṛāmeṇa, 'wailing was made by R.'

⋙ paridevin

pari-devin mfn. lamenting, bewailing Śak

⋙ paridyūna

pari-dyūna mfn. sorrowful, sad ŚBr

• made miserable by (instr. or comp.) MBh. R

paridiś

pari-√diś (pf. -dideśa), to announce, make known, point out Br

⋙ paridiṣṭa

pari-diṣṭa mfn. made known, pointed out MBh

paridih

pari-√dih (only Subj. -dehat), to cover or smear over RV

⋙ paridigdha

pari-digdha n. meat covered with meal L

paridīna

pari-dīna mfn. much dejected or afflicted

• -mānasa (R.), -sattva (MBh.), mfn. distressed in mind

paridīp

pari-√dīp Ā. -dīpyate (○ti), to flare up (lit. and fig.) MBh

paridu

pari-du √2. Ā. -dūyate, to burn (instr.), be consumed by pain or grief MBh. R

paridurbala

pari-durbala mfn. extremely weak or decrepit MBh. R

• -tva n. Jātakam

paridṛṃhaṇa

pari-dṛṃhaṇa n. (√dṛṃh) making firm, strengthening ĀpŚr

⋙ paridṛḍha

pari-dṛḍha mfn. very firm or strong

• m. N. of a man (cf. pāridṛḍha) L

paridṛś

pari-√dṛś (pl. Ā. -dadṛśrām AV

• inf. -draṣṭum MBh.), to look at, see, behold, regard, consider, find out, know: Pass. -dṛśyate (pf. -dadṛśe), to be observed or perceived, appear, become visible KaṭhUp. R. &c.: Caus. -darśayati, to show, explain MBh. Bhāshāp. [Page 596, Column 1] Contents of this page

⋙ paridṛṣṭa

pari-dṛṣṭa mfn. seen, beheld, perceived, learnt, known MBh

• -karman mfn. having much practical experience (○ma-tā f.) Car

⋙ paridraṣṭṛ

pari-draṣṭṛ m. a spectator, perceiver MBh

paridṝ

pari-√dṝ (only 3. sg. Prec. Ā. -darṣīṣṭa), to break through (the foe) RV. i, 132, 6: Pass. -dīryate, to peel or drop off on all sides, to become dropsical TS. ŚBr

⋙ paridara

pari-dara m. a disease of the gums in which the skin peels off and bleeds Suśr

⋙ paridīrṇa

pari-dīrṇa (pári-), mfn. rent on all sides, swollen, dropsical ŚBr

paridyūna

pari-dyūna See pari-div

paridraḍhaya

pari-draḍhaya Nom. P. ○yati (fr. pari-dṛḍha), to make firm or strong Pat

paridru

pari-√dru P. -dravati, to run round RV

paridvīpa

pari-dvīpa m. N. of a son of Garuḍa. MBh. (v. l. sarid-dviipa)

paridveṣas

pári-dveṣas m. a hater RV

paridhā

pari-dhā √1. P. Ā. -dadhāti, -dhatte, (pf. -dadhur, -dadhire

• fut. -dhāsyati

• aor. -dhāt, -dhīmahi

• ind. p. -dhā́ya

• Ved. inf. pári-dhātavaí), to lay or put or place or set round RV. &c. &c

• to cast round, turn upon (dṛṣṭim, with loc. Hariv.)

• to put on, wear (with or sc. vāsas), dress VS. AV. ŚBr. &c

• surround, envelop, enclose RV. &c. &c

• to conclude or close (the recitation of a hymn) TS. Br.: Caus. -dhāpayati (ind. p. ○yitvā Pāṇ. 7-1, 38 Sch.), to cause a person to wrap round or put on (2 acc.) Br. &c

• to clothe with (instr.) AV.: Desid. -dhitsate, to wish to put on MBh

⋙ paridhāna

pari-dhā́na (and ○dhāná), n. putting or laying round (esp, wood), wrapping round, putting on, dressing, clothing KātyŚr. R. Pañc

• a garment, (esp.) an under garment (ifc. f. ā) AV. ŚBr. &c. (also parī-dh○)

• closing or concluding (a recitation) ŚāṅkhBr

• -vastra n. an upper garment Pañc. iv, 63/64

• ○nī√kṛ, to make into an upper garment Śiś. Sch

• ○nīya n. an under garment

• (ā), f. (sc. ṛc) a concluding or final verse Br

⋙ paridhāpana

pari-dhāpana n. causing to put on (a garment) Kauś

• ○nīya mfn. relating to it ib

⋙ paridhāya

pari-dhāya m. (L.) train, retinue

• the hinder parts

• a receptacle for water

⋙ paridhāyaka

pari-dhāyaka m. a fence, enclosure L

⋙ paridhi

pari-dhí m. an enclosure, fence, wall, protection, (esp.) the 3 fresh sticks (called madhyama, dakṣiṇa, uttara) laid round a sacrificial fire to keep it together RV. &c. &c

• a cover, garment BhP

• (fig.) the ocean surrounding the earth ib

• a halo round the sun or moon Ragh. Var. BhP

• the horizon MBh. BhP

• any circumference or circle Var. Sūryas

• epicycle ib

• the branch of the tree to which the sacrificial victim is tied (?) W

• N. of a man, g. śubhrâdi

• pl. (ṣaḍ aindrāh) N. of Sāmans ĀrshBr

• -saṃdhi m. (prob.) the putting together of the 3 fire-sticks (cf. above) MānŚr

• -stha mfn. being on the horizon (as the sun) MBh

• m. a guard posted in a circle L

• ○dhī√kṛ, to hang about Mcar

• ○dhy-upânta mf(ā)n. bordered by the ocean (as the earth) BhP

⋙ paridhin

pari-dhin m. N. of Śiva MBh. (Nīlak.)

⋙ paridheya

pari-dheya mfn. to be put round &c

• = paridhi-bhava VS. (Mahīdh. TS. v. l. barhi-ṣad)

• n. an under garment (?) MW

≫ parihita

pári-hita mfn. put round or on, covered, invested, clothed RV. &c. &c

paridhāv

pari-√dhāv P. -dhā́vati (ep. also ○te), to flow or stream round or through RV. Suśr

• to run or drive about (with mṛgayām, 'to hunt') MBh

• to run or move round anything (with acc.) AV. MBh. &c

• to run through or towards or after (with acc.) MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -dhāvayati, to surround, encircle MBh

⋙ paridhāvana

pari-dhāvana n. the running away from, escaping MBh

⋙ paridhāvin

pari-dhāvin m. 'running round', N. of the 46th (or 20th) of the 60 years' cycle of Jupiter Var

paridhīra

pari-dhīra mfn. very deep (as a tone or sound) Ghaṭ

paridhū

pari-√dhū (only 3. pl. Ā. -dhunvate), to shake off BhP

paridhūpana

pari-dhūpana pari-dhūmana and pari-dhūmāyana n. = dhūmāyana Suśr

paridhūsara

pari-dhūsara mfn. quite dustcoloured or grey (-tva n.) Prasannar. [Page 596, Column 2]

paridhṛ

pari-√dhṛ P. -dhārayati, to carry about, bear, support AV. MBh

⋙ paridhāraṇa

pari-dhāraṇa n. bearing, supporting, enduring (with gen.) MBh

• (ā), f. patience, perseverance Mcar

⋙ paridhārya

pari-dhārya mfn. to be preserved or maintained Hariv

⋙ paridhṛta

pari-dhṛta mfn. borne (in the womb) MBh

paridhṛṣ

pari-√dhṛṣ P. -dharṣayati, to attack, rush upon MBh

⋙ paridharṣaṇa

pari-dharṣaṇa n. assault, attack, injury ib

paridhvaṃsa

pari-dhvaṃsa m. (√dhvaṃs) distress, trouble, ruin MBh. Hit

• obscuration, eclipse ( See vidhu-)

• (also ā f.) loss of caste, mixture of castes Āpast. Mn. (also varṇa- Āp. Sch.)

• an outcaste Āpast

⋙ paridhvaṃsin

pari-dhvaṃsin mfn. falling off Suśr

• destroying, ruining Kām. Hit. v, 118 (v. l.)

⋙ paridhvasta

pari-dhvasta mfn. covered with (comp.) R

• destroyed, ruined ib

parinand

pari-√nand (only ind. p. -nandya), to rejoice greatly, give great pleasure to (acc.) MBh. xv, 522

parinartana

pari-nartana n. (√nṛt), g. kṣubhnâdi

parinābhi

pari-nābhi ind. round the navel Śiś

pariniḥstan

pari-niḥ-√stan P. -stanati, to groan loud R

parinind

pari-√nind P. -nindati (or -ṇindati Pāṇ. 8-4, 33), to censure or blame severely MBh. BhP

⋙ parinindana

pari-nindana n. g. kṣubhnâdi

⋙ parinindā

pari-nindā f. strong censure MBh

• censoriousness Subh

parinimna

pari-nimna mfn. much depressed, deeply hollowed Suśr

parinirjita

pari-nir-jita mfn. (√ji) vanquished, conquered MBh. R

parinirṇij

pari-nir-ṇij (√nij

• only ind. p. -ṇijya), to wash, cleanse MBh

parinirmita

pari-nir-mita mfn. (√3. mā) formed, created (said of Vishṇu) Vishṇ

• marked off, limited R

• settled, determined MBh

⋙ parivaśavartin

pari-vaśavartin m. pl. N. of a class of gods in Indra's world Yogas. Sch. (cf. paranirmita v"ṣ v○)

parinirluṭh

pari-nir-luṭh √2. P. -luṭhati, to roll down Rājat

parinirvapaṇa

pari-nirvapaṇa n. (√2. vap) distributing, dispensing, giving W

⋙ parinirvivapsā

pari-nirvivapsā f. (fr. Desid.) desire of giving, liberality

⋙ parinirvivapsu

pari-nirvivapsu mfn. desirous of giving Bhaṭṭ

parinirvā

pari-nir-vā √2. P. -vāti, to be completely extinguished or emancipated (from individual existence), attain absolute rest Lalit.: Caus. -vāpayati, to emancipate completely by causing extinction of all re-births Vajracch

⋙ parivāṇa

pari-vāṇa mfn. completely extinguished or finished (a-parinirv○) Śak

• n. complete extinction of individuality, entire cessation of re-births MWB. 50 ; 122 &c

• N. of a place where Buddha disappeared L

• -vaipulya-sūtra n. N. of a Buddh. Sūtra

⋙ parivāpayitavya

pari-vāpayitavya mfn. to be completely extinguished or emancipated Vajracch

⋙ parivāyin

pari-vāyin mfn. being completely exṭextinguished or emancipated Divyâv

parinirviṇṇa

pari-nirviṇṇa mfn. (√3. vid) extremely disgusted with (loc.) MBh

⋙ paricetas

pari-cetas mfn. faint-hearted, despondent ib

parinirvṛta

pari-nirvṛta mfn. (√1. vṛ) completely extinguished, finally liberated Divyâv

⋙ parinirvṛti

pari-nirvṛti f. final liberation, complete emancipation Rājat

parinirhan

pari-nir-√han (only Impv. -jahi), to drive away, expel AV

parinivṛt

pari-ni-√vṛt Ā. -vartate, to pass away MBh

pariniścaya

pari-niścaya m. fixed opinion or resolution MBh

pariniśnath

pari-ni-√śnath (only aor. -śiśnathaḥ), to push or strike down RV

pariniṣad

pari-ni-ṣad (√sad), P. -ṣīdati (3. pl. pf. Ā. -ṣedire ind. p. -ṣadya), to sit around RV. [Page 596, Column 3]

pariniṣic

pari-ni-ṣic (√sic), P. -ṣiñcati, to pour down upon, endow richly MBh. (cf. next)

pariniṣev

pari-ni-ṣev (√sev), Ā. -ṣevate MBh. xiii, 3087, prob. w. r. for -ṣecyate (√sic)

pariniṣṭhā

pari-ni-ṣṭhā (√sthā), Caus. -ṣṭhāpayati, to teach thoroughly Uttarar

⋙ pariniṣṭhā

pari-niṣṭhā f. extreme limit, highest point MBh. Kap

• complete knowledge, familiarity with (loc. or comp.) Śaṃk. Pur

⋙ pariniṣṭhāna

pari-niṣṭhāna (only a-n○). n. the being completely fixed L

• mfn. having a final end or object Nyāyam. Sch

⋙ pariniṣṭhāpanīya

pari-niṣṭhāpanīya mfn. to be exactly fixed or defined ĀpŚr

⋙ pariniṣṭhita

pari-niṣṭhita mfn. quite perfect, accomplished Śaṃk

• being in (loc.) Hariv. Pur

• completely skilled in or acquainted with (loc. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙ parinaiṣṭhika

pari-naiṣṭhika mf(ī)n. highest, utmost, most perfect MBh

pariniṣpad

pari-niṣ-√pad Ā. -padyate, to change or turn into (nom.) Kāraṇḍ

⋙ pariniṣpatti

pari-niṣpatti f. perfection Vajracch

⋙ pariniṣpanna

pari-niṣpanna mfn. developed, perfect, real, existing Saṃk. Buddh

• -tva n. real being, reality Saṃk

⋙ pariniṣpādita

pari-niṣpādita mfn. (fr. Caus.) developed, manifested Kāraṇḍ

parinṛt

pari-√nṛt P. -nṛ́tyati, to dance about or round (acc.) TS. AV. MBh

parinaiṣṭhika

pari-naiṣṭhika See under pari-ni-ṣṭhā

parinyasta

pari-ny-asta mfn. (√2. as) stretched out, extended Kathās

⋙ parinyāsa

pari-nyāsa m. completing the sense of a passage W

• alluding to the development of the seed (bīja) or origin of a dramatic plot Daśar

paripac

pari-√pac P. -pacati, to bring to maturity Divyâv.: Pass. -pacyate, to be cooked Pañc

• to be burnt (in hell) Hariv

• to become ripe, (fig.) have results or consequences Hariv. Var

• approach one's end or issue MBh.: Caus. -pācayati, to cook, roast Suśr

• to cause to ripen, bring to maturity or perfection Kāraṇḍ

⋙ paripakva

pari-pakva mfn. completely cooked or dressed W

• completely burnt (as bricks) Var

• quite ripe, mature, accomplished, perfect MBh. Kāv. Suśr

• highly cultivated, very sharp or shrewd SaddhP

• near death or decay, about to pass away MBh. Suśr

• fully digested W

• -kaṣāya mfn. = jitêndriya Kull. on Mn. vi, 1

• -tā f. being dressed or cooked, maturity

• digestion

• perfection

• shrewdness W

• -śāli m. ripe rice, Ṛit,

⋙ paripacana

pari-pacana n. = tailapācanikā Car. Sch

⋙ paripāka

pari-pāka m. being completely cooked or dressed Bhpr

• digestion Vedântas

• ripening, maturity, perfection Kāv. Sāṃkhyak. Suśr

• result, consequence (āt and atas, in consequence of) Mcar. Rājat

• cleverness, shrewdness, experience Naish. (cf. parī-p○)

⋙ paripākin

pari-pākin mfn. ripening, digesting W

• (inī), f. Ipomoea Turpethum L

⋙ paripācana

pari-pācana mfn. cooking, ripening Suśr

• (fig.) bringing to maturity Lalit

• n. and -tā f. the act of bringing to maturity Lalit

⋙ paripācayitṛ

pari-pācayitṛ mfn. cooking, ripening Megh. Sch

⋙ paripācita

pari-pācita mfn. cooked, roasted Suśr

paripaṭh

pari-√paṭh P. -paṭhati, to discourse Sarvad

• to enumerate completely, detail, mention, name MBh. Suśr. Pur

⋙ paripāṭha

pari-pāṭha m. complete enumeration

• (ena), ind. in detail, completely MBh

⋙ paripāṭhaka

pari-pāṭhaka mfn. enumerating completely, detailing Cat

paripaṇa

pari-paṇa m. n. (√paṇ) = nīvii (capital, stock ?) L

⋙ paripaṇana

pari-paṇana n. playing for, wagering Mudr

⋙ paripaṇita

pari-paṇita mfn. pledged, wagered, promised W

paripaṇḍiman

pari-paṇḍiman m. complete whiteness Śiś

paripat

pari-√pat P. -patati (3. pl. pf. -petur), to fly or run about, wheel or whirl round, rush to and fro, move hither and thither RV. &c. &c

• to leap down from (abl.) MBh

• to throw one's self upon, attack (with loc.) ib. Kāv.: Caus. -pātayati, to cause to fall down, shoot down or off MBh

• to throw into (loc.) Mṛicch

• to destroy Divyâv

⋙ paripatana

pari-patana n. flying round or about Śak

paripati

pári-pati m. the lord of all around RV. VS. (Mahīdh. 'flying about')

paripad

pari-√pad Caus. -pādayati, to change (m before r and the sibilants) into Anu-svāra RPrāt

⋙ paripad

pari-pád f. a trap or snare RV

⋙ paripadin

pari-padin m. an enemy L. (wṛ. for ○parin ?). [Page 597, Column 1] Contents of this page

⋙ paripanna

pari-panna n. the change of m into Anusvāra (cf. above) RPrāt

⋙ paripāda

pari-pāda m. g. nirudakâdi

paripanthaka

pari-panthaka m. (√panth) one who obstructs the way, an antagonist, adversary, enemy Rājat

⋙ paripantham

pari-pantham ind. by or in the way L

⋙ paripanthaya

pari-panthaya Nom. P. ○yati, to obstruct the way, oppose, resist (with acc.) Rājat

⋙ paripanthika

pari-panthika m. an adversary, enemy MBh

⋙ paripanthin

pari-panthín mfn. standing in the way, hindering

• m. = prec. RV. &c. &c. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-2, 89)

• ○thi-tva n. Sāh. Sarvad

⋙ paripanthībhū

pari-panthī-√bhū to become the adversary of (gen.) Veṇis

paripara

pari-para See a-pari-para

≫ pariparin

pari-parín m. (prob. fr. pari + pari) an antagonist, adversary VS. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-2, 89)

paripavana

pari-pavana See pari-pū, col. 2

paripaś

pari-√paś P. -paśyati, to look over, survey RV. AV

• to perceive, behold, see, observe RV. TS. Br. Up

• to fix the mind or thoughts upon (acc.) MBh

• to learn, know, recognise as (2 acc.) MuṇḍUp. MBh. BhP

paripaśavya

pári-paśavya mfn. (paśu) relating to the sacrificial victim ŚBr. KātyŚr

paripā

pari-pā √1. P. -pibati, to drink before or after (acc.) AitBr

• to drink or suck out, take away, rob Kād

⋙ paripāna

pari-pā́na n. a drink, beverage RV

⋙ paripīta

pari-pīta mfn. drunk or sucked out, gone through Kāv

• soaked with (comp.) Suśr

paripā

pari-pā √3. P. -pāti, (aor. Subj. -pāsati RV.), to protect or defend on every side, to guard, maintain RV. &c.&c

⋙ paripāṇa

pari-pā́ṇa n. protection, defence, covert RV

⋙ paripālaka

pari-pālaka mf(ikā)n. (cf. √pāl) guarding, keeping, maintaining Pur

• taking care of one's property SaddhP

⋙ paripālana

pari-pālana n. the act of guarding &c. Vishṇ. MBh. Kāv. &c

• fostering, nourishing Pañc

• (ā), f. protection, care, nurture Bālar

⋙ paripālanīya

pari-pālanīya mfn. to be guarded or preserved or kept or maintained Kād

⋙ paripālayitṛ

pari-pālayitṛ mfn. protecting, defending Śaṃk

⋙ paripālya

pari-pālya mfn. = ○pālanīya MBh. R. &c

⋙ paripipālayiṣā

pari-pipālayiṣā f. (fr. Desid. of Caus.) desire of protecting or sustaining or preserving Śaṃk

paripāka

pari-pāka ○kin &c. See pari-pac

paripāṭala

pari-pāṭala mfn. of a pale red colour, pale red Kālid. Śiś. &c

⋙ parilita

pari-lita m. dyed pale red Hariv

paripāṭi

pari-pāṭi ○ṭī f. succession, order, method, arrangement Var. Caṇḍ. Bhām. Sāh

• arithmetic Col

paripāṇḍu

pari-pāṇḍu mfn. very light or pale Kālid. Ratnâv

⋙ paripāṇḍiman

pari-pāṇḍiman m. excessive pallor or whiteness Śiś

⋙ paripāṇḍura

pari-pāṇḍura mfn. dazzling white Bālar. Vcar

⋙ paripāṇḍurita

pari-pāṇḍurita mfn. made very pale ib

paripārśva

pari-pārśva mfn. being at or by one's side, near, at hand KātyŚr

⋙ paripārśvacara

○cara mfn. going at or by one's side MBh

⋙ paripārśvatas

○tas ind. at or by the side, on both sides of (gen.) MBh. Hariv

⋙ paripārśvavartin

○vartin mfn. being at the side or near Kum. Prab

paripiṅga

pari-piṅga mfn. quite reddishbrown

⋙ paripiṅgakṛ

pari-piṅga-√kṛ to dye reddish-brown Śiś

paripiccha

pari-piccha n. an ornament made of the feathers of a peacock's tail BhP

paripiñja

pari-piñja mfn. full of (instr.) Kum

paripiñjara

pari-piñjara mf(ā)n. of a brownish red colour Kād. Vcar

paripiṇḍīkṛta

pari-piṇḍī-kṛta mfn. made up like a ball Divyâv

paripiṣ

pari-√piṣ (only pf. -pipeṣa), to crush, pound, strike R

⋙ paripiṣṭa

pari-piṣṭa mfn. crushed, trampled down MBh

⋙ paripiṣṭaka

pari-piṣṭaka n. lead L

paripīḍ

pari-√pīḍ P. -pīḍayati, to press all round, press together, squeeze Kāv. Suśr

• to torment, harass, vex MBh. Kāv. &c

• (in augury) to cover, cover up Var

⋙ paripīḍana

pari-pīḍana n. squeezing or pressing out Suśr

• injuring, prejudicing Kām

⋙ paripīḍā

pari-pīḍā f. pressing, tormenting R

⋙ paripīḍita

pari-pīḍita mfn. pressed

• embraced

• tormented Kāv. [Page 597, Column 2]

paripīvara

pari-pīvara mfn. very fat or plump Hariv

paripuṅkhita

pari-puṅkhita mfn. feathered (as an arrow) Bhām

paripucchaya

pari-pucchaya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to wag the tail Pāṇ. 3-1, 20 Sch

paripuṭ

pari-√puṭ Pass. -puṭyate, to peel off, lose the bark or skin Suśr

⋙ paripuṭana

pari-puṭana n. peeling, losing the bark or skin ib

• -vat mfn. peeling or dropping off ib

⋙ paripoṭa

pari-poṭa m. peeling off (a partic. disease of the ear) Suśr

• -ka m. id. ib

• -vat mfn. peeling off, losing the skin ib

⋙ paripoṭana

pari-poṭana n. peeling off, desquamation, losing the bark or skin ib

paripuṣ

pari-√puṣ Caus. -poṣayati (Pass. pr. p. -poṣyamāṇa), to nourish, foster

⋙ paripuṣṭa

pari-puṣṭa mfn. nourished, cherished (-tā f. Yājñ.)

• amply provided with, abounding in (comp.) Kull

• augmented], increased Sāh

⋙ paripoṣa

pari-poṣa m. full growth or development Sāh

⋙ paripoṣaka

pari-poṣaka mfn. nourishing, confirming. Rājat

⋙ paripoṣaṇa

pari-poṣaṇa n. the act of cherishing or furthering or promoting BhP

⋙ paripoṣaṇīya

pari-poṣaṇīya mfn. to be nourished or promoted Pañc

paripuṣkarā

pari-puṣkarā f. Cucumis Maderaspatanus L

paripū

pari-√pū P. Ā. -punāti, ○nīte, to purify completely, strain

• Ā. (RV. -pavate), to flow off clearly

⋙ paripavana

pari-pavana n. cleaning, winnowing corn Kull

• a winnowing basket Nir

⋙ paripūta

pari-pūta mfn. purified, strained, winnowed, threshed RV. Mn. &c

⋙ paripūti

pari-pūti f. complete cleaning or purification Bālar

paripūj

pari-√pūj P. -pūjayati, to honour greatly, adore, worship MBh. Kāv

⋙ paripūjana

pari-pūjana n. honouring, adoring W

⋙ paripūjā

pari-pūjā f. id. MW

⋙ paripūjita

pari-pūjita mfn. honoured, adored, worshipped ib

paripṛcchaka

pari-pṛcchaka &c. See pariprach

paripṝ

pari-√pṝ Pass. -pūryate, to fill (intrans.), become completely full Rājat.: Caus. -pūrayati, to fill (trans.), make full, cover or occupy completely MBh. Kāv. &c

• to fulfil, accomplish, go through Kāraṇḍ

⋙ paripūraka

pari-pūraka mfn. filling, fulfilling Bhartṛ

• causing fulness or prosperity Kull

⋙ paripūraṇa

pari-pūraṇa n. the act of filling Kāv

• accomplishing, perfecting, rendering complete Śaṃk. Kāraṇḍ

⋙ paripūraṇīya

pari-pūraṇīya mfn. to be filled or fulfilled Hcat

⋙ paripūrayitavya

pari-pūrayitavya mfn. id. Kāraṇḍ

⋙ paripūrita

pari-pūrita mfn. filled or occupied by, furnished with (comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c

• accomplished, finished, gone through, experienced Gīt

⋙ paripūrin

pari-pūrin mfn. granting or bestowing richly Śiś

⋙ paripūrṇa

pari-pūrṇa mfn. quite full Kauś

• completely filled or covered with, occupied by (comp.) MBh. R. &c

• accomplished, perfect, whole, complete ib

• fully satisfied, content R

• -candra-vimala-prabha m. N. of a Samādhi L

• -tā f. -tva n. completion, fulness, satiety, satisfaction L

• -bhāṣin mfn. speaking perfectly i.e. very wisely R

• -mānasa mfn. satisfied in mind R

• -mukha mf(ī)n. having the face entirely covered or smeared or painted with (comp.) Caurap

• -sahasra-candra-vatī f. 'possessing a thousand full moons', N. of Indra's wife L

• -vyañjanatā f. having the sexual organs complete (one of the 80 secondary marks of a Buddha) Dharmas. lxxxiv, 24

• ○ṇârtha mfn. having attained one's aim R

• full of meaning, wise (as a speech) MBh. R

• ○ṇêndu m. the full moon Mṛicch

⋙ paripūrti

pari-pūrti f. fulness, completion RPrāt. Sch

paripelava

pari-pelava mf(ā)n. very fine or small, very delicate Var

• n. (also -pela L.) Cyperus Rotundus or a similar kind of grass Suśr

paripoṭa

pari-poṭa &c. See pari-puṭ

paripoṣa

pari-poṣa &c. See pari-puṣ

paripragrah

pari-pra-√grah P. -gṛhṇāti, to hand or pass round KātyŚr

pariprach

pari-√prach P. Ā. -pṛcchati, ○te (pf. -papraccha

• fut. -prakṣyati

• ind. p. -pṛcchya

• inf. -praṣṭum), to interrogate or ask a person about anything, to inquire about (with 2 acc. or with acc. of pers. and acc. with prati loc. or gen. of thing) MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙ paripṛcchaka

pari-pṛcchaka m. an interrogator, inquirer GopBr

⋙ paripṛcchanikā

pari-pṛcchanikā f. a subject for discussion Divyâv

⋙ paripṛcchā

pari-pṛcchā f. question, inquiry L. [Page 597, Column 3]

⋙ paripṛcchika

pari-pṛcchika mfn. one who receives anything only when asked for MBh. (Nīlak.)

⋙ paripṛṣṭika

pari-pṛṣṭika mfn. id. ib

⋙ paripraśna

pari-praśna m. question, interrogation Bhag

• inquiry about (comp.). Pāṇ. 2-1, 63 &c

paripraṇī

pari-pra-ṇī (√nī, only Pass. -ṇīyáte), to fetch from (abl.) RV. i, 141, 4

pariprath

pari-√prath (only pf. Ā. -paprathé), to stretch round or over (acc.) RV. vi, 7, 7

paripradhanv

pari-pra-√dhanv (only Impv. dhanva), to run or stream about RV

paripramuc

pari-pra-√muc (only Impv. Ā. -muñcasva), to free one's self from (abl.) RV. x, 38, 5

pariprayā

pari-pra-√yā (only 2. pl. pr. -yāthá), to travel round (acc.) RV. iv, 51, 5

paripravac

pari-pra-√vac (only aor. -pravocan), to tell anything earlier than another person (acc.), ChUP. iv, 10, 2

paripravṛt

pari-pra-√vṛt Caus. -vartayati, to turn hither RV. x, 135, 4

paripraśna

pari-praśna See pari-prach

pariprasyand

pari-pra-√syand Ā. -syándate (aor. P. -ásiṣyadat), to flow forth or round RV

pariprāp

pari-prâp (-pra + √āp), Caus. -prâpayati, to get done, bring about, accomplish Lalit. Divyâv

⋙ pariprāpaṇa

pari-prâpaṇa n. taking place, occurrence Pat

⋙ pariprāpti

pari-prâpti f. obtaining, acquisition R

⋙ pariprāpya

pari-prâpya mfn. to be done Divyâv

⋙ pariprepsu

pari-prêpsu mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing to gain or obtain, desirous of (acc.) MBh

pariprārdha

pari-prârdha n. proximity, nearness ŚāṅkhBr

pariprī

pari-prī́ mfn. very dear, highly valued RV

⋙ pariprīta

pári-prīta mfn. id. ib

• much gratified, delighted MBh

paripruṣ

pari-√pruṣ (only pr. p. -pruṣṇát), to sprinkle about TS

⋙ paripruṣ

pari-prúṣ mfn. sprinkling, splashing RV

paripre

pari-pré (-pra +√i, only pr. p. -prayát), to run through on all sides RV. ix, 68, 8

paripreraka

pari-prêraka mfn. (√īr) exciting, causing, effecting Sāy

paripreṣ

pari-prêṣ (-pra + √1. iṣ), Caus. prat9ṣayati, to send forth, despatch Bhaṭṭ

⋙ paripreṣaṇa

pari-prêṣaṇa n. sending forth

• abandoning W

⋙ paripreṣita

pari-prêṣita mfn. sent forth

• abandoned ib

⋙ paripreṣya

pari-prêṣya m. a servant MBh. iv, 32 (v. l. pare pr○)

pariplu

pari-√plu Ā. -plavate (ind. p. -plutya MBh

• -plūya Pāṇ. 6-4, 58), to swim or float or hover about or through Br. &c. &c

• to revolve, move in a circle ŚBr

• to move restlessly, go astray Br

• to hasten forward or near MBh.: Caus. -plāvayati (ind. p. -plāvya), to bathe, water MBh

⋙ pariplava

pari-plavá mfn. swimming VS. Kāṭh

• swaying or moving to and fro ŚāṅkhBr

• running about, unsteady, restless Śiś

• m. trembling, restlessness Bhpr

• bathing, inundation W

• oppression, tyranny ib

• a ship, boat R. (v. l. pāripl○)

• N. of a prince (son of Sukhī-bala or Sukhī-vala or Sukhī-nala) Pur

• (ā), f. a sort of spoon used at sacrifices KātyŚr

⋙ pariplāvya

pari-plāvya mfn. to be poured over MBh

⋙ paripluta

pari-pluta mfn. bathed, one who has bathed in (loc. or comp.) MBh

• flooded, immersed, overwhelmed or visited by (instr. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c

• n. a spring, jump Var

• (ā), f. spirituous liquor L

paripluṣṭa

pari-pluṣṭa mfn. (√pluṣ) burnt, scorched, singed L

⋙ pariploṣa

pari-ploṣa m. burning, internal heat Car

pariphulla

pari-phulla mfn. widely opened (as eyes) Śiś

• covered with erected hairs ib

paribandh

pari-√bandh Ā. -badhnīte (impf. 3. sg. pary-abandhata MBh

• Pass. pary-abadhyata ib

• pf. Ā. pari-bedhiré AV.), to tie to, bind on, put on

• to surround, encircle: Caus. -bandhayati, to tie round, embrace, span Cat

⋙ paribaddha

pari-baddha mfn. bound, stopped, obstructed R

⋙ paribandhana

pari-bandhana n. tying round L

paribādh

pari-√bādh Ā. -bādhate, to ward or keep off, exclude from, protect or defend against (abl.) VS. Br. &c. [Page 598, Column 1] Contents of this page

• to vex, molest, annoy MBh. Kāv.: Desid. -bibādhiṣate, to strive to keep or ward off ŚBr

⋙ paribādh

pari-bā́dh f. hindrance or a hinderer RV

⋙ paribādha

pari-bādha m. a noxious or troublesome demon MantraBr

• (ā), f. trouble, toil, hardship Śak

paribubhukṣita

pari-bubhukṣita mfn. (Desid. of pari- √3. bhuj), very hungry MBh

paribṛṃh

pari-bṛṃh (√2. bṛṃh, also written vṛṃh in verb. forms and deriv.), P. Ā. -bṛṃhati (or -bṛhati), ○te (p. pf. Ā. -babṛhāṇa, prob. solid, strong RV. v, 41, 12), to embrace, encircle, fasten, make big or strong Br.: Caus. -bṛṃhayati, to make strong, strengthen MBh

⋙ paribarha

pari-barha m. (ifc. f. ā) 'surroundings', retinue, train, furniture, attire, trim, property, wealth, the necessaries of life MBh. R. &c

• royal insignia L

• -vat mfn. (a house) provided with suitable furniture Ragh

⋙ paribarhaṇa

pari-barhaṇa n. retinue, train, attire, trim MBh

• worship, adoration BhP

• (ā), f. growth, increase Nir. Sch

⋙ paribṛṃhaṇa

pari-bṛṃhaṇa n. prosperity, welfare BhP

• an additional work, supplement Mn. MBh

⋙ paribṛṃhita

pari-bṛṃhita (or ○vṛhita

• Pāṇ. 7-2, 21 Sch.), mfn. increased, augmented, strengthened by, connected or furnished with (instr. or comp.) MBh. BhP

• n. the roar of an elephant L

⋙ paribṛḍha

pari-bṛḍha (pári-), mfn. firm, strong, solid ŚBr. Nir

• m. (only -vṛḍha) a superior, lord Rājat. (cf. Pāṇ. 7-2, 21)

• comp. -vraḍhīyas Pat

• superl. -vraḍhiṣṭha ib

• or -vṛḍha-tama (with brahma n. the supreme spirit) Saṃk

• Nom. P. -vraḍhaya, ○yati Pat

• -vraḍhiman m. (g. dṛḍhâdi) ability, capability Śiś. v, 41 (a-pariv○)

paribodha

pari-bodha m. (√budh) reason (-vat mfn. endowed with reason Śak. v, 21, v, l.)

⋙ paribodhana

pari-bodhana n. exhortation, admonitinn (also ā f.) Kād

⋙ paribodhanīya

pari-bodhanīya mfn. to be admonished ib

paribrū

pari-√brū P. -braviiti (Pot. -brūyāt), to utter a spell or charm, lay under a spell, enchant AV. Kāṭh

paribhakṣ

pari-√bhakṣ P. -bhakṣayati, to drink or eat up (esp. what belongs to another), devour, consume MBh

⋙ paribhakṣaṇa

pari-bhakṣaṇa n. eating up, consuming MBh

• being eaten up by (instr.) ib

⋙ paribhakṣā

pari-bhakṣā f. passing over any one at a meal, N. of a partic. observance ĀpŚr

⋙ paribhakṣita

pari-bhakṣita mfn. drunk or eaten up, devoured, consumed ŚāṅkhBr. Lāṭy. Sch. MBh

paribhagna

pari-bhagna mfn. (√bhañj) broken, interrupted, disturbed, stopped MBh. R

• -krama mfn. stopped in one's course, checked in one's progress MBh

⋙ paribhaṅga

pari-bhaṅga m. breaking to pieces, shattering W

paribhaj

pari-√bhaj (only ind. p. -bhajya), to divide MBh

paribhaya

pari-bhaya m. or n. (√bhī) apprehension, fear Śaṃk

paribharts

pari-√bharts P. -bhartsati, or -bhartsayati, to threaten, menace, scold, chide MBh. R

⋙ paribhartsana

pari-bhartsana n. threatening, menacing R

⋙ paribhartsita

pari-bhartsita mfn. threatened, chided ib

paribhava

pari-bhava ○vana &c. See pari-bhū

paribhāṇḍa

pari-bhāṇḍa n. furniture, utensils Āpast

paribhāva

pari-bhāva ○vana &c. See pari-bhū

paribhāṣ

pari-√bhāṣ Ā. -bhāṣate, to speak to (acc.), address, admonish MBh. Hariv. R

• to declare, teach, explain, define Gṛihyās. Hariv. Kāś

• to persuade, exhort, encourage MW

• to abuse Divyâv

⋙ paribhāṣaka

pari-bhāṣaka mfn. abusive Divyâv

⋙ paribhāṣaṇa

pari-bhāṣaṇa mfn. speaking much (a-paribh○) R

• n. speaking, talking, discourse Subh

• admonition, reprimand, reproof Mn. MBh. Lalit

• rule, precept W

• agreement (?) ib

⋙ paribhāṣaṇīya

pari-bhāṣaṇīya mfn. to be addressed or spoken to

• reprehensible, deserving reproof W

⋙ paribhāṣā

pari-bhāṣā f. speech, discourse, words MBh. BhP

• blame, censure, reproof (only pl.) Pat. Bālar

• any explanatory rule or general definition, (in gram.) a rule or maxim which teaches the proper interpretation or application of other rules Pāṇ

• (in medic.) prognosis

• a table or list of abbreviations or signs used in any work

• (also pl.) N. of sev. wks

• -kroḍa-pattra n. -"ṣṅka-sūtra (○ṣâṅk○), n. -chando-mañjarī f. -ṭīkā f. -prakaraṇa n. -prakāśa, m. -prakāśikā f. -pradīpa m. -pradīpârcis n. -bhāṣya-sūtra n. -bhāskara m. -mañjarī f. -rahasya, n. -"ṣrtha-mañjarī (○ṣârth○), f. -"ṣrtha-saṃgraha (○ṣârth○), m. -viveka m. -viśeṣa m. -vṛtti f. -śiromaṇi m. -saṃgraha m. -sāra m. -sāra-saṃgraha m. -sūtra n. ○ṣêndu-bhāskara m. ○ṣêndu-śekhara m. ○ṣêndu-śekharasaṃgraha m. ○ṣôpaskāra m. N. of wks. [Page 598, Column 2]

⋙ paribhāṣita

pari-bhāṣita mfn. explained, said, stated as (nom.), taught, established as a rule, formed or used technically Hariv. Bālar. Bījag

• -tva n. RPrāt. Sch

⋙ paribhāṣin

pari-bhāṣin mfn. speaking, telling (ifc.) R

⋙ paribhāṣya

pari-bhāṣya mfn. to be stated or taught (a-paribh○) Pat

paribhās

pari-√bhās Ā. -bhāsate, to appear ŚBr

⋙ paribhāsita

pari-bhāsita mfn. (fr. Caus.) embellished, adorned Cat

paribhid

pari-√bhid Pass. -bhidyate, to be broken or destroyed MBh

⋙ paribhinna

pari-bhinna (pári-), mfn. broken, split or cleft open, crumbled ŚBr. R

• disfigured, deformed MBh

⋙ paribheda

pari-bheda m. hurt, injury R

⋙ paribhedaka

pari-bhedaka mfn. breaking through Cat

paribhuj

pari-bhuj √1. P. -bhujati, (-ábubhojīr RV. i, 33, 9), to span, encompass, embrace RV. VS. TāṇḍBr

⋙ paribhugna

pari-bhugna mfn. bowed, bent Bhaṭṭ. (Pāṇ. 8-4, 31 Sch.)

paribhuj

pari-bhuj √3. P. Ā. -bhunakti, -bhuṅkte, (inf. -bhoktum), to eat before another (with acc.) MBh

• to neglect to feed BhP

• to feed upon, eat, consume, enjoy Kāv. Sāh

⋙ paribhukta

pari-bhukta mfn. eaten before another, anticipated in eating MBh

• eaten, enjoyed, possessed Kāv

• worn (as a garment) Divyâv

⋙ paribhoktṛ

pari-bhoktṛ mfn. eating, enjoying SaddhP

• living at another's cost Mn. ii, 201

⋙ paribhoga

pari-bhoga m. enjoyment, (esp.) sexual intercourse MBh. Kāv. Var

• illegal use of another's goods W

• means of subsistence or enjoyment MBh

⋙ paribhogya

pari-bhogya (!), n. use Divyâv

paribhū

pari-√bhū P. Ā. -bhavati, ○te (pf. -babhūva, ○bhūtha, ○bhūvuḥ RV

• aor. -abhūvan, -bhuvat

• Subj. -bhūtas, -bhūthas ib

• Impv. -bhūtu ib

• Ved. inf. -bhvé ib

• ind. p. -bhūya MBh. Kāv. &c.: Pass. -bhūyate R

• fut. -bhaviṣyate Bhaṭṭ.), to be round anything, surround, enclose, contain RV. AV. Br

• to go or fly round, accompany, attend to, take care of, guide, govern RV. AV

• to be superior, excel, surpass, subdue, conquer RV. &c. &c

• to pass round or over, not heed, slight, despise, insult MBh. Kāv. &c

• to disgrace MBh

• to disappear, be lost (= parā-bhū) ib.: Caus. -bhāvayati, ○te (ind. p. -bhāvya), to spread around, divulge, make known Uttarar

• to surpass, exceed BhP

• to soak, saturate, sprinkle Suśr. ŚārṅgS

• to contain, include BhP

• to conceive, think, consider, know, recognise as (acc.) Prab. Rājat. BhP. Pañc

⋙ paribhava

pari-bhava m. insult, injury, humiliation, contempt, disgrace MBh. Kāv. &c

• -pada n. an object or occasion of contempt Kālid. Hit

• -vidhi m. humiliation, Śṛiṅgār

• ○vâśpada n. = ○va-pada Vikr. MārkP

⋙ paribhavana

pari-bhavana n. humiliation, degradation Mālav

⋙ paribhavanīya

pari-bhavanīya mfn. liable to be insulted or offended or humiliated Mālav. Kād. Kathās

⋙ paribhavin

pari-bhavin mfn. injuring, despising, ridiculing Inscr

• suffering disrespect W. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-2, 157)

⋙ paribhāva

pari-bhāva (also pari-bh○), m. contempt Pañc. i, 258/259 (B. ○bhava)

⋙ paribhāvana

pari-bhāvana n. cohesion, union MBh

• (ā), f. thought, contemplation Uttarar

• (in dram.) words exciting curiosity Sāh

⋙ paribhāvita

pari-bhāvita mfn. enclosed, contained BhP

• (-tva n. RPrāt. Sch., wṛ. for ○bhāṣita-tva)

• penetrated, pervaded ib

• conceived, imagined ib

⋙ paribhāvin

pari-bhāvin mfn. injuring, despising, slighting, mocking, defying (ifc.) Kālid. Ratnâv

⋙ paribhāvuka

pari-bhāvuka mf(ī)n. who or what shames or humbles or outstrips another (with acc.), Śis

⋙ paribhū

pari-bhū́ mfn. surrounding, enclosing, containing, pervading, guiding, governing RV. AV. TS. TBr. ĪśUp

⋙ paribhūta

pari-bhūta mfn. overpowered, conquered, slighted, disregarded, despised Kāv. Pur

• m. (with bhaṭṭa) N. of a poet Cat

• -gati-traya mfn. surpassing three times the age of man BhP

• -tā f. humiliation, degradation Vajracch

⋙ paribhūti

pari-bhūti (pári-), f. superiority RV

• contempt, humiliation, disrespect, injury Kathās. Pañc. BhP

paribhūṣ

pari-√bhūṣ P. -bhū́ṣati, to run round, circumambulate RV

• to wait upon, serve, attend, honour, obey, follow ib

• to fit out, decorate ib. [Page 598, Column 3]

• to be superior, surpass in (instr.) ib. ii, 12, 1

⋙ paribhūṣaṇa

pari-bhūṣaṇa m. (sc. saṃdhi) peace obtained by the cession of the whole revenue of a land Kām. (v. l. para-bh○)

⋙ paribhūṣita

pari-bhūṣita mfn. decorated, adorned MBh

paribhṛ

pari-√bhṛ P. Ā. -bharati, ○te (pf. P. -babhrima [!] BhP

• Ā. -jabhre RV.), to bring RV

• (Ā.) to extend or pass beyond ib. (also trans. = extend, spread, i, 97, 15)

• to roam or travel about, Bhp. (cf. above)

paribheda

pari-bheda ○dhaka, See pari-bhid

paribhoga

pari-bhoga &c. See pari- √3. bhuj

paribhraṃś

pari-√bhraṃś only pr. p. Ā. in a-paribhraśyamāna mfn. not escaping Kām

⋙ paribhraṃśa

pari-bhraṃśa m. escape Hariv

⋙ paribhraṃśana

pari-bhraṃśana n. falling from, loss of (abl.) Pañc

⋙ paribhraṣṭa

pari-bhraṣṭa mfn. fallen or dropped off

• fallen from (often = omitting, neglecting)

• deprived of (abl. or comp., rarely instr.) Mn. MBh. &c

• fallen, lost, ruined

• sunk, degraded MBh. Kāv. &c

• escaped, vanished MBh. Kathās

• -satkarman mfn. one whose virtuous acts are lost or in vain BhP

• -sukha mfn. fallen from happiness MBh

paribhrajj

pari-√bhrajj only pr. p. -bhṛjjyat (with pass. meaning, Bh. B. xi, 97, C. -bhujyat) and Caus. -bharjayati (Bhpr.), to fry, roast, parch

⋙ paribhṛṣṭa

pari-bhṛṣṭa mfn. fried, roasted, parched Suśr

paribhram

pari-√bhram P. -bhramati, -bhrāmyati (ep. also ○te

• pr. p. -bhramat, -bhrāmyat and -bhramamāṇa

• pf. -babhrāma, 3. pl. -babhramuḥ, or -bhremuḥ

• ind. p. -bhramya

• inf. -bhramitum or -bhrāntum), to rove, ramble, wander about or through MBh. Kāv. &c

• (also with maṇḍalam) to turn or whirl round, move in a circle, describe a circle round, revolve, rotate MaitrUp. Hariv. R. BhP.: Caus. -bhrāmayati, to stir up, shake through Bhpr

⋙ paribhrama

pari-bhrama mfn. flying round or about ( khe-paribhr○)

• m. wandering, going about BhP

• circumlocution, rambling discourse Mṛicch. i, 2/3

• error W

⋙ paribhramaṇa

pari-bhramaṇa n. turning round, revolving (as of wheels) BhP

• moving to and fro, going about Prasaṅg

• circumference Sūryas

⋙ paribhrāmaṇa

pari-bhrāmaṇa n. (fr. Caus.) turning to and fro BhP

⋙ paribhrāmin

pari-bhrāmin mfn. moving hither and thither in (comp.) Bālar

paribhrāj

pari-√bhrāj (only pf. -babhrāja), to shed brilliance all around R

parimaṇḍala

pari-maṇḍala mf(ā)n. round, circular, globular ŚBr. MBh. &c

• of the measure of an atom A

• m. (sc., maśaka) a species of venomous gnat Suśr

• n. a globe, sphere, orbit, circumference MBh. BhP. Hcat

• -kuṣṭha n. a kind of leprosy Car

• -tā f. whirling about Kir

• roundness, rotundity, circularity Kād. Suśr. (also -tva n. MW.)

⋙ parimaṇḍalita

pari-maṇḍalita mfn. rounded, made round or circular Kir

parimaṇḍita

pari-maṇḍita mfn. (√maṇḍ) adorned or decorated all around R

parimath

pari-√math (only impf. -ámathnāt), to pluck (the Soma plant) RV. i, 93, 6

⋙ parimathita

pari-mathita mfn. (Agni) produced by attrition ib. iii, 9, 5

⋙ parimāthin

pari-māthin mfn. torturing Mālatīm

pariman

pari-√man (only Pot. -mamanyāt

• pf. -mamnā́the

• aor. Subj. -máṃsate), to overlook, neglect, disregard RV

⋙ parimat

pari-mat mfn. Vop. xxvi, 78

parimantrita

pari-mantrita mfn. (√mantr) charmed, consecrated, enchanted MBh

parimanthara

pari-manthara mf(ā)n. extremely slow or tardy Śiś. Caṇḍ

⋙ parimantharatā

○tā f. slowness, dullness Veṇis

parimanda

pari-manda mfn. very dull or faint or weak Śiś

• (ibc.) a little ib

⋙ parimandatā

○tā f. fatigue, ennui ib

parimanyu

pari-manyú mfn. wrathful, angry RV

parimara

pari-mara pari-marda, pari-marśa, See pari-mṛ, -mṛd, -mṛś, p. 599

parimala

pari-mala m. (Prākr. fr. √mṛd?) fragrance, or a fragrant substance, perfume (esp. arising from the trituration of fragrant substances) Kāv. Pañc. &c

• copulation, connubial pleasure Kir. ( See below) [Page 599, Column 1] Contents of this page

• a meeting of learned men L

• soil, stain, dirt L

• N. of a poet (also called Padmagupta) Cat

• of sev. wks. and Comms

• -ja mfn. (enjoyment) arising from copulation Kir. x, 1

• -bhṛt mfn. laden with perfumes Bhartṛ

• -samā f. N. of Comm. on VarBṛS

⋙ parimalaya

pari-malaya Nom. P. ○yati, to make fragrant Prasannar

⋙ parimalita

pari-malita mfn. soiled, deprived of freshness or beauty W

• perfumed ib

parimā

pari-√mā Ā. -mimīte (pf. -mame

• Pass. -mīyate

• inf. -mātum), to measure round or about, mete out, fulfil, embrace RV. &c. &c

• to measure, estimate, determine MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙ parimā

pari-mā f. measure, periphery MaitrS

⋙ parimāṇa

pari-mā́ṇa n. measuring, meting out KātyŚr. Var

• (also -ka n. Bhāshāp.) measure of any kind, e.g. circumference, length, size, weight, number, value, duration (ifc. 'amounting to' RV. &c. &c. cf. parīm○)

• -tas ind. by measure, in weight Mn. viii, 133

• -vat (L

• ○t-tva n.)

• ○ṇin Pāṇ.). mfn. having measure, measured, measurable

⋙ parimita

pari-mita (pári-), mfn. measured, meted, limited, regulated RV. &c. &c

• moderate, sparing MBh. Kāv. &c

• -katha mf(ā)n. of measured discourse, speaking little Megh

• -tva n. moderation, limited condition Kap. Sch

• -bhuj mfn. eating sparingly, abstemious W

• -bhojana n. moderation in eating, abstemiousness MW

• ○tâbharaṇa mf(ā)n. moderately adorned Mālav. Pañc

• ○tâyus mfn. shortlived R

• ○tâhāra mfn. = ○ta-bhuj MBh

• ○têcchatā f. moderation in desire MW

⋙ parimiti

pari-miti f. measure, quantity, limitation Bhāshāp

• -mat mfn. limited Kāv

⋙ parimeya

pari-meya mfn. measurable, limited, few MBh. (a-parim○) Kāv. &c

• -tā f. measurableness, calculableness MW

• -puraḥ-sara mfn. having only few attendants Ragh

parimād

pari-mā́d f. -māda m. (√mad) N. of 16 Sāmans which belong to the Mahā-vratastotra Br. Lāṭy

parimārg

pari-√mārg P. Ā. -mārgati, ○te (inf. -mārgitum), to seek about, search through, strive after, beg for (acc.) MBh. R. 1

⋙ parimārga

pari-mārga m. (for 2. See pari-mṛj) searching about Pratāp

⋙ parimārgaṇa

pari-mārgaṇa n. tracing, searching, looking for (gen.) MBh. R

⋙ parimārgitavya

pari-mārgitavya mfn. to be sought after Bhag

⋙ parimārgin

pari-mārgin mfn. tracking, going after, pursuing (comp.) MBh

parimi

pari-mi √1. P. -minoti, to set or place or lay round TS. Kāṭh

⋙ parimit

pari-mít f. the beam of a roof, joist, rafter &c. AV

parimilana

pari-milana n. (√mil) touch, contact Ratnâv

⋙ parimilita

pari-milita mfn. mixed or filled with, pervaded by (instr.) Śiś

• met from all sides Prasannar

parimīḍha

pari-mīḍha mfn. (√mih) sprinkled with urine PārGṛ

⋙ parimeha

pari-meha m. a magical rite in which urine is sprinkled about ib

parimukham

pari-mukham ind. round or about the face, round, about (any person, &c.) Pāṇ. 4-4, 29

parimugdha

pari-mugdha &c. See pari-muh

parimuc

pari-√muc P. -muñcáti (ind. p. -mucya

• inf. -moktum), to unloose, set free, liberate, deliver from (abl.) AV. MBh. &c

• to let go, give up, part with (acc.) Kāv

• to discharge, emit Kathās.: Pass. -mucyate (○ti MuṇḍUp.), to loosen or free one's self, get rid of (abl., gen. or instr.) RV. &c. &c

• to be liberated or emancipated (from the ties of the world) Kauś. Up

⋙ parimukta

pari-mukta mfn. released, liberated from (comp.)

• -bandhana mfn. released from bonds, unfettered Śak

⋙ parimukti

pari-mukti f. liberation A

⋙ parimocita

pari-mocita mfn. (fr. Caus.) liberated, emancipated Vajracch

parimuṣ

pari-√muṣ P. -muṣṇāti, -muṣati (Pass. pr. p. -muṣyat MBh.), to steal, plunder, rob a persons of (2 acc.) AV. &c. &c

⋙ parimoṣa

pari-moṣá m. theft, robbery TS. &c. &c

⋙ parimoṣaka

pari-moṣaka mfn. stealing MBh

⋙ parimoṣaṇa

pari-moṣaṇa n. taking away Āpast

⋙ parimoṣin

pari-moṣin mfn. stealing

• a thief or robber ŚBr

parimuh

pari-√muh P. Ā. -muhyati, ○te, to be bewildered or perplexed, go astray, fail ŚvetUp. MBh. R.: Caus. -mohayati (○te Pāṇ. 1-3, 89), to bewilder, perplex, entice, allure, trouble, disturb Kauś. MBh. Kāv

⋙ parimugdha

pari-mugdha mfn. bewitchingly lovely (-tā f.) Śiś

⋙ parimūḍha

pari-mūḍha mfn. disturbed, perplexed (-tā f.) Uttarar. Śiś. [Page 599, Column 2]

⋙ parimohana

pari-mohana n. (fr. Caus.) bewildering, fascination, beguiling Uttarar. Caurap

⋙ parimohita

pari-mohita mfn. bewildered, deprived of consciousness or recollection MBh. Hariv. R

⋙ parimohin

pari-mohin mfn. perplexed Śiś

• fascinating, bewitching W

parimṛ

pari-√mṛ Ā. -mriyate (pf. 3. pl. -mamruḥ AitBr.), to die (in numbers) round (acc.) Br. Up

⋙ parimara

pari-mará mfn. one round whom people have died TS

• m. the dying in numbers or round any one

• (with daivaḥ) the dying of the gods KaushUp

• (with brahmaṇaḥ) N. of a magical rite for the destruction of adversaries AitBr. TUp

⋙ parimūrṇa

pari-mūrṇa mf(ī́)n. worn out, decrepit, old (as a cow) ŚBr. KātyŚr. (Sch. = vṛddhā)

parimṛg

pari-√mṛg Ā. -mṛgayate (Pass. p. -mṛgyamāṇa), to seek, search for R

parimṛj

pari-√mṛj P. -mārṣṭi, -mṛjati, -mārjati, mārjayati (rarely Ā., e.g. Pot. -mṛjīta Gobh

• ind. p. -mṛjya

• inf. -mārṣṭum, or -mārjitum), to wipe all round, wash, cleanse, purify RV. &c. &c

• (with cakṣuṣī) to wipe tears from the eyes MBh. R

• (also Ā.) to cleanse or rinse the mouth, Gant. Āpast. Gobh. MBh

• to touch lightly, stroke MBh

• to wipe off or away, remove, efface, get rid of (acc.) R. Kālid. BhP.: Pass. -mṛjyate, to be rubbed or worn out by use (as teeth) MBh. xii, 5303: Intens. -marmṛjyate, to sweep over (acc.) RV. i, 95, 8 (Sāy. 'to cover with radiance'). 2

⋙ parimārga

pari-mārga (for 1. See pari-mārg), m. wiping, cleaning

• friction, touch W

⋙ parimārgya

pari-mārgya mfn. to be cleaned or rubbed Pāṇ. 3-1, 113 (cf. mṛjya)

⋙ parimārja

pari-mārja and See tundapari-mārja, ○jaka

⋙ parimārjaka

pari-mārjaka See tundapari-mārja, ○jaka

⋙ parimārjana

pari-mārjana n. wiping off, cleaning, washing KātyŚr. Gaut

• wiping away, removing Hcat

• a dish of honey and oil L

⋙ parimārjita

pari-mārjita mfn. cleaned, polished MBh

⋙ parimṛj

pari-mṛj mfn. washing, cleaning (in kaṃśa-pari-mṛj) Pāṇ. 8-2, 36 Sch

⋙ parimṛja

pari-mṛja See tunda-parimṛja

⋙ parimṛjita

pari-mṛjita mfn. wiped, rubbed, cleaned Prab

⋙ parimṛjya

pari-mṛjya mfn. to be cleaned or rubbed Pāṇ. 3-1, 113 (cf. ○mārgya). 1

⋙ parimṛṣṭa

pari-mṛṣṭa mfn. (for 2. See pari-mṛś) wiped off, rubbed, stroked, smoothed, polished Āpast. R

• wiped or washed away, removed BhP

• paricchada mfn. trim, neat, spruce ib

parimṛd

pari-√mṛd P. -mṛdnāti, -mardati (ep. also Ā. -mardate), to tread or trample down, crush, grind, wear out MBh. Kāv

• to rub, stroke MBh

• rub off, wipe away (as tears) R

• to excel, surpass MBh

⋙ parimarda

pari-marda m. crushing, wearing out, using up, destroying MBh

⋙ parimardana

pari-mardana n. id. L

• rubbing in Car

• a remedy for rubbing in ib

⋙ parimṛdita

pari-mṛdita mfn. trodden or trampled down, crushed, rubbed, ground, Bhavab

parimṛś

pari-√mṛś P. Ā. -mṛśati, ○te (pf. -mamarśa

• 3. pl. ṛV. -māmṛśuḥ

• aor. -amṛkṣat

• ind. p. -mṛśya), to touch, grasp, seize RV. &c. &c

• to examine, consider, inquire into ib

• to observe, discover BhP.: Pass. -mṛśyate (with pavanais), to be touched i.e. fanned by the wind Suśr

• to be considered MBh.: Intens. -marmṛśat, to encompass, clasp, embrace RV

⋙ parimarśa

pari-marśa m. touching, contact Dharmaś

• consideration, reflection MBh

⋙ parimārkṣṇu

pari-mārkṣṇu mfn. Vop. xxvi, 144. 2

⋙ parimṛṣṭa

pari-mṛṣṭa mfn. (for 1. See pari-mṛj) touched Bhaṭṭ

• seized, caught, found out Mālav

• considered ( See duḥ-parim○) Suśr

• spread, pervaded, filled with (instr.) Kir

parimṛṣ

pari-√mṛṣ P. -mṛṣyati (Pāṇ. 1-3, 82), to be angry with, envy (dat.) Bhaṭṭ

⋙ parimarṣa

pari-marṣa m. envy, dislike, anger W

• v. l. for ○marśa, touching Hariv

parimokṣ

pari-√mokṣ P. -mokṣayati (ind. p. -mokṣya), to set free, liberate MBh

⋙ parimokṣa

pari-mokṣa m. setting free, liberation, deliverance MBh. R

• removing, relieving Ragh. ix, 62 (v. l. pari-moṣa)

• emptying, evacuation BhP

• escape from (abl. or gen.) MBh

• final beatitude (= nir-vāṇa) A

⋙ parimokṣaṇa

pari-mokṣaṇa n. unloosing, untying Suśr

• liberation, deliverance from (gen.) MBh. Mṛicch

parimoṭana

pari-moṭana n. (√muṭ) snapping, cracking VarBṛS. (= caṭācaṭā-śabda Sch.)

parimlai

pari-√mlai Ā. -mlāyate, to fade or wither away, wane, faint Mṛicch

⋙ parimlāna

pari-mlāna mfn. faded, withered Kāv. BhP

• exhausted, languid MBh. [Page 599, Column 3]

• become thinner, emaciated Car

• disappeared, gone Vām. iv, 3, 8

• n. change of countenance by fear or grief W

• soil, stain ib

⋙ parimlāyin

pari-mlāyin mfn. stained, spotted Suśr

• m. a kind of disease of the lens or pupil of the eye (liṅga-nāśa) ib

• ○yi-tva n. falling, sinking ib

pariyaj

pari-√yaj P. -yajati (aor. 2. sg. pary-áyās), to obtain or procure by sacrificing RV. ix, 82, 5

• to sacrifice or worship before or after another, to perform a secondary or accompanying rite Br. ŚrS

⋙ pariyajña

pari-yajña m. a secondary or accompanying rite (which precedes or follows another in any ritual) KātyŚr

• mfn. constituting a secondary rite ib

⋙ pariyaṣṭṛ

pari-yaṣṭṛ m. a younger brother performing a Soma sacrifice antecedently to the elder Āpast. (v. l.)

⋙ parīṣṭa

parī7ṣṭa m. an elder brother antecedently to whom the younger performs a Soma sacrifice ib

pariyat

pari-√yat Ā. -yatate, to surround, beset TāṇḍBr

⋙ pariyatta

pári-yatta mfn. surrounded, beset, hemmed in RV. TS. AitBr

pariyam

pari-√yam P. -yacchati, to aim, hit RV.: Caus. -yamayati, to serve, assist Sāy

pariyā

pari-√yā P. -yāti, to go or travel about, go round or through (acc.) RV. &c. &c

• to run through i.e. assume successively (all shapes) RV. ix, 111, 1

• to surround, protect, guard RV

• to avoid, shun ib

• to flow off (as Soma) ib.: Caus. -yāpayati (ind. p. -yāpya), to cause to go round or circumambulate MBh

⋙ pariyāṇa

pari-yāṇa n. going about &c. Kāś. on Pāṇ. 8-4, 29 (cf. paryāṇa)

⋙ pariyāṇi

pari-yāṇi See a-pariyāṇi

⋙ pariyāṇika

pari-yāṇika n. a travelling carriage Gal

⋙ pariyāṇīya

pari-yāṇīya mfn. Kāś. on Pāṇ. 8-4, 29

⋙ pariyāta

pari-yāta mfn. come near, arrived from (abl.) R

• one who has travelled about Hcat

pariyu

pari-yu √2. Desid. -yuyūṣati, to strive to span or embrace RV. vi, 62, 1

⋙ pariyuta

pari-yuta mfn. clasping, embracing Nir. ii, 8

pariyoga

pari-yoga m. (√yuj) = pali-y○ Pāṇ. 8-2, 22 Vārtt. 1

⋙ pariyogya

pari-yogya m. pl. N. of a school L

parirakṣ

pari-√rakṣ P. -rákṣati (ep. also ○te

• inf. -rakṣitum), to guard well or completely, rescue, save, defend from (abl.) RV. &c. &c

• to keep, conceal, keep secret Mn. MBh. &c

• to protect, rule, govern (acc.) R

• to avoid, shun Suśr

• (Ā.) to get out of a person's (gen.) way R

⋙ parirakṣaka

pari-rakṣaka m. a guardian, protector L

⋙ parirakṣaṇa

pari-rakṣaṇa mf(ī)n. guarding, protecting, a protector Hariv

• n. the act of guarding, defending, preserving, keeping, maintaining

• protection, rescue, deliverance Mn. MBh. &c

• care, caution Suśr

⋙ parirakṣaṇīya

pari-rakṣaṇīya mfn. to be completely protected or preserved Pañc. Prasannar

⋙ parirakṣā

pari-rakṣā f. keeping, guarding, protection Mn. v, 94 &c

⋙ parirakṣita

pari-rakṣita mfn. well guarded or preserved or kept MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙ parirakṣitavya

pari-rakṣitavya mfn. to be guarded, to be kept secret MBh

⋙ parirakṣitin

pari-rakṣitin g. iṣṭâdi

⋙ parirakṣitṛ

pari-rakṣitṛ mfn. keeping, protecting, a protector, defender MBh. R

⋙ parirakṣin

pari-rakṣin mfn. (ifc.) guarding, protecting MBh

⋙ parirakṣya

pari-rakṣya mfn. = ○rakṣitavya MBh. R

pariraṭana

pari-raṭana n. (√raṭ) the act of crying or screaming W

⋙ parirāṭaka

pari-rāṭaka (Pāṇ. 3-2, 146)

⋙ parirāṭin

pari-rāṭin (142), mfn. crying aloud, screaming

parirathya

pári-rathya n. a partic. part of a chariot AV

• (ā), f. id. MBh

• a street, road A

parirandhita

pari-randhita mfn. (√radh, Caus.) injured, destroyed BhP

parirabh

pari-√rabh Ā. -rabhate (pf. 3. pl. -rebhire

• fut. -rapsyate

• ind. p. -rabhya

• inf. -rabdhum), to embrace, clasp MBh. Kāv. &c.: Desid. -ripsate, to wish or try to embrace Ragh. Prab

⋙ parirabdha

pari-rabdha mfn. one who has embraced R

• encircled, embraced BhP

⋙ parirambha

pari-rambha m. (cf. parīr○),

⋙ parirambhaṇa

pari-rambhaṇa n. embracing, an embrace Kāv

⋙ parirambhita

pari-rambhita mfn. (fr. Caus.) embraced, quite occupied with or engrossed by (comp.) BhP

⋙ parirambhin

pari-rambhin mfn. (ifc.) clasped, girt by ib

• embracing Śiś

⋙ pariripsu

pari-ripsu mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing to embrace Hariv

pariram

pari-√ram P. -ramati (Pāṇ. 1-3, 83), to take pleasure in, be delighted with (abl.) Bhaṭṭ

⋙ pariramita

pari-ramita mfn. (fr. Caus.) delighted (by amorous sport) Chandom. [Page 600, Column 1] Contents of this page

parirāj

pari-√rāj P. Ā. -rājati, ○te, to shine on all sides, spread radiance everywhere R

parirāp

pari-rā́p (Padap. -rap), m. pl. (√rap) crying or talking all around, N. of a class of demons RV

⋙ parirāpin

pari-rāpín mfn. whispering to, talking over, persuading AV

pariripsu

pari-ripsu See pari-rabh

paririh

pari-√rih P. -riháti, to lick or gnaw on all sides RV. i, 140, 9 (cf. pari-lih)

pariruc

pari-√ruc Ā. -rocate, to shine all around BhP

pariruj

pari-√ruj P. -rujáti, to break from all sides AV. xvi, 1, 2

parirudh

pari-rudh √2. (only ind. p. -rodham TBr., -rudhya Kpr.), to enclose, obstruct, keep back, hinder

⋙ pariruddha

pari-ruddha mfn. obstructed by, filled with (comp.) R

⋙ parirodha

pari-rodha m. obstructing, keeping back, resistance Rājat

parila

parila m. N. of a man, g. śivâdi (cf. pārila)

parilagna

pari-lagna mfn. (√lag) stuck, held fast Śak. i, 32/33 (in Prākr.)

parilaghu

pari-laghu mfn. very light or small Uttarar

• easy to digest Megh

parilaṅgh

pari-√laṅgh P. -laṅghayati, to overleap, transgress Pañc

⋙ parilaṅghana

pari-laṅghana n. leaping to and fro, jumping over R

parilabh

pari-√labh Ā. -labhatc, to get obtain Cat

parilamb

pari-√lamb Ā. -lambate, to remain behind, be slow, stay out Hariv. Sūryas

⋙ parilamba

pari-lamba m

⋙ parilambana

pari-lambana n. lagging, lingering Kād

⋙ parilambya

pari-lambya wṛ. for ○rabhya Gīt. xi, 25

parilaṣ

pari-√laṣ P. -laṣati, to desire, long for BhP

parilas

pari-√las (only pr. p. -lasat), to shine all around Inscr

parilikh

pari-√likh P. -likhati, to draw a line or a circle or a furrow round (acc.) ŚBr. Kauś

• to scrape or smooth round about R

• to write down, copy Hcat

⋙ parilikhana

pari-likhana n. smoothing, polishing MārkP

⋙ parilikhita

pari-likhita (pári-), mfn. enclosed in a circle TS

⋙ parilekha

pari-lekha m. outline, delineation, picture Kauś. KātyŚr

• ○khâdhikāra m. N. of ch. of Sūryas

⋙ parilekhana

pari-lekhana m. a sacred text beginning with parilikhitam ĀpŚr

• n. drawing lines round about KātyŚr

parilip

pari-√lip P. -limpati, to smear or anoint all round ŚBr. Kauś. MBh. Suśr

parilih

pari-√lih P. -leḍhi, to lick all round, lick over, lick Yājñ. R. Pañc.: Intens. (pr. p. -lelihat, ○hāna) to lick all round, lick repeatedly MBh. Pañc. BhP

⋙ parilīḍha

pari-līḍha mfn. licked all round, licked over R

⋙ parilehin

pari-lehin m. a partic. disease of the ear Suśr. (cf. pari-rih)

pariluṭh

pari-luṭh √2. P. -luṭhati, to roll about or up and down Daś

pariluḍ

pari-√luḍ Caus. -loḍayati, to stir up, disturb MBh

parilup

pari-√lup P. -lumpati, to take away, remove, destroy AitBr.: Pass. -lupyate, to be taken away or omitted RPrāt. Daś

⋙ parilupta

pari-lupta mfn. injured, lost RPrāt. Sch

• -saṃjña mfn. unconscions, senseless MW

⋙ parilopa

pari-lopa m. injury, neglect, omission RPrāt. Kull

parilubh

pari-√lubh Ā. -lobhate, to entice, allure Mṛicch. viii, 33: Caus. -lobhayati id. R. Kām

parilūna

pari-lūna mfn. (√lū) cut off, severed Caṇḍ

parileśa

pari-leśa m. = pariṃśa Sāy. on RV. i, 187, 8

parilok

pari-√lok P. -lokayati, to look around, view from all sides R

parilolita

pari-lolita mfn. (√lul, Caus.) tossed about, shaken, trembling Kir. [Page 600, Column 2]

parivaṃśa

pari-vaṃśa m. ○śaka mfn. g. ṛśyâdi

parivakrā

pári-vakrā f. a circular pit ŚBr

• N. of a town ib. Sch

parivañc

pari-√vañc P. -vañcati, to sneak about VS. TS

⋙ parivañcana

pari-vañcana n. or taking in, deception L

⋙ parinā

pari-nā f. taking in, deception L

⋙ parivañcita

pari-vañcita mfn. (fr. Caus.) deceived, taken in Hariv. Hit

parivat

pári-vat mfn. containing the word pari Br

parivatsa

pari-vatsa m. a calf belonging to (a cow) Hariv. (v. l. ○vaṃsa and pārivatsa)

⋙ parivatsaka

pari-vatsaka m. a son MBh. (Nīlak.)

parivatsara

pari-vatsará m. a full year, a year RV. TBr. Mn. MBh. &c

• the second of a cycle of 5 years AV. TS. Br. Kauś. Var

⋙ parivatsarīṇa

pari-vatsarīṇa (RV. AV.),

⋙ parivatsarīya

pari-vatsarīya (MānGṛŚr.), mfn. relating to a full year, lasting a whole year (cf. Pāṇ. 5-1, 92)

parivad

pari-√vad P. -vadati, to speak out, speak of or about (acc.) AV. Br. MBh

• (also Ā.) to speak ill of, revile, slander, accuse MBh. Kāv

⋙ parivadana

pari-vadana n. reviling, accusing, clamouring W

⋙ parivāda

pari-vādá m. blame, censure, reproach, charge, accusation AV. &c. &c. (cf. parī-v○)

• an instrument with which the Indian lute is played L

• -kathā f. abusive language, censure, reproof MBh

• -kara m. a slanderer, calumniator Mālav

• -gir f. (pl.) = -kathā Prab

⋙ parivādaka

pari-vādaka m. a complainant, accuser, calumniator W

• one who plays on the lute L

⋙ parivādita

pari-vādita

⋙ paritin

pari-tin g. iṣṭâdi

⋙ parivādin

pari-vādin mfn. speaking ill of, abusing, blaming MBh

• crying, screaming W

• censured, abused ib

• m. an accuser, a plaintiff, complainant ib

• (ī), f. a lute with 7 strings Kāv

⋙ parivivadiṣu

pari-vivadiṣu mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing or trying to accuse others Śiś

≫ paryudita

pary-udita mfn. spoken, uttered ŚBr

parivand

pari-vand P. -vandati, to praise, celebrate RV

parivap

pari-vap √1. P. -vapati, (ind. p. a-pary-upya), to clip or shear round Kauś. PārGṛ. ĀpŚr

⋙ parivapaṇa

pari-vapaṇa n. clipping, shearing Pāṇ. 8-4, 31 Sch

⋙ parivāpaṇa

pari-vāpaṇa (Āp. ○na), n. id. Pāṇ. 5-4, 67

⋙ parivāpita

pari-vāpita mfn. shorn L

parivap

pari-vap √2. P. -vapati, to scatter, strew Lāṭy

⋙ parivāpa

pari-vāpá m. fried grains of rice Br. Kāṭh. &c. (= dadhi KātyŚr. Sch.)

• standpoint, place MBh. v, 3822 (Nīlak.)

• a reservoir, piece of water L

• furniture &c. (= pari-cchada) ib

• scattering, sowing ib. (cf. parī-v○)

⋙ parivāpika

pari-vāpika and g. kumudâdi and prêkṣâdi

⋙ parivāpin

pari-vāpin g. kumudâdi and prêkṣâdi

⋙ parivāpī

pari-vāpī f. a partic. oblation ŚāṅkhŚr

⋙ parivāpya

pari-vāpya mf(ā)n. having or requiring or deserving the Pari-vāpa ( See above) KātyŚr. (cf. parī-v○)

≫ paryupta

pary-upta mfn. sown

• set (as a gem in a ring) W

⋙ pariupti

pari-upti f. scattering seed, sowing L

parivapya

pari-vapya m. (fr. vapā) the Homa which begins and concludes the rites to be performed with the caul or omentum ĀpŚr. &c. (wṛ. -vāpya)

parivarga

pari-varga -varjaka &c. See parivṛj, p. 601

parivarta

pari-varta -vartaka &c. See parivṛt, p. 601

parivartula

pari-vartula mfn. quite round or circular Subh

parivartman

pari-vartman mfn. going round about, describing a circle Kāṭh. Kauś

parivardhaka

pari-vardhaka ○dhana &c. See pari-vṛdh, p. 601, col. 3

parivardhita 1

pari-vardhita mfn. (√vardh) cut, excavated MW

parivarman

pari-varman mfn. wearing a coat of mail, armed Lāṭy

parivarha

pari-varha ○haṇa, See pari-barha &c. under pari-bṛṃh, p. 598

parivalana

pari-valana n. winding round or that with which anything is wound round Hcar

parivas

pari-vas √4. (only pr. p. Ā. -vásāna), to put on, assume RV. iii, 1, 5 [Page 600, Column 3]

• to surround, attend AV. xiii, 2, 22

⋙ parivastrā

pari-vastrā f. a curtain Hcar. (v. l. ○tra n.)

⋙ parivāsas

pari-vāsas n. (an upper garment ?), N. of 2 Sāmans ĀrshBr

parivas

pari-vas √5. P. -vasati, (ind. p. pary-uṣya), to abide, stay, remain with (instr.) KātyŚr. R. &c

• (with saṃsargitayā) to associate with (acc.) Kull. on Mn. xi, 190: Caus. vāsayati, to let stand overnight ĀśvGṛ

⋙ parivasatha

pari-vasatha m. a village L. 1

⋙ parivāsa

pari-vāsa m. (2. See s.v.) abode, stay, sojourn KātyŚr. Mn. MBh

• the expulsion of a guilty member Buddh

⋙ parivāsita

pari-vāsita mfn. respectfully attentive to superiors (?) W

≫ paryuṣaṇa

pary-uṣaṇa n. (or ○ṇā f.) spending the rainy season (Buddh.) HPariś. Kalpas

• ○ṇā-daśa-śataka-vṛtti f. ○ṇâṣṭâhnīkā (wṛ. paryūṣaṇ○), f. N. of wks

⋙ pariuṣita

pari-uṣita mfn. having passed the night Pañc. MārkP

• (ifc.) having stood for a time or in some place (e.g. niśā-p○, gomūtra-p○ Suśr.), not fresh, stale, insipid Mn. MBh. &c

• (with vākyam) a word that has not been strictly kept MBh

• -bhojin m. the eater of stale food (said to become a maggot or worm in the next birth) W

⋙ pariuṣitavya

pari-uṣitavya n. impers. (the rainy season) is to be spent Kalpas

⋙ pariuṣṭa

pari-uṣṭa mfn. old, faded, withered BhP

parivas

pari-vas √8. P. -vāsayati, to cut off all around, cut out Br. ĀpŚr

⋙ parivāsana

pari-vāsana n. a shred, chip ĀpŚr. KātyŚr. Sch

parivah

pari-√vah P. -vahati (Pāṇ. 1-3, 82 Sch.), to carry about or round RV. &c. &c

• to drag about MBh

• to flow around TS. Āpast

• to lead home the nuptial train or the bride, take to wife, marry (Pass. -uhyáte, p. -uhyámāna) RV. BhP

⋙ parivaha

pari-vaha m. N. of one of the 7 winds (for the others See parā-vaha) MBh. Hariv. Śak. vii, 6

• of one of the 7 tongues of fire Col

⋙ parivāha

pari-vāha m. the overflowing of a tank, a natural or artificial inundation, a watercourse or drain to carry off excess of water MBh. Kāv. &c. (cf. parī-v○)

• -vat m. 'having a channel', a tank, pool L

⋙ parivāhita

pari-vāhita mfn. drained W

⋙ parivāhin

pari-vāhín mf(ṇī)n. overflowing VS

• (ifc.) streaming with Śak

parivāra

pari-vāra ○raṇa &c. See pari-vri

parivāś

pari-√vāś (only Ā. impf. paryavāśanta), to cry about or together with (acc.) MBh. (B.) xvi, 49 (C. -arāsanta)

parivāsa 2

pari-vāsa m. (√vās) fragrance, odour Mālatīm. (for 1. See pari- √5. vas)

pariviṃśat

pari-viṃśat f. quite twenty, twenty at least MBh

parivikrayin

pari-vikrayin mfn. (√krī) selling, trading in (gen.) MBh

parivikṣata

pari-vikṣata mfn. (√kṣan) sorely wounded, much hurt MBh

parivikṣobha

pari-vikṣobha m. (√kṣubh) shaking violently, destroying MBh

parivighaṭṭana

pari-vighaṭṭana n. (√ghaṭṭ) scattering, destroying Cat

parivicar

pari-vi-√car P. -carati, to stream forth in all directions RV

pariviṇṇa

pari-viṇṇa = pari-vinna, See pari- √3. vid

parivitarka

pari-vitarka m. thought or anything thought of Buddh

• examination Divyâv

parivid

pari-vid √1. (pf. [-ved˘A] for pres

• Gk. [600, 3] ?), to know thoroughly, understand fully RV. AV.: Caus. -vedayate Nir. xiv, 22

⋙ pariveda

pari-veda m. complete or accurate knowledge MBh

⋙ parivedana

pari-vedana n. id. ib. (v. l. pada-v○)

⋙ parivedin

pari-vedin mfn. knowing, shrewd W

parivid

pari-vid √3. P. -vindati, to find out, ascertain Hariv

• to twine, twist round ( See below)

• to marry before an elder brother (only Pass. yayā [Mn. iii, 172] or yā [MBh. xii, 6108] pari-vidyate, the woman with whom such a marriage is contracted)

⋙ parivitta

pari-vitta (pári-), mfn. twined or twisted round AV

• m. = -vitti VS. TS. &c. (pari-vittá TBr.)

• = ○vinna ĀpŚr

⋙ parivitti

pari-vitti m. an unmarried elder brother whose younger brother is married Mn. MBh. &c

• -tā f. Mn

• -tva n. Kull

⋙ parivindaka

pari-vindaka m. a younger brother married before the elder W. [Page 601, Column 1] Contents of this page

⋙ parivindat

pari-vindat m. an unmarried elder brother ib

⋙ parivinna

pari-vinna (also written ○viṇṇa), m. = ○vitti MBh. xii, 6110

• an elder brother whom a younger has anticipated in receiving his share Āpast. Sch

⋙ parivividāna

pari-vividāná m. a younger brother who marries before an elder VS. Kauś.: a younger brother who has taken his share before an elder Āpast. Sch

⋙ parivettṛ

pari-vettṛ m. = ○vindaka MBh. Kāv. &c. (cf. parī-vettṛ)

⋙ parivedaka

pari-vedaka m. id. Yājñ. iii, 238

⋙ parivedana

pari-vedana n. the marrying of a younger brother before the elder Mn. Yājñ. &c

• gain, acquisition W

• discussion ib

• (ā), f. shrewdness, wit, prudence ib

⋙ parivedanīyā

pari-vedanīyā or f. the wife of a Parivettṛi ( See above) W

⋙ parivedinī

pari-vedinī f. the wife of a Parivettṛi ( above) W

⋙ parivedya

pari-vedya n. the marrying of a younger brother before the elder VP

parividdha

pari-viddha See pari-vyadh

parividhāv

pari-vi-√dhāv P. -dhāvati, to run through on all sides RV

• to run about R

parivivadiṣu

pari-vivadiṣu See pari-vad

parivivas

pari-vi-vas √2. (only pr. p. f. -vyucchántī), to shine forth from i.e. immediately after (abl.) RV. iv, 52, 1

pariviś

pari-√viś P. -viśati (fut. -vekṣyati), to beset, besiege TS. TBr. R. (often confounded with pari-viṣ)

⋙ pariveśa

pari-veśa See ○veṣa under pari-viṣ

⋙ pariveśana

pari-veśana n. circumference, the rim of a wheel MBh. (also written ○veṣaṇa)

⋙ pariveśas

pari-veśas (pári-), m. a neighbour AV

pariviśrānta

pari-viśrānta mfn. (√śram) quite rested or reposed MBh

pariviśvas

pari-vi-√śvas Caus. -śvāsayati, to comfort, console R

⋙ pariviśvasta

pari-viśvasta mfn. feeling secure, confident MBh

pariviṣ

pari-√viṣ P. -veṣati MBh. (mostly Intens. -veveṣṭi Subj. -veviṣati Pot. -veviṣyāt AV. Br. Kāṭh

• -veviṣāṇi, -aveviṣat Pāṇ. 7-3, 87 Sch

• Ā. fut. p. -vekṣyamāṇa KātyŚr. BhP

• ind. p. -víṣya AV

• Ved. inf. -víṣe RV.), to serve, wait on, offer or dress food: Pass. -viṣyate, to be served &c. MBh

• to have a halo (said of sun or moon) ṢaḍvBr. Gobh. Hariv.: Caus. -veṣayati (ind. p. -veṣya, also written -veś○), to offer food, wait on (acc.) Mn. iii, 228 MBh. R. BhP

• to dress food Campak

⋙ pariviṣṭa

pari-viṣṭa (pári-), mfn. surrounded, beset, besieged RV. i, 116, 20 (fr. pari-viś ?)

• surrounded by a halo (sun or moon) MBh. Var

• dressed, offered, presented (as food) KātyŚr

⋙ pariviṣṭi

pari-viṣṭi (pári-), f. service, attendance RV

⋙ pariviṣyamāṇa

pari-viṣyamāṇa mfn. being waited on, being at table ChUp

⋙ pariveṣa

pari-veṣá m. (also spelt ○veśa) winding round or that with which anything is wound round Hcar

• dressing or offering of food AV

• a circle, circumference, the disc of the sun and moon or a halo round them MBh. Kāv. &c. (cf. parī-v○)

• a wreath or crown (of rays) Viddh. Rājat

• anything surrounding or protecting (e.g. kṛtâṅgarakṣā-p○, surrounded by a bodyguard MW.)

• putting on, clothing, dressing L

• ○ṣa-vat, or ○ṣin mfn. surrounded by a halo MBh

⋙ pariveṣaka

pari-veṣaka mf(ikā)n. (also ○veśaka) one who serves up meals, a waiter, servant MBh

⋙ pariveṣaṇa

pari-véṣaṇa n. (cf. ○veśana under pari-viś) attendance, waiting, serving up meals, distributing food Br. Gobh. KātyŚr

• a circle, circumference MBh

• a halo round the sun or moon ib

• surrounding, enclosing W

⋙ pariveṣṭavya

pari-veṣṭavya (Kull.),

⋙ pariveṣya

pari-veṣya (MW.), mfn. to be served up or offered or presented

• n. See paścāt-pariveṣya

⋙ pariveṣṭṛ

pari-veṣṭṛ́ mf(rī́)n. one who serves up meals, a waiter AV. Br. &c

• ○ṭrī-mat mfn. having a female servant KaushUp

pariviṣṇu

pari-viṣṇu ind. = sarvato viṣṇum, or viṣṇuṃ viṣṇum pari L

parivihāra

pari-vihāra m. walking or roaming about, walking for pleasure BhP

parivihvala

pari-vihvala mfn. extremely agitated, bewildered R

⋙ parivihvalatā

○tā f. bewilderment W

parivī

pari-vī -viita, See pari-vye

parivīj

pari-√vīj Ā. -viijate, to blow upon, fan MBh.: Caus. -viijayati id. R. Pur. ○viijita mfn. fanned, cooled R

parivṛ

pari-vṛ √1. P. Ā. -varati, ○te, (pf. -vavrur, p. -vavṛvás

• ind. p. -vṛtya), to cover, surround, conceal, keep back, hem in RV. &c. &c.: Caus. -vārayati, ○te (Pāṇ. 3-1, 87 Vārtt. 16 Pat. [Page 601, Column 2]

• ind. p. -vārya), to cover, surround, encompass, embrace (bāhubhyām) AV. &c. &c

⋙ parivāra

pari-vāra m. (also parī-v○) a cover, covering MBh. (also -ka KātyŚr. Sch.)

• surroundings, train, suite, dependants, followers (ifc. [f. ā] surrounded by) MBh. Kāv. &c

• a sheath, scabbard Śiś

• a hedge round a village Gal. (cf. parī-v○)

• -tā f. subjection, dependance Śiś. ii, 90

• -pāṭha m. N. of a Buddh. work MWB. 62

• -vat mfn. having a great retinue MBh

• -śobhin mfn. beautified by a retinue, R1gh

• ○rī-√kṛ, to use as a retinue, surround one's self with (acc.) Kathās

⋙ parivāraṇa

pari-vāraṇa n. a cover, covering (ifc. 'covered with' i.e. 'only consisting of') MBh

• a train, retinue ib

• keeping or warding off ib

⋙ parivārita

pari-vārita mfn. (fr. Caus.) surrounded by, covered with, veiled in (instr. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙ parivṛta

pari-vṛta (pári-), mfn. id. Br. &c. &c

• n. a covered place or shed enclosed with walls used as a place of sacrifice ŚBr. KātyŚr. Gobh

• (párī.), mfn. = prec. mfn. RV. AV. AitBr

• surrounding RV

• filled by, full of (comp.) Cat

⋙ parivṛti

pari-vṛti f. surrounding, standing round R

parivṛ

pari-vṛ √2. Ā. -vṛṇīte, to choose RV

parivṛṃh

pari-√vṛṃh or -vṛh, See paribṛṃh, p. 598, col. 1

parivṛj

pari-√vṛj P. -vṛṇakti (Impv. -vṛṅdhi, -vṛṇaktu

• aor. Subj. -varjati Pot. -vṛjyāt), to turn out of the way of (acc.), avoid, shun, spare, pass over RV. AV. VS. Br. Āpast

• to cast out, expel AitBr

• (Ā.) to surround, enclose BhP.: Caus. -varjayati, ○te (ind. p. -varjya), to keep off, remove AV

• to avoid, shun, quit, abandon, not heed, disregard Mn. MBh. &c

⋙ parivarga

pari-vargá m. avoiding, removing, omitting RV. (cf. a-parivargam)

• dependance VarBṛS. xv, 32

⋙ parivargya

pari-vargyá mfn. to be avoided AV

⋙ parivarjaka

pari-varjaka mfn. (ifc.) shunning, avoiding, giving up MBh

⋙ parivarjana

pari-varjana n. the act of avoiding, giving up, escaping, abstaining from (gen. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c

• killing, slaughter L

⋙ parivarjanīya

pari-varjanīya mfn. avoidable, to be avoided Var. Rājat

⋙ parivarjita

pari-varjita mfn. (fr. Caus.) shunned, avoided Kathās

• abandoned or left by, deprived or devoid of (instr. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c. (with saṃkhyayā, countless, innumerable Pañc

• with aṣṭabhis, less by 8, minus 8 Rājat.)

• wound round, girt R

⋙ parivṛkta

pari-vṛktá (or pári-vṛkta), mfn. avoided, despised RV. AV

• (esp.) párivṛktā, or pari-vṛktī́ f. 'the disliked or despised one', N. of a wife lightly esteemed in comparison with the favourite wife (mahiṣī, vāvātā) TS. AV. Br. KātyŚr

⋙ parivṛj

pari-vṛ́j f. avoiding, removing RV

• purification, expiation MW

parivṛḍha

pari-vṛḍha See under pari-bṛṃh

parivṛt

pari-√vṛt Ā. -vartate (ep. also ○ti

• ind. p. -vṛtya, or parī-vartam), to turn round, revolve, move in a circle or to and fro, roll or wheel or wander about, circumambulate (acc.) RV. &c. &c

• (with hṛdi or hṛdaye) to run in a person's mind MBh

• to return, go or come back to (acc.) ib

• to be reborn in (loc.) VP

• (also with anyathā) to change, turn out different MBh. Kāv

• to abide, stay, remain Mn. MBh. &c

• to act, proceed, behave R.: Caus. -vartayati, to cause to turn or move round or back or to and fro MBh. Kāv. &c

• (Ā.) to roll or bring near (Subj. -vartayāte) RV. v, 37, 3

• to overthrow, upset (a carriage) Hariv

• to invert, put in a reverse order Mṛicch. v, 9/10 (read -vartya for -vṛtya)

• to change, barter, exchange MBh. Hariv. &c

• to renew (an agreement) Mn. viii, 154 &c

• to understand or explain wrongly (words &c.) MBh. Kāv

• to turn topsyturvy i.e. search thoroughly R

• to destroy, annihilate ib

• to straiten, contract Car

• (Ā.) to cause one's self to be turned round (in having one's head shaved all round) TBr. ŚBr. (cf. -vartana): Intens. -vávartti, to turn (intrans.) continually RV. i, 164, 11

⋙ parivarta

pari-varta m. revolving, revolution (of a planet &c.) Sūryas

• a period or lapse or expiration of time (esp. of a Yuga, q.v.) MBh. R. &c

• (with lokānām) the end of the world R

• a year L

• moving to and fro, stirring Prasannar

• turning back, flight L

• change, exchange, barter (also parī-v○) Yājñ. MBh. Kāv. &c

• requital, return W

• an abode, spot, place Hariv

• a chapter, section, book &c. Lalit

• N. of a son of Doþ-saha (son of Mṛityu) MārkP. [Page 601, Column 3]

• of the Kūrma or 2nd incarnation of Vishṇu (also parī-v○) L

⋙ parivartaka

pari-vartaka mfn. causing to turn round or flow back Kathās. MārkP

• bringing to an end, concluding (gen. or comp.) MBh

• m. (in rhet.) the artificial separation of vowels and consonants to get another meaning of a word Vām. iv, 1, 6

• (in dram.) change of occupation Bhar. Daśar. Sāh. exchange, barter Vas

• N. of a son of Duþ-saha (son of Mṛityu) MārkP

• (ikā), f. contraction of the prepuce, phimosis Suśr

⋙ parivartana

pari-vártana mf(ī)n. causing to turn round

• (ī), f. (with vidyā) N. of a partic. magical art Kathās

• n. turning or whirling round, moving to and fro (trans. and intrans.) Kāv. Suśr. Pañc. BhP

• rolling about or wallowing on (comp.) Kālid

• revolution, end of a period of time MBh. Hariv

• barter, exchange Kathās. Pañc. Mṛicch

• cutting or clipping the hair ŚBr

• protecting, defending Nalac

• = prêraṇa TBr. Sch

• inverting, taking or putting anything in a wrong direction W

• requital, return ib

⋙ parivartanīya

pari-vartanīya mfn. to be exchanged, capable of being exchanged Kull. on Mn. x, 94

⋙ parivartita

pari-vartita mfn. (fr. Caus.) turned round, revolved &c. MBh. Kāv. &c

• exchanged, bartered Hariv. Var. Kathās

• put aside, removed, destroyed Mṛicch. MārkP

• searched thoroughly R

• taken or put on in a wrong direction W

• n. the action of turning or wallowing BhP

• the place where anybody has wallowed on the earth R

⋙ parivartin

pari-vartin mfn. moving round, revolving, ever-recurring MBh. Kāv. &c

• (ifc.) changing, passing into Kathās

• being or remaining or staying in or near or about (loc. or comp.) MBh. R. &c

• flying, retreating W

• exchanging, requiting, recompensing ib

• (ī), f. (sc. vi-ṣṭuti) a hymn arranged according to the recurring form abc, abc TāṇḍBr. Lāṭy

⋙ parivṛtta

pari-vṛtta mfn. (also -ka g. ṛśyâdi) turned, turned round, revolved, rolling, moving to and fro MBh. Kāv. &c

• lasting, remaining Śak. vii, 34 (v. l.)

• passed, elapsed, finished, ended Hariv

• = pari-vṛta, covered, surrounded L

• retreated, returned W

• exchanged ib

• n. rolling, wallowing MBh. (v. l. ○tti) Mālatīm

• an embrace MW

• -tejas mfn. spreading brilliance all around BhP

• -nctra mfn. rolling the eyes R

• -phalā f. N. of a plant Gal

• -bhāgya mfn. whose fortune has changed or is gone Mālatīm

• ○ttârdha-mukha mf(ī)n. having the face half turned round Vikr

⋙ parivṛtti

pari-vṛtti f. turning, rolling, revolution MBh. Śiś

• return (into this world) Āpast

• exchange, barter (○ttyā ind. alternately) BhP

• moving to and fro or staying or dwelling in a place MBh

• end, termination Kir

• surrounding, encompassing ib

• (in rhet.) a kind of figure in which one thing is represented as exchanged with another (e.g. Mālav. iii, 16

• Vām. iv, 3, 16)

• substitution of one word for another without affecting the sense (e.g. vṛṣa-lāñchana for vṛṣadhvaja) Kpr

• contraction of the prepuce, phimosis (= ○vartikā) Suśr

• m. wṛ. for pari-vitti

• (ī), f. (pári-v○), prob. wṛ. for pari-vṛktī

parivṛdh

pari-√vṛdh Ā. -vardhate, to grow, grow up, increase Kāv. Rājat. Suśr.: Caus. -vardhayati, ○te, to bring up, rear, increase, augment MBh. Kāv

• to rejoice, delight (with gen.) Hariv

⋙ parivardhaka

pari-vardhaka m. 'rearer, sc. of horses', a groom, hostler Kād. Hcar

⋙ parivardhana

pari-vardhana n. increasing, augmenting, multiplying MBh. Kām

• breeding, rearing (as of cattle) Mn. ix, 331. 2

⋙ parivardhita

pari-vardhita (for 1. See p. 600), mfn. increased, augmented, grown, swollen (as the sea) Kālid

• reared, brought up (fam. also -ka) Śak. iv, 15

⋙ parivṛddha

pari-vṛddha mfn. grown, increased by (comp.), strong, powerful Hariv. Kāv. &c

• -tā f. increase, extension, the swelling and becoming sour of food (in the stomach) Suśr

⋙ parivṛddhi

pari-vṛddhi f. increase, growth Āpast. MBh. Kāv. &c

parivṛṣ

pari-√vṛṣ Ā. -varṣate, to cover with (instr.) as with rain R

parivṛsti

pari-vṛsti wṛ. for -vitti

parive

pari-√ve P. Ā. -vayati, ○te, to interweave BhP

• to fetter, bind ib

≫ paryuta

páry-uta mfn. enclosed or set with ŚBr

parivedana

pari-vedana ○dita wṛ. for pari-devana, ○vita ( See pari-div)

parivep

pari-√vep -vepate, to tremble R

pariveṣṭ

pari-√veṣṭ Caus. -veṣṭayati, to wrap up, cover, clothe, surround, embrace ŚBr. &c. &c. [Page 602, Column 1] Contents of this page

• to cause to shrink up, contract MBh. (B. saṃ-v○)

⋙ pariveṣṭana

pari-veṣṭana n. a cover, covering MBh

• a ligature, bandage Mṛicch. iii, 16

• surrounding, encompassing W

• circumference ib

• (ā), f. tying round or up Sāh

⋙ pariveṣṭita

pari-veṣṭita mfn. surrounded, beset, covered, veiled, swathed Hariv. R. &c. (-vat mfn. as pf. Kathās.)

⋙ pariveṣṭitṛ

pari-veṣṭitṛ m. one who surrounds or encloses ŚvetUp

parivyakta

pari-vyakta mfn. very clear or distinct

• (am), ind. very clearly or distinctly MW

parivyath

pari-√vyath only -vyathā iti PraśnUp. (according to Sch. = Caus. -vyathayatu) to disquiet, vex, afflict

parivyadh

pari-√vyadh P. -vidhyati, to shoot at (acc.), hit, pierce with (instr.) MBh

⋙ parividdha

pari-viddha m. N. of Kubera L. (cf. parā-v○)

⋙ parivyādha

pari-vyādha m. Calamus Fasciculatus or Pterospermum Acerifolium L

• N. of an ancient sage MBh

⋙ parivyādhi

pari-vyādhi wṛ. for prec. Car

parivyaya

pari-vyaya m. (pari-vi-√i) condiment, spices Mn. vii, 127

• expense, cost Jātakam

parivyākula

pari-vyākula mfn. much confused or disordered

• ○lī-√kṛ, to trouble or confound thoroughly Jātakam

parivyāvṛj

pari-vy-ā-√vṛj (only Impv. -vṛñjantu), to separate i.e. deliver from (abl.), ŚaṅkhGṛ

parivye

pari-√vye P. Ā. -vyayati, ○te (aor. -avyata, -vyata RV

• ind. p. -vyāya and -viiya, Pāṇ. 6-1, 44), to wrap or tie round

• (Ā.) to wrap one's self up RV. &c. &c

⋙ parivī

pari-vī́ mfn. wound round VS

⋙ parivīta

pari-vīta (pári-), mfn. veiled, covered, pervaded, overspread, surrounded, encompassed by (instr. or comp.) RV. &c. &c

• n. N. of the bow of Brahmā L

⋙ parivyayaṇa

pari-vyáyaṇa n. winding round, covering ŚBr. ŚrS

• the covered spot ŚBr

⋙ parivyayaṇīya

pari-vyayaṇīya mfn. relating to wrapping round or binding on ŚrS

⋙ parivyāṇa

pari-vyāṇa n. winding round ĀpŚr. Sch

parivraj

pari-√vraj P. -vrajati (ind. p. -vrajya), to go or wander about, walk round, circumambulate (acc.) ŚBr. GṛŚrS. &c

• to wander about as a religious mendicant Up. Mn. MBh. &c

• (with Jainas) to become a recluse HPariś.: Caus. -vrājayati, to cause a person to become a recluse ib

⋙ parivrajya

pari-vrajya mfn. to be gone about (n. impers.) MBh

• (ā), f. strolling, wandering from place to place, (esp.) leading the life of a religious mendicant, abandonment of the world Mn. Kathās

⋙ parivrāj

pari-vrāj m. (MBh. R. &c., nom. ṭ),

⋙ parivrāja

pari-vrāja (Āpast.), m. a wandering mendicant, ascetic of the fourth and last religious order (who has renounced the world)

⋙ parivrājaka

pari-vrājaka m. (ikā, f

• ifc. f. akā) a wandering religious mendicant Mālav. Pañc. Hit

⋙ parivrājī

pari-vrāj˘ī f. Sphaeranthus Mollis L

⋙ parivrājya

pari-vrājya n. religious mendicancy W

parivraḍhiman

pari-vraḍhiman ○ḍhiṣṭha &c. See pari-bṛṃh, p. 598

parivraśc

pari-√vraśc P. -vṛścati, to cut ŚBr

⋙ parivṛkṇa

pari-vṛkṇa mfn. mutilated ChUp

pariśaktave

pári-śaktave inf. of pari-√śak, to overpower, to conquer RV

pariśaṅk

pari-√śaṅk Ā. -śaṅkate (inf. -śaṅkitum), to suspect, doubt, distrust (acc.) MBh. R. &c

• to believe, fancy to be (2 acc.) ib

⋙ pariśaṅkanīya

pari-śaṅkanīya mfn. to be doubted or distrusted or feared or apprehended (n. impers. 'distrust must be felt') Kāv. Pur

⋙ pariśaṅkā

pari-śaṅkā f. suspicion, distrust Jātakam

• hope, expectation R

⋙ pariśaṅkita

pari-śaṅkita mfn. suspicious, distrustful, afraid of (abl. or comp.) MBh. R. Pur

• suspected, questionable MBh

• believed, expected (a-pariś○) MBh

• thought to be, taken for (nom ) Gīt

⋙ pariśaṅkin

pari-śaṅkin mfn. fearing, apprehending Ragh

• afraid on account of (comp.) BhP

pariśaṭha

pari-śaṭha mfn. thoroughly dishonest or wicked Car

pariśanna

pari-śanna mfn. (√śad) fallen away or by the side ĀśvŚr

pariśap

pari-śap P. Ā. -śapati, ○te, to curse, execrate TāṇḍBr

• to abuse, revile (aor. pary-aśāpsīt) Bhaṭṭ

⋙ pariśapta

pari-śapta n. cursing, reviling, anathema TāṇḍBr

⋙ pariśāpa

pari-śāpa m. id. W. [Page 602, Column 2]

pariśabdita

pari-śabdita mfn. (√śabd) mentioned, communicated MBh

pariśamita

pari-śamita mfn. (√śam, Caus.) allayed, quenched, destroyed Gīt

pariśāyana

pari-śāyana See pari-śī

pariśāśvata

pari-śāśvata mfn. continuing for ever, perpetually the same MBh

pariśiñjita

pari-śiñjita mfn. (√śiñj) made to hum or resound from all sides MBh

pariśithila

pari-śithila mfn. very loose or lax Jātakam

pariśiṣ

pari-√śiṣ P. -śinaṣṭi (Pot. -śiṃṣyuḥ), to leave over, leave as a remainder Br

• Ā. (pf. -śiśiṣe, ○ṣire

• fut. -śekṣyate) and Pass. -śiṣyate (p. -śiṣyamāṇa), to be left as a remainder, 10 remain behind AV. &c. &c.: Caus. -śeṣayati, to leave over, suffer to remain, spare Ragh. Rājat. Pur

• to quit or leave Bhaṭṭ

• to supply L

⋙ pariśiṣṭa

pari-śiṣṭa (pári-), mfn. left, remaining TS. &c. &c

• n. a supplement, appendix (N. of a class of wks. supplementary to Sūtras)

• -kadamba m. or n. -paryāya m. pl., -parvan n. -prakāśa m. (and ○śasya-sāra-mañjarī f.), -prabodha m. -saṃgraha m. -siddhânta-ratnâkara m. -sūtra-pattra n. N. of wks

⋙ pariśeṣa

pari-śeṣa mfn. left over, remaining ŚāṅkhŚr. Var

• m. n. remnant, remains, rest MBh. Var

• supplement, sequel MBh

• termination, conclusion L

• (eṇa), ind. completely, in full

• (āt), ind. consequently, therefore Śaṃk

• -khaṇḍa m. or n. N. of wk

• -vat mfn. having a supplement or appendix Cat

• -śāstra n. a supplementary work L

⋙ pariseṣaṇa

pari-seṣaṇa n. remainder, residue BhP

⋙ pariśeṣita

pari-śeṣita mfn. left over, remaining from (comp.) BhP

pariśī

pari-√śī Ā. -śete (impf. 3. pl. aśeran

• 2. du. -aśāyatam

• 3. sg. -aśāyata), to lie round or near or in, surround, remain lying RV. TS. ŚBr

⋙ pariśāyana

pari-śāyana n. causing to lie completely in, complete immersion Baudh

pariśīl

pari-√śīl P. -śīlayati, to practise, use frequently Kāv

• to treat well, cherish, Prasann

⋙ pariśīlana

pari-śīlana n. touch, contact (lit. and fig.), intercourse with, application or attachment to, pursuit of (comp.), constant occupation, study Kāv. Sāh

⋙ pariśilita

pari-śilita mfn. practised, used, employed, pursued, studied Kāv

• inhabited Pāṇ. 4-2, 52 Sch

pariśuc

pari-√śuc P. Ā. -śocati, ○te, to mourn, wail, lament (trans. and intrans.) MBh.: Caus. -śocayati (ind. p. -śocya), to pain, torment MBh. (B.) vi, 1902

• to lament, bewail MBh. vii, 10

pariśudh

pari-√śudh P. Ā. -śudhyati, ○te, to be washed off, become clean or purified Subh

• (Ā.) to purify or justify one's self, prove one's innocence Rājat.: Caus. -śodhayati, to clear, clean R

• to clear off, restore Yājñ. ii, 146

• to try, examine Kathās

• to solve, explain, clear up Gīt

⋙ pariśuddha

pari-śuddha mfn. cleaned, purified, pure

• cleared off, paid

• acquitted, discharged MBh. Kāv. Pur

• (ifc.) diminished by, that from which a part has been taken away MBh

⋙ pariśuddhi

pari-śuddhi f. complete purification or justification, acquittal (○dhiṃ-√kṛ, to prove one's innocence) Ragh. Bālar. Kathās

• rightness, correctness Kāraṇḍ

⋙ pariśodha

pari-śodha m. = next W

⋙ pariśodhana

pari-śodhana n. cleaning, purification Uttarar

• discharging, paying off Kull

pariśubh

pari-√śubh (śumbh), P. -śúmbhati, to prepare AV

• Ā. -śobhate, to shine, be bright or beautiful MBh

⋙ pariśobhita

pari-śobhita mfn. adorned or beautified by (instr. or comp.) Hariv. R

• -kāyā f. N. of an Apsaras and a Gandharvii Kāraṇḍ

pariśuśrūṣā

pari-śuśrūṣā See pari-śru

pariśuṣ

pari-√śuṣ P. Ā. -śuṣyati, ○te, to be thoroughly dried up, to shrivel, wither (lit. and fig.), pine, waste away MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -śoṣayati (Pass. -śoṣyate), to dry up, emaciate Kāv. Pañc. Suśr

⋙ pariśuṣka

pari-śuṣka mfn. thoroughly dried or parched up, withered, shrivelled, shrunk (as a vein), hollow (as the cheeks) &c. MBh. Kāv. Var. Suśr

• (with māṃsa), n. meat fried in ghee dried and spiced L

• -tālu mfn. having the palate dried up, Ṛit

• -palāśa mfn. having withered foliage R

⋙ pariśoṣa

pari-śoṣa m. complete dryness, desiccation, evaporation (○ṣaṃ-√gam, to become dry or thin) R. Suśr. [Page 602, Column 3]

⋙ pariśoṣaṇa

pari-śoṣaṇa mfn. drying up, parching MBh. (v. l. ○ṣin)

• n. drying, parching, emaciating MBh

⋙ pariśoṣita

pari-śoṣita mfn. dried up, parched Cat

⋙ pariśoṣin

pari-śoṣin mfn. becoming dry or withered, shrivelling Rājat

• v. l. for ○śoṣaṇa MBh

pariśūnya

pari-śūnya mfn. quite empty, (ifc.) totally free from or devoid of Ragh

pariśṛta

pari-śṛta m. or n. (√śrā ?) ardent spirits, liquor L. (cf. pari-srut, -srutā under pari-sru)

pariśṝ

pari-√śṝ Pass. -śīryate (ep. also ○ti), to be cleft or rent asunder, to be split MBh

pariśram

pari-√śram (only ind. p. -śramya), to fatigue or exert one's self R.: Caus. -śramayati, to fatigue, tire Naish

⋙ pariśrama

pari-śrama m. fatigue, exertion, labour, fatiguing occupation, trouble, pain MBh. Kāv. &c

• mâpaha mfn. relieving weariness MW

⋙ pariśramaṇa

pari-śramaṇa mfn. (?) free from fatigue or weariness BhP. Sch

⋙ pariśrānta

pari-śrānta mfn. thoroughly fatigued or worn out, (ifc.) tired of, disgusted with Mn. MBh. &c

⋙ pariśrānti

pari-śrānti f. fatigue, exhaustion

• labour, trouble W

⋙ pariśrāma

pari-śrāma m. fatiguing, occupation, trouble BhP

pariśri

pari-√śri P. -śrayati (ind. p. -śritya

• Ved. inf. pári-śrayitavaí), to surround, encircle, fence, enclose TS. Br. ŚrS.: Pass. -śrīyasva, be surrounded or surround thyself VS. xxxvii, 13

⋙ pariśraya

pari-śraya m. an enclosure, fence (in sá-pariś○) ŚBr

• a refuge, asylum Pañc. (B.) i, 252

• an assembly, meeting L

• N. of a prince VP

⋙ pariśrayaṇa

pari-śrayaṇa n. encompassing, surrounding with a fence KātyŚr. Sch

⋙ pariśrit

pari-śrít f. pl. 'enclosers', N. of certain small stones laid round the hearth and other parts of an altar ŚBr. KātyŚr. (ifc. ○śritka)

⋙ pariśrita

pari-śrita mfn. standing round MBh

• surrounded by (instr. or comp.) Kathās. BhP

• wṛ. for ○śruta MBh

• n. (pári-) = pári-vṛta n. ( See under pari- √1. vṛ) TS. Br. ŚrGṛS

pariśru

pari-√śru P. -śṛṇoti (ind. p. -śrutya), to hear, learn, understand R

⋙ pariśuśrūṣā

pari-śuśrūṣā f. complete or implicit obedience Śukas

⋙ pariśruta

pari-śruta mfn. heard, learnt MBh. R. Hariv

• known as, passing for (nom.) ib

• famous, celebrated MBh. BhP

• wṛ. for prati-ś○ MBh

• m. N. of an attendant of Skanda ib

pariśrut

pari-śrút f. = -srút AV. xx, 127, 9

pariślatha

pari-ślatha mfn. quite loose or relaxed Vcar

pariśliṣṭa

pari-śliṣṭa mfn. (√śliṣ) clasped, embraced W

⋙ pariśleṣa

pari-śleṣa m. an embrace ib

pariṣañj

pari-ṣañj (√sañj), P. -ṣajati Pāṇ. 8-3, 63 Sch

• Ā. -sajjate, to have one's mind fixed on, be attached or devoted to MBh.: Desid. -ṣiṣaṅkṣati Pāṇ. 8-3, 64 Sch

pariṣaṇḍa

pari-ṣaṇḍa m. or n. a partic. part of a house L

• (ā), f. a valley (?) Divyâv, (v. l. ○khaṇḍa)

⋙ pariṣaṇḍavārika

○vārika m. a servant ib

pariṣad

pari-ṣad (√sad), P. -ṣadati RV

• -ṣīdati AV. MBh. (C. also -sīdati)

• to sit round, besiege, beset RV. AV. Kauś

• to suffer damage, be impaired MBh

⋙ pariṣad

pari-ṣád mfn. surrounding, besetting RV

• f. an assembly, meeting, group, circle, audience, council ŚBr. Kauś. Mn. (○ṣat-tva n. xii, 114) MBh. &c

• N. of a village in the north, g. palady-ādi

• -vala mfn. surrounded by a council (as a king) Pāṇ. 5-2, 112 Sch

• forming or containing assemblies Bhaṭṭ

• m. a member of an assembly, assessor, spectator L

⋙ pariṣada

pari-ṣada v. l. for pāri-ṣada, pārṣada

⋙ pariṣadya

pari-ṣádya mfn. to be sought after RV. vii, 4, 7 (Nir. 'to be avoided' Sāy. sufficient, adequate, competent')

• to be worshipped VS. v, 32 (Mahīdh. 'belonging to an assembly')

• m. a member of an assembly, spectator, guest L

⋙ pariṣadvan

pari-ṣádvan mfn. surrounding, besetting RV

⋙ pariṣanna

pari-ṣanna (!), mfn. lost or omitted AV.Pariś

pariṣaya

pari-ṣaya See pari-ṣo

pariṣah

pari-ṣah (√sah), Ā. -ṣahate (impf. pary-aṣahata or -asahata

• fut. pari-soḍhā [Vop. -ṣahitā]

• inf. -soḍhum Pāṇ. 8-3, 70 &c

• aor. pary-asahiṣṭa Bhaṭṭ.), to sustain, bear up against (acc.): Caus. aor. pary-asīṣahat Pāṇ. 8-3, 116

⋙ pariṣahā

pari-ṣahā f. forbearance, patience W. (cf. parī-ṣ○). [Page 603, Column 1] Contents of this page

pariṣic

pari-ṣic (√sic), P. -ṣiñcati (impf. pary-aṣiñcat Pāṇ. 8-3, 63

• ind. p. -siñcitvā [!], Saddhp

• Pass. pr. p. -ṣicyamāna R.), to pour out or in (esp. from one vessel into another), to pour or scatter about, sprinkle, diffuse RV.: Caus. -ṣecayati, or -ṣiñcayati, to sprinkle MBh

• to soak, macerate Suśr.: Desid. -ṣiṣikṣati Pāṇ. 8-3, 64 Sch

⋙ pariṣikta

pari-ṣikta (pári-), mfn. poured out, sprinkled about, diffused RV. Lāṭy. Śiś

⋙ pariṣeka

pari-ṣeka m. sprinkling over, moistening Suśr

• a bath, bathing apparatus ib. MBh. Var. (cf. parī-ṣ○)

⋙ pariṣecaka

pari-ṣecaka mfn. pouring over, sprinkling (comp.), g. yājakâdi (v. l. ○veṣaka Kāś.)

⋙ pariṣecana

pari-ṣecana n. pouring over, sprinkling ŚrS. Var. Suśr

• water for watering trees MBh

pariṣidh

pari-ṣidh (√sidh), P. -ṣedhati (impf. pary-aṣedhat) Pāṇ. 8-3, 63 ; 65 Sch.: Desid. -ṣiṣedhayiṣati, 64 Sch. (cf. pari-sidh)

pariṣiv

pari-ṣiv (√siv), P. -ṣīvyati (impf. pary-aṣīvyat Pāṇ. 8-3, 70), to sew round, wind round KātyŚr.: Caus. aor. pary-asīṣivat Pāṇ. 8-3, 116

⋙ pariṣīvaṇa

pari-ṣīvaṇa n. sewing round, winding round KātyŚr

pariṣusu

pari-ṣu-su √3. P. -ṣuṇoti, (impf. pary-aṣuṇot fut. pari-soṣyati) Pāṇ. 8-3, 63 &c. Sch

pariṣū

pari-ṣū (√1. sū), P. -ṣuvati (impf. pary-aṣuvat) Pāṇ. 8-3, 63 ; 65 Sch

• -ṣauti, to grasp, bunch together (?) ĀpŚr

⋙ pariṣavaṇa

pari-ṣavaṇa n. grasping, bunching together ib

⋙ pariṣūta

pari-ṣūtá mfn. urged impelled to come forth, elicited (sc. by the gods, said of young grass) TS

⋙ pariṣūti

pari-ṣūti (pári-), f. urging from all sides, beleaguering, oppression, vexation RV

pariṣeṇa

pari-ṣeṇa m. (p○ + senā) N. of a man ( pāriṣeṇya)

⋙ pariṣeṇaya

pari-ṣeṇaya Nom. P. ○yati, (prob.) to surround with an army Pāṇ. 8-3, 65 Sch.: Desid. ○ṣiṣeṇayiṣati, 64 Sch

pariṣev

pari-ṣev (√sec), Ā. -ṣevate (impf. pary-aṣevata

• pf. pari-ṣiṣeva Pāṇ. 8-3, 63 &c

• but there occurs also -sevate &c.), to frequent, practise, pursue, enjoy, honour Kāv. Pur. Pañc

pariṣo

pari-ṣo (√so), P. -ṣyati Pāṇ. 8-3, 65 Sch

⋙ pariṣaya

pari-ṣaya m

⋙ pariṣita

pari-ṣita mfn. ib. 70

pariṣoḍaśa

pari-ṣoḍaśa mfn. pl. full sixteen MBh

pariṣkand

pari-ṣkand (√skand), P. -ṣkandati, or -skandati (Pāṇ. 8-3, 74), to leap or spring about Bhaṭṭ.: Intens. -caniṣkadat, id. RV. viii, 58, 9

⋙ pariṣkaṇṇa

pari-ṣkaṇṇa (Pāṇ. 8-3, 74) or (MBh.), spilled, scattered

⋙ pariskanna

pari-skanna (MBh.), spilled, scattered

• m. = or wṛ. for next L. 1

⋙ pariṣkanda

pari-ṣkandá (or ○skanda), m. (Pāṇ. 8-3, 75 Sch.) a servant (esp. one running by the side of a carriage) VS. AV. MBh. &c

• a foster-child, one nourished by a stranger W. 2

⋙ pariṣkanda

pari-ṣkanda m. a temple Gaut. xix, 14 (v. l. ○ṣkandha)

pariṣkṛ

pari-ṣ-√kṛ (ṣ for s inserted, or perhaps original in a √skṛ = √1. kṛ, cf. upa-skṛ and saṃ-s-kṛ), P. -kṛṇoti (3. pl. -kṛṇvánti RV. ix, 14, 2 ; 64, 23

• p. -kṛṇvát ib. 39, 2

• impf. pary-aṣkarot, or -askarot Pāṇ. 8-3, 70 ; 71), to adorn, fit out, prepare, make ready or perfect RV. (cf. pari-kṛ and Pāṇ. 6-1, 137),

⋙ pariṣkara

pari-ṣ-kara m. ornament, decoration MBh. viii, 1477 (according to Nīlak. = 1. ○ṣkanda)

⋙ pariṣkāra

pari-ṣ-kāra m. = prec. (ifc. f. ā) MBh. &c

• cooking, dressing W

• domestic utensils, furniture SaddhP

• purification, initiation ib

• self-discipline Lalit. (one of the ten powers of a Bodhi-sattva Dharmas. lxxiv)

• -cīvara n. a kind of garment L

⋙ pariṣkṛta

pari-ṣ-kṛta (pári-), mfn. prepared, adorned, embellished, furnished with, surrounded or accompanied by (instr. or comp.) RV. &c. &c

• cooked, dressed W

• purified, initiated ib

⋙ pariṣkṛti

pari-ṣkṛti f. finishing, polishing W

• (in rhet.) a partic. figure of speech = pari-kara ( See under pari-kṛ) Cat

⋙ pariṣkriyā

pari-ṣ-kriyā f. adorning, decorating MārkP

• v. l. for pari-kriyā in agni-p○, q.v

pariṣṭambh

pari-ṣṭambh (√stambh), P. -ṣṭabhnoti or -ṣṭabhnāti (Caus. aor. pary-astambhat) Pāṇ. 8-3, 67 ; 116 Sch

pariṣṭi

pari-ṣṭi f. (√1. as

• cf. abhi-ṣṭi, upa-sti) obstruction, impediment, distress, dilemma RV. [Page 603, Column 2]

pariṣṭu

pari-ṣṭu (√stu), P. -ṣṭauti (impf. pary-aṣṭaut, or -astaut Pāṇ. 8-3, 70), to praise Kām

⋙ pariṣṭavana

pari-ṣṭavana n. praise L

⋙ pariṣṭavanīya

pari-ṣṭavanīya mfn. intended for a praise (as a hymn) SāṅkhŚr

⋙ pariṣṭuta

pari-ṣṭuta mfn. praised, sung ib

⋙ pariṣṭuti

pari-ṣṭuti (pári-), f. praise, celebration RV

⋙ pariṣṭoma

pari-ṣṭoma m. = paristoma L

pariṣṭubh

pari-ṣṭubh (√stubh), P. -ṣṭobhati (Pāṇ. 8-3, 63 ; 65), to cry or exult on every side RV. TāṇḍBr

⋙ pariṣṭubh

pari-ṣṭúbh mfn. exulting on every side RV

⋙ pariṣṭobha

pari-ṣṭobha m. embellishing a Sāman with Stobhas (s.v.) TāṇḍBr

pariṣṭhala

pari-ṣṭhala n. (Pāṇ. 8-3, 96) surrounding place or site W

pariṣṭhā

pari-ṣṭhā (√sthā), P. Ā. -tiṣṭhati, ○te (pf. -taṣṭhau

• fut. -ṣṭhāsyati Pāṇ. 8-3, 64. Sch

• 3. pl. pf. -tasthuḥ RV. Pañc

• aor. -ṣṭhāt, -ṣṭhuḥ RV

• -ṣṭhāḥ Padap

• -sthāḥ AV.), to stand round, be in a person's way, obstruct, hinder RV. &c. &c

• to crowd from all sides Pañc

• (Ā.) to remain, survive MBh.: Caus. -sthāpayati (ind. p. -sthāpya), to beset, surround AV

• to place near, cause to stay close by Kathās

⋙ pariṣṭhā

pari-ṣṭhā́ mfn. obstructing, hindering

• f. obstruction, impediment RV. AV

⋙ pariṣṭhiti

pari-ṣṭhiti f

⋙ paristhāna

pari-sthāna (!), n. abode, residence, fixedness, firmness MW

pariṣyanda

pari-ṣyandá or -syanda m. (√syand

• Pāṇ. 8-3, 72) a river, stream (fig. of words) Bhartṛ

• moisture L

• (with ṣ) a sandbank, island ŚBr. KātyŚr

• keeping or entertaining (a sacred fire) MBh. (v. l. -spanda)

• decoration of the hair L. (v. l. -spanda)

⋙ pariṣyandana

pari-ṣyandana or n. dropping, oozing W

⋙ parisyandana

pari-syandana n. dropping, oozing W

⋙ pariṣyandin

pari-ṣyandin or mfn. flowing, streaming L

⋙ parisyandin

pari-syandin mfn. flowing, streaming L

pariṣvaj

pari-ṣvaj (√svaj, svañj), Ā. -ṣvajate, rarely P. ○ti (impf. pary-aṣvajata, or -asvajata Pāṇ. 8-3, 65 ; 70

• pr.p. -ṣvajāna R

• pf. -ṣasvajé AV. MBh

• -ṣasvajire R

• -ṣasvajaḥ BhP

• ind. p. -ṣvajya MBh

• inf. -ṣvaktum R

• inf. -ṣváje RV.), to embrace, clasp, occupy RV. &c. &c.: Desid. -ṣiṣvaṅkṣate Pāṇ. viii, 3. 64 Sch

⋙ pariṣvakta

pari-ṣvakta mfn. embraced, encircled, surrounded MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙ pariṣvaṅga

pari-ṣvaṅga m. embracing, an embrace MBh. R. &c

• touch, contact with (comp.) Kām. Hit

• N. of a son of Devakī BhP

⋙ pariṣvaṅgin

pari-ṣvaṅgin mfn. succumbing, Sāṃkhyas. Sch

⋙ pariṣvajana

pari-ṣvajana n. embracing, an embrace Nir. ii, 27

⋙ pariṣvajīyas

pari-ṣvajīyas (pári-), mfn. clasping more firmly AV

⋙ pariṣvajya

pari-ṣvajya mfn. to be embraced MBh

⋙ pariṣvañjana

pari-ṣvañjana n. embracing, an embrace (putrasya Pāṇ. 3-116 Sch.)

⋙ pariṣvañjalya

pari-ṣvañjalya (pári-), m. or n. a partic. domestic utensil AV

pariṣvan

pari-ṣvan (√svan), only Intens. -saniṣvaṇat, to sound, whiz RV. viii, 69, 9

pariṣvaṣkita

pari-ṣvaṣkita n. (√ṣvaṣk) the act of leaping about L

parisaṃlih

pari-saṃ-√lih P. -leḍhi (pr. p. -lihat), to lick all round, lick over, lick MBh

parisaṃvatsara

pari-saṃvatsara m. a whole or full year Mn. iii, 119 MBh

• mfn. a full year old (or older), inveterate, chronic (as a disease) Suśr. Car

• waiting a full year Gobh

parisaṃvad

pari-saṃ-√vad P. -vadati, to speak together about, agree with regard to (acc.) MBh

parisaṃśuddha

pari-saṃ-śuddha mfn. (√śudh) perfectly clean or pure BhP

parisaṃsṛṣṭa

pari-saṃ-sṛṣṭa mfn. (√sṛj) got at from all sides MBh

parisaṃstambh

pari-saṃ-√stambh (only ind. p. -stabhya), to strengthen, comfort MārkP

parisaṃstu

pari-saṃ-stu (only Pass. pr. p. -stūyamāna), to praise, celebrate MBh

parisaṃstṛ

pari-saṃ-√stṛ (only ind. p. -stīrya), to spread i.e. kindle a fire at different places MBh

parisaṃsthita

pari-saṃ-sthita mfn. (√sthā) standing together on every side MBh

• standing i.e. stopping, remaining (in a-paris○) R. [Page 603, Column 3]

parisaṃspṛś

pari-saṃ-√spṛś P. -spṛśati, to touch at different places, stroke MBh. R

parisaṃhā

pari-saṃ-hā √2. (only pr. p. -jíhāna), to start or spring from (abl.) RV. vii, 33, 10

parisaṃhṛṣṭa

pari-saṃ-hṛṣṭa mfn. (√hṛṣ) greatly rejoiced, delighted R

parisakhya

pari-sakhya n. perfect or true friendship PārGṛ

parisaṃkrīḍ

pari-saṃ-√krīḍ P. -krīḍati, to play about, amuse one's self R

parisaṃkṣip

pari-saṃ-√kṣip P. -kṣipati, to encompass, surround R

parisaṃkhyā

pari-saṃ-√khyā P. -khyāti (inf. khyātum), to count, enumerate ŚāṅkhŚr. Mn. MBh

• to limit to a certain number KātyŚr. Sch

• to reckon up, calculate, add together MBh. R. Suśr

• to make good, restore Car. Jaim. Sch

⋙ parikhyā

pari-khyā f. enumeration, computation, sum, total, number ŚāṅkhŚr. Mn. MBh. &c

• (in phil.) exhaustive enumeration (implying exclusion of any other), limitation to that which is enumerated Jaim. Kull. on Mn. iii, 45

• (in rhet.) special mention or exclusive specification Kpr. Sāh

⋙ parikhyāta

pari-khyāta mfn. reckoned up, enumerated, specified exclusively W

⋙ parikhyāna

pari-khyāna n. enumeration, total, a number MBh

• exclusive specification BhP

• a correct judgment. proper estimate Yājñ. iii, 158

parisaṃghuṣṭa

pari-saṃ-ghuṣṭa mfn. (√ghuṣ) filled with cries or noise, resonant on all sides MBh

parisaṃcakṣ

pari-saṃ-√cakṣ (only 3. pl. pr. -cakṣate), to enumerate Gobh

• to avoid ( See next)

⋙ paricakṣya

pari-cakṣya mfn. to be avoided Pāṇ. 2-4, 54 Vārtt. 9 Pat

parisaṃcara

pari-saṃ-cara mfn. (√car) roving about, vagrant Bhar

• m. 'a very difficult pass or defile', a critical period VāyuP

parisaṃcita

pari-saṃ-cita mfn. (√1. ci) collected, accumulated Sāh

parisatya

pari-satya n. the full or pure truth ĀśvŚr

parisaṃtap

pari-saṃ-√tap (only ind. p. -tapya), to be tormented or afflicted R

⋙ paritapta

pari-tapta mfn. scorched, singed ib

parisaṃtāna

pari-saṃtā́na m. (√tan) a string, cord TS

parisabhya

pari-sabhya m. (sabhā) a member of an assembly, assessor L

parisamanta

pari-samanta m. (ifc. ○taka) circumference, circuit L

parisamāp

pari-sam-√āp Pass. -āpyate, to be fully completed, arrive at completion BhP

• to be contained in (loc.) Bhag

• to relate or belong to (loc. or prati) Pat

⋙ parisamāpana

pari-sam-āpana n. the act of finishing completely W

⋙ parisamāpanīya

pari-sam-āpanīya or mfn. to be completely finished Jaim. Sch

⋙ paripayitavya

pari-payitavya mfn. to be completely finished Jaim. Sch

⋙ parisamāpta

pari-sam-āpta mfn. finished, complete Śak

• centred, comprehended Śiś

⋙ parisamāpti

pari-sam-āpti f. entire completion, end, conclusion Śaṃk. Sāh. Pāṇ. Sch

• relating or belonging to (loc. or prati) Pat

parisamutsuka

pari-samutsuka mfn. very anxious, greatly agitated or excited R

parisamūh

pari-sam-ūh √1. P. Ā. -ūhati, ○te, to heap or sweep together ŚBr. GṛŚrS

⋙ parisamūhana

pari-samūhana n. heaping up or sweeping together GṛŚrS. BhP

⋙ parisamohana

pari-sam-ohana (!), n. id. Kauś. Sch

parisame

pari-samê (-sam-ā-√i), to go back to (acc.) BhP

parisambhū

pari-sam-√bhū (only 3. pl. pf. -babhūvúḥ), to arise, spring, be produced from (abl.) AV

parisara

pari-sara pari-sarpa, See parisṛ, pari-sṛp, p. 604

parisahasra

pari-sahasra mfn. pl. a full thousand ŚāṅkhŚr

parisādh

pari-√sādh Caus. -sādhayati, to overpower, subject Hariv. Kām

• to settle, arrange Mn. viii, 187 [Page 604, Column 1] Contents of this page

• to prepare (food) Pañcar

⋙ parisādhana

pari-sādhana n. accomplishing, settling, arranging Mn. R

• determining, ascertaining W

parisāntv

pari-√sāntv (also written śāntv), Caus. -sāntvayati, ○te (ind. p. -sāntvya), to console, comfort, conciliate MBh. R. Kathās

⋙ parisāntvana

pari-sāntvana n. the act of consoling and c

• pl. friendly words, flattering speech Kād

⋙ parisāntvita

pari-sāntvita mfn. consoled, conciliated MBh. R. BhP

parisāman

pari-sāman n. a Sāman which is occasionally inserted Lāṭy

parisāvakīya

pari-sāvakīya Nom. P. ○yati = sāvakam icchati Pāṇ. 8-3, 65 Vārtt. 5 Pat. (cf. abhi-sāvakīya under abhi-ṣu)

parisiddhikā

pari-siddhikā f. (fr. -siddhi ?) a kind of rice gruel L

parisidh

pari-√sidh Caus. -sedhayati, to drive about (cows) Pāṇ. 8-3, 113 Kāś. (cf. pari-ṣidh)

parisīman

pari-sīman m. a boundary, extreme term or limit W

parisīram

pari-sīram ind. g. pari-mukhâdi (iv, 3, 58)

≫ parisīrya

pári-sīrya n. a leather thong on a plough ŚBr

parisṛ

pari-√sṛ P. -sarati (pf. -sasāra, -sasruḥ

• ind. p. -sṛtya), to flow or go round, circumambulate (acc.) RV. &c. &c

• to flow or walk about or to and fro MBh. BhP

⋙ parisara

pari-sara mfn. adjacent, adjoining, contiguous Sāy. on RV. iii, 33, 2

• lying near or on (comp.) Megh. Uttarar

• m. position, site Suśr

• verge, border, proximity, neighbourhood, environs Kāv. Pañc. (cf. parī-s○)

• a veils or artery BhP

• death L

• a rule, precept L

• a god L

• -viṣaya m. an adjoining place, neighbourhood Kir. v, 38

⋙ parisaraṇa

pari-saraṇa n. running or moving about

• -śīla mfn. of a restless disposition Suśr

⋙ parisaryā

pari-saryā f. = ○saraṇa Pāṇ. 3-3, 101 Pat

• near approach W

• service W. (cf. parī-s○)

⋙ parisāra

pari-sāra m. wandering about, perambulation W

⋙ parisāraka

pari-sāraka m. (g. vimuktâdi) N. of a place near the Sarasvatī AitBr. (cf. pāriś○)

⋙ parisārin

pari-sārin mfn. wandering or running about Pāṇ. 3-2, 142

⋙ parisṛta

pari-sṛta mfn. having roamed or wandered through (acc.) R

• spread everywhere ib

• m. or n. an enclosed or fenced place MBh

parisṛj

pari-√sṛj Caus. -sarjayati, to avoid MBh

⋙ parisṛṣṭa

pari-sṛṣṭa (pári-), mfn. surrounded, covered AV

⋙ parisraṣṭṛ

pari-sraṣṭṛ mfn. being in contact or connected with MBh

parisṛp

pari-√sṛp P. Ā. -sarpati, ○te (ind. p. -sárpam), to move round about or to and fro, hover RV. ŚBr. MBh. &c

• to creep or crawl upon Gobh. ( See ○sṛpta)

• to be near, approach, go to (acc.) MBh.: Caus., ○sarpita

⋙ parisarpa

pari-sarpa m. going about in search of, following, pursuing Daśar. Pratāp

• walking about, roaming L

• surrounding, encircling L

• a species of serpent Suśr

• N. of a mild form of leprosy (= vi-sarpa) Suśr. Car. (cf. parīs○)

⋙ parisarpaṇa

pari-sarpaṇa n. crawling upon (comp.) Mṛicch

• running to and fro, going or flying about, constantly changing one's place ĀśvŚr. R. Mṛicch. BhP

• a kind of disease (= ○sarpaṇa) Suśr

⋙ parisarpita

pari-sarpita mfn. (fr. Caus.) crawled upon by vermin Car

⋙ parisarpin

pari-sarpin mfn. going or moving or roaming about MBh

⋙ parisṛpta

pari-sṛpta mfn. = ○sarpita Gobh

parisauvīram

pari-sauvīram ind. round about (i.e. except) the Sauviiras Pāṇ. 6-2, 33 Vārtt. 1 Pat

pariskand

pari-√skand See pari-ṣkand

pariskhal

pari-√skhal P. -skhalati, to reel, stagger Kathās

⋙ pariskhalita

pari-skhalita n. reeling, staggering ib

paristṛ

pari-stṛ P. Ā. -stṛṇoti, ○ṇute, or -stṛṇāti, ○ṇīte (perf. 3. pl. -tastaruḥ Bhaṭṭ., -tastarire Śiś

• ind. p. -stīrya GṛS

• Ved. inf. páriśtarītavaí MaitrS. [Pāṇ. 6-2, 51 Sch.), to strew or lay round, enclose (as fire with grass) AV. ŚBr. &c

• to envelop, cover (lit. and fig.) Kir. Siś

• to spread, extend GṛS. R. &c

⋙ paristara

pari-stara m. strewing round or heaping together MBh

• a cover, covering ib. (v. l. pari-cchada)

⋙ paristaraṇa

pari-stáraṇa n. = prec. AV. GṛŚrS. &c

• (ī), f. a partic. sacred text ĀpŚr. [Page 604, Column 2]

⋙ paristaraṇikā

pari-staraṇikā f. a cow killed at a funeral ceremony (the limbs of the corpse being covered with its limbs) R. (cf. anu-stáraṇī)

⋙ paristaraṇīya

pari-staraṇīya mfn. fit to be strewed around, serving for a cover ĀpŚr. Sch

⋙ paristaritṛ

pari-staritṛ m. one who strews or lays round ib

⋙ paristīrṇa

pari-stīrṇa (MBh. R.) and spread around, strewed over, covered

⋙ paristṛta

pari-stṛta (Yājñ. BhP.), spread around, strewed over, covered

paristoma

pari-stoma m. a coverlet, cushion MBh. R

paristhā

pari-√sthā pari-sthāna, See pariṣṭhā

parispand

pari-√spand Ā. -spandate (or ○ti), to tremble, throb, quiver MBh. R

⋙ parispanda

pari-spanda m. throbbing, stirring, starting, arising, movement MBh. Kāv. &c

• keeping, maintaining (a sacred fire) MBh. (v. l. ○ṣyanda)

• train, retinue L

• decoration of the hair L

• pressure, crash MW

⋙ parispandana

pari-spandana n. throbbing, vibration, motion L

⋙ parispandita

pari-spandita n. throbbing, rising, appearing Mcar

parispardhin

pari-spardhin mfn. (√spṛdh) vying with, rivalling, emulating (in comp.) Śak. iv, 4 (v. l.)

⋙ parispṛdh

pari-spṛ́dh f. a rival RV. ix, 53, 1

parispṛś

pari-√spṛś P. -spṛśati (pf. 3. pl. -paspṛśire), to touch, stroke MBh. R

• to pursue, practise HPariś

⋙ parispṛś

pari-spṛś mfn. (ifc.) touching HPariś

⋙ parispṛṣṭa

pari-spṛṣṭa mfn. smeared or soiled with (blood) MBh

parisphar

pari-√sphar Caus. -sphārayati, to spread, divulge L

parisphīta

pari-sphīta mfn. (√sphāy) swollen, turgid, Parśvan

parisphuṭ

pari-√sphuṭ P. -sphuṭati, or -sphoṭati, to burst open Suśr

≫ parisphuṭa

pari-sphuṭa mfn. very clear or manifest BhP

• fully developed L

• (am), ind. very clearly or distinctly Kād

parisphur

pari-√sphur P. -sphurati, to throb, quiver, vibrate Kāv

• to glitter, gleam BhP

• to burst forth, appear Kull

⋙ parisphuraṇa

pari-sphuraṇa n. glancing

• shooting

• budding W

⋙ parisphurita

pari-sphurita mfn. quivering, palpitating Uttarar

• dispersed, reflected on all sides Mālatīm

• opened, expanded W

• shot, glanced ib

⋙ parisphūrti

pari-sphūrti f. shining forth, appearing, becoming clear or manifest Kuval

parismāpana

pari-smāpana n. (√smi, Caus.) causing wonder, surprising

• (with dambhena) outwitting L

parisyanda

pari-syanda ○dana &c. See pariṣyanda, p. 603, col. 2

parisraj

pari-sraj f. (√sṛj) a garland ĀpŚr

⋙ parisrajin

pari-srajín mfn. wearing a garland TBr. Kāṭh

parisrasā

pari-srásā f. (√sraṃs) rubbish, lumber TBr

parisru

pari-√sru P. -sravati, to flow round or off, stream, trickle RV. &c. &c

• (with acc.) cause to flow RV. Hariv

• to swim or float about Sāy

• to glide or pass away (as life) Bhartṛ

⋙ parisrava

pari-srava m. flowing, streaming, a stream MBh. R. &c

• gliding down (garbha-p○, the birth of a child) R

• Rottleria Tinctoria L

⋙ parisrāva

pari-srāva m. flowing, efflux, effluxion Suśr

• N. of a morbid state ascribed to the overflowing of the moistures of the body ib

• -kalpa m. a kind of straining or filtering vessel L

⋙ parisrāvaṇa

pari-srāvaṇa n. a straining or filtering vessel L

⋙ parisrāvin

pari-srāvin mfn. flowing

• m. (sc. bhagaṃ-dara) a form of fistula of the anus Suśr

• n. (sc. udara) an incurable form of swollen or enlarged abdomen ib. Bhpr

⋙ parisrut

pari-srút mfn. flowing round or over, foaming, fermenting RV

• f. a kind of intoxicating liquor prepared from herbs AV. VS. ŚBr. (○srún-mat mfn. possessing it ŚBr.)

• dropping, flowing W

⋙ parisruta

pari-sruta mfn. flowed or streamed round, trickled, oozed R. Kathās

• (ā), f. = ○srut f. L

parisvāra

pari-svāra m. (√svar) a partic. mode of singing Lāṭy

parisvid

pari-√svid Caus. -svedayati, to cause to sweat (by applying sudorifics) Suśr

parihan

pari-√han P. -hanti, to wind round Kāṭh. ŚāṅkhŚr

• to extinguish (fire) ŚBr

• Pass. -hanyate, to be changed or altered MBh. (v. l. prati-h○) [Page 604, Column 3]

• to cease, perish Pañc. (v. l. -hīyate)

⋙ parihaṇana

pari-haṇana n. Pāṇ. 8-4, 22 Sch

⋙ parihata

pari-hata mfn. (Śak. v, 22/23 and Gīt. v, 13) wṛ. for pari-hṛta

parihara

pari-hara ○raṇa &c. See pari-hṛ

pariharṣaṇa

pari-harṣaṇa ○ṣin, See parihṛṣ, p. 605

parihava

pari-havá m. (√hve) crying or calling upon, invoking (?) AV

⋙ parihūta

pari-hūta mfn. called together BhP

parihas

pari-√has P. -hasati (Pass. aor. pary-ahāsi), to laugh, jest or joke with (acc.), laugh at, ridicule, deride MBh. Kathās. Rājat

⋙ parihasita

pari-hasita mfn. laughed at, ridiculed MW

⋙ parihāsa

pari-hāsa m. jesting, joking, laughing at, ridiculing, deriding

• a jest, joke, mirth, merriment MBh. Kāv. &c. (cf. parī-h○)

• -kathā f. an amusing story Ragh

• -pura n. N. of a town Rājat

• -pūrvam ind. jokingly, in jest Ragh

• -vastu n. an object of jest (○stu-tā f.) Pañc

• -vijalpita mfn. uttered in jest Śak

• -vedin m. a jester, a witty person W

• -śīla mfn. of a gay or joyous disposition, fond of jesting Var. Kāv

• ○la-tā f. Ratnâv

• -hari m. N. of a temple of Vishṇu Rājat

⋙ parihāsya

pari-hāsya mfn. laughable, ridiculous MW

parihasta

pari-hastá m. (g. nir-udakâdi) an amulet put round the hand to secure the birth of a child AV

parihā

pari-hā √3. P. -jahāti, (ind. p. -hāya

• inf. -hātum), to leave, abandon, quit R. BhP

• to omit, neglect, disregard Mn. MBh. Hariv.: Pass. -hīyate (with fut. -hāsyati MBh.), to be avoided or omitted, be destitute or deprived of, desist or be excluded from (abl.), be wanting or deficient, be inferior to (abl. or instr.), wane, fail, decrease, pass away Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -hāpayati, to cause to relinquish or abandon Naish

• to interrupt, leave unfinished Mn. viii, 206

⋙ parihāṇa

pari-hāṇa n. being deprived of anything, suffering a loss (only a-parih○) ŚāṅkhBr

⋙ parihāṇi

pari-hāṇi or f. decrease, loss, deficiency Ragh. Var. Suśr. (cf. Uṇ. iv, 51 Sch.)

⋙ parihāni

pari-hāni f. decrease, loss, deficiency Ragh. Var. Suśr. (cf. Uṇ. iv, 51 Sch.)

⋙ parihāpaṇīya

pari-hāpaṇīya mfn. (fr. Caus.) to be omitted Kād

⋙ parihāpita

pari-hāpita mfn. robbed or deprived of (instr.) BhP

⋙ parihāpya

pari-hāpya ind. excluding, excepting (acc.), except ĀpŚr

⋙ parihīṇa

pari-hīṇa (also written hīna), mfn. omitted, lost, disappeared, wanting MBh. Kāv. BhP

• abstaining from, deficient in, deprived or destitute of (abl. or -tas instr., or comp.) ib

parihāṭaka

pari-hāṭaka mfn. consisting or made of pure gold MBh

• a ring worn round the arm or leg, an armlet, anklet L

parihāra

pari-hāra &c. See pari-√hṛ

parihi

pari-√hi P. -hinóti, to send or forward to (dat.) RV. vii, 104, 6

parihiṃsā

pari-hiṃsā f. (√hiṃs) = pari-barhaṇā Nir. Sch

parihiṇḍ

pari-√hiṇḍ Ā. -hiṇḍate, to fly about Daś

parihita

pari-hita See pari-dhā, p. 596

parihṛ

pari-√hṛ P. Ā. -harati, ○te (fut. -hariṣyati MBh

• aor. 3. pl. -ahṛṣata RV

• ind. p. -hṛtya R. Var

• -hā́ram Br.), to move or carry or take round TS. Br. GṛŚrS

• to put or wrap round (Ā. round one's self) AV. &c. &c

• to put aside, save for (dat.) ŚBr

• to leave, quit, desert Śiś

• to defend or preserve from (abl.) ChUp

• to spare VP

• to shun, avoid, leave out, omit ŚBr. Gobh

• to save or spare anything (as trouble, care &c.) to (gen.), Ratnâv

• to take away, remove, beware of or abstain from (acc.). MBh. VP

• (Ā.) to keep away from i.e. neglect, not heed Āpast

• to answer, refute Pat. Śaṃk

• to put twice, repeat (in the Krama-pāṭha), APrāt

• to nourish, foster, cherish Lalit.: Desid. -jihīrṣati, to wish to keep away or avoid or shun, remove or conceal Gobh. R. (cf. -jihīrṣā, p. 594)

⋙ parihara

pari-hara m. v. l. for ○hāra, reserve, concealment Śak. (Pi.) i, 24/25

⋙ pariharaka

pari-haraka m. v. l. for ○hāraka L

⋙ pariharaṇa

pari-haraṇa n. moving or taking round ŚrS

• avoiding, shunning VP

• leaving W

• seizing ib

• refuting ib

⋙ pariharaṇīya

pari-haraṇīya mfn. to be shunned or avoided Śak. Prab

• to be taken away W

• to be confuted ib

• -tā f. disdain, rejection Śiś

• disappearance, unattainableness ib

• refutation ib

⋙ parihartavya

pari-hartavya mfn. to be handed over or forwarded, Nyāyam. Sch. [Page 605, Column 1] Contents of this page

• to be shunned or avoided or abstained from Nir. Kāv. Pañc

• to be kept secret or concealed Mṛicch

• to be confuted Śaṃk

• to be repeated (before and after iti, next.) APrāt

⋙ parihāra

pari-hāra (pári-), m. leading round KātyŚr

• delivering or handing over Nyāyam. Sch

• shunning, avoiding, excluding, abandoning, giving up, resigning ŚBr. &c. &c

• seizing, surrounding W

• concealment, reserve MBh. Śak

• leaving out, omission Sāh

• taking away, removing, (esp.) removing by arguments, confutation Śaṃk

• caution Car

• contempt disrespect L

• objection L

• any objectionable thing or person W

• (in gram.) the repetition of a word (before and after iti, cf. pari-graha) APrāt

• (in dram.) remedying or atoning for any improper action Sāh

• an extraordinary grant, exemption from taxes, immunity Mn. R. MārkP. Rājat

• = -sthāna (below) Mn. viii, 237

• bounty, largess W. (cf. parī-h○)

• 1. -vat mfn. avoidable MBh. (a-parih○)

• 2. -vat ind. (ifc.) like the omission of Sāh

• -viśuddhi f. (with Jainas) purification by such mortification and penance as are enjoined by the example of ancient saints or sages W

• -sū f. (a cow) bearing a calf only after a long time (of barrenness) TS. Sch

• -sthāna n. a space of common land extending round a village or town Kull. on Mn. viii, 238

⋙ parihāraka

pari-hāraka mf(ikā)n. repelling, refuting MW

• m. or n. an armlet L. (cf. ○haraka and parihāṭaka)

⋙ parihārin

pari-hārin mfn. (ifc.) avoiding, shunning Daś. Bālar

⋙ parihārya

pari-hārya mfn. to be shunned or avoided or omitted or escaped from MBh. R. &c

• to be severed or separated Kathās

• to be taken off or away W

• to be endowed with a privilege Yājñ. Sch

• to be repeated (cf. ○hartavya), APrāt

• m. a bracelet L. (cf. pārihārya)

⋙ parihṛta

pari-hṛta mfn. shunned, avoided Kāv

• abandoned, quitted W

• taken, seized ib

• n. what has been wrapped round or put on BhP

⋙ parihṛti

pari-hṛti f. shunning, avoiding AitBr. 1

⋙ parihṛtya

pari-hṛtya ind. keeping away, excluding, with the exception of (acc.) R

• at a distance of (acc.) Var. 2

⋙ parihṛtya

pari-hṛtya mfn. to be delivered or handed over AitBr

parihṛṣ

pari-√hṛṣ Caus. -harṣayati, to delight greatly, cause to rejoice MBh. Hariv

⋙ pariharṣaṇa

pari-harṣaṇa mf(ī)n. greatly delighting MBh

⋙ pariharṣita

pari-harṣita mfn. greatly delighted ib

⋙ pariharṣin

pari-harṣin mfn. delightful MBh

⋙ parihṛṣita

pari-hṛṣita mfn. delighted, very glad ib

⋙ parihṛṣṭa

pari-hṛṣṭa mfn. id. (-mānasa mfn. R.)

• blunt, obtuse (teeth) Bhpr

parihṇuta

pari-hṇuta mfn. (√hnu) denied, refused AV

parihrut

pari-hrút mfn. (√hvṛ) causing to fall RV

⋙ parihvṛta

pari-hvṛta See á-pari-hvṛta

⋙ parihvṛti

pari-hvṛti (pári-), f. deceiving, injuring, harming RV. viii, 47, 6 (loc. hṛtā́!) ; ix, 79, 2

parihvālam

pari-hvā́lam ind. (√hval) stammering, faltering ŚBr

parī 1

parī in comp. for pari

⋙ parīkṣit

○kṣit m. (√2. kṣi) N. of a son of Abhi-manyu and father of Janam-ejaya MBh. &c

• of a son of Kuru Pur

• of a son of An-aśvan and father of Bhīma-sena MBh

• of a king of A-yodhyā ib. (cf. pari-kṣit)

⋙ parīkṣita

○kṣita (ŚārṅgP.) and m. = prec

⋙ parīkṣiti

○kṣiti (Prab. Sch.), m. = prec

⋙ parīṇaśe

○ṇáśe Vedic inf. (√1. naś) to attain or to be attained RV. i, 54, 1

⋙ parīṇah

○ṇáh f. (√nah

• nom. ṇat Pāṇ. 6-3, 116 ; viii, 2, 34 Sch.) enclosure or anything enclosed, (esp.) a receptacle or box belonging to a carriage RV. AV.: ŚBr. Kāṭh

• N. of a place on the Saras-vatī Br. ŚrS

⋙ parīṇāma

○ṇāma m. (√nam) course or lapse of time R. (cf. pari-ṇ○)

⋙ parīṇāya

○ṇāya m. (√nī) = pari-ṇ○ L

⋙ parīṇāha

○ṇāha m. (√nah) circumference, width MBh. R. Suśr

• a piece of common land encircling a village Yājñ

• N. of Śiva L. (cf. pari-ṇ○)

⋙ parītat

○tat (√tan) Pāṇ. 6-3, 116 Sch

⋙ parītāpa

○tāpa m. = pari-t○ MBh

⋙ parītoṣa

○toṣa m. = pari-t○ Gīt. 1

⋙ parītta

○tta mfn. See pari-dā (p. 595). 2

⋙ parītta

○tta mfn. (√do

• Pāṇ. 6-3, 124) cut round, circumscribed, limited Buddh

• -śubha m. pl. N. of the gods of the 13th order MWB. 212

• -ttâbha m. pl. N. of the gods of the 10th order ib. 211

⋙ parīdāha

○dāha m. burning, cauterizing Suśr. Car

⋙ parīdhāna

○dhāna n. a mantle, garment MBh. (cf. paridh○)

⋙ parīdhāvin

○dhāvin m. = pari-dh○ W

⋙ parīdhyai

○√dhyai (only pf. -dadhyau), to meditate, ponder R

⋙ parīpāka

○pāka m. ripening, maturing, full development Suśr. Car. Kāraṇḍ

• the result or consequences of anything Mcar. (cf. pari-p○)

⋙ parībhāva

○bhāva m. = pari-bh○ L

⋙ parīmāṇa

○māṇa n. measure, circumference, size, weight, number, amount MBh. Yājñ. Hcat. (cf. pari-m○). [Page 605, Column 2]

⋙ parīrambha

○rambha m. = pari-r○ Gīt. Prab. Bālar

⋙ parīvarta

○varta m. exchange, barter Hit. (v. l.)

• N. of the Kūrma or 2nd incarnation of Vishṇu L. (cf. pari-v○). -vartam ind. (√vṛt) in a circle, recurring, repeatedly TāṇḍBr

⋙ parīvāda

○vāda m. reproof, censure Mn. Āpast

⋙ parīvāpa

○vāpá m. fried grains or sour milk VS

• furniture L

• a piece of water L

• sowing L. (cf. pari-v○ under pari- √2. vap)

⋙ parīvāpya

○vāpya mfn. = pari-v○ (under pari- √2. vap) KātyŚr

⋙ parīvāra

○vāra m. train, retinue MBh. Kāv. &c

• a sheath, scabbard L. (cf. pari-v○ under pari- √1. vṛ)

⋙ parīvāha

○vāha m. = pari-v○ MBh

• the royal insignia L

⋙ parīvettṛ

○vettṛ m. = pari-v○ Mn. iii, 172

⋙ parīveṣa

○veṣa m. a halo round the sun or moon Hariv. (cf. pari-v○)

⋙ parīśāsa

○śāsa m. (√śas) anything cut out, an excision AV

• a kind of tongs used for lifting a kettle from the fire ŚBr

⋙ parīśeṣa

○śeṣa m. rest, remainder AitBr. (cf. pari-ś○)

⋙ parīṣahā

○ṣahā f. = pari-ṣ○ (under pari-ṣah) HYog

⋙ parīṣeka

○ṣeka m. = pari-ṣ○ (under pari-ṣic) Suśr

⋙ parīsara

○sara m. circumference, surroundings Bālar. (cf. pari-s○)

⋙ parīsarpa

○sarpa m. a species of worm causing leprosy Suśr

• a kind of leprosy Car. (cf. pari-s○ under pari-sṛp)

⋙ parīsaryā

○saryā f. = pari-s○ L

⋙ parīsāra

○sāra m. going about or round L

⋙ parīhāra

○hāra m. avoiding, shunning, caution Suśr

• disrespect L

• (in gram. and dram.) = pari-h○

⋙ parīhāsa

○hāsa m. = pari-h○ Cāṇ

• -keśava m. N. of a temple of Vishṇu Rājat

• -kṣama mfn. able to deride or surpass Bhartṛ

• -śīla mfn. = pari-hāsa-ś○ Rājat

parī 2

parī7 (pari-√i), P. pary-eti (Impv. parī7hi MBh

• Pot. pártyām TS

• impf. paryait ŚBr

• pf. párī7yāya TS

• fut. pary-etā ChUp

• ind. p. parī7tya PārGṛ

• pary-āyaṃ Br

• inf. páry-etave RV.), to go about, move in a circle

• (trans.) to go or flow round (acc.), circumambulate, surround, include, grasp, span RV. &c. &c

• to run against or into, reach, attain AV. ŚBr. ChUp

• (with or sc. manasā) to perceive, ponder MBh. R.: Intens. Ā. párī7yate, to move round or in a circle RV

⋙ parīta

parī7ta mfn. standing or moving round, surrounding MBh

• past, elapsed, expired R

• surrounded, encompassed, filled, taken possession of, seized (with instr. or in comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c

• = viparī7ta, inverted MBh

• wṛ. for parītta ib

• m. pl. N. of a people VP

• ○ta-tā f. the being surrounded or filled L

• ○tin mfn. (ifc.) filled with, seized by Suśr

⋙ parītya

parī7tya mfn. to be circumambulated (a-par○) KātyŚr

≫ paryaya

pary-aya m. revolution, lapse, expiration, waste or loss (of time) Mn. MBh. &c

• the time of revolution (of a planet) Gaṇit

• change, alteration ib

• inversion, irregularity, confusion with (comp.) MBh. Suśr

• contrariety, opposition W

• deviation from enjoined or customary observances, neglect of duty ib

⋙ paryayaṇa

pary-ayaṇa n. going about, walking round, circumambulating (e.g. of a sown field) MānGṛ. Gobh. (Sch. 'the reaping of corn')

• fit to be wound round (an arrow or other object) Kauś

• a horse's saddle or housings (= paryāṇa) L

≫ paryāya

pary-āya m. going or turning or winding round, revolving, revolution KātyŚr

• course, lapse, expiration of time MBh. Hariv. Vet

• regular recurrence, repetition, succession, turn (ibc. or eṇa, ind. in turn, successively, alternately

• caturthe paryāye, at the fourth time) KātyŚr. Lāṭy. Mn. &c

• a regularly recurring series or formula (esp. in the Ati-rātra ceremony) Br. ŚrS. (-tva n.)

• = -sū7kta Sāy

• a convertible term, synonym (-tā f. -tva n.) Pañc. Sāh. Pāṇ. Sch

• way, manner, method of proceeding (anena pary-āyeṇa, in this manner) SaddhP

• probability MBh

• (in rhet.) a partic. figure of speech Kpr. Sāh

• (with Jainas) the regular development of a thing and the end of this development Sarvad

• opportunity, occasion L

• formation, creation L

• point of contact L

• -krama m. order of succession, regular rotation or turn MW

• -cyuta mfn. one who has lost his turn, superseded, supplanted ib

• -pada-mañjarī f. -muktâvalī f. -ratna-mālā f. N. of wks

• -vacana n. a convertible term, synonym Vārtt. on Pāṇ. 1-1, 68

• -vākya n. similar words Hariv

• -vācaka mfn. expressing a corresponding notion

• (with śabda), m. a synonym MBh

• -vṛtti f. alternate course or action MW

• -śabda m. a synonym Tattvas

• -śayana n. alternate sleeping and watching W

• -śas ind. by phrases or sentences ĀśvŚr

• periodically Kāṭh. Suśr

• in succession, by turns MBh

• -śastra (!), n. pl. N. of wk

• -sū7kta n. a hymn with regularly recurring phrases or sentences AV. Anukr

• -sevā f. service by rotation Kum.: ○yâtman m. the finite nature, finiteness Sarvad. [Page 605, Column 3]

• ○yánna n. food intended for another Yājñ

• ○yârṇava m. 'ocean of synonyms', N. of a lexicon

• ○yôkta n. (in rhet.) a partic. figure of speech (in which the fact to be intimated is expressed by a turn of speech or periphrasis) Sāh

• ○yôkti f. id. Vām

⋙ paryāyika

pary-ḍāyiká mfn. composed in strophes AV

⋙ paryāyin

pary-ḍāyín mfn. embracing, including AitBr

• encompassing (in a hostile manner) AV

• periodical VS

≫ paryetṛ

pary-etṛ́ m. subduer, conqueror RV

⋙ paryehi

pary-ḍehi m. N. of a man

• (ī), f. N. of a woman, g. śārṅgaravâdi

parīkṣ

parī7kṣ (pari-√īkṣ), Ā. parī7kṣate (pr. p. parī7kṣat MBh

• imp. pary-aikṣat [Sāy. -aicchat] ŚBr.), to look round, inspect carefully, try, examine, find out, observe, perceive ŚBr. &c. &c.: Caus. parī7kṣayati, to cause to examine or investigate Mn

⋙ parīkṣaka

parī7kṣaka mfn. trying, examining W

• m. a prover, examiner, judge Rājat. Pañc

⋙ parīkṣaṇa

parī7kṣaṇa n. (rarely ○ṇā f.) trying, testing, experiment, investigation Mn. MBh. &c

⋙ parīkṣaṇīya

parī7kṣaṇīya mfn. to be tried or investigated (-tva n.) Nyāyam. Sch

• to be submitted to ordeal W

⋙ parīkṣā

parī7kṣā f. inspection, investigation, examination, test, trial by ordeal of various kinds ( See 2. divya) Mn. MBh. &c

• N. of wk

• -kṣama mfn. standing the test Sarvad

• -tattva n. -paddhati f. N. of wks

• ○kṣârtha mfn. wishing to try or test Āpast

⋙ parīkṣita

parī7kṣita mfn. carefully inspected, tried, examined Mn. MBh. &c

⋙ parīkṣitavya

parī7kṣitavya mfn. to be tried or tested or examined or proved Var. Prab

⋙ parīkṣin

parī7kṣin See nāṇaka-p○

⋙ parīkṣya

parī7kṣya mfn. = ○kṣitavya MBh. Var

⋙ parīcikṣiṣu

parī7cikṣiṣu mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing to try or examine L

parījyā

parī7jyā f. (pari + ijyā, √yaj) a secondary rite (= pari-yajña) ŚāṅkhŚr

parīṇas

párīṇas m. (√pṝ ?) plenty, abundance RV

• (asā), ind. richly, abundantly ib. (cf. Naigh. i, 3)

⋙ parīṇasa

parīṇasá n. = ○ṇas m. RV

parīta

parī7ta See 2. parī7, col. 2

parīti

parīti = puṣpâñjana L

parītta 1

parī-tta. 2 See under pari-dā and 1. parī

parīdhya

parī74dhya (pari + idhya, √indh), to be kindled TS

parīndana

parīndana n. gratification, present Vajracch

⋙ parīndita

parīnḍdita mfn. gratified, presented ib

parīps

parī7ps ○psā, ○psu, See pary-āp

parīman

párīman (√pṝ ?), bounty, plenty

• (○maṇi), ind. plentifully RV. ix, 71, 3

≫ parīra

parīra n. a fruit Uṇ. iv, 30 Sch

parīraṇa

parīraṇa n. a tortoise L

• a stick L

• = paṭṭa-śāṭaka L

parīś

parī7ś (pari-√īś), Ā. parī7ṣṭe, to be able to (inf.) KāśīKh

parīṣ

parī7ṣ (pari- √3. iṣ), P. pary-eṣati (aor. pary-aiṣiṣat), to seek or search about for ChUp. MBh

• (Ā.) SaddhP.: Caus. pary-eṣayati id. SaddhP

⋙ parīṣṭi

parī7ṣṭi f. investigation, research, inquiry Jaim. Pat

• service, attendance, homage L

• freedom of will L

≫ paryeṣaṇa

pary-eṣaṇa n. search, inquiry, investigation MBh

• striving after Nyāyas

• (ā), f. = parī7ṣṭi Pāṇ. 3-3, 107 Vārtt. 3 Pat

⋙ paryeṣṭavya

pary-ḍeṣṭavya mfn. to be sought MBh

• to be striven after Car

⋙ paryeṣṭi

pary-ḍeṣṭi f. searching for, inquiry SaddhP

• striving after worldly objects Jātakam

parīṣṭa

parī7ṣṭa See pari-yaj, p. 599

paru

paru m. (√pṝ

• cf. párus below) a limb, member ( See yathā-p○)

• a mountain L

• the ocean L

• the sky, paradise L

⋙ paruśas

○śás ind. limb by limb, member by member AV

≫ parucchepa

paruc-chepa m. (prob. fr. parut = ○rus + śepa) N. of a Ṛishi (son of Divo-dāsa and author of RV. i, 127) Nir. TS. ŚāṅkhBr

≫ parutka

parut-ka mfn. (fr. parut = ○rus

• prec.) having knots or joints (as grass) ĀpŚr

≫ paruśśas

paruś-śas ind. (fr. parus) = paru-śas (above) MaitrS. Kāṭh

≫ paruṣa

paruṣá mf(ā)n. (older, f. páruṣṇī) knotty (as reed) AV

• spotted, variegated, dirty-coloured RV. &c. &c

• hard, stiff, rugged, rough, uneven, shaggy MBh. Kāv. &c

• intertwined with creepers (as a tree) Kathās. [Page 606, Column 1] Contents of this page

• piercing, keen, sharp, violent, harsh, severe, unkind ib. (am, ind.)

• m. a reed AV

• an arrow ŚāṅkhŚr. Lāṭy

• Grewia Asiatica or Xylocarpus Granatum L

• (parúṣa), m. N. of a demon Suparṇ

• (ā), f. a kind of riddle MW

• (○ṣṇī), f. N. of one of the rivers of the Panjāb now called Rāvii RV

• n. harsh and contumelious speech, abuse MBh. Kāv. &c

• the fruit of Grewia Asiatica or Xylocarpus Granatum L

• a species of Barleria with blue flowers L

⋙ paruṣaghana

○ghana m. a dirty-coloured or dark cloud Pañc. v, 4

⋙ paruṣacarman

○carman n. a rough skin Pañc

⋙ paruṣatara

○tara mfn. harsher, sterner Pañc

⋙ paruṣatva

○tva n. roughness, harshness MW

⋙ paruṣavacana

○vacana mfn. speaking harshly or unkindly Bhartṛ

• n. harsh or contumelious speech W

⋙ paruṣavāc

○vāc mfn. harsh-spoken, f. = prec. n. W

⋙ paruṣavādin

○vādin mfn. = speaking unkindly Mcar. Pañc

⋙ paruṣākṣara

paruṣâkṣara mfn. 'harsh-worded', harsh (am ind.) Kālid. Pañc

⋙ paruṣākṣepa

paruṣâkṣepa m. (in rhet.) an objection or contradiction containing harsh words Kāvyâd. ii, 144

⋙ paruṣāhva

paruṣâhva m. a species of reed AV

⋙ paruṣetara

paruṣêtara mfn. other than rough, gentle, mild Ragh

⋙ paruṣokti

paruṣôkti f. abusive or harsh language Kāv

• ○ktika mfn. using it L

≫ paruṣita

paruṣita mfn. addressed or treated harshly MBh. R. Hit

≫ paruṣiman

paruṣiman m. rough or shaggy appearance AitBr

≫ paruṣī

paruṣī in comp. for ○ṣa

⋙ paruṣīkṛta

○kṛta mfn. spotted, soiled, stained Hariv

• treated roughly, Am

⋙ paruṣībhū

○√bhū to be soiled or dirty Śak. vii, 17 (v. l.)

≫ paruṣmat

paruṣ-mat mfn. having knots or joints (parut-ka) ĀpŚr. Sch

≫ paruṣya

paruṣya mfn. variegated, manifold AitBr

≫ parus

párus n. a joint or knot (esp. of a cane or reed, orig. 'fullness', i.e. the full or thick part of the stalk), a limb or member of the body RV. AV. VS. ŚBr

• a part or portion RV. TS. TBr

• Grewia Asiatica L

≫ parūṣa

parūṣa m. Grewia Asiatica (from the berries of which a cooling beverage is prepared) or Xylocarpus Granatum Suśr

⋙ parūṣaka

parūḍṣaka m. id

• n. the fruit of this tree ŚāṅkhŚr. Var. Suśr

parut

parut ind. (Pāṇ. 5-3, 22) last year L. [Cf. parāri

• Gk. ?, ? ; Lith. pérnay ; Goth. [606, 1] faírneis ; Angl. Sax. fyrn ; HGerm. vert, verne.]

⋙ paruttna

parut-tna mfn. belonging to last year, last year's Pāṇ. 4-3, 23 Vārtt. 1

parudvāra

parudvāra or parula m. a horse L

paruṣa

paruṣa See under paru

pare 2

parê (parā-√i

• for 1. See p. 589, col. 1), P. parâiti (Impv. 2. 3. sg. párêhi, parâitu

• pr. p. parā-yát

• ind. p. parêtya), to go or run away, go along, go towards (acc.) RV. &c. &c

• to depart, die RV. AV

• to reach, attain, partake of (acc.) MBh. Kir

⋙ pareta

párêta mfn. departed, deceased, dead RV. AV. Yājñ

• m. a kind of spectre, a ghost, spirit L

• -kalpa mfn. almost dead R

• -bhartṛ m. 'lord of the departed', N. of Yama Śiś

• -bhūmi f. 'place of the departed', a cemetery Kum

• -rāj (L.), -rāja (Naish.), m. = -bhartṛ L

• ○tâcarita mfn. frequented or inhabited by the dṭdeparted Daś

• ○tâvāsa m. = -bhūmi ib

⋙ pareti

párêti f. departure RV

⋙ pareyivas

parêyivás mfn. one who has departed or died RV

parekṣ

parêkṣ = parā-√īkṣ (Pot. párêkṣeta

• ind. p. parêkṣya), to look at (anything at one's side) TS. ŚBr

pareṇa

pareṇa See under 1. pára, p. 586, col. 2

paredyavi

pare-dyavi pare-dyus &c. See p. 589, col. 1

pareman

páreman prob. wṛ. for parīman SV

pareṣṭu

pareṣṭu and ○ṭukā f. a cow which has often calved L

paroṃhu

paroṃhu parokṣa &c. See under paro, p. 589, col. 1

paroṣṇī

paroṣṇī f. a cockroach (also written ○ṣṭī) L

• N. of a river Rājat. (Cf. paruṣṇī under paruṣa.)

parka

parka See madhu-p○

parkaṭa

parkaṭa m. a heron L

• (ī), f. Ficus Infectoria (-vṛkṣa). Hit. (also ○ṭī L.)

• a fresh betel-nut L

• n. regret, anxiety L

parjanya

parjánya m. (√pṛc, or pṛj ?) a raincloud, cloud RV. &c. &c. [Page 606, Column 2]

• rain Bhag. iii, 14

• rain personified or the god of rain (often identified with Indra) RV. &c. &c

• N. of one of the 12 Ādityas Hariv

• of a Deva-gandharva or Gandharva MBh. Hariv

• of a Ṛishi in several Manv-antaras Hariv. MārkP

• of a Prajā-pati (father of Hiraṇya-roman) VP

• (○nyā or ○nī), f. Curcuma Aromatica or Xanthorrhiza L. [Cf. Goth. fairguni ; Icel fi"rgyn ; Lith. perkúnas.]

⋙ parjanyakrandya

○krandya (○ján○), mfn. muttering like Parjanya or a rain-cloud RV

⋙ parjanyajinvita

○jinvita (○ján○), mfn. impelled by Parjanya ib

⋙ parjanyanātha

○nātha m. having PṭParjanya as protector or patron MW

⋙ parjanyaninada

○ninada m. 'Parjanya's sound', thunder R

⋙ parjanyapatnī

○patnī (○ján○), f. having Parjanya for husband AV

⋙ parjanyaprayoga

○prayoga m. N. of wk

⋙ parjanyaretas

○retas (○ján○), mfn. sprung from the seed of Parjanya, i.e. nourished by rain (as reed) RV

⋙ parjanyavṛddha

○vṛddha (○ján○), mfn. nourished by Parjanya or the rain-cloud (as Soma) ib

⋙ parjanyaśānti

○śānti f. N. of wk

⋙ parjanyasūkta

○sū7kta n. a hymn to PṭParjanya (as RV. v, 83) Cat

⋙ parjanyātman

parjányâtman mfn. having the nature of Parjanya TS

⋙ parjanyāvāta

parjányā-vā́ta m. du. the god of rain and the god of wind RV

parṇ

parṇ cl. 10. P. parṇayati (Dhātup. xxxv, 84, a), to be green or verdant (prob. Nom. fr. next or invented to explain it)

≫ parṇa

parṇá n. a pinion, feather (also of an arrow), wing RV. &c. Br. MBh

• a leaf (regarded as the plumage of a tree) RV. &c. &c. (ifc. f. ā, but in N. of plants ī

• Pāṇ. 4-1, 64)

• the Pān or betel leaf L

• m. Butea Frondosa (a large-leaved sacred tree whose wood is used for making sacred vessels, later generally called palāśa) RV. AV. Br. Yājñ. (-tvá n. MaitrS.)

• N. of a teacher VāyuP. (cf. g. śivâdi)

• (pl.) of a people VP

• of a place, iv, 2, 145

• (ī), f. a collect. N. of 4 plants ending with parṇī Car

• Pistia Stratiotes L

• the leaf of Asa Foetida (?) L. [According to Uṇ. iv, 6 fr. √pṝ. but more probably fr. a √pṛ, orig. spṛ ; Lith. sparna ; HGerm. varn, Farn ; Angl. Sax. fearn ; Eng. fern.]

⋙ parṇakaṣāyaniṣpakva

○kaṣāyá-niṣpakva (ŚBr.) and mfn. boiled with the juice of the bark of the Butea Frondosa or with the juice of any leaves

⋙ parṇakaṣāyapakva

○kaṣāyapakva (KātyŚr.), mfn. boiled with the juice of the bark of the Butea Frondosa or with the juice of any leaves

⋙ parṇakāra

○kāra m. a vender of betel lṭleaves

⋙ parṇakuṭikā

○kuṭikā or f. a hut made of lṭleaves L

⋙ parṇakuṭī

○kuṭī f. a hut made of leaves L

⋙ parṇakṛcchra

○kṛcchra m. 'leaf-penance', living for a time upon an infusion of leaves and Kuśa grass as a religious observance Vishṇ. Yājñ

⋙ parṇakhaṇḍa

○khaṇḍa m. a tree without apparent blossoms, any tree L

⋙ parṇacara

○cara m. 'leafstalker', a kind of deer L

⋙ parṇacīrapaṭa

○cīra-paṭa mfn. clad in a garment made of leaves (Śiva) MBh

⋙ parṇacoraka

○coraka m. a gall-nut L

⋙ parṇatva

○tvá n. the state of the Butea Frondosa MaitrS

⋙ parṇadatta

○datta m. N. of a man L

⋙ parṇadhi

○dhí m. 'feather-holder', the part of an arrow to which the feather are fastened AV

⋙ parṇadhvas

○dhvas mfn. (nom. t) causing the falling of leaves Sch. on Pāṇ. 3-2, 76 &c

⋙ parṇanara

○nara m. 'man of leaves', an effigy stuffed with leaves or made of leaves and burnt as a substitute for a lost corpse Cat

⋙ parṇanāla

○nāla m. a leaf-stalk, petiole Śaṃk

⋙ parṇapuṭa

○puṭa m. n. a leaf rolled into the shape of a funnel MBh. R

⋙ parṇapuruṣa

○puruṣa m. (prob. = -nara) N. of wk

⋙ parṇaprātyika

○prātyika m. or n. N. of a place Rājat. (wṛ. for prāsika ?)

⋙ parṇaprāśanin

○prâśanin (Bālar.),

⋙ parṇabhakṣa

○bhakṣa (Hariv.), mfn. feeding upon leaves

⋙ parṇabhedinī

○bhedinī f. the Priyaṅgu tree L

⋙ parṇabhojana

○bhojana mfn. = -bhakṣa

• m. any animal eating leaves, a goat L

⋙ parṇamaṇi

○maṇí m. a kind of magical instrument (made of Priyaṅgu wood ?) AV

⋙ parṇamaya

○máya mf(ī)n. made of the wood of the Butea Frondosa TS. TBr. Kāṭh

• ○yī-tva n. Nyāyam. Comm

⋙ parṇamācāla

○mācāla (?), m. Averrhoa Carambola L

⋙ parṇamuc

○muc mfn. (nom. ṭ) = -dhvas Uṇ. ii, 22 Sch

⋙ parṇamṛga

○mṛga m. any animal which frequents the boughs of trees (as a monkey, squirrel &c.) Suśr

⋙ parṇaruh

○ruh mfn. (nom. ṭ) causing leaves to grow Uṇ. ii, 22 Sch

⋙ parṇalatā

○latā f. the betel plant L

⋙ parṇavat

○vat mfn. abounding in leaves, leafy Kāṭh. MBh

⋙ parṇavalka

○valká m. the bark of the Butea Frondosa (also pl.) TS. TBr. ĀpŚr

• N. of a man, g. gargâdi

⋙ parṇavallī

○vallī f. a species of creeping plant L

⋙ parṇavādya

○vādya n. 'leaf-music', sounds produced by blowing into a folded leaves Hariv

⋙ parṇavilāsinī

○vilāsinī f. a partic. fragrant substance Gal

⋙ parṇavī

○vī́ mfn. 'wing-borne', carried by wings RV

⋙ parṇavīṭikā

○vīṭikā f. the Areca nut cut in pieces and sprinkled with spices and rolled up in betel leaves Rājat

⋙ parṇaśada

○śadá m. the falling of leaves AV. VS

• ○dyá mfn. relating to it TS

⋙ parṇaśabara

○śabara m. pl. N. of a people MārkP

• (ī), f. (prob.) N. of a divine female Cat

⋙ parṇaśabda

○śabda m. the rustling of leaves Pañc

⋙ parṇaśayyā

○śayyā f. a couch of leaves R

⋙ parṇaśar

○śar m. a leaf-stalk (esp. of the Butea Frondosa) AitBr

⋙ parṇaśākhā

○śākhā́ f. a bough of the BṭButea Frondosa ŚBr

⋙ parṇaśāda

○śāda m. = -śada Kāṭh

⋙ parṇaśālā

○śālā f. 'leaf-hut', an arbour R. Ragh. Kād. (esp. as the dwelling of a Buddhist monk RTL. 81 ; 430) [Page 606, Column 3]

• N. of a great settlement of Brāhmans in Madhya-deśa between the Yamunā and Gaṅgā MBh

• ○lâgra m. N. of a mountain in Bhadrâśva MārkP

• ○lāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to be like an arbour Naish

⋙ parṇaśuṣ

○śuṣ mfn. (nom. ṭ) drying or shrivelling leaves Uṇ. ii, 22 Sch

⋙ parṇasaṃstara

○saṃstara m. having leaves for a bed, sleeping on leaves MW

⋙ parṇāḍhaka

parṇâḍhaka m. N. of a man

• pl. of his descendants, g. yaskâdi

⋙ parṇāda

parṇâda m. 'feeding upon leaves', N. of an ancient sage MBh

• of a Brāhman Nal

⋙ parṇāśa

parṇâśa (or ○sa), m. Cedrela Toona or a species of Basilicum Hariv. L

• (ā), f. N. of sev. rivers MBh. Hariv. Pur

⋙ parṇāśana

parṇâśana n. the feeding on leaves SaṃhUp

• m. a cloud W

⋙ parṇāśin

parṇâśin mfn. feeding on leaves Vishṇ

⋙ parṇāsi

parṇâsi m. Ocymum Sanctum W

⋙ parṇāhāra

parṇâhāra mfn. = ○ṇâśin R

⋙ parṇoṭaja

parṇôṭaja n. 'leaf-hut', an hermitage Uttarar

⋙ parṇotsa

parṇôtsa m. N. of a village Rājat

≫ parṇaka

párṇaka m. = bhilla Mahīdh

• N. of a man

• pl. of his descendants, g. upakâdi

• (ikā), f. a kind of vegetable Car

• N. of an Apsaras Hariv

≫ parṇaya 1

parṇaya Nom. P. ○yati, to be green Dhātup

≫ parṇaya 2

parṇáya m. N. of an enemy ('of an Asura' Sāy.) slain by Indra RV

⋙ parṇayaghna

○ghná n. the slaying of Parṇaya ib

≫ parṇala

parṇala mfn. full of leaves, leafy, g. sidhmâdi

• ○lī-bhūta mfn. being leafy or green Bhaṭṭ

≫ parṇasa

parṇasa mfn. g. tṛṇâdi

≫ parṇasi

parṇasi m. (only L.) a house upon or by the water

• a lotus

• a vegetable

• adorning, decoration

≫ parṇika

parṇika mf(ī)n. selling or dealing in Parṇī, g. kisarâdi

≫ parṇin

parṇín mfn. winged, plumed RV

• leafy ib

• made of the wood of the Butea Frondosa R

• m. a tree MBh

• Butea Frondosa L

• (○ṇinī), f. a species of plant Suśr

• a collect. N. for 4 partic. plants Car

• N. of an Apsaras Hariv

⋙ ṇilatā

ṇi-latā f. Piper Betle L

≫ parṇila

parṇila mfn. leafy Uṇ. iii, 6 Sch

≫ parṇīya

parṇīya mfn. g. utkarâdi

≫ parṇya

parṇyá mfn. relating to leaves, leafy TS

parṇāla

parṇāla m. a boat L

• a spade or hoe L

• single combat L

partṛ

partṛ́ (√pṛ), only instr. pl., with aids, helpfully RV

pard

pard cl. 1. Ā. (Dhātup. ii, 28) to break wind downwards Sarasv. i, 25. [Cf. Gk. ? ; Lat. pe1do, [606, 3] po1dex ; Lith. pérdś3u ; Germ. farśen, furśen ; Angl. Sax. feortan ; Eng. fart.]

≫ parda

parda m. breaking wind downwards L

• thick hair L

⋙ pardana

parḍdana n. breaking wind L

≫ pardi

pardi m. or f. N. of a person L

parp

parp cl. 1. P. parpati, to go Dhātup. xi, 18 (a doubtful √and questionably connected with the following words)

≫ parpa

parpa n. a wheel-chair (for cripples) Siddh

• young grass

• a house Uṇ. iii, 28 Sch

≫ parpaṭa

parpaṭa m. a species of medicinal plant Suśr. (Hedyotis Burmanniana or Mollugo Pentaphylla L.)

• a kind of thin cake made of rice or pease-meal and baked in grease L

• (ī), f. a red-colouring Oldenlandia Bhpr

• a kind of fragrant earth L

• a thin crisp cake (prob. = m.) W

⋙ parpaṭadruma

○druma m. a kind of tree (= kumbhī-vṛkṣa) L. (also ○TI-dr○)

≫ parpaṭaka

parpaṭaka m. a species of medicinal plant (= ○paṭa) Suśr. Car. Bhpr

• (ī), f. the same or some other med. plant Car

≫ parpaṭi

parpaṭi m. (with rāja-putra) N. of a poet Cat

≫ parpika

parpika m. (and ○kī f.) a cripple who moves about by the aid of a chair Pāṇ. 4-4, 10 Sch

parparī

parparī f. a braid of hair L

parparīka

parparīka m. the sun (√pṝ Uṇ. iv, 19 Sch.)

• fire L

• a tank or piece of water L

parparīṇa

parparīṇa m. (only L.) the vein of a leaf

• = parṇa-cūrṇa-rasa

• = dyūta-kam-bala

• n. = parvan

parpharīka

parpharī́ka m. one who tears to pieces or fills RV. x, 106, 6 (Sāy.)

parb

parb cl. 1. P. parbati, to go, move Nalac. (Dhātup. xi, 21

• cf. parp)

parmāḍi

parmāḍi m. N. of a prince of Karṇāṭa (v. l. ○māṇḍi) Rājat

paryak

pary-ak ind. (orig. n. of an unusual pary-añc [Page 607, Column 1] Contents of this page

• cf. praty-añc &c.) round about, in every direction BhP

paryagu

paryagu mfn. (?) in pāramahaṃsyap○ BhP. iv, 21, 40

paryagni

pary-agni m. circumambient fire (either a torch carried round the sacrificial animal or = next) Br

⋙ paryagnikaraṇa

○karaṇa n. the ceremony of carrying fire round the sacrificial animal GṛŚrS

• ○ṇīya mfn. relating to this ceremony TBr. Sch

⋙ paryagnikartṛ

○kartṛ

• m. one who carries fire round the sacrificial animal MānŚr

⋙ paryagnikṛ

○√kṛ (ind. p. -kṛtvā, or -kṛtya), to carry fire round (acc.) Br. Āpast

⋙ paryagnikṛta

○kṛta (pár○), mfn. encircled with fire Br

⋙ paryagnikriyamāṇa

○kriyamāṇa mfn. being encircled with fire

• (e), ind. during the encircling with fire AitBr

paryaṅkh

pary-√aṅkh (only 3. sg. Subj. Ā. pary-aṅkháyāte), to clasp or encircle round RV. x, 16, 7

paryaṅgya

pary-aṅgya mfn. (pari + aṅga) being about or at the side ŚBr

paryañc

pary-√añc (only 1. sg. pr. P. páryacāmi), to turn about or round, revolve RV. x, 119, 5

≫ paryaṅka

pary-aṅka m. (also paly○ Pāṇ. 8-2, 22) a bed, couch, sofa, litter, palanquin KaushUp. MBh. Kāv. &c. (also ○kikā f. Kād

• ○kī-kṛta mfn. turned into a couch Gīt.)

• a partic. mode of sitting on the ground (a squatting position assumed by ascetics and Buddhists in meditation) Buddh. (cf. below)

• a cloth wound round the back and loins and knees while so sitting L

• N. of a mountain (son of Vindhya) L

⋙ paryaṅkagranthibandha

○granthi-bandha m. the bending of the legs crossways under the body in sitting Mṛicch. i, 1

⋙ paryaṅkapaṭṭikā

○paṭṭikā (Bhpr.),

⋙ paryaṅkapādikā

○pādikā (L.), f. a species of Lupinus

⋙ paryaṅkabaddha

○baddha mfn. sitting with the legs bent crossways under the body, squatting Buddh

⋙ paryaṅkabandha

○bandhá m. (Kum.),

⋙ paryaṅkabandhana

○bandhana n. (L.) the act of sitting with the legs bent and binding a cloth round the back and loins and knees

⋙ paryaṅkabhogin

○bhogin m. a kind of serpent MW

⋙ paryaṅkastha

○stha mfn. sitting on a sofa ib

paryaṭ

pary-√aṭ P. Ā. pary-aṭati, ○te (Impv. pary-aṭasva

• fut. pary-aṭiṣyati), to roam or wander about, travel over (acc. or loc.) MBh. Kāv. Pañc

⋙ paryaṭa

pary-ḍaṭa m. pl. N. of a people R

⋙ paryaṭaka

pary-ḍaṭaka m. a tramp, vagabond Mṛicch. Sch

⋙ paryaṭana

pary-ḍaṭana n. wandering about, roaming through (gen. or comp.) Pañc. BhP

⋙ paryaṭita

pary-ḍaṭita mfn. one who has roamed or wandered Pañc

• n. = prec. ib

paryadhyayana

pary-adhyayana mfn. averse from study Pāṇ. 2-2, 18 Vārtt. 4 Pat

paryan

pary-√an P. pary-aniti Pāṇ. 8-4, 20 Vārtt. 1 Pat

paryanubandha

pary-anu-bandha m. (√bandh) binding round L

paryanuyuj

pary-anu-√yuj (ind. p. -yujya Naish.), to ply with questions

⋙ paryanuyukta

pary-anu-ḍyukta mfn. asked, questioned Car

⋙ paryanuyoktavya

pary-anu-ḍyoktavya mfn. to be questioned, to be urged to answer a question Śaṃk

⋙ paryanuyoga

pary-anu-ḍyoga m. asking, inquiring, questioning ĀpŚr. Sch

• an inquiry with the object of refuting a statement L

• censure, reproach Yājñ. Sch

⋙ paryanuyojya

pary-anu-ḍyojya mfn. to be blamed or censured (jyôpêkṣaṇa n. omitting to blame what ought to be blamed) Nyāyas. Sarvad

paryanta

pary-antá m. circuit, circumference, edge, limit, border

• side, flank, extremity, end TBr. MBh. Kāv. &c. (ifc. 'bounded by', 'extending as far as' [f. ā]

• or ibc. 'adjoining, neighbouring')

• (am), ind. entirely, altogether, Śukas

• (ifc.) to the end of, as far as Kap

• paryantāt paryantam, from one end to the other Var

• (e), ind. at the end Kathās

• mf(ā)n. coming to an end with, being a match for Lalit

• extending in all directions Hariv. (v. l. pary-asta)

⋙ paryantadeśa

○deśa m. a neighbouring or adjacent district Hariv

⋙ paryantaparvata

○parvata m. an adjoining hill L

⋙ paryantabhū

○bhū f. ground contiguous to the skirts of a river or mountain W

⋙ paryantasaṃsthita

○saṃsthita (Ṛit.),

⋙ paryantastha

○stha (Kathās.),

⋙ paryantasthita

○sthita (W.), mfn. limitative, confining, neighbouring

≫ paryantikā

paryantikā f. loss of all good qualities, depravity L

≫ paryantīkṛ

paryantī-√kṛ to finish

• -kṛta mfn. finished Divyâv

≫ paryantīya

paryantīya mfn. being at the end ĀpŚr

paryanya

paryanya wṛ. for parjanya. [Page 607, Column 2]

paryanviṣ

pary-anv-iṣ √3. P. -icchati, to seek for, search after MBh

paryaya

pary-aya pary-ayaṇa, pary-āya, See under 2. parī7

paryarṣaṇa

pary-arṣaṇa See under pary-ṛṣ

paryavakṝ

pary-ava-√kṝ P. -kirati, to scatter round or about, shed over MBh

paryavacchid

pary-avacchid (ava + √chid), P. -cchinatti (-cchinadāni), to cut off on both sides or all round AitBr

paryavadāta

pary-ava-dāta mfn. (√dai) perfectly clean or pure Kād

• very accomplished Divyâv

• well acquainted or conversant with (loc.) Car. (-tva n.)

• well known, very familiar ib

⋙ paryavadātaśruta

○śruta mfn. perfectly skilled in art (-tā f.) Car

paryavado

pary-ava-√do P. -dyati, to cut off or slice all round TS

⋙ paryavadāna

pary-ava-ḍdāna n. complete destruction or disappearance Lalit

⋙ paryavadāpayitṛ

pary-ava-ḍdāpayitṛ m. (fr. Caus.) a distributor Divyâv

paryavadhāraṇa

pary-ava-dhāraṇa n. (√dhṛ) precise determination, careful consideration, refining, subtilizing Vedântas. Sch

paryavanaddha

pary-ava-naddha mfn. (√nah) overgrown Divyâv

paryavanud

pary-ava-√nud P. -nudati, to push towards (acc.) TāṇḍBr

paryavapanna

pary-ava-panna mfn. (√pad) broken down, destroyed, annihilated, frustrated Pat

⋙ paryavapāda

pary-ava-ḍpāda m. transformation ib

• ○dya mfn. effecting transformation ib

paryavarodha

pary-ava-rodha m. (√rudh) obstruction, hindrance L

paryavaśiṣ

pary-ava-√śiṣ (only Pot. -śiṣyet), to border, circumscribe Vait

⋙ paryavaśeṣa

pary-ava-ḍśeṣa m. end, termination MW

⋙ paryavaśeṣita

pary-ava-ḍśeṣita mfn. (fr. Caus.) left remaining BhP

• regarded as the end of all (i.e. God) MW

paryavaṣṭambh

pary-ava-ṣṭambh (√stambh

• Pass. -ṣṭabhyate ind. p. -ṣṭabhya), to surround, invest Kāv

⋙ paryavaṣṭabdha

pary-ava-ḍṣṭabdha mfn. surrounded, invested Mālatīm

⋙ paryavaṣṭambhana

pary-ava-ḍṣṭambhana n. surrounding, investing Uttarar

paryavasṛp

pary-ava-√sṛp P. -sarpati, to creep up to, approach in a creeping manner ŚāṅkhBr

paryavaso

pary-ava-√so P. -syati, to result or end in, amount to (loc. or acc. with prati) Kāv. Sāh

• to finish, complete, conclude, include MW

• to endeavour ib

• to perish, be lost, decline A

⋙ paryavasāna

pary-ava-sāna n. end, termination, conclusion, issue (āt ind. in consequence of) Gobh. Nāg. Hit

• comprehending, including, amounting to (loc.) Sarvad

⋙ paryavasānika

pary-ava-sānika mfn. coming to a close, tending towards an end MBh. (v. l. pāryavas○)

⋙ paryavasāya

pary-ava-sāya m. = ○sāna

• ifc. = next Bālar

⋙ paryavasāyin

pary-ava-sāyin mfn. ending with, amounting to Uttarar. Śaṃk. (○yi-tva n.)

⋙ paryavasita

pary-ava-sita (pary-áva-), mfn. living farther off (= not quite near) ŚBr. Sch

• (with lokântaram) departed to Uttarar

• finished, concluded, ended MBh. Kāv. &c

• amounting to (loc.) Śaṃk

• resolved, settled, definitive Sāh

• -mati mfn. thoroughly acquainted or familiar with (loc.) BhP

paryavaskanda

pary-ava-skanda m. (√skand) the act of jumping down (from a carriage) MBh

paryavasthā

pary-ava-√sthā Ā. -tiṣṭhate, to become firm or steady Bhag

• to fill, pervade (acc.) MBh.: Caus. -sthāpayati, to comfort, encourage ib

⋙ paryavasthā

pary-ava-sthā f

⋙ paryavasthāna

pary-ava-sthāna n. opposition, contradiction L

⋙ paryavasthātṛ

pary-ava-sthātṛ mfn. opposing

• an antagonist, adversary MBh. Pāṇ. 5-2, 89

⋙ paryavasthita

pary-ava-sthita mfn. standing, stationed

• (with loc.) contained in, devoted or attached to, intent upon, occupied with MBh. R. Hariv

• merry, content, comfortable, of good cheer ib

paryavāp

pary-avâp (ava + √āp), P. -avâpnoti, to study Divyâv

paryave

pary-avê (ava-√i), P. -avâiti (Pot. -avêyāt), to turn round, turn in the right direction AitBr

• to pass, elapse ŚBr

⋙ paryaveta

pary-ḍavêta mfn. elapsed, expired Kauś. HirGṛ

paryavekṣ

pary-avêkṣ (ava-√īkṣ), Ā. -avêkṣate, to regard from every side MBh. [Page 607, Column 3]

• to look down upon KaushUp

paryaś

pary-aś √1. P. -aśnoti, (Pot. -aśyāt), to arrive at, reach, attain RV

paryaś

pary-aś √2. P. -aśnāti, to eat before another (acc.), to pass over a person at a meal (instr.) MBh

paryaśru

pary-aśru mfn. bathed in tears, shedding tears, tearful MBh. Kāv. Rājat

paryas

pary-as √1. P. pary-asti, (3. du. pári-ṣṭaḥ

• 2. pl. pári-ṣṭha

• pf. páry-āsa), to be in the way of (acc.) RV

• to Pass or spend time ib

paryas

pary-as √2 P. Ā. pary-asyati, ○te, to throw or cast or place round AV. AitBr

• to spread round, diffuse Kir

• to entrap, ensnare (Ā. aor. 3. du. pary-āsiṣātām Pāṇ. 3-1, 52 Sch.)

• to turn round, wallow (ind. p. pary-asya) Amar

• to throw down, overturn, upset (aor. pary-āsthat) ŚBr. Mn. Kathās.: Pass. pary-asyate (aor. pary-āsthata Pāṇ. 3-1, 52 Sch.), to tall down, drop: Caus. pary-āsayati, to cause to roll down or shed (as tears) Ragh

⋙ paryasana

pary-ḍasana n. throwing or tossing about Car

• casting, sending W

• putting off or away ib

⋙ paryasta

pary-ḍasta mfn. thrown or cast about, spread, diffused MBh. Kum. Amar

• surrounded, encompassed, ensnared R. Bhartṛ

• strung, filed on (comp.) Daś

• overturned, upset, inverted, changed Bhartṛ

• struck, killed L

• dismissed, laid aside ib

• -vat mfn. containing the notion expressed by the word pary-asta AitBr

• -vilocana (Kum.), -"ṣastâkṣá (AV.), mfn. having the eyes cast or directed round, rolling the eyes

⋙ paryasti

pary-ḍasti f. sitting upon the heels or hams L

⋙ paryastikā

pary-ḍastikā f. id. Suśr

• a bed W

• -"ṣkâkṛti mfn. one who has sprained both his shoulders L

≫ paryāsa

pary-āsá m. edging, trimming ŚBr

• rotation, resolution BhP

• end, conclusion (N. of partic. concluding strophes in certain hymns) Br. ŚrS

• inverted order or position W

⋙ paryāsana

pary-ḍāsana n. (fr. Caus.) revolution MBh

⋙ paryāsita

pary-ḍāsita See a-paryāsita

paryastamayam

pary-astamayam ind. about sunset ŚāṅkhŚr

paryahna

pary-ahna m. APrāt. Comm

paryākula

pary-ākula mf(ā)n. full of, filled with (comp.) MBh. R. Hariv

• disordered, confused, excited, bewildered MBh. Kāv. &c

• turbid (as water) MW

⋙ paryākulatva

○tva n. confusion, bewilderment Kum

≫ paryākulaya

pary-ākulaya Nom. P. ○yati, to disturb, excite, bewilder Śak. (Pi.) i, 31/32

≫ paryākulīkṛ

pary-ākulī-√kṛ id. ib. (v. l.)

⋙ paryākulīkṛbhū

pary-ākulī-√kṛ--√bhū to be confused or bewildered R

paryākṛ

pary-ā-√kṛ (only Pass. p. -kriyamāṇa and -kṛta), to turn round AV.: Desid. (p. pary-ā-cikīrṣat) to wish to turn round TS

paryākṣip

pary-ā-√kṣip P. -kṣipati, to wind round, bind with (instr.) Kum

paryākhyāna

pary-ā-khyāna n. (√khyā) Pāṇ. 2-4, 54 Vārtt. 7 Pat

paryāgam

pary-ā-√gam P. -gacchati, to go round, elapse, last, live MBh

⋙ paryāgata

pary-ḍā́gata mfn. revolved, anything that has made its revolution, elapsed, passed (as a year) TS

• finished, done MBh

• inveterate ib

• (with punar) returned to life ib

• (ifc.) encircled, ensnared, being in a person's power ib

paryāgal

pary-ā-√gal P. -galati, to drop or trickle down on every side Bhaṭṭ

paryāgā

pary-ā-√gā (only aor. -āgāt, 3. pl. -ā́gur), to pursue, be intent upon (acc.) RV. i, 88, 4

• to perform a revolution, elapse (as time) MBh

paryācar

pary-ā-√car P. -cárati, to come near, approach RV. AV

paryācānta

pary-ācānta mfn. (√cam) sipped prematurely (as water in ācamana, q.v.)

• (with annam), n. food left by a person after sipping Mn. iv, 212

paryācita

pary-ā-cita n. (prob.) N. of a place, g. ācitâdi

paryāṇa

paryāṇa n. (for pari-yāṇa

• √yā) a circuit (or mfn. forming a circuit) AitBr. iv, 17) [Page 608, Column 1] Contents of this page

• a saddle Var. Kathās

⋙ paryāṇaya

paryāḍṇaya Nom. P. ○yati, to saddle Nalac

⋙ paryāṇita

paryāḍṇita mfn. saddled Kād

paryāṇah

pary-ā-ṇah (√nah), P. -ṇahyati, to cover up, cover ŚBr

⋙ paryāṇaddha

pary-ḍā́ṇaddha mfn. covered (?) AV. xiv, 2, 12

⋙ paryāṇahana

pary-ḍāṇahana See soma-paryāṇ○

paryāṇī

pary-ā-ṇī (√nī), P. -ṇayati (but Impv. pary-ânayata MBh. i, 5446), to lead round ŚBr. GṛS. MBh

• to lead or bring forward RV. MBh

paryātan

pary-ā-√tan P. -tanoti, to spread round, encompass, surround ŚBr

paryādā

pary-ā-√dā Ā. -datte (Pot. -dadīta ind. p. -dāya), to make one's own, take away from (abl.) RV. Br

• to take off (any liquid) Suśr. Car

• to seize, snatch MBh

• to appropriate, learn MBh

paryādāna

pary-ā-dāna n. (√do ?) end, exhaustion Divyâv

paryādru

pary-ā-dru P. -dravati, to run to and fro BhP

paryādhā

pary-ā-√dhā P. -dadhāti (Impv. 2. pl. -dhatta), to lay round, surround (with fire) AV

⋙ paryādhādhātṛ

pary-ā-√dhḍādhātṛ m. a younger brother who has set up the sacred fire previously to the elder Gaut

≫ paryāhita

pary-āhita m. an elder brother previously to whom the younger has set up the sacred fire Gaut. ĀpŚr

paryāntam

pary-āntam ind. (prob.) wṛ. for pary-antam, as far as, up to (comp.) Āpast

paryāp

pary-√āp P. -āpnoti (Impv. -āpnuhi

• pf. -āpa), to reach, obtain, attain, gain RV. TS. ŚBr

• to make an end of, be content MBh.: Caus. -āpayati (ind. p. -āpya), to perform, do Rājat.: Desid. parī7psati, to wish to obtain or reach, desire Mn. MBh. &c

• to wish to preserve, guard MBh

• to wish to get at, lie in wait or ambush ib

≫ parīpsā

parī7psā f. (fr. Desid.) desire of obtaining or preserving MBh

• haste, hurry Pāṇ. 3-4, 52

⋙ parīpsu

parī7psu mfn. wishing to obtain or preserve MBh

• desirous of finding out or ascertaining Kir. iii, 4

≫ paryāpta

pary-āpta mfn. obtained, gained Uttarar

• finished, completed, full Up. Kālid

• extensive, spacious, large Hariv

• abundant, copious, many Kāv

• sufficient for (dat. or gen.)

• adequate, equal to, a match for (gen., dat

• loc. or inf., Pāṇ. 3-4, 66) MBh. Kāv. &c

• limited in number MW

• (am), ind. fully, completely, enough, one's fill Kāv

• willingly, readily L

• -kala mfn. having full digits (as the moon) Ragh

• -kāma mfn. one whose desires are accomplished or allayed MuṇḍUp

• -candra mf(ā)n. adorned by the full moon (as a night) Kum

• -tā f. copiousness, abundance Kathās

• satisfaction, gratification MW

• -dakṣiṇa mfn. accompanied with liberal gifts (as a sacrifice) Ragh

• -nayana mfn. having a sufficient number of eyes Hariv

• -bhoga mfn. possessing or enjoying a sufficiency Mn. Yājñ

• -vat mfn. able, capable Ragh. (cf. a-pary○)

⋙ paryāpti

pary-ḍāpti (páry-), f. end, conclusion ŚBr

• entireness, fulness, sufficiency MBh. Kathās. Rājat. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-4, 66)

• adequacy, competency, fitness for (comp.) Kathās. Kāś. on Pāṇ. 2-3, 16

• obtaining, acquisition L

• self-defence, warding off a blow L

• (in phil.) distinction of objects according to their natural properties W

paryāpat

pary-ā-√pat P. -patati (pf. 3. pl. -petuḥ), to hasten forth, hurry or run away MBh. R

• -patat mf(antī)n. hurrying or rushing about Śiś. v, 24

paryāplu

pary-ā-√plu Caus. -plāvayati, to make float round TBr

⋙ paryāplāva

pary-ā-ḍplāvá m. turning round, revolution TS. Kāṭh

⋙ paryāpluta

pary-ā-ḍpluta mfn. surrounded, encircled MBh

paryābhū

pary-ā-√bhū (only aor. pary-âbhūt), to turn upside down (intrans.) ŚBr

paryābhṛ

pary-ā-√bhṛ P. -bharati, to carry near, fetch from (abl.) RV

⋙ paryābhṛta

pary-ā́bhṛta mfn. fetched or extracted from (abl.) ib

paryāmuc

pary-ā-√muc P. -muñcati, to make loose or take off on all sides Sāṃkhyak. Sch

paryāmṛś

pary-ā-√mṛś P. -mṛśati, to subdue, conquer, overpower MW

paryāya

pary-āya &c. See under 2. parī7. [Page 608, Column 2]

paryāyata

pary-āyata mfn. (√yam) extremely long or extended R

paryāyā

pary-ā-√yā (only Impv. -yāhi, -yātam), to approach from (abl.), come near RV

paryārin

pary-ārín mfn. (√4. ṛ) toiling a long time without success, attaining one's object in the end (after long effort) TS. ŚBr. Kāṭh

paryāruh

pary-ā-√ruh P. -róhati, to rise from (abl.) RV

paryālī

paryālī ind. (with √kṛ, bhū, and as), g. ūry-ādi

paryāloc

pary-ā-√loc Caus. -locayati (ind. p. -locya), to look after, attend to, consider, ponder Subh. Vet

⋙ paryāloca

pary-ā-ḍloca m. consideration, reflection HPariś

⋙ paryālocana

pary-ā-ḍlocana n. id. Kull

• (ā), f. id. ib. ĀpŚr. Sch

• plan, design Kathās

⋙ paryālecita

pary-ā-ḍlecita mfn. considered, pondered Kull

• -vat mfn. Pañc

paryāvadāna

pary-āvadāna n. = pary-ava-dāna Kāraṇḍ

paryāvap

pary-ā-vap √2. P. -vapati, to add ŚBr

paryāvasatha

pary-āvasatha m. = maṭha, Śīl

paryāvila

pary-āvila mfn. very turbid, much soiled Ragh

paryāvṛt

pary-ā-√vṛt Ā. -vártate (ep. also ○ti Pot. -vartet Hariv

• pf. -vavarta, -vavṛte MBh

• aor. pary-ấ-vart RV

• ind. p. pari-vṛtya ĀpŚr.), to turn round (intrans

• trans. only ind. p.), turn away from (abl.), return to (dat.) RV. &c. &c

• to be changed into (instr.) Kād

• to get possessed of (acc.) Hariv.: Caus. -vartayati, to turn or roll round (trans.) TS. ŚBr

• to change or barter against (Impv. 2. sg. ○tāt) ChUp. i, 5, 2: Desid. -vívṛtsati, to wish to roll round RV

⋙ paryāvarta

pary-ā-ḍvarta m. return, exchange BhP

⋙ paryāvartana

pary-ā-ḍvartana m. N. of a hell ib

• n. coming back, returning KātyŚr. Sch

⋙ paryāvartita

pary-ā-ḍvartita mfn. turned round, subverted, reversed MW

paryāvṛta

pary-ā-vṛta mfn. (√1. vṛ) veiled, covered Mālatīm

paryāśvas

pary-ā-√śvas P. -śvasili, or -śvasati, to breathe out, recover breath, take heart, be at ease MBh. R.: Caus. -śvāsayati, ○te, to comfort, console MBh

⋙ paryāśvasta

pary-ā-ḍśvasta mfn. comforted, consoled, tranquil, at ease MBh

paryās

pary-√ās Ā. -āste (3. pl. -āsate

• Pot. 3. sg. -āsīta), to sit or assemble round any one (acc.) RV. ŚBr

• to remain sitting or inactive RV

• to sue for (acc.) ib. x, 40, 7

paryāsa

pary-āsa ○sana, See pary- √2. as

paryāhṛ

pary-ā-√hṛ P. -harati, to hand over to (dat.) ŚBr

• to overturn or turn upside down ib. ŚāṅkhŚr

⋙ paryāhāra

pary-ā-ḍhāra m. a yoke worn across the shoulders in carrying a load L

• conveying W

• a load ib

• a pitcher ib

• storing grain ib

paryāhve

pary-ā-√hve Ā. -hvayate, to pronounce the Āhāva (s.v.) before and after AitBr

≫ paryāhāva

pary-ā-hāva m. a partic. formula which precedes and follows a verse ib. Sāy

paryuka

paryuka m. N. of a man Rājat

paryukta

páry-ukta mfn. (√vac) bewitched by words, conjured AV

paryukṣ

pary-√ukṣ P. Ā. -ukṣati, ○te (ind. p. -ukṣya), to sprinkle round ŚrS

⋙ paryukṣaṇa

pary-ḍukṣaṇa n. sprinkling round, sprinkling GṛŚrS

• (ī), f. a vessel for sprinkling Kauś

paryuta

pary-uta See pari-ve, p. 601

paryutthā

pary-ut-thā (√sthā), P. -ut-tiṣṭhati, to rise from (abl.) RV

• to appear to (acc.) TāṇḍBr

⋙ paryutthāna

pary-ḍutthāna n. standing up, rising L

paryutsuka

pary-utsuka mf(ā)n. very restless, much excited R. Mālav

• eagerly desirous, longing for (dat.) Ratnâv

⋙ paryutsukatva

○tva n. an ardent longing Ragh

⋙ paryutsukībhū

pary-utsuḍkī-√bhū to be sorrowful or regretful Śak

paryutsṛj

pary-ut-√sṛj P. -sṛjati, to give up, leave, abandon L. [Page 608, Column 3]

paryudañcana

pary-ud-añcana n. (√añc) debt L

paryudayam

pary-udayam ind. about sunrise KātyŚr

paryudas

pary-ud-as √2. P. -asyati, to reject, exclude MBh

⋙ paryudasana

pary-ud-ḍasana n. exclusion Yogas. Sch

⋙ paryudasitavya

pary-ud-ḍasitavya mfn. to be excluded or denied Pat

⋙ paryudasta

pary-ud-ḍasta mfn. rejected, excluded Kull. on Mn. iii, 280

• -tva n. ĀpŚr. Sch. Sāy

≫ paryudāsa

pary-ud-āsa m. a prohibitive rule, exception Pāṇ. Sch. Kull

paryudita

pary-udita See pari-vad, p. 600

paryudbhṛta

pary-úd-bhṛta mfn. (√bhṛ) brought out, extracted from (abl.) RV

paryudvas

pary-ud-vas √5. Caus. -vāsayati, to take away, remove AV

paryudvij

pary-ud-√vij (only fut. -vijiṣyati). to shrink from, be afraid of (acc.) R

paryupalip

pary-upa-√lip P. -limpati, to smear all round Gobh

paryupaviś

pary-upa-√viś P. -viśati, to sit down round or near (acc.) ŚBr. ŚrS

⋙ paryupaveśana

pary-upa-ḍveśana n. sitting about KātyŚr

paryupasthā

pary-upa-√sthā P. -tiṣṭhati, to be or stand round (acc.)

• to attend, serve, honour with (instr.) MBh. R

• (Ā.) to join KātyŚr. Sch

⋙ paryupasthāna

pary-upa-sthāna n. waiting upon, serving R

• rising, elevation L

⋙ paryupasthāpaka

pary-upa-sthāpaka mfn. leading to or upon KātyŚr. Sch

⋙ paryupasthita

pary-upa-sthita mfn. standing round, surrounding (acc.) MBh. R

• drawing nigh, imminent, impending, it

• slipped, escaped (as a word) R

• intent upon, devoted to (loc.) ib

paryupaspṛś

pary-upa-√spṛś (only ind. p. -spṛśya), to touch or use (water) for the use of ablution or bathing MBh

paryupahve

pary-upa-√hve Ā. -hávate, to call near, invite RV

paryupāgata

pary-upâgata mfn. (√gam) standing round, surrounding BhP

paryupāvṛtta

pary-upâ-vṛtta mfn. (√vṛt) returned, come back R

paryupās

pary-upâs (-upa-√ās), Ā. -upâste (3. pl. -upâsate, Pot. 3. sg. -upâsīta

• impf. 3. sg. -upâsat), to sit round, surround, encompass MBh. Kāv. &c

• to be present at, share in, partake of (acc.) MBh

• to approach respectfully, attend upon, worship Mn. MBh. &c.: Pass. -upâsyate, to be attended by (instr.) Ragh. x, 63

⋙ paryupasaka

pary-ḍupásaka mfn. worshipping, a worshipper MBh. BhP

⋙ paryupāsana

pary-ḍupâsana n. sitting round Śak. i, 25/26 (in Prākr.)

• encamping round MBh

• friendliness, courtesy Pratāp

• pardon, excuse Sāh

• honour, service, worship Kāraṇḍ. (also ā f. Divyâv.)

• joining in or concurrence with any act of reverence W

⋙ paryupāsita

pary-ḍupâsita mfn. shared in, witnessed MBh

• worshipped, reverenced

• -pūrva-tva n. the having reverenced in a former birth Divyâv

⋙ paryupāsitṛ

pary-ḍupâsitṛ mfn. moving round or about (acc.) MBh

• showing respect or honour, a worshipper ib

⋙ paryupāsīna

pary-ḍupâsīna mfn. sitting upon Mn. ii, 75

• surrounded by (instr.) R

⋙ paryupāsya

pary-ḍupâsya mfn. to be worshipped or served Jātakam

paryupta

pary-upta ○ti, See pari- √2. vap

paryulūkhalam

pary-ulūkhalam ind., g. -parimukhâdi

paryuṣaṇa

pary-uṣaṇa ○ṣita, ○ṣṭa, See pari- √5. vas, p. 600

paryūrṇu

pary-√ūrṇu Ā. -ūrṇute, to cover or conceal one's self MaitrS

paryūh

pary-ūh √1. P. Ā. -ūhati, ○te, (impf. -auhat), to heap or pile round, to surround with mounds or embankments AV. VS. TS. Br

⋙ paryūhana

pary-ḍūhana n. sweeping or heaping together KātyŚr

paryṛṣ

pary-ṛṣ √1. P. pary-árṣati, to flow round, to procure from every side by flowing RV

paryṛṣ

pary-ṛṣ √2. P. -ṛṣati, (3. pl. aor. pary-āriṣan = -ārṣan), to embrace, clasp round, support Br. KātyŚr. [Page 609, Column 1] Contents of this page

⋙ paryarṣaṇa

pary-árṣaṇa n. clasping round, supporting, making firm ŚBr

parye

pary-ê (-ā-√i), P. -âiti (ind. p. étya), to roam about AitBr

• to go round, circumambulate (acc.) ŚBr

• to come back, return ChUp

paryetṛ

pary-etṛ pary-ehi, See 2. parī7

paryeṣaṇa

pary-eṣaṇa &c. See parī7ṣ

paryoga

paryoga m. or n. (for pari-y○

• cf. paryāṇa for pari-y○) a kind of vehicle Car

paryoṣṭham

pary-oṣṭham ind., g. pari-mukhâdi

parv

parv cl. 1. P. parvati, to fill Dhātup. xv, 68 (cf. √pūrv, pṝ, marv)

≫ parva

parva in comp. for ○van

⋙ parvakāra

○kāra mfn. (prob.) = next MBh. v, 1227 ('making arrows' or 'putting on a foreign dress' Nīlak.)

⋙ parvakārin

○kārin mfn. one who for the sake of gain performs on common days such ceremonies as should be performed only on festivals VP

⋙ parvakāla

○kāla m. a periodic change of the moon R. MārkP

• the time at which the moon at its conjunction or opposition passes through the node MBh. Var

• -nirṇaya m. N. of wk

• -rāśi m. time for festivals Jyot

⋙ parvagāmin

○gāmin m. one who approaches his wife on festivals VP

⋙ parvagupta

○gupta m. N. of a man Rājat

⋙ parvatantravidhi

○tantra-vidhi m. N. of wk

⋙ parvadakṣiṇā

○dakṣiṇā f. the teacher's fee for teaching a partic. portion of the Veda Gobh

⋙ parvadivasa

○divasa m. the day of a periodic change of the moon Hcat

⋙ parvadhi

○dhi m. 'period-container', the moon L

⋙ parvanādī

○nādī f. 'moment of the Parvan', moment of opposition or conjunction MW

⋙ parvanirṇaya

○nirṇaya m. N. of wk

⋙ parvapuṣpikā

○puṣpikā (L.),

⋙ parvapuṣpī

○puṣpī (Car.), f. Tiaridium Indicum

⋙ parvapūrṇatā

○pūrṇatā f. preparations for or completion of a festival L

• joining, uniting W

⋙ parvaprakāśa

○prakāśa and m. N. of wks

⋙ parvaprabodha

○prabodha m. N. of wks

⋙ parvabhāga

○bhāga m. the wrist Śak

⋙ parvabheda

○bheda m. violent pain in the joints Suśr

⋙ parvamālā

○mālā f. N. of wk

⋙ parvamitra

○mitra m. N. of a man HPariś

⋙ parvamūla

○mūla n. the time of new moon and full moon L

• (ā), f. a species of plant L

⋙ parvayoni

○yoni mfn. growing from joints or knots

• m. a cane or reed W

⋙ parvaratnāvalī

○ratnâvalī f. N. of wk

⋙ parvaruh

○ruh m. (nom. ṭ) the pomegranate tree L

⋙ parvavat

○vat mfn. containing knots or joints ĀpŚr. Sch

⋙ parvavarja

○varja mfn. except the forbidden days of a month MW

⋙ parvavallī

○vallī f. a species of Dūrvā L

⋙ parvavipad

○vipad m. the moon Gal

⋙ parvaśarkaraka

○śarkaraka m. N. of a man Rājat

⋙ parvaśas

○śás ind. limb by limb, limb from limb, piece by piece (○śaḥ-√kṛ to cut to pieces) RV

⋙ parvaśāka

○śāka m. a species of pot-herb Car

⋙ parvasaṃgraha

○saṃgraha m. N. of wk

⋙ parvasaṃdhi

○saṃdhi m. the full and change of the moon, the junction of the 15th and 1st of a lunar fortnight MBh. R. Hariv

⋙ parvasambhava

○sambhava m. N. of wk

⋙ parvāṅgula

parvâṅgula n. a partic. measure of length, AmṛitUp

⋙ parvāvadhi

parvâvadhi m. a joint or knot L

• a partic. period, the end of a Parvan &c. W

⋙ parvāsphoṭa

parvâsphoṭa m. cracking the fingers (regarded as indecorous) Kām

⋙ parveśa

parvêśa m. the regent of an astronomical node Var

≫ parvaka

parvaka n. the knee-joint L

≫ parvaṇa

parvaṇa m. N. of a demon MBh

• (ī), f. the period of a change of the moon ib. Hariv

• a species of pot-herb (= parva-śāka) Car

• a partic. disease of the so-called juncture or Saṃdhi of the eye Suśr. (also [○N˘IkA])

• ifc. = parvan, a knot BhP

≫ parvata

párvata mfn. (fr. parvan, Pāṇ. 5-2, 122 Vārtt. 10 Pat.) knotty, rugged (said of mountains) RV. AV. (according to ĀpŚr. Sch. = parutka, parva-vat)

• m. a mountain, mountain-range, height, hill, rock (often personified

• ifc. f. ā) RV. &c. &c

• an artificial mound or heap (of grain, salt, silver, gold &c. presented to Brāhmans, cf. -dāna)

• the number 7 (from the 7 principal mountain-ranges) Sūryas

• a fragment of rock, a stone (adrayaḥ parvatāḥ, the stones for pressing Soma) RV

• a (mountain-like) cloud ib. (cf. Naigh. i, 10)

• a tree L

• a species of pot-herb L

• a species of fish (Silurus Pabda) L

• N. of a Vasu Hariv

• of a Ṛishi (associated with Nārada and messenger of the gods, supposed author of RV. viii, 12 ; ix, 104, 105, where he has the patr. Kāṇva and Kāśyapa) MBh. Kathās

• of a son of Paurṇamāsa (son of Marīci and Sambhūti) MārkP

• of a minister of king Purū-ravas Vikr

• of a monkey R

• of one of the 10 religious orders founded by Saṃkarâcārya's pupils (whose members add the word parvata to their names) W

• (ī́), f. a rock, stone VS

⋙ parvatakandara

○kandara n. mountain-cave Hit

⋙ parvatakāka

○kāka m. a raven L

⋙ parvatakīlā

○kīlā f. the earth Gal

⋙ parvatacyut

○cyút mfn. shaking mountains (Maruts) RV. [Page 609, Column 2]

⋙ parvataja

○ja mfn. 'mountains-born'

• (ā), f. a river L

⋙ parvatajāla

○jāla n. mountains-range Hariv. R

⋙ parvatatṛṇa

○tṛṇa n. 'mountains-grass', a species of grass L

⋙ parvatadāna

○dāna n. a gift in shape of a mṭmountains (cf. above) Cat

• -paddhati f. N. of wk

⋙ parvatadurga

○durga n. an inaccessible mṭmountains Bhartṛ

⋙ parvatadhātu

○dhātu m. 'mṭmountains-metal', ore, AmṛitUp

⋙ parvatanivāsa

○nivāsa m. 'mṭmountains-dweller', the fabulous animal Śarabha Gal

⋙ parvatapati

○pati m. 'mountains-prince', lord of the mountains MBh

⋙ parvatamastaka

○mastaka m. n. mṭmountains-top Mn. MBh

⋙ parvatamālā

○mālā f. mountains-range Pañcad

⋙ parvatamocā

○mocā f. a species of Kadalī L

⋙ parvatarāj

○rāj m. 'mountains-king', a very high mountains Kāraṇḍ

• N. of the Himâlaya MBh

⋙ parvatarāja

○rāja m. id

• -kanyā (MW.), -putrī (Kum.), f. N. of Pārvatī or Durgā (daughter of Himâlaya)

⋙ parvatarodhas

○rodhas n. mṭmountains-slope L

⋙ parvatavarṇanastotra

○varṇana-stotra n. N. of ch. of ĀdiPur

⋙ parvatavāsin

○vāsin mfn. living in mountains

• m. a mountaineer Var

• (inī), f. nard, spikenard L

• N. of Durgā L

⋙ parvataśikhara

○śikhara m. n. mountain-top Hit

⋙ parvataśreṣṭha

○śreṣṭha m. the best of mṭmountains MBh

⋙ parvatastha

○stha mfn. situated on a mṭmountains or hill ib

⋙ parvatākāra

parvatâkāra mfn. mountains-shaped, formed like a mountains MW

⋙ parvatāgra

parvatâgra n. mountains-top R

⋙ parvatātmajā

parvatâtmajā f. mountains-daughter, N. of Durgā Hariv

⋙ parvatādhārā

parvatâdhārā f. 'mountains-holder', the earth L

⋙ parvatāri

parvatâri m. 'enemy of the mountains', N. of Indra (who clipped their wings) L

⋙ parvatāvṛdh

parvatāvṛdh mfn. delighting in mṭmountains i.e. in the pressing-stones (said of Soma) RV

⋙ parvatāśaya

parvatâśaya m. 'resting on mṭmountains', a cloud L

⋙ parvatāśraya

parvatâśraya mfn. = ○ta-vāsin

• m. (also) the fabulous animal Sarabha L

⋙ parvatāśrayin

parvatâśrayin m. a mountaineer Var

⋙ parvateśvara

parvatêśvara m. lord of the mountains MBh

• N. of a man Mudr

⋙ parvateṣṭhā

parvate-ṣṭhā́ mfn. dwelling in the heights (said of Indra) RV

⋙ parvatopatyakā

parvatôpatyakā f. a land at the foot of a mountain Hit

≫ parvataka

parvataka m. a mountain ( See eka-p○)

• N. of a man Mudr

• of a prince in the Himâlaya HPariś

≫ parvatāyana

parvatāyana wṛ. for pārv○, q.v

≫ parvati

parvatí f. a rock, stone TS

≫ parvatī 1

parvatī́ f. of parvata, q.v

≫ parvatī 2

parvatī ind. for ○ta

⋙ parvatīkṛ

○√kṛ to make into a mountain Bhartṛ

≫ parvatīya

parvatī́ya mfn. belonging to or produced in mountains AV. Hariv. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-2, 143)

≫ parvatya

parvatyá mfn. = prec. RV. TS

≫ parvan

párvan n. a knot, joint (esp. of a cane or other plant [cf. parus], but also of the body), limb, member (lit. and fig.) RV. &c. &c

• a break, pause, division, section (esp. of a book) ŚBr. MBh. &c

• the step of a staircase Ragh

• a member of a compound Prāt. Nir

• a period or fixed time RV. VS. ŚBr. GṛŚrS

• (esp.) the Cāturmāsya festival, SrS

• the days of the 4 changes of the moon (i.e. the full and change of the moon and the 8th and 14th of each half-month) GṛŚrS. Mn. MBh. &c

• a sacrifice performed on the occasion of a change of the moon R

• the day of the moon's passing the node at its opposition or conjunction Var. Sūryas. MBh. &c

• the moment of the sun's entering a new sign W

• any partic. period of the year (as the equinox, solstice &c.) ib

• a division of time, e.g. a half-month (24 in a year) MBh

• a day (360) BhP

• a festival, holiday W

• opportunity, occasion ib

• a moment, instant ib

≫ parvarīṇa

parvarīṇa m. (L.) = parṇa-vṛnta-rasa

• = pattra-cūrṇa-rasa

• = parṇa-śirā

• = dyūta-kambala

• = garva

• = māruta

• = mṛtaka (n.)

• n. = parvan

≫ parvasa

parvasa m. N. of a son of Paurṇamāsa VP. (cf. parvata)

• (ā), f. N. of the wife of Parvasa ib

≫ parviṇī

parviṇī f. a holiday Rājat

parvita

parvita m. a species of fish, Silurus Pabda L

parśāna

párśāna m. (√pṛś = spṛś, or pṛṣ ?) a precipice, chasm RV. (Sāy. 'a cloud')

parśu 1

párśu m. a rib AV. TS. Br. [Zd. pereśu] ; a curved knife, sickle AV. Kauś. [Lat. falx

• Gk. ?]

• N. of a man RV. viii, 6, 46

• pl. N. of a warrior-tribe Pāṇ. 5-3, 117 (cf. pāraśava)

• f. the supporting or side wall of a well Nir. iv, 6

• N. of a woman RV. x, 86, 23

⋙ parśumaya

○maya mf(ī)n. shaped like a curved knife Nir. iv, 3

≫ parśukā

parśukā f. a rib Suśr

parśu 2

parśu m. (cf. paraśu and Uṇ. i, 34 Sch.) an axe, hatchet Hariv. R

⋙ parśupāṇi

○pāṇi m. 'axe in hand', N. of Gaṇêśa L

• = next A

⋙ parśurāma

○rāma m. = paraśu-r○ L

≫ parśūmat

parśū-mat or mfn. g. sidhmâdi

⋙ parśūla

parśū-la mfn. g. sidhmâdi

≫ parśvadha

parśvadha m. = paraśvadha, an axe, hatchet L. [Page 609, Column 3]

parṣ

parṣ (cf. pṛṣ), cl. 1. Ā. parṣate, to grow wet Dhātup. xvi, 12 (v. l. varṣ and sparṣ)

parṣa 1

parṣá m. (√parṣ, pṛṣ ?) a bundle, sheaf RV. x, 48, 7 (Nir. iii, 10)

parṣa 2

parṣa mfn. = paruṣa, rough, violent (as wind) BhP

parṣaṇi 1

parṣáṇi mfn. (√1. pṛ) carrying over or across (as a ship) RV. i, 131, 2. 2

⋙ parṣaṇi

parṣáṇi Ved. inf. of √1. pṛ ib. x, 126, 3

⋙ parṣika

parṣika ? g. purohitâdi

⋙ parṣin

parṣín See iṣu-p○

≫ parṣiṣṭha

párṣiṣṭha mfn. most mighty in delivering or rescuing RV. x, 126, 3

parṣad

parṣad f. = pari-ṣad, an assembly, audience, company, society GṛS. Yājñ. &c. (4 kinds of society Divyâv. 299, 14)

⋙ parṣadbhīru

○bhīru mfn. shy in society Var

⋙ parṣadvala

○vala mfn. surrounded by an assembly Pāṇ. 5-2, 112 Sch

• m. an assistant at an assembly, a spectator L

≫ parṣatka

parṣatka (ifc.) = pari-ṣad, an assembly Jātakam

parhāṇa

parhāṇa See a-parhāṇa

pal

pal cl. 1. P. palati, to go Dhātup. xx, 9 (perhaps invented to account for pālayati, or palâyate)

pala

pala m. (scarcely to be connected with prec.) straw L

• = pāla g. jvalâdi

• n. a partic. weight = 4 Karshas = 1/100 Tulā (rarely m

• ifc. f. ā) Mn. Yājñ. Suśr. &c

• a partic. fluid measure Nir. xiv, 7 KātyŚr. Sch

• a partic. measure of time (= 1/60 Ghaṭī) Gaṇit. ; flesh, meat Yājñ. Suśr. [Cf. Lat. palea ; Fr. paille, Lith. pelai.]

⋙ palakṣāra

○kṣāra m. 'flesh-fluid', blood L

⋙ palagaṇḍa

○gaṇḍa m. a mason (as using straw ?) L

⋙ palaṃkara

○ṃ-kara m. 'flesh-maker', gall, bile L

⋙ palaṃkaṣa

○ṃ-kaṣa m. 'flesh-hurter', a Rākshasa L

• a lion L

• the sea Gal

• bdellium L

• (ā), f. N. of various plants (Asteracantha Longifolia, Butea Frondosa, Dolichos Sinensis &c.) Suśr. L

• bdellium L

• red lac Bhpr

• a fly L

⋙ palada

○dá m. 'straw-giver (?)', a partic. material for building, (prob.) bundles of straw or reeds used for roofing and wainscoting AV

• ifc. in names of villages (○dīya mfn. ) Pāṇ. 4-2, 142

• (ī), f. N. of a village ib. 110

⋙ palapīyūṣalatā

○pīyūṣa-latā f. N. of wk. (on the canonical use of various meats)

⋙ palapriya

○priya m. 'fond of flesh', a Rākshasa or a raven L

⋙ palabhā

○bhā f. the equinoctial shadow at midday Sūryas. Sch

• -khaṇḍana and -sādhana n. N. of wks

⋙ palavibhā

○vibhā f. = -bhā L

⋙ palāgni

palâgni m. 'flesh-fire', the bilious humour L

⋙ palāṅga

palâṅga (prob.) wṛ. for capal○, q.v

⋙ palāda

palâda or m. 'flesh-eater', a Rākshasa L

⋙ palādana

palâḍdana m. 'flesh-eater', a Rākshasa L

⋙ palānna

palânna n. rice with meat Suśr. (v. r. yavânna)

⋙ palārdha

palârdha n. a partic. weight (= 2 Karshas) Car

⋙ palāli

palâli f. a heap of flesh A. 1

⋙ palāśa

palâśa m. a Rākshasa L

• mfn. cruel (lit. = next) L. 1

⋙ palāśin

palâśin m. eating flesh Bhpr

• m. = prec. L

≫ palala

palala m. a Rākshasa L

• n. ground sesamum Hariv. Var. Suśr. &c

• a kind of sweetmeat made of ground sesamum and sugar L

• mud, mire R

• flesh L

⋙ palalajvara

○jvara m. gall, bile L. (cf. palâgni)

⋙ palalapiṇḍa

○piṇḍa n. a lump of ground sesamum ŚiraUp

⋙ palalapriya

○priya m. 'fond of flesh', a raven L

⋙ palalapalalāśaya

○palalâśaya m. 'fleshreceptacle', swelled neck, goitre L

⋙ palalaudana

palalâudana n. a pap made of ground sesamum seeds Kāś. on Pāṇ. 2-3, 45

≫ palāla

palāla m. n. a stalk, straw Mn. MBh. &c

• the stalk of the Sorghum, Indian millet Suśr

• m. N. of a demon inimical to children (anu-p○) AV

• (ā), f. N. of one of the Mātṛis of Skanda MBh

• (ī́), f. a stalk, straw AV. (cf. Pat. on Pāṇ. 5-2, 100)

⋙ palāladohada

○dohada m. 'longing for straw', the mango tree (the fruit of which is sometimes ripened in straw) L

⋙ palālabhāraka

○bhāraka m. a load of straw Mn. xi, 134

⋙ palālānupalāla

palālânupalālá m. du. Palāla and AnupṭAnupalāla (cf. above) AV

⋙ palāloccaya

palālôccaya m. a heap of straw Kathās

≫ palāli

palāli See pala

≫ palālina

palālina mfn. Pāṇ. 5-2, 100 Vārtt. 1 Pat

≫ palāva

palā́va m. chaff, husks AV

• a fish-hook, Vāsav

≫ palika

palika mf(ā)n. weighing a Pala Car. Hcat

• (ifc. after a numeral) weighing so many Pala Yājñ. Suśr. &c

≫ palya

palya n. a sack for corn (prob. containing a certain measure) ŚrS

• a partic. high number Dharmaśarm

⋙ palyakathāpuṣpāñjali

○kathā-puṣpâñjali m. N. of wk

⋙ palyavarcasa

○varcasa n. Pat. on Pāṇ. 5-4, 78

⋙ palyopama

palyôpama m. or n. a partic. high number W

≫ palyalika

palyalika m. or n. N. of a place Cat. [Page 610, Column 1] Contents of this page

palakyā

palakyā (L.), palaṅkyā (Bhpr.), f. Beta Bengalensis

palakṣa

palakṣa mf(ī́)n. white VS. (cf. balakṣa)

palaṅkaṭa

palaṅkaṭa mfn. shy, timid L

palava

palava m. plava (√plu), a basket of wicker-work for catching fish L

• N. of a man, Prav

palasa

palasa wṛ. for panasa R

palastijamadagni

palasti-jamadagní m. pl. the grey-haired Jamad-agnis (prob. a branch of this family of Ṛishis) RV. iii, 53, 16 (Sāy.)

palāka

palāka m. n. Siddh

palāṇḍu

palāṇḍu m. (rarely n.) an onion Mn. MBh. Suśr. &c. (cf. Uṇ. i, 38 Sch.)

⋙ palāṇḍubhakṣita

○bhakṣita mf(ā, or ī)n. one who has eaten onions Pāṇ. 4-1, 53 Sch

⋙ palāṇḍumaṇḍana

○maṇḍana n. N. of a comedy

palāpa

palāpa m. a halter L

• an elephant's temples L

palāpahā

palāpahā wṛ. for mal○

palāy

palây (fr. palā = parā and √ay = i

• Pāṇ. 8-2, 19 Sch.), Ā. pálâyate TS. Br. MBh. &c. (ep. also P

• pf. palâyāṃ cakre Pañc

• aor. apalâyiṣṭa Bhaṭṭ

• fut. palâyiṣyate Hit

• ○ti Śatr

• ind. p. palâyya ŚBr. &c

• inf. palâyitum Pañc.)

• to flee, fly, run away, escape, cease, vanish TS. &c. &c

⋙ palāyaka

palâḍyaka mfn. fleeing, a fugitive SaddhP

⋙ palāyana

palâḍyana n. fleeing, flight, escape MBh. Kāv. &c. (-kriyāṃ-√kṛ, to take to flight Pañc.)

• a saddle TS. Sch. (cf. paly-ayana, paryāṇa)

• -parâyaṇa mfn. occupied in flight, fugitive W

⋙ palāymanas

○manas mfn. thinking of flṭflight MW

• -viṣaya mfn. having flight for an object, bent on flṭflight ib

⋙ palāyita

pálâyita mfn. flown, fled, defeated TS. Kathās. &c

• n. gallop L. (v. l. pul○)

⋙ palāyin

palâyin mfn. fleeing, flying, taking to flight MBh

palāśa 2

palāśá n. (for 1. See under pala) a leaf, petal, foliage (ifc. f. ī) ŚBr. GṛŚrS. MBh. &c

• the blade of a sharp instrument (cf. paraśu-p○)

• the blossom of the tree Butea Frondosa Pañc

• = śmaśāna L

• = paribhāṣaṇa L

• m. (ifc. f. ā) the tree Butea Frondosa (its older name is parṇa, q.v.) Br. MBh. &c

• Curcuma Zedoaria L

• N. of Magadha L

• (ifc. it denotes beauty, g. vyāghrâdi)

• (ī), f. a species of climbing plant L

• cochineal L

• red lac L

• mfn. green L. (wṛ. for pālāśa)

⋙ palāśatā

○tā f. the state of foliage, foliation Kathās

⋙ palāśanagara

○nagara n. N. of a town Siṃhâs

⋙ palāśapattra

○pattra n. a single leaf (esp. of the Butea Frondosa) Hariv. Pañc

• m. N. of a Nāga L

⋙ palāśaparṇī

○parṇī f. Physalis Flexuosa L

⋙ palāśapuṭa

○puṭa m. n. a receptacle made of a folded leaf KātyŚr

⋙ palāśaśātana

○śātana m. an instrument for lopping foliage L

⋙ palāśākhya

palāśâkhya m. the resin of Gardenia Gummifera L

⋙ palāśāṅgā

palāśâṅgā or f. a kind of Curcuma L

⋙ palāśāntā

palāḍśântā f. a kind of Curcuma L

≫ palāśaka

palāśaka m. Butea Frondosa or Curcuma Zedoaria L

• pl. N. of a place MBh

• (ikā), f. a species of climbing plant L

≫ palāśana

palāśana n. (?) Nir. xii, 29

≫ palāśāmbhā

palāśāmbhā f. = ○śâṅgā L

≫ palāśin 2

palāśin mfn. (for 1 See under pala) leafy, covered with foliage MBh

• m. a tree Prasannar

• a species of tree (= kṣīra-vṛkṣa) L

• N. of a city or village (said to be the modern Plassey) Kshitîś

• (inī), f. N. of sev. rivers MBh. MārkP

≫ palāśila

palāśila and mfn. g. kāśâdi and utkarâdi

⋙ palāśīya

palāḍśīya mfn. g. kāśâdi and utkarâdi

paliknī

paliknī See palita below

paligha

pali-gha m. a water-pot, pitcher, glass water-vessel L

• a wall, rampart L

• the gateway of a building L

• an iron club or one studded with iron L. (= pari-gha

• Pāṇ. 8-2, 22)

paliṅgu

paliṅgu m. N. of a man HirGṛ

palita

palitá mf(ā, or páliknī Pāṇ. 4-1, 39 Vārtt. 1. 2 Pat.) n. grey, hoary, old, aged RV. &c. &c

• = pālayitṛ Nir. iv, 26

• m. N. of a mouse MBh

• of a prince Hariv. VP. (v. l. pāl○)

• (paliknī), f. a cow for the first time with calf L

• n. grey hair (also pl.) AV. &c. &c

• a tuft of hair Daś

• mud, mire L

• heat, burning L

• benzoin L

• pepper L. [Cf

• Gk. ?, ? &c. ; Lat. palleo, [610, 1] pallidus, pallus ; Lith. pálvas ; Slav. [plav˘u] ; HGerm. falo, val, fahl ; Angl. Sax. fealo ; Eng. fallow.] [Page 610, Column 2]

⋙ palitaṃkaraṇa

○ṃ-karaṇa mf(ī)n. rendering grey, Vāsav. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-2, 56)

⋙ palitacchadman

○cchadman mfn. (old age) lurking under grey hair Ragh. xii, 2

⋙ palitadarśana

○darśana n. the sight or appearance of grey hair Suśr

⋙ palitambhaviṣṇu

○m-bhaviṣṇu or mfn. becoming grey Pāṇ. 3-2, 57

⋙ palitambhāvuka

○m-bhāvuka mfn. becoming grey Pāṇ. 3-2, 57

⋙ palitamlāna

○mlāna mfn. grey and withered Kathās

⋙ palitavat

○vat mfn. grey-haired HPariś

≫ palitin

palitin mfn. grey-haired MBh

paliyoga

pali-yoga m. = pari-y○ Pāṇ. 8-2, 22 Pat

palījaka

palī74jaka m. (fr. pali = pari and √īj = ej) 'stirrer, disturber', N. of a demon AV

palīśa

palīśa m. = palāśa Bhpr

paleśinī

paleśinī prob. wṛ. for palāśinī Inscr

palpūlana

pálpūlana n. lye, water impregnated with alkaline salt TS. AV. Kauś

≫ palpūlaya

palpūlaya Nom. P. ○láyati, to wash with alkaline water, to tan TS. TBr

⋙ palpūlita

palpūḍlita mfn. washed, tanned ŚrS. Baudh

palya

palya &c. See under pala

palyaṅka

paly-aṅka m. = pary-aṅka (Pāṇ. 8-2, 22) a bed, couch, bedstead Siṃhâs. Pañcad

• a cloth wound round the loins while sitting on the heels and hams L

• so sitting, squatting (cf. pary-aṅka) L

palyaṅg

paly-aṅg (pali = pari and √aṅg), Ā. paly-aṅgayate (ind. p. -aṅgya), to cause to go round, stir round ŚBr.: Pass. -aṅgyate, to turn round, revolve ib

palyay

paly-√ay (paly = pari and √ay = √i), Ā. paly-ayate ŚBr. (cf. Pāṇ. 8-2, 19)

≫ palyayana

paly-ayana n. a saddle (= paryāṇa) L

• a rein, bridle Vcar

palyāṇa

palyāṇa n. a saddle L. (also ○na Gal.)

⋙ palyāṇaya

palyāḍṇaya Nom. ○yati, to saddle, Bhojacar

palyula

palyula or ○yūla Nom. P. ○layati, v. l. for palpūla Dhātup. xxxv, 29

pall

pall cl. 1. pallati, to go, move Dhātup. xv, 34 Vop. (invented after √pal, prob. to explain the following words)

≫ palla

palla m. a large granary, barn Suśr

• (ī), f. See below

⋙ pallāraṇyamāhātmya

pallâraṇya-māhātmya n. N. of wk

≫ pallaka

pallaka See dattâiraṇḍa-p○ under datta

≫ palli

palli f. a small village, (esp.) a settlement of wild tribes L

• a hut, house ib

⋙ pallipañjaka

○pañjaka m. pl. N. of a people VP

⋙ pallivāha

○vāha m. a species of wild grass L

≫ pallikā

pallikā f. a small village &c. (= palli) L

• a small house-lizard L

≫ pallī

pallī f. a small village &c. (= palli) Kathās

• a hut, house L

• a city (esp. ifc., in N. of towns, e.g. triśira-p○, = Trichinopoly)

• a partic. measure of grain KātyŚr. Sch

• a small house-lizard L

⋙ pallīdeśa

○deśa m. N. of a district Cat

⋙ pallīpatana

○patana n. (prob.) prognostication by observing the falling of houselizards

• -kārikā f. -phala n. -vicāra m. -śānti f. N. of wks

⋙ pallīpati

○pati m. the chief of a village or station Kathās

⋙ pallīvicāra

○vicāra m

⋙ pallīvidhāna

○vidhāna n. N. of wks

⋙ pallīśa

○"ṣśa (pallī7sa), m. = -pati L

⋙ pallīśaraṭa

○śaraṭa (?), in ○ṭayoḥ phalâphala-vicāra m. ○ṭayoḥ śānti f. -kāka-bhāsâdi-śakuna and -vidhāna n. N. of wks

pallava 1

pallava m. n. (ifc. f. ā) a sprout, shoot, twig, spray, bud, blossom (met. used for the fingers, toes, lips &c.) MBh. Kāv. &c

• a strip of cloth, scarf, lappet Kād. Bālar. Rājat

• spreading, expansion L. (cf. below)

• strength L. (= bala

• v. l. = vana, a wood)

• red lac (alakta) L

• a bracelet L

• sexual love L

• unsteadiness L

• m. a partic. position of the hands in dancing Cat

• a libertine, catamine L

• a species of fish L

• pl. N. of a people MBh. Pur. (v. l. for pahlava)

• of a race of princes Inscr

⋙ pallavagrāhin

○grāhin mfn. putting forth young shoots, sprouting in all directions, diffusive, superficial (as knowledge) Hit

• (with doṣa), m. the fault of prolixity or diffusiveness Gīt. Sch

• ○hi-tā f. superficial knowledge, sciolism MW

⋙ pallavadru

○dru m. the Aśoka tree L

⋙ pallavadhārin

○dhārin mfn. bearing blossoms (as a flower) Ragh

⋙ pallavapūra

○pūra m. N. of a man L

⋙ pallavamaya

○maya mf(ī)n. consisting of young shoots or twigs (cf. sulalita-latā-p○)

⋙ pallavarāgatāmra

○rāgatāmra mfn. red-coloured like a young shoots or twigs Ragh

⋙ pallavāṅkura

pallavâṅkura m. a leaf-bud L. [Page 610, Column 3]

⋙ pallavāṅguli

pallavâṅguli f. a young shoot like a finger Mālav

⋙ pallavāda

pallavâda m. 'twig-eater', a deer L

⋙ pallavādhāra

pallavâdhāra m. 'twig-holder', a branch L

⋙ pallavāpīdita

pallavâpīdita mfn. bud-laden MBh

⋙ pallavāstra

pallavâstra m. 'having blossoms for missiles', N. of the god of love L

≫ pallava 2

pallava Nom. P. ○vati, to put forth young shoots Śatr

≫ pallavaka

pallavaka m. a libertine, gallant Hcar

• a species of fish (Cyprinus Denticulatus) L

• (akā), f. N. of a woman Mṛicch

• (ikā), f. a kind of scarf L

• N. of a female attendant Kathās

≫ pallavana

pallavana n. prolixity, useless speech Naish

≫ pallavaya

pallavaya Nom. P. ○yati = 2. pallava Kāv

• to spread, divulge (as news) Vcar

• to make diffuse or prolix (= vi-stāraya) Gīt. Sch

≫ pallavika

pallavika m. = (or v. l. for) pallavaka m. L

≫ pallavita

pallavita mfn. sprouted, having young shoots (○taṃ vṛkṣaiḥ, 'young shoots have been put forth by the trees') Kāv

• spread, extended Inscr. (alaṃ "ṣtena, 'enough of further amplification', A.)

• (ifc.) filled, full of Kād

• dyed red with lac L

• m. the red dye of the lac insect W

≫ pallavin

pallavin mfn. sprouting, having young shoots Kum

• m. a tree L

≫ pallavīkṛ

pallavī-√kṛ (ind. p. -kṛtya), to make or change into a very young shoot Kāvyâd

palli

palli pallī, See under √pall

palvala

palvala n. (m. Siddh.) a pool, small tank, pond. [Cf. Gk. ? ; Lat. palus ; Lith. púrvas (?).] [610, 3]

⋙ palvalakarṣaka

○karṣaka mfn. ploughing a pool Hariv

⋙ palvalatīra

○tīra n. the bank or margin of a ploughing Pañc

⋙ palvalapaṅka

○paṅka m. the mud of a pṭploughing Kālid

≫ palvalāvāsa

palvalâvāsa m. 'pṭpalvalâvāsa-dweller', a tortoise L

≫ palvalībhū

palvalī-√bhū to become a pool Jātakam

≫ palvalya

palvalyá mf(ā́)n. marshy, boggy TS

pav

pav cl. 1. Ā. pavate, to go Dhātup. xiv, 40 (v. l. for plav)

pava

pava m. (√pū) purification, winnowing corn Pāṇ. 3-3, 28 Sch

• air, wind L

• a marsh L

• N. of a son of Nahusha VP

• (ā́), f. purification RV

• n. cow-dung L

⋙ pavanāla

○nāla (prob.) wṛ. for yava-nāla

≫ pavana

pávana m. 'purifier', wind or the god of wind, breeze, air (ifc. f. ā) MBh. Kāv. &c

• vital air, breath Suśr. Sarvad

• the regent of the Nakshatra Svāti and the north-west region Var

• N. of the number 5 (from the 5 vital airs) ib

• a householder's sacred fire Hār

• a species of grass L

• N. of a son of Manu Uttama BhP

• of a mountain ib

• of a country in Bharata-kshetra W

• (ī), f. a broom L

• the wild citron-tree L. (v. l. pacanī)

• N. of a river VP

• n. or m. purification, winnowing of corn L

• a potter's kiln, Śṛiṅgār

• n. an instrument for purifying grain &c., sieve, strainer AV. ĀśvGṛ

• blowing Kaṇ

• water L

• mfn. clean, pure L

⋙ pavanakṣipta

○kṣipta mfn. tempest-tossed MW

⋙ pavanacakra

○cakra n. whirlwind BhP. (cf. cakra-vāta)

⋙ pavanaja

○ja m. 'son of the wind', N. of Hanu-mat Dhūrtan

⋙ pavanajava

○java m. 'swift as wind', N. of a horse Kathās

⋙ pavanatanaya

○tanaya m. = -ja Ragh

• N. of Bhīmasena Megh

⋙ pavanadūta

○dūta m. or n

⋙ pavanapañcāśikā

○pañcāśikā f. N. of 2 poems

⋙ pavanapadavī

○padavī f. path of the wind, the air Megh

⋙ pavanapāvana

○pāvana m. or n. N. of wk

⋙ pavanaprabhava

○prabhava m. (disease) coming from the wind of the body Suśr

⋙ pavanabhū

○bhū m. = -ja MW

⋙ pavanayogasaṃgraha

○yoga-saṃgraha m. N. of wk

⋙ pavanaraṃhas

○raṃhas mfn. swift as wind, Pracaṇḍ

⋙ pavanavāhana

○vāhana m. 'having wind as vehicle', fire L

⋙ pavanavijaya

○vijaya m. 'victory over the wṭwind or breath', N. of sev. Tantric wks

⋙ pavanavyādhi

○vyādhi m. disease or morbid state of the wind of the body, rheumatism W

• N. of Uddhava (the friend and counsellor of Kṛishṇa) L

⋙ pavanāghāta

pavanâghāta m. gust of wind Rājat

⋙ pavanātmaja

pavanâtmaja m. = ○na-ja L

• N. of Bhīma-sena Rājat

• fire MatsyaP

⋙ pavanāśa

pavanâśa m. 'feeding on air', a serpent, snake L

⋙ pavanāśana

pavanâśana m. id. L

• ○śanâsa m. 'snake-eater', a peacock L

• N. of Garuḍa L

⋙ pavanāśin

pavanâśin m. = ○nâśa MārkP

⋙ pavanāhata

pavanâhata mfn. struck or shaken by the wind, rheumatic W

⋙ pavaneṣṭa

pavanêṣṭa (prob.) wṛ. for yav○

⋙ pavanotkampin

pavanôtkampin mfn. trembling in the wind Śak

⋙ pavanodbhrānta

pavanôdbhrānta in -kārin mfn. 'agitating the air', N. of a partic. mode of fighting MW

• -viici f. a wave raised by the winds ib

⋙ pavanombuja

pavano'mbuja (!), m. Grewia Asiatica L

≫ pavamāna

pávamāna mfn. being purified or strained, flowing clear (as Soma) RV

• m. wind or the god of wind VS. TS. Kāv. Rājat

• N. of a partic. Agni (associated with Pāvaka and Śuci and also regarded as a son of Agni by Svāhā or of Antar-dhāna and by Śikhaṇḍinī) TS. Br. Pur. [Page 611, Column 1] Contents of this page

• N. of partic. Stotras sung by the Sāma-ga at the Jyotishṭoma sacrifice (they are called successively at the 3 Savanas bahiṣpavamâna, mādhyaṃdina and tṛtīya or ārbhava) TS. Br. ŚrS. (cf. RTL. 368)

• N. of wk

• N. of a prince and the Varsha in Śāka-dviipa ruled by him BhP

⋙ pavamānaṭippana

○ṭippana m. or n

⋙ pavamānapañcasūkta

○pañca-sū7kta n. pl.,

⋙ pavamānapaddhati

○paddhati f

⋙ pavamānasūkta

○sū7kta n. N. of wks

⋙ pavamānavat

○vat mfn. accompanied by the Pavamāna-stotra AitBr

⋙ pavamānasākha

○sâkha m. 'friend of the wind', fire Śiś

⋙ pavamānasomayajña

○somayajña m. N. of wk

⋙ pavamānahavis

○havis n. offerings to Agni invoked under the title of Pavamāna or Pāvaka or Śuci TBr. Sch

⋙ pavamānahoma

○homa m. = -havis

• N. of wk

• -paddhati f. -prayoga m. -vidhi m. N. of wks

⋙ pavamānādhyāya

pavamānâdhyāya m. N. of wk

⋙ pavamānoṣṭi

pavamānôṣṭi f. = ○na-havis TBr. Sch

• N. of wk

⋙ pavamānoktha

pavamānôktha n. the series of verses in the mid-day Pavamāna, AiBr

≫ pavayitṛ

pavayitṛ́ m. a purifier TS

≫ pavākā

pavākā f. a storm, whirlwind L

≫ pavita

pavita mfn. purified, cleansed W

• n. black pepper L

≫ pavitṛ

pavitṛ́ m. a purifier AV. ŚBr. (cf. paiviitṛ)

≫ pavitra

pavítra n. a means of purification, filter, strainer, straining-cloth &c. (made of thread or hair or straw, for clarifying fruits, esp. the Soma) RV. &c. &c

• Kuśa grass (esp. two Kuśa leaves for holding offerings or for sprinkling and purifying ghee &c.) ŚBr. KātyŚr. Mn. &c. (ifc. also ko, See sa-pavitraka), a ring of Kuśa grass worn on the fourth finger on partic. occasions W

• a purifying prayer or Mantra Mn. Yājñ. MBh

• a means of purifying or clearing the mind RV. iii, 26, 8 ; 31, 6 &c

• melted butter L

• honey L

• water L

• rain or rubbing (varṣaṇa or gharṣaṇa) L

• copper L

• the vessel in which the Argha is presented L. (ifc. -ka MārkP.)

• the Brāhmanical cord (cf. ○trâropaṇs)

• N. of Vishṇu (also pṭpresented pavintrāṇām) MBh. (cf RTL. 106)

• of Śiva ib

• (with ādityānām and devānām) N. of Sāmans ArshBr

• a kind of metre Col

• m. N. of a partic. Soma-sacrifice belonging to the Rājasūya TāṇḍBr. Sch. ŚrS

• Sesamum Indicum L

• Nageia Putranjiva L

• N. of a man, g. aśvâdi

• of an Āṅgirasa (the supposed author of RV. ix, 67 ; 73 ; 83 ; 107) RAnukr

• (pl.) N. of a class of deities in the 14th Manv-antara, Pur

• (ā), f. N. of sev. plants (basil, saffron, the small Pippala tree &c.) L

• of sev. rivers MBh. Pur

• the 12th day of the light half of Śravaṇa (a festival in honour of Vishṇu) W

• mf(ā)n. purifying, averting evil, pure, holy, sacred, sinless, beneficent Mn. MBh. &c

⋙ pavitrakīrti

○kīrti mfn. of spotless renown Dhūrtas

⋙ pavitragiri

○giri mṆ. of a place Cat

⋙ pavitratarīkṛ

○tarī-√kṛ to purify or sanctify in a high degree Kād

⋙ pavitratā

○tā f. purity, cleanness MārkP. Rājat

⋙ pavitratva

○tva n. id. Uttarar. Hcat

• the being a means of purification Kāṭh. TāṇḍBr

⋙ pavitradarbha

○darbha m. purifying or holy Darbha grass R

⋙ pavitradhara

○dhara m. N. of a man Kathās

⋙ pavitradhānya

○dhānya n. 'pure grain, barley L

⋙ pavitrapaṭhana

○paṭhana n. recitation of a purifying prayer or Mantra MārkP

⋙ pavitrapati

○pati m. lord of purification or purity VS

⋙ pavitrapāṇi

○pāṇi mfn. holding Darbha grass in the hand Yājñ

• m. N. of an ancient sage MBh

⋙ pavitrapūta

○pūta (○vítra-), mfn. clarified with a strainer ŚBr

⋙ pavitrayoni

○yoni mfn. of spotless origin, Pañc

⋙ pavitraratha

○ratha (vítra-), mfn. having the strainer as a chariot (Soma) RV

⋙ pavitrarogaparihāraprayoga

○roga-parihāra-prayoga m. N. of wk

⋙ pavitravat

○vat (○vitra-), mfn. having a purifying instrument (as a strainer or Darbha grass), cleansing, purifying RV. Br. GṛŚrS

• N. of Agni AitBr

• (ī), f. N. of a river BhP

⋙ pavitrāropaṇa

pavitrâropaṇa n. 'putting on the Pavitra', investiture with the Brāhmanical cord, (esp.) investing the image of Krishna or another deity with the sacred thread, N. of a festival on the 12th day of the light half of Śrāvaṇa or Ashāḍha Pañc

• -putra-daī7kādaśī f. and -vidhāna n. N. of wk

⋙ pavitrārohaṇa

pavitrârohaṇa n. investing with the sacred thread (cf. ○ropaṇa), N. of a festival in honour of Durgā on the 8th day of the light half of Śrāvaṇa or Ashaḍha L

⋙ pavitreṣṭi

pavitrêṣṭi f. N. of a partic. sacrifice (cf. above) Vas

• N. of wk

• -paddhati f. -prayoga m. -sūtra n. -hautra n. N. of wks

≫ pavitraka

pavitraka m. a small sieve or strainer KātyŚr. ( See also under pavitra)

• m. Poa Cynosuroides L

• Artemisia Indica L

• Ficus Religiosa or Glomerata L

≫ pavitraya

pavitraya Nom. P ○yati, to cleanse, purify, render happy Kathās. Śatr. Pañcad

⋙ pavitrita

paviḍtrita mfn. purified, sanctified, blessed, happy Mcar. [Page 611, Column 2] Caṇḍ. BrahmaP

≫ pavitrin

pavitrin mfn. purifying, pure, clean MBh

≫ pavitrī

pavitrī ind. in comp. for ○tra

⋙ pavitrīkaraṇa

○karaṇa n. purification, means of purifying W

⋙ pavitrīkṛ

○√kṛ to purify, cleanse MBh. BhP

⋙ pavitrīkṛta

○kṛta mfn. purified, cleansed, sanctified Pañc. Śāntiś

⋙ pavitrībhū

○√bhū (ind. p. -bhūya), to become pure or clean L

≫ pavītṛ

pavītṛ́ m.= pavitṛ RV

≫ pavyā

pávyā f. purification RV

• = paví, the tire of a wheel (?) ib

pavaru

pávaru m. a species of pot-herb L. (v. l. pararu)

pavaṣṭurika

pavaṣṭurika m. N. of a man, g. śubhrâdi (not in Kāś.)

pavasta

pavásta n. (apa and √vas?) a cover or garment (?) AV. iv, 7, 6

• du. heaven and earth RV. x, 27, 7

pavāru

pavāru ○ruka, v. l. for parāru, ○ruka

pavi

paví m. (perh. orig. 'brightness, sheen'

• cf. pāvaka and Uṇ. iv, 138 Sch.) the tire of a wheel (esp. a golden tire on the chariot of the Aśvins and Maruts) RV. AitĀr

• the metallic point of a spear or arrow ib

• the iron band on a Soma-stone ib

• an arrow Nir. xii, 30

• a thunderbolt Naigh. ii, 20

• speech ib. i, 11 fire L

⋙ pavimat

○mat mfn. N. of sev. Sāmans ĀrshBr

⋙ pavīnasa

pavī-nasá m. 'having a nose like a spear-head', N. of a demon AV

≫ pavīra

pavīra n. (fr. pāvii), a weapon with a metallic point, a lance, spear Nir. xii, 30

⋙ pavīravat

pávīra-vat (RV. VS.) or (AV.), mfn. armed with lance or a goad

⋙ pavīravat

pavīrá-vat (AV.), mfn. armed with lance or a goad

• = next mfn

≫ pavīrava

pávīrava mfn. having a metallic share (as a plough) TS

• m. a thunderbolt RV

≫ pavīru

pávīru m. N. of a man RV

pavinda

pavinda m. N. of a man, g. aśvâdi (f. ā, kāś.)

paś 1

paś only Pres. P. Ā. páśyati, ○te (cf. √dṛś and Pāṇ. 7-3, 78), to see (with na 'to be blind'), behold, look at, observe, perceive, notice RV. &c. &c

• to be a spectator, look on (esp. p., e.g. tasya paśyataḥ, while he looks on, before his eyes Mn

• paśyantī tiṣṭhati, she stands ind looks on Śak.)

• to see a person (either 'visit' or 'receive as a visitor') MBh. R. &c

• to live to see, experience, partake of. undergo, incur Mn. MBh. &c

• to learn, find out ib

• to regard or consider as, take for (acc. with acc. or adv. in vat) ib

• to see with the spiritual eye, compose, invent (hymns, rites &c.) RV. Br. ŚāṅkhŚr

• (also with sādhu) to have insight or discernment Mn. MBh. &c

• to consider, think over, examine ib

• to foresee ib

• (paśyāmi, 'I See or l am convinced', and paśya, ○śyata, 'see, behold, look here!' often employed parenthetically or interjectionally MBh. Kāv. &c.) [Orig. identical with √spaś, q.v.]

≫ paś 2

páś f. (only instr. pl. paḍbhís), sight or eye RV. iv, 2, 12

≫ paśu 1

paśu ind. see, behold! L

≫ paśya

paśya mf(ā)n. seeing, beholding, rightly understanding Up. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-1, 137)

≫ paśyat

paśyat mf(antī)n. seeing, beholding &c

• (antī), f. a harlot L

• N. of a partic. sound L

⋙ paśyatohara

paśyatohara mfn. stealing before a person's eyes Pāṇ. 6-3, 21 Vārtt. 1 Pat

≫ paśyata

paśyata mfn. visible, conspicuous AV

≫ paśyanā

paśyanā f. See a-paśyanā

paś 3

paś cl. 10. P. pāśayati, to fasten, bind Dhātup. xxxiii, 45. [Cf. paṣ and pas ; Zd. pas ; Lat. pac-iscor, pax ; Goth. fahan ; Angl. Sax. fân.]

≫ paśavya

paśavyá mfn. (fr. paśú) belonging or relating to cattle, fit or suitable for cattle TS. Br. Up. Yājñ. MBh

• (with kāma), m. sexual love or intercourse BhP

• n. a herd or drove of cattle RV

⋙ paśavyātama

○tama (○vyá-), mfn. most fit or suitable for cattle TS

⋙ paśavyāvāhana

○vā́hana mfn. = purīṣa-v○ ŚBr

≫ paśu 2

paśu or m. (instr. paśúnā or ○śva

⋙ paśu

páśu m. (instr. paśúnā or ○śva

• dat. páśve or paśáve

• gen. paśvás or ○śos

• du. paśvā́

• acc. pl. paśvás or ○śū́n) cattle, kine (orig. any tethered animal'

• singly or collect. 'a herd'), a domestic or sacrificial animal (as opp. to mṛga, 'wild animal ; 5 kinds are enumerated, 'men, kine, horses, goats and sheep' [AV. xi, 2, 9 &c.], to which are sometimes added mules arid asses [MBh. vi, 155 &c.] or camels and dogs [AV. iii, 10, 6 Comm.]) RV. &c. &c. [Page 611, Column 3]

• any animal or brute or beast (also applied contemptuously to a man

• cf. nara-p○ and nṛ-p○)

• a mere animal in sacred things i.e. an uninitiated person Cat

• an animal sacrifice AitĀr. BhP

• flesh RV. i, 166 6 an, ass L

• a goat L

• a subordinate deity and one of Śiva's followers L

• (with Māheśvaras and Pāśupatas) the individual soul as distinct from the divine Soul of the universe RTL. 89

• Ficus Glomerata L

• (pl.) N. of a people MBh. (vḷ. patti)

• n. cattle (only as acc.) before manyate [VS. xxiii, 30] and manyamāna [RV. iii, 53, 23] ; and pl. paśūni R. Kathās.) [Cf. Zd. pasu ; Lit. pecu ; Old Pruss. pecku ; Goth. faíhu ; Germ. fihu, vihe, Vieh ; Angl. Sax. feoh ; Eng. fee.] -karman n. the act of offering the victim, sacrifice ŚrS

• copulation (as a merely animal act) ŚBr. Sch

⋙ paśukalpa

○kalpa m. the ritual of animal sacrifice ĀśvGṛ

• -paddhati f. N. of wk

⋙ paśukāma

○kāma (○śú-), mfn. desirous of possessing cattle TS. Br

⋙ paśukḷpti

○kḷpti f. = -kalpa TBr. Sch

⋙ paśukriyā

○kriyā f. = -karman, Hariv' L

⋙ paśugaṇa

○gaṇa m. a group of sacrificial animal, ŚrS,

⋙ paśugāyatrī

○gāyatrī f. a parody of the sacred Gāyatri whispered into the ear of a sacrificial animal L. (paśu-pāśāya vidmahe śiraś-chedāya dhīmahi tan naḥ paśuḥ pracodayāt

• RV. iii, 62, 10)

⋙ paśughāta

○ghāta m. slaughter of cattle Mṛicch

⋙ paśughna

○ghna mfn. slaughtering cattle Mn. v, 38 (cf. -han)

• -tva n. RāmatUp

⋙ paśucaryā

○caryā f. acting like animals, copulation BhP

⋙ paśucit

○cít mfn. piled with animals (as a sacrificial fire) TS

⋙ paśujanana

○jánana mfn. producing cattle MaitrS

⋙ paśujāta

○jāta n. a species of animal MānGṛ

• ○tīya mfn. pertaining to, the animal kingdom MW

⋙ paśutantra

○tantra n. = -kalpa ŚrS

⋙ paśutas

○tas ind. = abl. of paśu, cattle ṢaḍvBr

⋙ paśutā

○tā f. the state of an animal (esp. of a sacrificial animal)

• bestiality, brutality Mn. MBh. Kāv

⋙ paśutṛp

○tṛ́p mfn. gratifying one's self with cattle i.e. stealing cattle RV

⋙ paśutva

○tva n. = -tā R. Prab. Rājat

• (with Māheśvaras and Pāsupatas) the being the individual soul

⋙ paśuda

○da mfn. granting cattle L

• (ā), f. N. of one of the Mātṛis attendant on Skanda MBh

⋙ paśudā

○dā or mfn. = prec. mfn. Kauś

⋙ paśudāvan

○dāvan mfn. = prec. mfn. Kauś

⋙ paśudevata

○devata mf(ā)n. invoking cṭcattle as a deity (said of a formula or ceremony), ĀśVGṛ

⋙ paśudevatā

○devatā f. the deity to whom the victim is offered ŚrS

⋙ paśudharma

○dharma m. the law of animals, manner of beasts (said of the re-marriage of widows) Mn. ix, 66

• copulation L

• the treatment of animals, manner in which animals are treated Pañc. 185/186 (○meṇa vyāpādayāmi)

⋙ paśudharman

○dharman m. the manner in which the animals sacrifice is performed ŚāṅkhŚr

⋙ paśudhānyadhanarddhimat

○dhānya-dhanarddhi-mat (r for ṛ), mfn. rich in cattle and corn and money R

⋙ paśunātha

○nātha m. 'lord of cattle', N. of Śiva L. (cf. -patī)

⋙ paśupa

○pa mfn. guarding or keeping cṭcattle

• m. a herdsman MBh. Var

⋙ paśupakṣīya

○pakṣīya n. N. of wk

⋙ paśupati

○páti m. 'lord of animals' (or 'lṭlord of a servant named Paśu' or 'lord of the soul' RTL. 89), N. of the later Rudra-Śiva or of a similar deity (often associated in the Veda with Bhava, Śarva, Ugra, Rudra, Mahā-deva, Īśāna and others who together with Bhima are in later times regarded as manifestations of Rudra) AV. &c. &c

• of Agni' TS. ŚBr

• of Śiva MBh. &c. (according to one legend every deity acknowledged himself to be a mere paśu or animal when entreating Siva to destroy the Asura Tri-pura)

• of a lexicographer

• of a Scholiast &c

• -dhara m. N. of a poet Cat

• -nagara n. 'Śiva's town', N. of Kāśī or Benares ib

• -nātha m. N. of a partic. form of Siva W

• -purāṇa n. (prob.) = ŚivaP

• -śarman m. N. of a man Cat

• -śāsṭra n. the sacred book of the Pāśupatas revealed by Śiva Col

• ○tī7śvara-nāhātmya and ○ty-askṭaka n. N. of wks

⋙ paśupalvala

○palvala n. Cyperus Rotundus L

⋙ paśupā

○pā́ m. a keeper of herds, herdsman RV

• N. of Pūshan ib

• du. N. of Pūshan and Revati TBr

⋙ paśupāla

○pāla m. = -pa Mn. MBh. &c. (-vat', ind. like a herdsman)

• (pl.) N. of a people to the north-east of Madhya-deśa R. Var

• of a king (or perhaps king of the Paśu-pālas) Pur

• n. the country or kingdom of the Paśu-pālas Pur

⋙ paśupālaka

○pālaka m. a herdsman

• (ikā), f. a herdsman wife Pāṇ. 4-1, 48 Pat

⋙ paśupālana

○pālana n. the tending or rearing of cattle (the duty of a Vaitya) Vishṇ

⋙ paśupālya

○pālya n. id' MW

⋙ paśupāśa

○pāśa m. the cord with which the victim is bound L

• the chains which fetter the individual soul, the world of sense Prab

⋙ paśupāśaka

○pāśaka m. a kind of coitus L

⋙ paśupuroḍāśa

○puroḍāśá m. the cake offered at an animal sacrifice ŚBr. ŚrS

• -mimaṃsā f. N. of wk

⋙ paśupratiprasthātṛprayoga

○pratiprasthātṛ-prayoga m

⋙ paśuprayoga

○prayoga m

⋙ paśupraśna

○praśna m

⋙ paśuprāyaścitta

○prāyaścitta n. N. of wks

⋙ paśupreraṇa

○prêraṇa n. the driving of cattle L

⋙ paśubaneha

○banéhá m. an animal sacrifice AV. &c. &c. [Page 612, Column 1] Contents of this page

• N. of an Ekâha ŚāṅkhŚr N. of wk

• -kārikā f. -paddhati f. -prayoga m. -prayoga-paddhati f. N. of wks

• -yājin mfn. offering an animal sacrifice ŚBr

• paśu--yūpá m. the post to which the victim is bound ib

⋙ paśubandhaka

○bandhaka m. a rope for tethering cattle L

⋙ paśubali

○bali m. N. of wk

⋙ paśubhartṛ

○bhartṛ m. -naltha MBh

⋙ paśubheda

○bheda m. a class or species of animal MW

⋙ paśumat

○mát mfn. connected with or relating to cattle or animals, rich in cattle or animal RV. &c. &c

• connected with animal sacrifices TāṇḍBr

• containing the word paśu AitBr

• m. an owner of herds or cattle MBh

• n. possession of cattle RV

⋙ paśumata

○mata n. erroneous or false doctrine Hariv

⋙ paśumāra

○māra m. the manner of slaughtering cṭcattle MBh., (am and eṇa), ind. according to the manner of slaughtering ib

⋙ paśumāraka

○māraka mfn. attended with the sacrifice of animals BhP

⋙ paśumedha

○medha m

⋙ paśumaitrāvaruṇaprayoga

○maitrāvaruṇa-prayoga m. N. of wks

⋙ paśumohanikā

○mohanikā f. 'animals stupefier', a species of plant L

⋙ paśuyajña

○yajña (VP.),

⋙ paśuyāga

○yāga (W.), m. an animals sacrifice

⋙ paśuyājin

○yājín mfn. offering ati anṭanimals sacrifice MaitrS

⋙ paśuyūka

○yūka m. a louse which infests cattle Gal

⋙ paśurakṣaṇa

○rakṣaṇa n. the tending of cṭcattle W

⋙ paśurakṣi

○rákṣi (RV.),

⋙ paśurakṣin

○rakṣin (Mn.), m. a herdsman

⋙ paśurajju

○rajju f. = -bandhaka L

⋙ paśurāja

○rāja m. 'king of beasts', a lion L

⋙ paśurūpa

○rūpá n. anything representing the sacrificial animal ŚBr

⋙ paśuvat

○vat ind. like an animals Kap

• as in an animals Gaut

• as in an animals sacrifice KātySr

⋙ paśuvardhana

○várdhana mfn. increasing cattle RV. ix, 94, 1 (wṛ. for paśur v○?)

⋙ paśuvid

○víd mfn. providing cattle AV

⋙ paśuvīrya

○vīrya n. the strength or power belonging to c, TāndBr

⋙ paśuvedi

○vedi f. the Vedi at the animal sacrifice KātyŚr. Sch

⋙ paśuvrata

○vrata (paśú-), mfn. acting or behaving like cattle MaitrS

• the duty to serve as sacrificial victim, Jātakam

⋙ paśuśiras

○śiras (L.),

⋙ paśuśīrṣa

○śīrṣá (TS. &c.), n. the head, of an animal

⋙ paśuśrapaṇa

○śrapaṇá n. cooking a sacrṭsacrificial an' ŚBr

• (-śrápaṇa, cattle. agni)' m. the fire on which the flesh of a sacrṭsacrificial animals is cooked ib

⋙ paśuśrautasūtra

○śrauta-sūtra n. N. of wk

⋙ paśuṣā

○ṣ˘ā́ mfn. (dat. ṣé) bestowing cattle RV

⋙ paśuṣad

○ṣad (Hir.),

⋙ paśuṣṭha

○ṣṭha (TāṇḍBr.), mfn. being or dwelling (lit. sitting and standing) in cattle

⋙ paśusakha

○sakha m. 'friend of cattle', N. of a Śūdra MBh

⋙ paśusani

○sáni mfn. = -ṣa VS

⋙ paśusamāmnāya

○samāmnāya m. 'enumeration of sacrificial animals', N. of VS. xxix, 48

• ○yika mfn. mentioned in this ch. Nir

⋙ paśusambhava

○sambhava mfn. produced by animals (as flesh, honey, butter &c.) Mn. viii, 329

⋙ paśusādhana

○sā́dhana mf(ī)n. leading or guiding cattle RV

⋙ paśusūtra

○sūtra n. N. of wk

⋙ paśusoma

○soma m. pl. the animal and Soma sacrifices Mn. xi, 27

⋙ paśustoma

○stoma m. N. of the Pañcadaśa-stoma TāṇḍBr

⋙ paśuhan

○han mf(ghnī)n. killing cattle ( See a-p○) AV

⋙ paśuharītakī

○harītakī f. the fruit of Spondias Mangifera L

⋙ paśuhavya

○havya n. an animal sacrifice Mn. iv, 28

⋙ paśuhautra

○hautra n. the office of the Hotṛi at an animals sacrifice, N. of wk

• -prayoga m. N. of wk

⋙ paśūkhā

paśū7khā f. the pot in which the sacred anṭanimals is cooked or roasted KātyŚr

⋙ paśūdbhavā

paśū7dbhavā f. = paśu-yulka Gal

≫ paśuka

paśuka = paśu in eka-

• (ā), f. any small animal R

≫ paśūkṛ

paśū-√kṛ to transform into an animal (esp. into a sacrificial victim) Mṛicch. Kathās

≫ paśv

paśv in comp. for paśu before vowels

⋙ paśvaṅga

○aṅga n. a limb or part of a sacrificial animal, anything belonging to it MānGṛ

• -tā f. Nyāyam

⋙ paśvayana

○ayaná n. a festival attended with anṭanimal sacrifices ŚBr

⋙ paśvayantra

○áyantra (?) RV. iv, 1, 14

⋙ paśvavadāna

○avadāna n. sacrifice or offering of animals W

⋙ paśvācāra

○ācāra m. N. of a partic. form of the worship of Devii L

⋙ paśvijyā

○ijyā f. animal sacrifice KātyŚr

⋙ paśviḍā

○iḍā f. the Iḍā (s.v.) part at the anṭanimal sacrifice L

⋙ paśviṣ

○íṣ mfn. wishing for cattle RV. (cf. gav-iṣ and paśva-iṣṭi)

⋙ paśviṣṭakā

○iṣṭakā́ f. a brick in the shape of an animal ŚBr

⋙ paśviṣṭi

○iṣṭi f. an Ishṭi (q.v.) performed at an animal sacrifice ĀpŚr

⋙ paśvekādaśinī

○ékādaśinī f. an aggregate of 11 sacrificial animals ŚBr

≫ paśvaiṣṭi

páśva-iṣṭi mfn. (fr. acc. paśvas + i○ wishing for herds RV

paśca

paśca mfn. hinder, later, western, only ibc. or ind. = paścā, ○cāt Pāṇ. 5-3, 33. [Cf. uc-ca, nī-ca ; Lat. pos-t, pos-terus ; Lith. paskui, paskutínis.]

⋙ paścānutāpa

paścânutāpa m. repentance, regret Hariv

⋙ paśānupūrvī

paśânupūrvī f. a repeated or recurring series L

⋙ paścāpin

paścâpin m. a servant TāṇḍBr. Sch. (W. r. for ○câyin?)

⋙ paścārdha

paścârdhá m. the hinder side or part ŚBr. GṛŚrS. MBh

• (e. ind. with gen. 'behind') Śak

• the west side or part ŚBr. GṛŚrS

• ○dhyá mfn. being on the west side ŚBr

≫ paścā

paścā ind. (instr. of paśca) behind, after, later, westward, in the west (opp. to purā) RV. AV. Br. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-3, 33)

⋙ paścāja

○já mfn. born later MaitrS. Kāṭh

⋙ paścādoṣa

○doṣá m. the later part of the evening VS. [Page 612, Column 2]

⋙ paścāsomapa

○somapa mfn. drinking the Soma later or afterwards Kāṭh

• ○pītha m. the act of drinking &c. ib

≫ paścāc

paścāc in comp. for ○cāt

⋙ paścāccara

○cará mfn. coming or approaching behind MaitrS. Kāṭh

⋙ paścācchramaṇa

○chramaṇa (for śr○), m. a Buddhist priest who walks behind another Buddhist priest in visiting the laity L

≫ paścāt

paścā́t ind. (abl. of paśca) from behind, behind, in the rear, backwards RV. &c. &c

• from or in the west, westwards AV. &c. &c

• afterwards, hereafter, later, at last (pleonast. after tatas or an ind. p

• with √tap, to feel pain after, regret, repent) Mn. MBh. &c

• (as a prep. with abl. or gen.) after, behind ib

• to the west Up. GṛŚrS

⋙ paścātkarṇam

○karṇám ind. behind the ear ŚBr

⋙ paścātkāla

○kāla m. subsequent time

• (e), ind. subsequently, afterwards L

⋙ paścātkṛta

○kṛta mfn. left behind, surpassed Ragh. Kum

⋙ paścāttara

○tara mfn. following after (abl.) ĀśvŚr

⋙ paścāttāpa

○tāpa m. 'after-pain', sorrow, regret, repentance (○paṃ-√kri, to feel regret, repent) MBh. Kāv

• (in dram.) repentance at something rejected or omitted from want of judgment Sāh

• -samanvita (R.), .-hata (Hit.), mfn. smitten by repentance, regretful

• ○pin mfn. feeling repentance, regretting (with a priv.) Yājñ

⋙ paścāttiryakpramāṇa

○tiryak-pramāṇa n. the hinder breadth KātySr. Sch

⋙ paścātpariveṣya

○pariveṣya n. second dish, dessert Bhpr

⋙ paścātpādadviguṇa

○pāda-dviguṇa mfn. (a skin) doubled or folded double by bending) the hind-foot (inwards) KātyŚr

⋙ paścātpuroḍāśa

○puroḍāśa (○cat-), mfn. followed or accompanied by the sacrificial cake MaitrS

⋙ paścātpuromāruta

○puro-māruta m. du. east and west wind Ragh

⋙ paścātsad

○sád mfn. sitting behind or towards the west VS

≫ paścātāt

paścā́-tāt ind. from behind RV

≫ paścād

paścād in comp. for ○cāt

⋙ paścādakṣam

○akṣám ind. behind the axle tree Br. KātyŚr

⋙ paścādanvavasāyin

○anvavasāyín mfn. following after i.e. adhering to, dependent upon (dat.) TS

⋙ paścādapavarga

○apavarga mfn. closed or completed behind KātyŚr

⋙ paścādahas

○ahas ind. in the afternoon MBh

⋙ paścādukti

○ukti f. repeated mention, repetition Vop

⋙ paścādghāṭa

○ghāṭa m. the neck Car

⋙ paścāddaghvan

○daghván mfn. staying behind, falling short of. MaitrS

⋙ paścāddvārika

○dvārika mfn. favourable to a warlike expedition in the west L

⋙ paścādbaddhapuruṣa

○baddha-puruṣa m. (Śak. vi, 0/1) or (ib. Pi. Mṛicch.), (a man) whose hands are bound behind

⋙ paścādbāhubaddha

○bāhu-baddha (ib. Pi. Mṛicch.), (a man) whose hands are bound behind

⋙ paścādbhāga

○bhāga m. hind-part L

• west side Var

• mfn. whose conjunction with the moon begins in the afternoon ib

⋙ paścādvartin

○vartin mfn. remaining behind, following after MW

⋙ paścādvāta

○vātá m. a wind from behind, a west wind TS

≫ paścān

paścān in comp. for ○cāt

⋙ paścānnata

○nata mfn. sunk or depressed behind MW

⋙ paścānmāruta

○māruta m. a wind blowing from behind (opp. to puro-m○) Ragh

⋙ paścānmukhāśrita

○mukhâśrita mfn. turned westwards R

≫ paścāl

paścāl in comp. for ○cāt

⋙ paścālloka

○loka mf(ā)n. having the world or men behind TS

≫ paścāl

paścāl mf(ā)n. being behind, hinder, later, last, final (f. ā, with kriyā, the last rite i.e. burying the dead

• with sâṃdhyā, the latter i.e. the evening twilight

• with velā, evening time, close of day

• with avasthā, last state i.e. verging on death) i GṛŚrS. Mn. MBh. &c

• west, western, westerly (ā f. with or sc. diś, the west) Mn. Kāv. &c

• (e), ind. ii, the west Var

• (ena), ind. id. ib

• west of (with acc.) Lāṭy

⋙ paścāljana

○jana m. Pāṇ. the people in the west Var

⋙ paścāltantra

○tantra n. N. of a Tantra

⋙ paścāltas

○tas ind. from behind MBh

⋙ paścāltāna

○tāna (sc. āsana), n. a partic. manner of sitting Cat

⋙ paścāldakṣiṇa

○dakṣiṇa mfn. south-westerly Hcat

⋙ paścāldarśana

○darśana n. a last look (○naṃ-√dṛś, to take one's last look) R. Daś. -

⋙ paścāldikpati

○dik-pati m. regent of the western region', N. of Varuṇa Gal

⋙ paścāldeśa

○deśa m. N. of a district Romakas

⋙ paścāldvāra

○dvāra or mfn. = paścāddvārika L

⋙ paścāldvārika

○dvārika mfn. = paścāddvārika L

⋙ paścālbhāga

○bhāga m. the west side Var

⋙ paścālraṅga

○raṅga (cf. pūrva-r○) in -nātha-stotra n. -māhātmya n. -rāja-stava m. N. of wks

⋙ paścimācala

paścimâcala m. the western mountain (behind which the sun is supposed to set

• opp. to pūrvâc○), Vāsav

⋙ paścimānupāka

paścimânupāka m. N. of a prince MBh

⋙ paścimābhimukha

paścimâbhimukha mfn. directed towards the west MW

⋙ paścimāmbudhi

paścimâmbudhi m. the western sea Daś

⋙ paścimārdha

paścimârdha m. or n. hind-part or latter half. Var

⋙ paścimāśāpati

paścimâśā-pati m. = ○ma-dik-p○ Hcat

⋙ paścimetara

paścimêtara mfn. 'opposite of west', eastern Kād.'

⋙ paścimottara

paścimôttara mf(ā)n. northwestern (○re, ○ratas and ○rasyām [sc. diśi], in the north-west) Var. Hcat

• dik-pati m. 'regent of the north-wṭwest', N. of the god of wind L

• -pūrva mfn. (pl.) western, northern, or eastern Mn. v, 92. [Page 612, Column 3]

paśya

paśya ○śyat &c. See 1. paś

paṣ

paṣ cl. 1. P. Ā. paṣati, ○te (v. l. for spaś Dhātup. xxi, 22)

• cl, 10. P. paṣayati, to bind, to hinder, to touch, to go (xxxv, 10)

• pāṣayati, to bind (v. l. for paś, xxxiii, 45)

paṣṭhavah

paṣṭha-váh m. (fr. paṣṭha = pṛṣṭha [?] + √vah

• nom. ○vā́ṭ Vṣ. or vā́t ṭṣ) a bull four years old

• N. of an Aṅgirasa, TaṇḍBr

• (pasṭhauhī́), f: a heifer four years old, any young cow VS. Br. ŚrS

pas

pas cl. 1. P. Ā. pasati, ○te (vḷ. for spaś Dhātup. xxi, 22)

• cl. 10. P. pāsayati, to bind (v. l. for paś, xxxiii, 45)

pasas

pásas n. the membrum virile, A.V. ŚBr. [Cf. Gk. [612, 3] ? for ? ; Lat. pe1nis for pesnis ; Lit. pisá, písti.]

pastya

pastyá n. (fr. pas and tya [?]

• cf. paś-ca), a stall, stable (as the back-building? but cf. also Lat. postis) RV

• (ā́), f. See below

⋙ pastyasad

○sád m. a member of a family RV

≫ pastyā

pastyā́ f. homestead, dwelling, household (also pl.) RV

• du. the 2 halves of the Soma-press ib. x, 96, 10

• sg. the goddess of domestic affairs ib. iv, 55, 3 ; viii, 27, 5

⋙ pastyāvat

○vat (○tya), mfn. having (i.e. being kept in) a stall RV. ix, 97, 18

• having a fixed habitation (m. a wealthy man), i, 151, 2

• forming or offering a fixed habitation, ii, 11, 16 ; iv, 54, 5

• belonging to the Soma-press, viii, 7, 29

paspaśa

paspaśa m. (√spaś) an introduction, preface, any introductory matter explanatory of the plan of a book Śiś. ii, 112 Sch

• (ā), f. N. of the introduction of the Mahā-bhāshya of Patañ-jali

• mfn. = niḥ-sāra Kpr. Sch

pahāḍī

pahāḍī f. (in music) N. of a Rāgiṇi (cf. pāhâḍikā)

pahlava

pahlava m. pl. N. of a people (the Parthians or Persians) Mn. x, 44 MBh. &c. (also spelt pahnava ; in the VP. they are said to be a degraded Kshatriya race conquered by Sagara and sentenced to wear beards)

pahlikā

pahlikā f. Pistia Stratiotes L

pā 1

pā cl. 1. P. (Dhātup. xxii, 27) píbati (Ved. and ep. also Ā. ○te ; rarely pipati, ○te Kāṭh. Br.), cl. 2. pāti, pāthás, pānti RV. AV. ; p. Ā. papāná RV., pípāna AV. (pf. P. papaú, 2. sg. papātha RV. ;papitha Pāṇ. 6-4, 64 Sch. ;papīyāt RV. ; p. papivás AV. ; Ā. pape, papire RV. ; p. papāná ib. ; aor. or impf. apāt RV. [Pāṇ. 2-4, 77] ; 3. pl. apuḥ [?] RV. i, 164, 7 ;-pāsta AV. xii, 3, 43 ; Prec. 3. sg. peyās RV. ; fut. pāsyati, ○te Br. &c. ;pātā Gr. ; ind. p. pītvā́ RV. &c. &c., ○tvii RV. ;-pāya AV. &c. &c. ;pītyā́ MBh. ;pāyam Kāvyâd. ; inf. píbadhyai RV. ;pātum MBh. &c. ;pā́tave AV. Br. ;pā́tavaī́ RV.), to drink, quaff, suck, sip, swallow (with acc., rarely gen.) RV. &c. &c

• (met.) to imbibe, draw in, appropriate, enjoy, feast upon (with the eyes, ears &c.) Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c

• to drink up, exhaust, absorb BhP. Pañc

• to drink intoxicating liquors Buddh.: Pass. pīyáte AV. &c. &c.: Caus. pāyayati, ○te (pf. pāyayām āsā MBh

• aor. apīpyat Pāṇ. 7-4, 4

• ind. p. pāyayitvā MBh

• inf. pā́yayitavaí ŚBr.), to cause to drink, give to drink, water (horses or cattle) RV. &c. &c.: Desid. pipāsati (RV. also pipīṣati), to wish to drink, thirst ib.: Desid, of Caus. pipāyayiṣati, to wish or intend to give to drink Kāṭh.: Intens. pepīyate (p. ○yamāna also with pass meaning), to drink greedily or repeatedly Up. Hariv. [Cf. Gk. [612, 3] ?-?-?

• Aeol. ?-? = ? ; Lat. pā-tus, po1tum, bibo for pi-bo ; Slav. pi-ja, pi-ti]

≫ pā 2

pā mfn. drinking, quaffing &c. (cf. agre-, ṛtu-, madhu-, soma- &c. )

≫ pātavya 1

pātavya mfn. to be drunk, drinkable Mn. MBh. &c

≫ pātṛ 1

pātṛ́ (with gen

• pā́tṛ with acc

• unaccented with gen. or ifc.), one who drinks, a drinker RV. &c. &c

≫ pātra

pā́tra n. (ifc. f. ā) a drinking-vessel, goblet, bowl, cup, dish, pot, plate, utensil &c., any vessel or receptacle RV. &c. &c

• a meal (as placed on a dish) TS. AitBr

• the channel of a river R. Kād. [Page 613, Column 1] Contents of this page

• (met.) a capable or competent person, an adept in, master of (gen.), any one worthy of or fit for or abounding in (gen., loc., inf. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c

• an actor or an actor's part or character in a play Kālid. Sāh

• a leaf L. (cf. pattra)

• propriety, fitness W

• an order, command ib

• m. or n. a measure of capacity (= 1 Āḍhaka) AV. ŚBr. ŚrS

• a king's counsellor or minister Rājat. Pañcar

• (ī), f. See 1. pātrī

⋙ pātrakaṭaka

○kaṭaka m. or n. the ring on which an alms-bowl is suspended L

⋙ pātraṭira

○ṭira (?), m. (only L.) an ex-minister (W. 'an able or competent minister')

• a metal vessel

• mucus running from the nose

• rust of iron

• fire

• a heron

• a crow

⋙ pātratara

○tara mfn. worthier than (abl.) Hariv

⋙ pātratā

○tā f. the being a vessel or receptacle for (gen. or comp.) Kāv. Rājat. (with śītôṣṇayoh, endurance of heat and cold Subh.)

• -next Yājñ. Hit

⋙ pātratva

○tva n. capacity, worthiness, dignity, honour Hit

⋙ pātradhāraṇa

○dhāraṇa n. keeping a superfluous almsbowl longer than is permitted, Buddh'

⋙ pātranirnega

○nirnegá m. a washer or cleaner of vessel TBr

⋙ pātraparīṣṭi

○parī7ṣṭi f. untimely effort to obtain a new alms-bowl Buddh

⋙ pātrapāka

○pāka wṛ. for pattra-p○

⋙ pātrapāṇi

○pāṇi m. cuphanded', N. of a demon inimical to children PārGṛ

⋙ pātrapāla

○pāla m. 'vessel-guiding', a large paddle used as a rudder L

⋙ pātrabhūta

○bhūta mfn. 'become a recipient', worthy of receiving from (gen.) MBh

• one who receives respectful treatment from (gen.) Hariv

⋙ pātrabhṛt

○bhṛt m. 'taking care of utensils', a servant W

⋙ pātrabheda

○bheda m. breaking a drinking-vessel or cup MW

⋙ pātramelana

○melana n. the bringing together of the characters of a play ib

⋙ pātrayojana

○yojana n. arrangement of vessels KātyŚr

⋙ pātravandana

○vandana n. 'adoration of vṭvessels', N. of wk

⋙ pātravarga

○varga m. a company of actors MW

⋙ pātraśuddhi

○śuddhi f. cleaning of vessels', N. of wk

⋙ pātraśeṣa

○śeṣa m. scraps of food, Divvâv

⋙ pātrasaṃskāra

○saṃskāra m. the cleaning of a vessel or dish L

• the current of a river L

⋙ pātrasaṃcāra

○saṃcāra m. the handing round of vessels or dishes at a meal MBh

⋙ pātrastha

○stha mfn. being in a receptacle or dish MW

⋙ pātrahasta

○hasta (pā́○), mf(ā)n. holding any vessel in the hand AV. Śak

⋙ pātrārtha

pātrârtha m. any object serving as a vṭvessel

• pāṇibhyām "ṣrthaṃ-√kri, to use the hands as a vṭvessel SāmavBr

⋙ pātrāvaleham

pātrâvaleham ind. licking a vessel or dish Buddh

⋙ pātropakaraṇa

pātrôpakaraṇa n. ornaments of a secondary kind (as bells, chowries &c.) KālP

≫ pātraka

pātraka n. a vessel, bowl, dish ( See ku- and carvita-)

• (ikā), f. a cup, an alms-bowl or almsdish BhP

≫ pātraya

pātraya Nom.P. ○yati, to use as a drinking vessel Bhartṛ

≫ pātrasātkṛ

pātrasāt-√kṛ to make a worthy person possessed of anything Ragh

≫ pātrika

pātrika mf(ī)n. measured or sown or filled by means of any vessel or with the measure Pātra, containing or possessing it &c. Pāṇ. 5-1, 46 &c. Sch

• fit, adequate, appropriate W

• n. a vessel, cup, dish (in ku- MBh. xii, 8327

• B. -pātraka)

≫ pātrin

pātrin mfn. possessing a drinking-vessel or a dish Mn. vi, 52

• having fit or worthy persons W

≫ pātriya

pā́triya mfn. worthy to partake of a meal TS. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-1, 68)

≫ pātrī 1

pātrī f. (of pātra) a vessel, plate, dish, pot Br. GṛŚrS. MBh. &c

• a small or portable furnace W

• N. of Durgā MBh

⋙ pātrītas

○tas ind. -abl. of patrī ĀpŚr. Sch

⋙ pātrīnirṇejana

○nirṇéjana n. water for rinsing a vessel ŚBr

≫ pātrī 2

pātrī ind. in comp. for tra-√kṛ, to make anything a recipient or object of (gin.) Megh.' Bālar

• to dignify, promote to honour (pp. -krita), Kalid

⋙ pātrībhū

○√bhū to become a fitting recipient or worthy object (pp. -bhūta) MBh

≫ pātrīṇa

pātrīṇa mf(ā)n. measured or sown or filled &c. by means of a Pātra Pāṇ. 5-1, 53

• cf. pātrika

≫ pātrīya

pātrīya n. and a kind of sacrificial vessel L

⋙ pātrīva

pātrīva mṇ. a kind of sacrificial vessel L

≫ pātre

pātre loc. of pātra, in comp

⋙ pātrebahula

○bahula mfn. (pl.) frequently present at meals, parasitical, g. pātre-samistâdi and yuktârohâdi

⋙ pātresamita

○samita mfn. (pl.) id. ib

• sg. a treacherous or hypocritical person L

≫ pātrya

pātrya mfn. = pātriya L

≫ pāna 1

pā́na n. drinking (esp. drinking spirituous liquors), draught RV. (only ifc.) AV. &c. &c

• drinking the saliva i.e. kissing, Kāv' (cf. adhara-)

• a drink, beverage ŚBr. Mn. MBh. &c

• a drinking-vessel, cup L

• a canal L

• m. a distiller or vender of spirituous liquors' an inn-keeper L

⋙ pānakumbha

○kumbha m. a drinking-vessel Hariv

⋙ pānagoṣṭhikā

○goṣṭhikā or f. a drinking-party

⋙ pānagoṣṭhī

○goṣṭhī f. a drinking-party

• a tavern L

⋙ pānaña

○ña mfn. caused by drinking Suśr. [Page 613, Column 2]

⋙ pānadoṣa

○doṣa m. the vice of drinking, drunkenness Daś

⋙ pānapa

○pa mfn. drinking spirituous liquors MBh

⋙ pānapara

○para mfn. addicted to drinking W

⋙ pānapātra

○pātra n. a drinking-vessel, cup, goblet Kām. Kāv. Pur

⋙ pānaprasakta

○prasakta mfn. = -para

• -hṛdaya mfn. VarBṛS

⋙ pānabhājana

○bhājana (L.),

⋙ pānabhāṇḍa

○bhāṇḍa (MBh.), n. id

⋙ pānabhū

○bhū (Kathās.),

⋙ pānabhūmī

○bhūm˘ī (Hariv. Kāv.), f. a dṭdrinking-place, refrehment-room

⋙ pānabhojana

○bhojana n. eating and dṭdrinking Mālav

⋙ pānamaṅgala

○maṅgala n. a drinking-party, dṭdrinking-bout Kathās

⋙ pānamatta

○matta mfn. intoxicated ib

⋙ pānamada

○mada m. intoxication ib

⋙ pānarata

○rata mfn. = -para W

⋙ pānavaṇij

○vaṇij m. a vender of spirits, a distiller L

⋙ pānavat

○vat mfn. abounding in drink, rich in beverages ChUp

⋙ pānavibhrama

○vibhrama m. 'drink-giddiness', intoxication Cat

⋙ pānaśauṇḍa

○śauṇḍa mfn. = -para Pāṇ. 6-2, 2 Sch

⋙ pānasindhu

○sindhu -saindhava ib., vii, 3, 119 Sch

⋙ pānāgāra

pānâgāra m. or n. a drinking-house, tavern MBh

⋙ pānāghāta

pānâghāta m. 'drink-stroke', morbid state after drinking Gal

⋙ pānājīśṇaka

pānâjīśṇaka n. 'indigestion from dṭdrinking', id. ib

⋙ pānātyaya

pānâtyaya m. 'end of drinking', id. Suśr

≫ pānaka

pānaka m. n. (ifc. f. ā) a draught, drink, beverage, potion MBh. Kathās. Suśr

⋙ pānakarasarāgāsavayojana

○rasa-rāgâsava-yojana n. sg. (BhP. Sch.), or pl. (Cat.) one of the 64 Kalās or arts

⋙ pānakarasāsavarāgayojana

○rasâsavarāga-yojana n. pl. (Cat.) one of the 64 Kalās or arts

≫ pānika

pānika m. a vender of spirituous liquors R

≫ pānila

pānila n. a drinking-vessel L

≫ pānīya

pānīya mfn. to be drunk, drinkable Suśr

• n. a beverage, drink ib. Pañc

• water Mn. MBh. &c. (cfṆir.i, 16)

⋙ pānīyakākikā

○kākikā f. 'sea-crow', the cormorant Uṇ. i, 7 Sch

⋙ pānīyakumārarasa

○kumāra-rasa m. a partic. medicinal preparation Rasar

⋙ pānīyagocara

○gocara See dūre-pānīya-gocara

⋙ pānīyacūrṇikā

○cūrṇikā f. water-dust', sand L

⋙ pānīyataṇḍulīya

○taṇḍulīya n: a partic. herb Bhpr

⋙ pānīyadūṣaka

○dūṣaka mf(ikā)n. soiling or troubling water R

⋙ pānīyanakula

○nakula m. 'water-ichneumon', an otter L

⋙ pānīyapala

○pala n. a partic. measure of time (= pala) Gaṇit. Sch

⋙ pānīyapṛṣṭhaja

○pṛṣṭha-ja m. 'wṭwater-surface-born', Pistia Stratiotes L

⋙ pānīyaphala

○phala n. 'water-fruit', the seed of Euryala Ferox Bhpr

⋙ pānīyamūlaka

○mūlaka n. 'water-√', Vernonia Anthelmintica

⋙ pānīyavarṇikā

○varṇikā f. sand L. (prob. wṛ. for -cūrṇikā)

⋙ pānīyavarṣa

○varṣa m. rain Hit

⋙ pānīyavārika

○vārika m. the attendant of a convent who has the care of drinking-water Buddh

⋙ pānīyaśālā

○śālā or f. a place (esp. a shed on the road-side) where water is distributed L

⋙ pānīyasālikā

○sālikā f. a place (esp. a shed on the road-side) where water is distributed L

⋙ pānīyaśīta

○śīta mfn. too cold to drink L

⋙ pānīyādhyakṣa

pānīyâdhyakṣa m. a water superintendent R. Sch

⋙ pānīyāmalaka

pānīyâmalaka n. Flacourtia Cataphracta L

⋙ pānīyārtham

pānīyârtham ind. for the sake of water Nal

⋙ pānīyālu

pānīyâlu m. a species of bulbous plant L

⋙ pānīyāśrā

pānīyâśrā f. Eleusine Indica L

≫ pānta

pā́nta m. a drink, beverage (?) RV. (= pānīya Nir. vii, 25)

≫ pāvan 1

pāvan mfn. drinking (only ifc

• cf. asṛk-, gharma-, ghṛta- &c.)

pā 3

pā cl. 2. P. (Dhāt. xxiv, 48) pā́ti (Impv. pāhí

• pr. p. P. pā́t Ā. pāná RV

• pf. papau Gr

• aor. apāsīt Rājat., Subj. pāsati RV

• fut. pāsyati, pātā Gr

• Prec. pāyāt Pāṇ. 6-4, 68 Sch

• inf. pātum MBh.), to watch, keep, preserve

• to protect from, defend against (abl.) RV. &c. &c

• to protect (a country) i.e. rule, govern Rājat

• to observe, notice, attend to, follow RV. AitBr.: Caus. pālayati, See √pāl: Desid. pīpāsati Gr.: Intens. pāpāyate, pāpeti, pāpāti ib., [Cf. Zd. pā, paiti

• Gk. ?, ?, ?, &c. ; Lat. [613, 2] pa-sco, pa-bulum ; Lith. pe10-mu"ṣ4]

≫ pā 4

pā mfn. keeping, protecting, guarding &c. (ef. apâna-, ritā-, go-, tanū- &c.)

≫ pāta 1

pāta mfn. (for 2. See p. 616, col. 3) watched, protected, preserved L

≫ pātavya 2

pātavya mfn. to be guarded or protected Hariv

≫ pātṛ 2

pātṛ́ mfn. defending, a defender or protector (with gen., acc. or ifc.) RV. &c. &c

≫ pātra 2

pā́tra n. (?) RV. i, 121, 1

≫ pāna 2

pāna mfn. observing, keeping ( See tanū-)

• n. protection, defence ( See ib. and vāta-)

≫ pānīya 2

pānīya mfn. to be cherished or protected or preserved W

≫ pāvan 2

pāvan mfn. protecting (only ifc

• cf. abhiśasti-, tanū-)

pāṃśu

pāṃśu ○śnka &c. = pāṃsu &c

pāṃsaka

pāṃsaka mfn. (√pas, paṃs) vitiating, spoiling

• contemptible, vile W

≫ pāṃsana

pāṃsana mf(ī)n. defiling, vitiating, disgracing, spoiling (ifc.) MBh. R. &c. (f. ā, only in voc. ○sane [perhaps wṛ. for ○sani] at the end of a Śloka)

• contemptible, wicked, bad W

• n. and (ā), f. contempt L

≫ pāṃsava

pāṃsava mfn. (fr. pāṃsu) formed or consisting of dust BhP. [Page 613, Column 3]

• (○vá), m. patron. of A-sat ŚBr

• a. a kind of salt L

≫ pāṃsavya

pāṃsavyá mfn. (fr. pāṃsu) VS. xvi, 45

≫ pāṃsin

pāṃsin mfn. = ○sana (only f. voc. ○sini in kula-p○ R. ii, 73, 5, where B. ○sani

• under. pāṃsana)

≫ pāṃsu

pāṃsú m. crumbling soil, dust, sand (mostly pl.) AV. &c. &c

• dung, manure L

• the pollen of a flower MW

• (prob.) the menses Car. (cf. rajas)

• a species of plant Bhpr

• a kind of camphor L

• landed property L

⋙ pāṃsukasīsa

○kasīsa n. sulphate of iron L

⋙ pāṃsukulī

○kulī f. 'quantity of dust', a high road L

⋙ pāṃsukūla

○kūla n. a dust-heap, (esp.) a collections of rags out of a dust-hṭheap used by Buddhist monks for their clothing Divyâv

• a legal document not made out in any partic. person's name L

• -sīvana n. 'the sewing together of rags f-om a dṭdust-hṭheap', N. of the place where Gautama Buddha assumed his ascetic's dress Lalit. (C. pāṇḍu-s○)

• ○lika mfn. one who wears clothes made of rags from a dṭdust-hṭheap Buddh

⋙ pāṃsukṛta

○kṛta mfn. covered with dust, dusty Lalit

⋙ pāṃsukrīḍana

○krīḍana n. (Vāsav.),

⋙ pāṃsukrīḍā

○krīḍā f. (HPariś.) playing in the sand

⋙ pāṃsukṣāra

○kṣāra n. = -ja L

⋙ pāṃsukhāla

○khâla m. a sand-heap KātyŚr., Sch

⋙ pāṃsuguṇṭhita

○guṇṭhita mfn. covered with dust MBh. -catvara n. hail L

⋙ pāṃsucandana

○candana m. N. of Śiva L

⋙ pāṃsucāmara

○cāmara m. (only L.) a heap of dust

• a tent or perfumed powder (= paṭa-vāsa)

• a bank covered with Dūrvā grass

• praise

• a small cucumber

⋙ pāṃsuja

○ja n. 'earth-born', rock or fossil salt Car

⋙ pāṃsujālika

○jālika m. N. of Vishṇu L

⋙ pāṃsudhāna

○dhāna m. a heap of sand or dust Car

⋙ pāṃsudhūmra

○dhūmra mfn. dark red or dark with dust MW

⋙ pāṃsudhvastaśiroruha

○dhvasta-śiroruha mfn. having the hair soiled with dust MBh

⋙ pāṃsunipāta

○nipāta m. a shower of dust VarBṛS

⋙ pāṃsupaṭala

○paṭala n. a coating or mass of dust MW

⋙ pāṃsupattra

○pattra n. Chenopodium Album L

⋙ pāṃsuparṇī

○parṇī f. a species of Cocculus L

⋙ pāṃsupiśāca

○piśāca m. a class of imps or demons Lalit

⋙ pāṃsubhava

○bhava n. = -ja L

⋙ pāṃsumardana

○mardana m. dustdestroyer', an excavation for water round the √of a tree (= ālavāla) L

⋙ pāṃsurāgiṇī

○rāgiṇī f. a species of plant L

⋙ pāṃsurāṣṭra

○rāṣṭra n. N. of a country

• m. pl. its inhabitants (B. pāṇḍu-r○) MBh

⋙ pāṃsulavaṇa

○lavaṇa n. a kind of salt Bhpr

⋙ pāṃsulekhana

○lekhana n. = -krīḍana Viddh

⋙ pāṃsuvarṣa

○varṣa m. or n. = -nipāta Mn. iv, 115

⋙ pāṃsuvikarṣaṇa

○vikarṣaṇa m. = -krīḍana MBh

⋙ pāṃsusaṃcaya

○saṃcaya m. a heap of sand R

⋙ pāṃsusamuhana

○samuhana (Mn.),

⋙ pāṃsuhara

○hara (Gaut.), mfn. raising dust (said of wind)'

⋙ pāṃsūtkara

pāṃsū7tkara m. = -varṣa VarBṛS

• caustic potash L

• n. a kind of salt Bhpr

≫ pāṃsuka

pāṃsuka n. pl, dust, sand MBh

• (ā), f. a menstruous woman L

• Pandanus Odoratissimus L

≫ pāṃsura

pāṃsurá mfn. dusty, m. or n. a dusty place RV. i, 22, 7 (cf. Nir. xii, 19)

• m. a gad-fly L

• a cripple carried or moving about in a chair L. (cf. pāṃsuva)

≫ pāṃsula

pāṃsulá mfn. dusty, sandy ŚBr. R. &c. (cf. g. sidhmâdi and Nir. xii, 19

• m. or n. a dusty place VāyuP.)

• ifc. sullied, defiled, disgraced by (Śak. v, 28)

• disgracing, defiling (cf. kula-p○)

• m. (only L.) a wicked or profligate man, a libertine

• N. of Śiva and of one of his symbols (a sort of staff crossed at the upper end with transverse pieces representing the breast-bone and adjoining ribs and surmounted by a skull)

• Guilandina Bontucella

• (ā), f. the earth

• a licentious woman Vcar

• pāṃsukā L

⋙ pāṃsulāvṛttiprakāśa

pāṃsulā-vṛtti-prakāśa m. N. of wk

≫ pāṃsuva

pāṃsuva m. a cripple. L. (cf. pāṃsura)

pāka 1

pā́ka mfn. (either fr. √1. [pA+ka], 'drinking, sucking, or fr. √2. pac, 'ripening, growing') very young GṛS

• simple, ignorant, inartificial, honest AV. TS. ĀśvŚr

• m. the young of an animal ( See uluka-, kapata-)

• a child, infant L

• N. of a Daitya slain by Indra MBh. Pur. -trā́ ind. in simplicity, in a simple or honest way RV

⋙ pākadurvā

○durvā́ f. a species of plant ib

⋙ pākadviṣ

○dviṣ or m. 'foe or destroyer of the Daitya Pāka', N. of Indra L

⋙ pākaniṣṃdana

○niṣṃdana m. 'foe or destroyer of the Daitya Pāka', N. of Indra L

⋙ pākayajña

○yajña &c., See under 2. pāka

⋙ pākavat

○vát ind. simply, honestly RV

⋙ pākasaṃsa

○saṃsá mfn. speaking sincerely ib

⋙ pākaśāsana

○śāsana m. 'punisher of the Daitya Pāka' or 'instructor of the ignorant', N. of Indra MBh. Kāv. Pur. (cf. RV. i, 31, 14)

• ○ni m. (patr. of prec.) N. of Jayanta L

• of Arjuna MBh

⋙ pākasutvan

○sútvan mfn. offering Soma with a simple or sincere mind RV

⋙ pākasthāman

○sthāman (pā́ka), m. N. of a man RV

⋙ pākahatṛ

○hatṛ m. = -niṣūdana R

≫ pākiman

pākiman m. g. pṛthv-ādi

≫ pākyā

pākyā́ ind. in simplicity, in ignorance RV

pāka 2

pāka m. (√2. pac

• ifc. f. ī) cooking, baking, roasting, boiling (trans' and intrans.) ŚrS. Mn. MBh. &c. [Page 614, Column 1] Contents of this page

• burning (of bricks, earthenware &c.) ib

• any cooked or dressed food BhP

• digestion, assimilation of food Suśr

• ripening, ripeness (of fruit or of a boil) KātyŚr. Mn. Var. Suśr

• inflammation, suppuration Suśr

• an abscess, ulcer ib

• ripening of the hair i.e. greyness, old age L

• maturity, full development (as of the mind &c.), completion, perfection, excellence Hariv. Kāv. &c

• development of consequences, result (esp. of an act done in a former life) Var. Pañc. MārkP

• any act having consequences. BhP

• the domestic fire L

• a cooking utensil L

• general panic or revolution in a country W. (in comp. 2. pāka is not always separable from 1. pāka)

⋙ pākakarmanibandha

○karmanibandha m. N. of wk

⋙ pākakuṭī

○kuṭī f. a potter's kiln, pottery Gal

⋙ pākakṛṣṇa

○kṛṣṇa m. 'black when ripe', Carissa Carandas

• -phala m. id. L

⋙ pākakriyā

○kriyā f. the act of cooking Cāṇ

⋙ pākaja

○ja mfn. produced by cooking or roasting Tarkas

• n. 'obtaiued by boiling', black salt L

• flatulence L

• -tva n. production by warmth, capability of being affected by contact with fire Bhāshāp

• -prakriyā f. -vicara m. N. of wks

⋙ pākapaṇḍita

○paṇḍita m. a master in the an of cooking Bhpr

⋙ pākapātra

○pātra n. a cooking utensil, a boiler &c. ib

⋙ pākapuṭī

○puṭī f. = -kuṭī L

⋙ pākaphala

○phala m. Carissa Carandas L. (cf. kṛṣṇa-ph○)

⋙ pākabāli

○bâli (pā́), m. (prob.) = -yajña AV

⋙ pākabhāṇḍa

○bhāṇḍa n. = -pātra Kathās

⋙ pākabhedaka

○bhedaka m. N. of a partic. class of criminals Hcat

⋙ pākamatsya

○matsya m. a species of fish, Sauśr

• a species of venomous insect ib

• a kind of fish sauce L

⋙ pākayajña

○yajñá m. (according to some) a cooked (according to others 'a simple or domestic') sacrifice (of 3 āaśvṅṛ., 4 ṃn. or 7 āapast. Baudh. ṅaut. forms or kinds) TS. Br. GṛŚrS. &c. (cf. IW. 188, n. 1)

• N. of a man Gobh

• -nirṇaya m. -paddhati f. -prakāśa m. -prayoga m. -vidhi m. N. of wks

• ○ñika mfn. 'relating to the Pāka-yajña', performing it &c. Baudh

• ○ñíya mf(ā)n. id. ŚBr. Kauś

⋙ pākarañjana

○rañjana n. the leaf of the Laurus Cassia L

⋙ pākavatī

○vatī f. a pause 3/4 of an instant between 2 short syllables, MāṇḍS

⋙ pākaśālā

○śālā f. 'cooking-room', a kitchen Dhūrtas

⋙ pākaśāstra

○śāstra n. the science of cṭcooking' Bhpr

⋙ pākaśuklā

○śuklā f. chalk L

⋙ pākasaṃsthā

○saṃsthā f. a form of the Pāka-yajña, SāṅkhGṛ

⋙ pākasthāna

○sthāna n. 'cooking-place', a kitchen or a potter's kiln L

⋙ pākahaṃsa

○haṃsa m. a kind of aquatic bird Car

⋙ pākāgāra

pākâgāra m. or n. = ○ka-śālā, Kull'

⋙ pākātīa

pākâtī7a mfn. over-ripe Bhpr

⋙ pākātīsāra

pākâtīsāra m. chronic dysentery L

⋙ pākātyaya

pākâtyaya m. obscuration of the cornea after inflammation Suśr

⋙ pākādisaṃgraha

pākâdi-saṃgraha m. N. of wk

⋙ pākādhyāya

pākâdhyāya m. N. of ch. of wk

⋙ pākāri

pākâri m. 'digestion's foe (?)' = śveta-kāñcana L

⋙ pākāru

pākârú m. N. of a partic. disease VS

⋙ pākāvalī

pākâvalī f. N. o